DEPARTMENT OF

CIVIL ENGINEERING
 LIST OF NEW COURSES (2020)

Sl. Credits
Code No. Name of the Course
No L T P C
1 19CE2004 Field Practices III (Smart Materials and Systems) 0 0 1 0.5
2 19CE2005 Engineering Solutions for Real World Problems 1 0 4 3
3 19CE2006 Field Practices – IV (Sustainable Design Practices) 0 0 1 0.5
4 19CE2007 Field Practices – V (Green Technology In Construction) 0 0 1 0.5
5 19CE2008 Field Practices – VI (Building Information Modelling) 0 0 1 0.5
6 19CE2009 Field Practices – VII (Interior Design) 0 0 1 0.5
7 19CE2010 Building Information Modelling 3 0 0 3
8 19CE2011 Building Automation and 3D Printing 3 0 0 3
9 19CE2012 Applications of IoT in Civil Engineering 3 0 0 3
10 19CE2013 Applications of Artificial Intelligence in Civil Engineering 3 0 0 3
Applications of Machine Learning and Deep Learning in Civil 3 0 0 3
11 19CE2014
Engineering
12 19CE2015 Interior Design and Landscaping 3 0 0 3
13 19CE2016 Occupational Health and Safety 3 0 0 3
14 19CE2017 Environmental Management System 3 0 0 3
15 19CE2018 Geographic Information Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1
16 19CE2019 Drone Survey and Mapping Laboratory 0 0 2 1
17 19CE2020 Construction Safety 3 0 0 3
18 20CE1001 Building Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3
19 20CE1002 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3
20 20CE1003 Green Design and Life Cycle Assessment 2 0 0 2
21 20CE1004 Sustainable Building Materials 2 0 0 2
22 20CE1005 Applied Mechanics Laboratory 0 0 2 1
23 20CE1006 Design Studio - 2D Drafting 0 0 2 1
24 20CE1007 Design Studio - 3D modelling 0 0 4 2
25 20CE3001 Advanced Structural Analysis 3 0 2 4
26 20CE3002 Design of Concrete Structural Systems 3 0 4 5
27 20CE3003 Structural Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering 3 0 0 3
28 20CE3004 Finite Element methods in Civil Engineering 3 0 2 4
29 20CE3005 Advanced Design of Steel Structures 3 0 4 5
30 20CE3006 Design of Substructures 3 0 0 3
31 20CE3007 Structural Art: Principles and Practice 3 0 0 3
32 20CE3008 Theory and Applications of Cement Composites 3 0 0 3
33 20CE3009 Design of Industrial Structures 3 0 0 3
34 20CE3010 Structural Optimization 3 0 0 3
35 20CE3011 Structural Health Monitoring 3 0 0 3
36 20CE3012 Design of High Rise Structures 3 0 0 3
37 20CE3013 Design of Formwork 3 0 0 3
38 20CE3014 Risk Assessment and Probabilistic Analysis 3 0 0 3
39 20CE3015 Bridge Engineering 3 0 0 3
40 20CE3016 Condition Assessment of Existing Structures 3 0 0 3
41 20CE3017 Fracture Mechanics of Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3
42 20CE3018 Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3
43 20CE3019 Experimental techniques and instrumentation 3 0 0 3

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 44 20CE3020 Fire resistant design of structures 3 0 0 3
45 20CE3021 Analysis and design of precast concrete structures 3 0 0 3
46 20CE3022 Cement and concrete chemistry 3 0 0 3
47 20CE3023 Design of Composite structures 3 0 0 3
48 20CE3024 Sustainable Construction 3 0 0 3

FIELD PRACTICES – III L T P C

19CE2004
(Smart Materials and Systems) 0 0 1 0.5
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the smart materials available in market
2. To identify the use of smart material in civil applications
3. To understand the use of smart materials for civil applications
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the smart materials for civil applications.
2. Use Smart material for various HVAC systems
3. Develop smart systems for electronic items
4. Develop smart systems for electrical items
5. Develop a smart systems for services
6. Develop a smart home integrating the components
Descriptions:
1. To identify the various smart materials and sensors that can be used for buildings
2. Develop a smart room for weather mapping and HVAC systems
3. Develop the smart room for lighting control
4. Develop the smart room to control doors ,Electronic gadgets,
5. Develop a system to monitor water levels
6. Develop a system to automatically control motor
Reference Books:
1. A. H Robbins, W.C. Miller, “Circuit Analysis: Theory and Practice”, Fifth Edition, Delmar.
Cengage Learning, New York, 2013.
2. Robert B, Northrop, “Introduction to Instrumentation and Measurements”, CRC press, Taylor and
Francis group, Second Edition 2011
3. J Larminie J, Lowry, “Electric Vehicle Technology Explained”, John Wiley, & Sons, New York
2013
4. Haitham Abu-Rub, Mariusz Malinowski, Kamal Al- Haddad, “Power Electronics for Renewable
Energy Systems, Transportation and Industrial Applications, John Wiley & Sons Limited, Sussex,
2014.
5. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, "Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory", 11th Pearson
new International Education, 2013.

ENGINEERING SOLUTIONS FOR REAL WORLD L T P C

19CE2005
PROBLEMS 1 0 34
Course Objectives
1. To help students to identify the need for developing newer technologies for industrial / societal
needs
2. To train students to propose and implement relevant technology for the development of the
prototypes / products
3. To make the students to learn the use the methodologies available for analysing the developed
prototypes / products
Course Outcomes

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Identify real life problems related to society
2. Formulate the objectives for the problem identified
3. Formulate the methodology for the problem
4. Design the components/solution procedure
5. Fabricate/Analyze the components/solution
6. Evaluate the efficiency of the developed solutions
Modules of the course
1. Identification of real life problems
2. Field visits can be arranged by the faculty concerned
3. 4-5 students can form a team
4. Minimum of four hours on self-managed team activity
5. Appropriate scientific methodologies to be utilized to solve the identified issue
6. Solution should be in the form of fabrication/coding/modeling/product design/process
design/relevant scientific methodology(ies)
7. Consolidated report to be submitted for assessment
8. Project outcome to be evaluated in terms of technical, economical, social, environmental, political
and demographic feasibility
References:
1. Kristi Lew, “Solving Real World Problems with Environmental and Green Engineering”,
Britannica Educational Publishing, 2015.
2. Maja Bystrom, Bruce Eisenstein, “Practical Engineering Design”, CRC Press, 2017.
3. Jeff Butterfield, “Problem-Solving and Decision Making: Illustrated Course Guides”, Cengage
learning, 2012.

FIELD PRACTICES – IV L T P C
19CE2006
(SUSTAINABLE DESIGN PRACTICES) 0 0 1 0.5
Course Objective
1. To make the students understand the concepts of sustainability
2. To understand the variation in the use of materials, design in various buildings
Course Outcomes
At the End of the course students will be able to
1. Identify various building materials used over a period of time
2. Identify the spatial and environmental concepts in design
3. Design of buildings based on climatic response
4. Apply the concepts of ambience and comfort in buildings
5. Compare the sustainable practices in various time frame
6. Incorporate sustainable practices in modern construction.
Case Study 1
To identify and document a building or a group of buildings from a pre-industrial, vernacular, traditional
settlement in India and
 To comprehensively study the building in terms of it layout, use of materials, spatial and
environmental concepts, user comfort, ambience, distinct features etc.,
 understand its climate responsive design strategies, sustainable practices and their contemporary
relevance.
Case Study 2
To identify a modern building or a group of buildings built within the last decade and
 document and analyze their layouts, use of materials, spatial and environment concepts, ambience,
user comfort etc.,
Comparison of Case Studies 1 and 2

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 1. To compare and contrast case studies 1 and 2 to understand the shift in societal values and their
subsequent effect on sustainability
Reference Books
1. Gurucharan Singh Kainth, “Climate Change, Sustainable Development and India”, LAP Lambert,
2011
2. Janis Birkeland, “Positive Development: From Vicious Circles to Virtuous Cycles through Built
Environment Design” , Routledge, 2008
3. Sustainable Building - Design Manual: sustainable building design practices- TERI 2004
4. Ross Spiegel, “Green Building Materials: A Guide to Product Selection and Specification”, 3rd
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2010
5. K.S. Jagadish, “Alternative building materials and technologies”, New Age International, 2013
6. The Barefoot Architect: A Handbook for Green Building, Shelter Publication, 2007

FIELD PRACTICES – V L T P C
19CE2007
(GREEN TECHNOLOGY IN CONSTRUCTION) 0 0 1 0.5
Course Objective
1. To understand the green building concept
2. To understand the various green materials and its properties
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the green building concepts for buildings
2. Identify alternate materials for construction
3. Determine the properties of available materials
4. Determine the properties of low cost green materials
5. Determine the properties of recycle materials
6. Suggest suitable alternate solution for modern construction
Experiments
1. Concepts of Green building and LEED rating
2. Comparison of bricks and laterite blocks
3. Properties of stabilized mud blocks
4. Green rating analysis of a building
5. Comparison of fibre reinforced beam with RCC beams
6. Study on properties of bamboo reinforced beam
7. Studies on properties of bamboo reinforced column
8. Studies of Plastic fibres in concrete
9. Ferro-cement panels compared to normal panels
10. Preparation of recycled materials for usable raw materials
11. Compressive strength of concrete with recycled materials
References:
1. Abe Kruger, Carl Sevilla, “Green Building: Principles and Practices in Residential Construction”,
Cengage Learning, 2012.
2. Charles J. Kibert, “Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery”, Wiley 2012.

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 FIELD PRACTICES – VI L T P C
19CE2008
(BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING) 0 0 1 0.5
Course Objectives
1. To understand the principles of BIM
2. To make the students familiarize with the use of REVIT BIM
Course outcomes
1. Use tools of the software to create models
2. Model the components of the buildings
3. Model the non-structural components in buildings
4. Apply the materials to the model.
5. Create schedules for the models
6. Crete walkthrough of the models developed
Experiments
1. Introduction to Revit Software & the workflow of BIM
2. Modelling of Walls and to Floors
3. Modelling of Roofs and Adding Structural Component
4. Modelling of Staircase and Creating Ramps & Railings
5. Placing of Components and Modelling Components In-Place
6. Material Management and Working with Sections
7. Creating Ceilings and Including Night lights in the project
8. Modelling the Site and Creating Schedules
9. Working with Conceptual Mass and Rendering the Views
10. Creating a Walkthrough video and Documentation work
Reference Books:
1. ASCENT, Autodesk Revit 2021 Structure Fundamentals, 2020, SDC Publications
2. Elise Moss, Autodesk Revit 2021 Architecture Basics,2020, SDC Publications
3. Jeff Hanson, Daniel John Stine AIA, CSI, CDT, Autodesk Revit 2021 Architectural Command
Reference, 2020, SDC Publications

FIELD PRACTICES – VII L T P C

19CE2009
(INTERIOR DESIGN) 0 0 1 0.5
Course Objectives:
1. To impart visualizer and create 3D Model
2. To acquire knowledge on interior designs and decorations
3. To train and to design perfect interiors by using industry-standard 3D software.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
1. apply knowledge related to interiors in construction
2. bring technical solutions to evoke or reflect on clients requirements.
3. design and decorate for the growing population
4. apply basic design concepts to technical concepts
5. adopt the spurt in demand for Interior Designers
6. create the attractive interiors
Experiments:
1. Introduction to 3D Modelling software
2. Hands on training using Tools and Techniques of the software
3. Working with Props
4. Architectural modelling of the building
5. Creating Objects and Props
6. Creating Interiors and furniture

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 7. Use of Colour theory and its effect
8. Camera & Lighting effect on a building
9. Render Final Output of the building
10. Real time rendering with walk through
Reference Books
1. Gary Gordon and Jamco L. Nuckolls, “Interior lighting for Designers”, Third edition, John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 1995.
2. Jack E.Ingels, “Landscaping Principles and Practices”, Delmar Publishers. 2002
3. Tutorials: Animation - Autodesk | 3ds Max Design, Engineering
4. Autodesk 3ds Max 2017: Fundamentals

L T P C
19CE2010 BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING
3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To provide an introduction to Building Information Modeling
2. To familiarize with the Project performance and produce better outcome
3. To demonstrate design solutions and objectives and share design feasibility studies for construction.
Course outcome:
Student will be able to
1. utilize the tools to design Building information models
2. design the components for BIM workflow
3. formulate the structural systems using tools
4. design the accessories for the structural systems
5. demonstrate the coordination of various elements based on defined standards.
6. exhibit the design solutions and feasibility for Construction
Module 1: Introduction (6 hours)
Introduction to Building Information Modeling (BIM) -BIM Benefits- Construction and fabrication
Benefits- Design Benefits - Roles and Impacts of BIM in Design - Tools - hardware system requirements
Module 2 : BIM Workflow (7 hours)
Quantification - Virtual Take off - Perform 2D takeoff - Manage Takeoff Data - Update and Analyze data
- Export Takeoff Data - Autodesk Rendering - Autodesk Rendering Overview - Adding Materials to a
Model - Creating and Editing Materials - Material Mapping - Lighting - Sun and Skylights - Exposure
Control - Ground Planes - Photorealistic Rendering
Module 3: BIM Modelling – Architecture, Structure (8 hours)
Creation of Architectural and Structural models - application of Revit Architecture - Structure and MEP -
Creating Sets - Building Elements - Structural Systems - Planning and Design - Intrusion detection -
Lighting Control - Retrofit - Indoor Air quality services - Elevators/ escalators - parking lot monitoring
system - card and keypad access - fire safety - Hands on training
Module 4: Electrical and Plumbing (8 hours)
Electrical Design - spaces and lighting - lighting analysis - light Fixtures - site lighting - Power and
Communication - modeling - creating circuits - Creating fire alarm system model - creating power
distribution systems - modelling conduits – wiring - heating and cooling load analysis - report - logical
systems - air systems - mechanical system & duct work - mechanical piping system - pipe fittings - filters
- plumbing and water monitoring - Hands on training
Module 5: BIM Design Coordination, Clash Analysis and Navis Works (8 hours)
BIM and clash detection- BIM and elements of cost estimation - clash detection - over view of clash
detective tool - clash detective window - working with clash tests - use clash tests - set clash rules - select
object for clashing - view clash results - produce clash reports - hands on training
Module 6: Construction Management (8 hours)

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Project Management- construction engineering and management - facility management - BIM based
quantity and cost estimation - BIM 4D Simulation: Project scheduling and construction-based monitoring
- construction cost estimating and scheduling - BIM 360 – cloud based BIM Management - Hands on
training
Text Books:
1. Eastman, C., Teicholz, P., Sacks, R., Liston, C, “BIM handbook: A guide to building information”,
John Wiley & Sons., 2011
2. Hardin, B., & McCool, D, “BIM and construction management: proven tools, methods, and
workflows”, John Wiley & Sons, 2015
References:
1. Teicholz, P. (Ed.), “BIM for facility managers”, John Wiley & Sons. 2013
2. Eynon, J. “Construction Manager's BIM Handbook”, John Wiley & Sons, 2016
3. Pittard, S., & Sell, P., “BIM and Quantity Surveying”, Routledge. 2016
4. Duell, R., Hathorn, T, and Hathorn, T.R., “Autodesk Revit Architecture 2016 Essentials”, Wiley and
Sons, Inc. 2015
5. Karen M. Kensek, “Building Information Modeling”, Routledge, 2014

L T P C
19CE2011 BUILDING AUTOMATION AND 3D PRINTING 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the concept of automation in building
2. To identify different areas of automation in construction Industry
3. To understand 3D printing and its application
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. describe building automation and its technologies
2. explain different areas of automation in construction
3. apply automation in construction industries
4. outline the importance of 3D printing in construction industry
5. explain 3D printing technologies in construction industry
6. demonstrate application of 3D printing with different case studies
Module 1: Introduction to Automation in Construction (7 hours)
Automation concepts - advantages and disadvantages – need – adaptation of automation in construction
industry- use of building information modelling technology – robotics in construction – programmable
construction machines – Project management in Automation application.
Module 2: Areas of Automation in Construction (7 hours)
Roads - Runway construction – Building construction – Ports – Tunnels - Factories and industries – Glazing
for façade - Case Studies and examples
Module 3: Applications of Automated Construction and Robotics (8 hours)
Automation and robotics in construction sector - precast concrete industry - prefabrication of masonry - on
site masonry construction - the production of steel components - digitalisation in construction automation
- new equipment and latest machineries like SRP, Boom lift, spider-kit, manitou
Module 4: Applicability and Limitations of 3D Printing for Civil Structures (8 hours)
Application of 3D printing in concrete construction – 3D printing for civil structures - challenges of 3D
printing for civil structures - future directions of 3D printing for civil structures – advantages and
disadvantages
Module 5: 3D Concrete Printing Technologies (8 hours)

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Extrusion-Based Technique - Contour Crafting - Concrete Printing - CONPrint3D: Concrete on-site 3D
printing - Large-Scale 3DCP using Ultra - High Performance Concrete - Current Examples of Extrusion-
based 3DCP Elements/Structures
Powder based Technique - Dshape - Emerging Objects – Powder based 3DCP using Geopolymer
Module 6: Best Practices and Applications of 3D Printing in the Construction Industry (7 hours)
Application of 3D Printing - Time, Cost, and Material Savings - case studies

Text Books:
1. Jay G. Sanjayan, Ali Nazari, Behzad Nematollahi,“3D Concrete Printing Technology: Construction
and Building Applications”, 1st Edition Butterworth-Heinemann Publishers, 2019
2. Alan Chamberlain, “Automation and Robotics in Construction XI”, Newnes, 2012
References:
1. Thomas Bock, Thomas Linner, “Site Automation”, Cambridge University Press, 2016
2. Arnaud Perrot, “3D Printing of Concrete: State of the Art and Challenges of the Digital
Construction evolution”, John Wiley & Sons. 2019
3. Hermann Merz, Thomas Hansemann, Christof Hübner, “Building Automation: Communication
systems with EIB/KNX, LON and BAC net”, Springer, 2018
4. Thomas Bock, Thomas Linner, “Robot Oriented Design”, Cambridge University Press, 2015
5. Abraham Warszawski, “Industrialized and Automated Building Systems: A Managerial
Approach”, Routledge, 2003

L T P C
19CE2012 APPLICATIONS OF IoT IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To learn the concepts of IoT
2. To identify the different techniques and applications in IoT
3. To apply the IoT in Civil Engineering projects
Course outcome:
Student will be able to
1. understand the concepts of IoT
2. recognize the frameworks for IoT
3. identify the different techniques in IoT
4. relate IoT in Transportation and Environmental Engineering
5. apply IoT in infrastructure projects
6. design and develop a smart city in IoT.
Module 1: Introduction to the Internet of Things (7 hours)
Definition and Basic Foundation - IoT Vision from an Opportunistic Networking Perspective - Architecture
Framework for Designing IoT Systems - Integration of Cloud Computing and IoT, Big Data, Data
Analytics: Opportunities and Challenges
Module 2: Frameworks for the Internet of Things (8 hours)
Data store process - Communication Layer - Mapping Layer - Storage Layer- data-retrieval process - Data
Retrieval - Data Interoperability and Integration - cloud-based implementation - cloud Computing
Environment: IoT security, Industry 4.0, Smart factories
Module 3: IoT in Environment and Transportation Engineering (8 hours)
Real-Time observation - Highway safety of Smart Cities - Connected Bicycles: Research Opportunities in
Wireless Sensor Network - Connected Cars - IoT application in Environment Water resources Engineering
Module 4: IoT in Infrastructure (8 hours)
Construction Management - Corrective to preventive maintenance - Tracking labour hours – Sensohive
Maturix, Doka Concremote and Giatec Smart Rock - Unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) and autonomous
vehicles - smart vid, Egnyte, Dodge Data and Analytics and PCL Construction, waste reduction and safety.

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module 5: IoT In Smart City (7 hours)
Enabling Smart Cities through IoT: The ALMANAC Way -Smart City Concept - Smart Streets - Smart
Buildings - Waste Management and Structural Health Monitoring - BIM Optimization and Digital Twins
– Supply Chain management - Self-Adaptive Cyber - City System
Module 6: Case Studies (7 hours)
Implementation of IoT in Construction Industry - civil infrastructure monitoring application – City
Automation.
Text Books:
1. Ricardo Armentano, Robin Singh Bhadoria, Parag Chatterjee, Ganesh Chandra Deka, “The Internet
of Things Foundation for Smart Cities, ehealth, and Ubiquitous Computing”, CRC Press Taylor &
Francis Group, 2018.
2. Samuel Greengard, “The Internet of Things”, MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, 2015
References:
1. Cuno Pfister “Getting Started with the Internet of Things: Connecting Sensors and Microcontrollers
to the Cloud” Maker Media, Inc 2019
2. Rowan Trollope, David Hanes, Patrick Grossetete, Jerome Henry, Rob Barton, Gonzalo Salgueiro
“IoT Fundamentals - Networking Technologies, Protocols and Use Cases for the Internet of
Things” Cisco Press, 2016
3. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach”, Bahga &
Madisetti, 2014
4. Fadi Al-Turjman, “Intelligence in IoT-enabled Smart Cities”, CRC Press, 2018
5. Umit Isikdag, “Enhanced Building Information Models: Using IoT Services and Integration
Patterns”, Springer, 2015

APPLICATIONS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN L T P C

19CE2013
CIVIL ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the principles and concepts of Artificial intelligence
2. To comprehend the Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic systems
3. To study the application of AI in Civil Engineering Problems
Course Outcome:
The Student will be able to
1. identify the problems in Civil Engineering and solve using AI
2. formulate problems and make decisions
3. explain various search algorithms for problem solving
4. apply Artificial Intelligence in real time problems
5. participate in the design of systems that act intelligently and learn from experience
6. assess the applicability, strengths and weaknesses of the basic knowledge representation
Module 1: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (8 hours)
Artificial Intelligence - Machine Learning-Learning from Data-Research in Machine Learning-Artificial
Neural Network-Fuzzy Logic – Population based search
ANN concept – Model of ANN - Back Propagation - Counter Propagation - Working Principles
Module 2: Fuzzy Logic (8 hours)
Introduction - Membership functions - Rule Base - Fuzzy decision Making -Control systems - Merits and
Demerits - Fuzzy Inference system
Module 3: AI Application in Infrastructure Engineering (8 hours)
AI in Smart infrastructures – highways – bridges – airports – railroads – buildings - dams– Earthquake-
Induced Liquefaction- AI in Transportation planning - Pavement Maintenance -AI in traffic Management -
Accident Prevention

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module 4: AI Application in Water Resources Engineering (7 hours)
Rainfall Forecasting– Storm water and ground water management –Water quality- Waste management-
Recharge ground water
Module 5: AI Application in Construction Management (7 hours)
AI in Decision-Making - Resources Optimization - Construction cost- Construction budget - Maintenance
- Construction Demand- Labour Productivity.
Module 6: AI Application in Geotechnical Engineering (7 hours)
Bearing capacity-settlement-stability of slopes-different soil properties-Earth retaining structures
Text Books:
1. Krishnamoorthy C.S., Rajeev S, “Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems for Engineers”, CRC
Press, 2018
2. Pijush Samui, “Artificial Intelligence in Civil Engineering”, LAP LAMBERT Academic
Publishing , 2012
References:
1. Rajesaekaran S, Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithm
Synthesis and Applications”, Prentice Hall of India New Delhi 2003
2. Rich E, K Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw Hil, 2009.
3. Saroj Kaushik, “Artificial Intelligence”, Cengage Learning. 2011
4. Paresh Chandra Deka, “A Primer on Machine Learning Applications in Civil Engineering”, CRC
Press Book, Taylor and Francis Group, 2019
5. Russell, Norvig, “Artificial intelligence, A Modern Approach”, Pearson Education, 2nd edition,
2004

APPLICATIONS OF MACHINE LEARNING AND DEEP L T P C

19CE2014 3 0 0 3
LEARNING IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce The Students to state-of-the-art methods and modern programming tools for data
analysis.
2. To introduce the computer applications in civil engineering
3. To explore various paradigms for knowledge encoding in computer systems.
Course Outcome:
The Student will be able to
1. illustrate the concepts of machine learning and deep learning
2. understand complexity of machine and deep learning algorithms and their limitations
3. comprehend modern notions in data analysis oriented computing
4. apply common algorithms in practice and implement it
5. perform distributed computations
6. execute experiments in Machine Learning using real-world data.
Module 1: Introduction to Machine Learning and Deep Learning (7 hours)
Unsupervised and Supervised – Reinforcement – Hybrid models, Crisp and non-crisp – Optimization
problems – Examples of unsupervised and supervised learning – Design of construction – Analysis in
monitoring construction health.
Module 2: Neural Networks (8 hours)
Introduction to Neural Networks – Multi-Layer Perceptron; Conventions, restricted non-linearity – Basic
Perceptron – Optimisation – Estimating network parameters for a regression problem – flow prediction –
Pipeline and discrete optimization – Damage detection in structure – Environmental modelling.
Module 3: SVMS (Support Vector MachinE) (7 hours)
Introduction –Basic optimization problem: margin maximization – Basic SVM optimization – Kernel trick
– Lagrange multipliers - Soft-Margin SVM – SVM in road projects and liquefaction.

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module 4: Deep Unsupervised Learning (8 hours)
Auto-encoders; standard, sparse, enoising, contractive variational - Auto-encoders – Adversarial generative
networks – Dynamic memory networks – Deep unsupervised learning in structural engineering.
Module 5: Deep Learning in Civil Engineering (8 hours)
Quality Management – Safety Management – Measure interior floor plans– 3D Interior Constructional
Module 6: Case Studies (7 hours)
Applications: Construction – Transportation – Infrastructures – Surveying – Water resources –
Environmental engineering.
Text Books:
1. Bishop C.M., “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, 2015
2. Paresh Chandra Deka, “A Primer on Machine Learning Applications in Civil Engineering”, CRC
Press., 2019
Reference Books:
1. Flach P., “Machine Learning: The Art and Science of Algorithms that Make Sense of Data”,
Cambridge University Press; First Edition, 2012.
2. Russell S.J., and Norvig P., “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, Prentice-Hall; 3rd
Edition, 2010.
3. Mohssen Mohammed, Muhammad Badruddin Khan, Eihab Bashier Mohammed Bashier “Machine
Learning: Algorithms and Applications”, CRC Press. 2016
4. Pedro Larrañaga, David Atienza, Javier Diaz-Rozo, Alberto Ogbechie, Carlos Esteban Puerto-
Santana, Concha Bielza, “Industrial Applications of Machine Learning”, CRC Press., 2018
5. Charles R. Farrar, Keith Worden, “Structural Health Monitoring: A Machine Learning
Perspective”, John Wiley & Sons., 2012

L T P C
19CE2015 INTERIOR DESIGN AND LANDSCAPING 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart visualizer and 3D modeler
2. To acquire knowledge on Interior designs and decorations
3. To design perfect interiors by using industry-standard 3D software.
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. apply interior knowledge in the interior design projects
2. adopt technical solutions to evoke or reflect on clients requirements.
3. design and decorate for the requirement of the project
4. implement basic design concepts to technical concepts
5. adapt workflow to complete the multiple projects concurrently
6. create the attractive interiors
Module 1: Principles and Elements of Design (7 hours)
Architectural effects on wall planes - roof planes - visual impact – Ratio: proportions – golden section -
relationships – design principles - unity - variety – rhythm - doors, windows and ventilators etc. - room
plans and furniture arrangement – soft furnishings - modular, knockdown and economy furniture - traffic
pattern and furniture layout for residence, commercial and office areas
Module 2: Usage of Space: (7 hours)
Interior space - spatial qualities: form, scale, outlook; structuring space with interior design elements -
spatial form - spatial dimension - Overview of Construction Materials - Functionalities of Interior Elements
Module 3: Color Theory and Lighting (7 hours)
Point, line, volume, shape, texture and colour - lighting and colour in interiors - artificial lighting - effect
of color in lighting - Digital Sketching - 3D Modeling - Texturing - Light shelves to reduce - increase the
light flux level - reflection inside the building - Rendering

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module 4: Flooring, wall panelling and ceiling services (8 hours)
Floorings and floor coverings – walls – wall finishes and ceilings - Interior services - air-conditioning
system and applications - fire safety - acoustics and sound insulation - electrical systems
Module 5: Landscaping (6 hours)
Interior landscaping – definition - classification of plants, indoor plants and their functions
Module 6: Quantity analysis (8 hours)
Architecture and Interior works at site - Quantity take-offs for interior finishes - Methods of Measurements
- Ratios and Analysis - Profit and Loss Analysis - Labour and Machinery deployed at Construction Site -
Post construction billing.
Text Books:
1. Simon Dodsworth, Stephen Anderson, “The Fundamentals of Interior Design”, Bloomsbury
Publishing, 2015
2. Jack E.Ingels, “Landscaping Principles and Practices”, Delmar Publishers. 2002
Reference Books:
1. Fiona Leolie, “Designs for 20th century Interiors”, VH Publications, London.2000
2. Torquil Barker, “Concepts of lighting, Lighting design in Architecture”, 2001
3. Premavathy Seetharaman and Parveen Pannu, “Interior Design and Decorations”, CBS Publishers,
2009
4. Jain V.K, “Fire Safety in Buildings”, New age International (Pvt Ltd) publishers, Chennai, 2007
5. Linda O'Shea, Chris Grimley, Mimi Love “The Interior Design Reference and Specification Book:
Everything Interior Designers Need to Know Every Day”, Rockport Publishers, 2013

L T P C
19CE2016 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge on health problems and safety measures associated with occupations
aspects of workers.
2. To identify a conceptual framework for the practice of occupational health and safety.
3. To impart the toxicological properties of materials.
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. illustrate the concepts of occupational health safety
2. identify the diseases related to occupation
3. examine the standard analysis like HAZOP, FMEA, ETA, FTA.
4. analyse the hazards in industrial operation and propose prevention measures.
5. identify the toxic materials and quantify its toxicity.
6. illustrate the safety management in industries by suggesting safety measures.
Module 1: Occupational Health (7 hours)
Introduction – Occupational health hazards and its classification – Hazardous chemical properties and
health effects – Exposure: Occupational diseases due to metals & dusts, fumes & chemical compounds,
Permissible limits and threshold values - Dose and response evaluation – lethal dose and lethal
concentration – Introduction to Ergonomics and its constituents –Application of ergonomics occupational
health.
Module 2: Safety (7 hours)
Interlocution and Concept – Nature – philosophy – psychology of safety – Total safety – Available safety
terminology – Factors: accident relevant factors and psychological factors.
Module 3: Accident Prevention and Safety Management (7 hours)
Accident types – Causation – Available reasons for prevention – prevention for accident – Impending safety
factors – safety management and its responsibilities – Safety functions and its organization – Management
principles – Concept and element of management.

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module 4: Electrical Safety, Fire and Explosion (9 hours)
Electricity hazards – Indian standards – Assessment of effects of electrical parameters on human body –
Available safety measures for electric works – Fire and explosion phenomena – Classification of fire and
extinguishers fire prevention & protection system – Control devices – fire awareness and signs –
Underwater safety and precautions; well sinking, caissons underwater concreting, cofferdams - special
operations connected with irrigation work - Safety in use of machinery and equipment’s related to
underwater portions – Height of discharge; Discharge (Liquid/Gas/Vapour) - Incidence of accidents - Safety
features associated with design, construction and use of stairways, ramps - Other safety requirements
working at heights
Module 5: Hazards Identification and Control Techniques (8 hours)
Hazards and detection techniques – Risk assessment – Preliminary hazards analysis (PHA) – Hazards and
Operability (HAZOP) study – Failure Mode Effect Analysis (FMEA) – Fault tree analysis – Event tree
analysis – Hazards control – Onsite – offsite emergency plans.
Module 6: Personal Protective Equipment and Case Studies (7 hours)
Introduction and importance of personal protective equipment –Indian standards – Selection factor of PPE
– Respiratory and non-respiratory equipment – Safety in different industries / factories as case study.
Text Books:
1. Irving H. Shames, “Occupational Health and Safety Management: A Practical Approach”, 3rd
Edition, CRC Press, 2015
2. Foster J. and Barnetson B., “Health and Safety in Canadian Workplaces”, Athabasca University
Press, 2016.
Reference Books:
1. Kohn L. and Friend M.A., “Fundamentals of Occupational Safety and Health”, Bernan Press; Sixth
edition, 2014
2. Mishra R. K., “Occupational Health Management”, Aitbs Publishers and Distributors, Delhi, 2015
3. Charles D. Reese, “Occupational Health and Safety Management: A Practical Approach”, CRC
Press. , 2008
4. Sharon Clarke, “Occupational Health and Safety”, CRC Press. 2016
5. Robert H. Friis, “Occupational Health and Safety for the 21st Century”, Jones & Bartlett Publishers,
2014

L T P C
19CE2017 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on systems approach to Environmental Management.
2. To acquire knowledge of Environmental System Management Implementation
3. To get practice in introducing Environmental Management Systems
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. describe, develop and interpret methods of the Environmental Management Systems according to
ISO 14001standards.
2. critically evaluate methods and possibilities within Environmental Management Systems from
a system perspective.
3. conduct Environmental Auditing for various Industries / Projects.
4. appreciate the elements of Corporate Environmental Management systems complying to
international environmental management system standards
5. lead pollution prevention assessment team and implement waste minimization options
6. develop, Implement, maintain and Audit Environmental Management systems for Organisations

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module 1: Introduction to Environmental Management Systems (EMS) (7 hours)
Introduction to Environmental Management System: Definitions and terms - Environmental Management
Systems Framework – approach to develop an Environmental Management System
Module 2: Introduction and Implementation of ISO 19011 (7 hours)
Environmental management system audits as per ISO 19011 - Roles and qualifications of auditors -
Environmental performance indicators and their evaluation – waste audits and waste minimization
planning.
Module 3: Introduction and Implementation of ISO 14001(7 hours)
Introduction and implementation of ISO 14001: environmental policy – planning - implementation and
operation – checking - management review.
Module 4: Applications of EMS (8 hours)
Applications - EMS in terms of Process flow chart - effluent generation - composition and treatment of
effluents from industries: sugar, pulp and paper, electroplating, dairy, oil refineries - cement industries,
Ready mixed concrete plant, crushing industries
Module 5: Introduction to Environmental Auditing (7 hours)
Introduction to Environmental Auditing Category ‘A’ and ‘B’ types of projects - Procedures and Guidelines
- Environmental Audit.
Module 6: Applications (9 hours)
Applications of EMS, Waste audits and pollution prevention opportunities in Textile, Sugar, Pulp & Paper,
Electroplating, Tanning industry, Dairy, Cement, Chemical industries.

Text Books
1. Philip J. Stapleton “Environmental Management Systems: An Implementation Guide for Small and
Medium-Sized Organizations”, United States Environmental Protection Agency, 2001
2. Paul L Bishop, “Pollution Prevention: Fundamentals and Practice”, McGraw- Hill International,
Boston, 2000.
References:
1. Christopher Sheldon and Mark Yoxon, “Installing Environmental management Systems – a step
by step guide” Earthscan Publications Ltd, London, 2012.
2. ISO 14001/14004: Environmental management systems – Requirements and Guidelines –
International Organisation for Standardisation, 2004
3. ISO 19011: 2002, “Guidelines for quality and/or Environmental Management System auditing,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 2002
4. Stephen Tinsley, Ilona Pillai, “Environmental Management Systems: Understanding
Organizational Drivers and Barriers”, Taylor & Francis., 2012
5. Philipp Weiß, Jörg Bentlage “Environmental Management Systems and Certification”, Baltic
University Press., 2006

GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM L T P C

19CE2018 0 0 2 1
LABORATORY
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamentals and components of Geographic Information System
2. To provide details of spatial data structures, input, management and output processes.
3. To enable the conduction of spatial analysis and preparation of output maps
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. apply the techniques used for storage and management of spatial data
2. understand the geospatial basic concepts
3. edit the database and perform analysis

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 4. process the images and apply classification techniques to the satellite imageries
5. provide solutions through maps for specific problems
6. generate maps integrating BIM and ArcGIS maps
Experiments
1. Introduction to ArcGIS and Geo-spatial concepts (1 hour)
2. Spatial and Non-spatial data types (1 hour)
3. Map Projection and datum concepts ( 1 hour)
4. Creation of spatial database and editing ( 1 hour)
5. Working with the satellite data (2 hours)
6. Conversion and export of different maps to ArcGIS (1hour)
7. Spatial analysis with geo-processing tools (2hours)
8. Integration of field survey data in ArcGIS (2hour)
9. Integration of SAP and BIM with ArcGIS (1 hour)
10. Creating maps, Exporting and printing maps (3hour)
Text Books:
1. Anji Reddy, M. “Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information System” 2nd
edition. BS Publications, Hyderabad, 2012.
2. Chandra A.M., “Geoinformatics”, New Academic Science, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Lo Albert C.P. Yeung K.W. Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information
Systems, Prentice Hall of India Publishers, 2006
2. Peter A. Burrough, Rachael A. McDonnell, “Principles of GIS”, Oxford University Press, 2000
2. Ian Heywood, Sarah Cornelius, Steve Carver, Srinivasa Raju, “An Introduction
Geographical Information Systems, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.

L T P C
19CE2019 DRONE SURVEYING AND MAPPING LABORATORY 0 0 2 1
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basics of drone technology with reference to land surveying
2. To provide training on collecting GPS waypoints along with flight planning
3. To provide exposure to collect data and to carry out the post processing of images/data
Course Outcome:
The Student will be able to
1. use drones for land surveying
2. decide the payloads according to the survey
3. plan the flight as per regulations
4. collect the data after deployment of the drone
5. integrate the survey data along with GIS and other softwares
6. conduct 3D modelling and generate surface maps/outputs/reports
Experiments
1. Introduction to land surveying and usage of drones (1 hour)
2. Types of drones, Payloads and multi-rotor components (1 hour)
3. Application of Drones in civil engineering (1 hour)
4. UAV regulations and flight planning (1 hour)
5. Drone deployment and capturing data ( 2 hours)
6. Flight simulation (2hours)
7. Field work for collecting waypoints, site observation, data collection (2 hours)
8. Integration of Drone data with GIS (1hour)
9. Digital surface modelling and Generation of contours (2 hours)
10. Generation of outputs and reports (2 hours)

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Text Books:
1. George Dekoulis, “Drone Applications”, Inteltech Open ltd., UK, June 2018
2. Reg Austin, “Unmanned Aircraft Systems”, Wiley International ltd., 2010
References:
1. Syed Omar Faruk Towaha, “Building Smart Drones with ESP8266 and Arduino”, Packt Publishing
Ltd. 2018
2. Daniel R. Faust, “Civilian Drones”, Rosen Publishing Group, Inc, 2016

L T P C
19CE2020 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To establish and maintain a safety and health program for all workers
2. To improve safety and health for small contracts, the self-employed and all working on small
projects
3. To participate in the program and provide input and report safety or health concerns.
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. ensure the security of the workers and protect the firm against lawsuits and damages
2. develop the essential aspects of health and safety in construction
3. adopt the management tools for structural Safety, Environment and Occupational Health
4. interprets the local technical standards and regulations on labour risks prevention, environmental
management applicable to construction works.
5. implement the safety and health issues in construction works and the typical hazards of the
construction activity.
6. select the most effective personal and collective safety equipment, based on the risks in construction
activities
Module 1: Accident Prevention (7 hours)
Safety during project execution - Training project staff and operation staff - stages of project construction
- safety during receiving, unloading, shifting and storage - safety guidelines for storage – general safety
facilities at construction sites - emergency rescue equipments - exhaust gases.
Module 2: Safety in Cutting and Brazing (7 hours)
Welding and cutting in tank vessels and drums - confined spaces - personal protection - health hazards -
Safety in Concrete construction - formworks and shoring - bar bending schedules - concrete placement -
general requirements for vertical and tubular welded frame shoring - safety in use of power tools.
Module 3: Formworks Safety (7 hours)
Assembling and dismantling and their safety – Scaffolding - types of scaffolding- design and inspection
of scaffolding - scaffolding erection procedure - safety precaution while erecting scaffolding - dismantling
of scaffolding.
Module 4: Safety in Handling Construction Machineries (8 hours)
Heavy/ Long Items - Earth Movers equipment’s - Hazardous Materials - Material handling equipment’s
machineries for lead & lifting of the materials like Hoist - Tower crane - Bobcat Mobile tower crane -
concrete pumps- Boring machineries.
Module 5: Statutory Obligations (8 hours)
Labour act – ESI, PF, law & regulations - Labour license -Fitness certificate – Minimum wages Act -
Occupation certificate – FSI – General guidelines for building approvals
Module 6: Safety in Demolition Operations (8 hours)
Planning and Permit - Planning the sequence of demolition - Safety Precautions
during demolition, carrying out repairs, additions and alterations – Case study.

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Text Books:
1. Basudev Panda, “Industrial Safety, Health Environment and Security”, Laxmi Publications, 2012
2. Safety Management in the Construction Industry Publishers: A Guide Published by National
Institute of Construction Year: 2005
References:
1. Allan St. John Holt, “Principles of Construction Safety”, John Wiley & Sons. 2001
2. John Schaufel berger and Ken-Yu Lin, “Construction Project Safety”, John Wiley & Sons, 2013
3. Bhattacharjee S. K “Safety Management in Construction (Principles and Practice)”, Khanna
Publishers, 2008
4. Poonia M P, Sharma S C, “Industrial Safety and Maintenance Management”, Khanna Publishing,
2018.
5. Grundy. J, “Construction Technology”, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd. 2006

Course code BUILDING SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING L T P C

20CE1001 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To introduce the students to the fundamental principles of building physics
2. To understand the functional efficiency in the built environment.
3. To learn the practical applications in the design of built environment
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the climate responsive design of buildings
2. Illustrate the thermal comfort and energy efficiency requirements
3. Illustrate acoustics, in the design of buildings
4. Demonstrate the principles of noise control
5. Design for visual quality and day lighting
6. Appraise the design principles in real time environment
Module: 1 Climatology 8 Hours
Climate geographical and physical factors - Temperatures, Rainfall, Wind, Sky, ground, Vegetation -
Micro climate and Macro climate – seasons - movement of buildings - sun protection devices

Module: 2 Thermal comfort in buildings 8 Hours

Low energy use and high thermal comfort in buildings- thermal performance targets - basics of heat
transfer mechanisms, - thermal comfort parameters and regulations - performance of building envelope
- thermal balance of buildings - basic thermal calculations and simulations - Active and passive
technologies for thermal comfort.

Module: 3 Energy efficiency in buildings 8 Hours

Energy flow - natural energy gains - energy use – indicators - indoor comfort - technical and economic
feasibility - cultural values - energy supply and environmental aspects - energy neutral and energy
positive building.

Module: 4 Building acoustics 7 Hours

Fundamentals of building acoustics – room acoustics and reverberation - Sound Absorption- Quality
indicators - Acoustic materials – Design principles of auditorium.

Module: 5 Day Lighting 7 Hours

Visual quality in built environment - Effective day lighting design - Integrated design approach- Static
daylighting metrics -context of LEED -solar shading.

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 6 Case studies 7 Hours
Building with thermal comfort - energy efficiency - auditorium for acoustic study - natural day lighting.
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Jens Pohl, “Building Science: Concepts and Application”, Wiley – Blackwell, 2011
2. Tor Erik Vigran, “Building Acoustics”, CRC Press, 2014
Reference Books
1. Egan, M. D., & Olgyay, V. “Architectural lighting”, McGraw-Hill. 2002
2. Szokolay, S. V. “Introduction to architectural science: the basis of sustainable design”. Routledge.
2014
3. Marshall Long, “Architectural Acoustics”, Elsevier Science, 2005
4. Hugo Hens, Building Physics, Heat, Air and Moisture, Wiley Publishers, 2017
5. Anson M., Ko J.M., Lam E.S.S, “Advances in Building Technology”, 2002
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code ENGINEERING MECHANICS L T P C

20CE1002 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To provide knowledge about statics with emphasis on force equilibrium and free body
diagrams.
2. To understand the concept stresses and response of elements.
3. To understand the mechanical behaviour of materials under various load conditions.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Illustrate the concepts of mechanics
2. Identify the principles of dynamics
3. Examine the concepts of kinetics
4. Analyse the stresses in the members
5. Apply the equilibrium concepts in analysis of members
6. Apply the basic principles to solve problems in mechanics
Module: 1 Introduction: 8 Hours
Centroid - centre of gravity - moment of inertia of plane sections - theorems of moment of inertia -
composite sections - mass moment of inertia of circular plate, cylinder, cone, sphere, hook.

Module: 2 Dynamics: 8 Hours

Particle dynamics- rectilinear motion - plane curvilinear motion - relative and constrained motion -
newton’s second law: rectangular, path, and polar coordinates - work-kinetic energy, power and potential
energy - impulse-momentum- impact - direct and oblique

Module: 3 Kinetics of rigid bodies: 7 Hours

Principles in dynamics - types of motion - D’Alembert’s principle: plane motion and connected bodies -
work energy principle: plane motion and connected bodies - kinetics of rigid body rotation

Module: 4 Elasticity and Elastic Constants 8 Hours

Introduction – Stress and strain – Hooke’s law – Three types of Elasticity – Rigidity modulus – Young’s
modulus – Bulk modulus – Relation connecting elastic constants – Poisson’s Ratio – Torsional pendulum

Module: 5 Basic Structural Analysis: 7 Hours

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Stability of equilibrium - equilibrium in three dimensions - method of sections - method of joints - simple
trusses - beams - types of beams- member forces
Module: 6 Simple stresses and strains: 7 Hours
St. Venant’s principle - types of stresses and strains, Hooke’s law – stress – strain diagram for mild steel
– working stress – factor of safety – lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio and volumetric strain – relation between
moduli – bars of varying section – composite bars– temperature stresses
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Irving H. Shames, “Engineering Mechanics”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006
2. Beer F. P and Johnston E. R, “Vector Mechanics for Engineers”, Vol I - Statics, Vol II, – Dynamics,
9th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011
Reference Books
1. Egor, P.Popov, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003
2. Hibbler R. C., “Engineering Mechanics: Principles of Statics and Dynamics”, Pearson Press. 2006
3. Andy Ruina and Rudra Pratap, “Introduction to Statics and Dynamics”, Oxford University Press,
2011
4. Shanes and Rao, “Engineering Mechanics”, Pearson Education, 2006
5. Bansal R.K, “A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics”, Laxmi Publications, 2010
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code GREEN DESIGN AND LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT L T P C

20CE1003 2 0 0 2
Course Objective:
1. To understand the concepts of carbon emission by the construction industry
2. To learn the mitigation methods to reduce carbon footprint
3. To study the LCA and green design techniques
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
1. Identify the carbon emission from the buildings
2. Illustrate the energy efficiency principles
3. Apply the energy analysis models
4. Analyze the sustainability of buildings
5. Apply the social and economic aspects in green buildings
6. Formulate techniques for green design in buildings
Module: 1 Green Energy Concepts: 5 Hours
Greenhouse gases – Global warming – climate change – global change – life cycle assessment –
embedded carbon – other footprints - Energy consumption in different sectors - Carbon emission from
energy use in buildings.

Module: 2 Benefits of energy: 5 Hours

Environmental benefits – economic benefits – corporate Image benefits – Personal and social benefits -
Energy efficiency principles - building energy management systems - GHG mitigation in buildings.

Module: 3 Green analysis: 5 Hours

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Standards – Product based standards – Activity based standards – Iterative carbon management steps –
Carbon footprint analysis – rating systems - Green analysis - Low carbon refurbishment process -
embodied energy considerations for existing buildings in different sectors

Module: 4 Carbon Footprint Measurement: 5 Hours

Greenhouse gas emission measurement – business and financial measurement – customer and
stakeholder satisfaction measurement – Energy analysis in construction

Module: 5 Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) : 5 Hours

Life cycle inventory analysis - cost-benefits analysis - Economic input-output life cycle assessment -
Social and economic aspects – sustainability assessment – Environmental Impact assessment
Module: 6 Green Design Techniques: 5 Hours
Environmental impacts during construction - low carbon materials - green transport - case study - aspects
of sustainability
Total Lectures 30 Hours
Text Books
1. Matthew John Franchetti and Defne Apul , “Carbon Footprint Analysis: Concepts, Methods”, CRC
Press, 2012
2. Giri N.K, “Alternate Energy (Sources, Applications and Technologies)”, Khanna Publishers, 2012
Reference Books
1. Linda Reeder, “Guide to Green Building Rating Systems”, John Wiley & Sons, 2010
2. Olivier Jolliet, Myriam Saade-Sbeih, Shanna Shaked, “Environmental Life Cycle Assessment”,
CRC Press, 2015
3. Francesco Pomponi, Catherine De Wolf, Alice Moncaster Embodied Carbon in Buildings”,
Springer, 2018
4. Sunil Shah, “Sustainable Refurbishment”, Wiley – Blackwell, 2012
5. Xianguo Li , “Green Energy: Basic Concepts and Fundamentals” McGraw-Hill, 2011
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code SUSTAINABLE BUILDING MATERIALS L T P C

20CE1004 2 0 0 2
Course Objective:
1. To understand the properties of building materials
2. To get a comprehensive overview of materials used for sustainable buildings.
3. To understand the effects of technology on materials and the way they are used with respect to
sustainability
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
1. Identify the sustainable building materials
2. Distinguish between conventional and modern construction materials
3. Define the concepts of embodied carbon or carbon footprint
4. Identify the different sustainable construction techniques
5. Analyze the usage of waste materials for construction
6. Analyze the use of smart materials
Module: 1 Conventional Building Materials 5 Hours

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Rocks - Stones - characteristics of stones – material property – Bricks and blocks - Properties of clay
bricks - material test – Timber - Cement - Concrete – Steel – Aluminium - Rubber - plastics – Glass -
Foundations – plinth – sill – Lintels – Arches - stair cases - Flooring - Roofs and roof covering - Damp
proofing – Termite proofing - Plastering and Pointing - Joinery - Painting

Module: 2 Sustainable Building Materials 5 Hours

Introduction to sustainable building materials, qualities, use, examples - Natural building materials,
locally available and locally manufactured materials, bio materials - Salvaged and recycled materials -
Nontoxic materials: low VOC paints, coating and adhesives

Module: 3 Sustainable Construction Techniques 5 Hours

Alternative construction techniques such as SMB, CSEB, and steam cured blocks, composite beam and
panel, funicular shells, filler slabs, reinforced concrete masonry, vaulted roofs, ferro-cement walls etc., -
Case studies

Module: 4 Innovations in Construction Materials: 5 Hours

Geopolymer concrete – ICF materials - recycled materials – Nano materials in construction – 3D Printing
materials

Module: 5 Innovative use of Materials 5 Hours

Use of waste materials - paper, glass bottles, tires, shipping containers - use of post-consumer and
industrial waste - fly-ash - building demolition waste – use of salvaged materials from flooring, columns,
beams, timber, glass, etc
Module: 6 Smart Materials: 5 Hours
Piezoelectric material – shape memory alloy – light emitting concrete – photochromotic materials - ER
and MR rheological fluids - fiber optics - pollution absorbing bricks – smart concrete – bacterial concrete
– biomimics – thermochromic materials
Total Lectures 30 Hours
Text Books
1. Jamal Khatib, “Sustainability of Construction Materials”, Woodhead Publishing, 2016
2. Ross Spiegel.G, “Green Building Materials A Guide to Product Selection and Specification”, 3rd
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2010
Reference Books
1. Sustainable Building - Design Manual Pt 1 & 2, The Energy and Resources Institute, TERI, 2004
2. Traci Rose Rider, Stacy Glass, Jessica McNaughton, “Understanding Green Building Materials”,
W.W.Norton and Company, 2011
3. Johan van Lengen, “The Barefoot Architect: A Handbook for Green Building”, Shelter Publication,
2008
4. Fernando Pacheco-Torgal, Luisa F. Cabeza, Joao Labrincha, “Eco-efficient Construction and
Building Materials”, Woodhead Publishing, 2014
5. Michelle Addington, Daniel Schodek, “Smart Materials and Technologies in Architecture”
Architectural Press, 2012
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Course code APPLIED MECHANICS LABORATORY L T P C
20CE1005 0 0 2 1
Course Objective:
1. To impart knowledge on the basics of the vector and scalar representation of forces and moments
2. To acquire knowledge on linear momentum, friction and rotation of particles
3. To impart knowledge on the concept of stress strain and elasticity
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Demonstrate the ability to solve the problems based on modulus of elasticity
2. Demonstrate the ability to solve the moment of Inertia
3. Demonstrate the rigidity modulus
4. Determine the reactions of simply supported beam with various loads
5. Determine the reactions of simple truss
6. Solve the forces in truss elements
List of Experiments
1. Young’s Modulus – Uniform bending
2. Young’s Modulus –Non-Uniform bending
3. Young’s Modulus - Cantilever
4. Moment of Inertia of different bodies - Torsional pendulum
5. Rigidity Modulus – Torsional Pendulum
6. Reactions of a simply supported beam with point load
7. Reactions of a simply supported beam with udl
8. Reactions of a simply supported beam with uvl
Total Lectures 16 Hours
References:
1. Irving H. Shames, “Engineering Mechanics”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006
2. Beer F. P and Johnston E. R, “Vector Mechanics for Engineers”, Vol I - Statics, Vol II, –
Dynamics, 9th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code DESIGN STUDIO - 2D DRAFTING L T P C

20CE1006 0 0 2 1
Course Objective:
1. To adopt the principles of building planning bye laws in drawing
2. To draft the plan, elevation and section of various structures
3. To create the drawing using modern software
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Understand the basic commands of the 2D drafting
2. Define the principles of civil engineering drawing and planning
3. Apply the building bye-laws for planning of buildings
4. Develop plan, elevation and section and site plan of various types of residential buildings
5. Develop plan, elevation and section and site plan of various types of Commercial buildings
6. Prepare the layout for the approval submission.
List of Experiments

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 1. AutoCAD Commands
2. Bye laws to be followed for planning of buildings
3. Preparation of plan, elevation and section of residential buildings-single storey buildings (load
bearing)
4. Preparation of plan, elevation and section of residential buildings-one storey buildings(framed
structure)
5. Preparation of plan, elevation and section of residential buildings-two storey buildings (load
bearing)
6. Preparation of plan, elevation and section of residential buildings-single storey buildings (Framed
structure)
7. Preparation of plan, elevation and section of institutional buildings - school (framed structure)
8. Preparation of plan, elevation and section of industrial buildings- workshop (steel structure)
9. Preparation of plan, elevation and section of hospital building
10. Preparation of plan, elevation and section of auditorium building
Total Lectures 16 Hours
References:
1. Balagopal Prabhu, T. S., “Building Drawing and Detailing”, Spades Publishing, KDFA Building,
Calicut, 2012
2. AUTO CAD Tutorials and Manual- Autodesk Work Book on AUTO CAD Level I and II
CAD/CAM centre, Coimbatore
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code DESIGN STUDIO - 3D MODELLING L T P C

20CE1007 0 0 4 2
Course Objective:
1. To understand the concepts of 3D modelling
2. To create various elements of building using 3D software
3. To create walkthrough and demonstrate the models
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Use tools of the software to create models
2. Model the components of the buildings
3. Model the non-structural components in buildings
4. Apply the materials to the model.
5. Create schedules for the models
6. Create walkthrough of the models developed
List of Experiments
1. a) Introduction to Revit Software & the workflow of BIM
b) Starting up with Revit
2. a) Introduction to Walls
b) Introduction to Floors
3. a) Introduction to Roofs
b) Adding Structural Component

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 4. a) Modelling Staircase
b) Creating Ramps & Railings
5. a) Placing of Components
b) Modelling Components In-Place
6. a) Material Management
b) Working with Sections
7. a) Creating Ceilings
b) Including Night lights in the project
8. a) Modelling the Site
b) Creating Schedules
9. a) Working with Conceptual Mass:
b) Rendering the Views
10. a) Creating a Walkthrough video
b) Documentation work
Total Lectures 16 Hours
References:
1. ASCENT, Autodesk Revit 2021 Structure Fundamentals, SDC Publications, 2020

2. Elise Moss, Autodesk Revit 2021 Architecture Basics, SDC Publications, 2020
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS L T P C

20CE3001 3 0 2 4
Course Objective:
1. To idealize, formulate, and analyze, determinate and indeterminate structures using matrix structural
analysis methods.
2. To determine the force distribution and deformed shapes of structures.
3. To understand the stability concept of frames.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the degrees of freedom and formulate flexibility and stiffness matrix
2. Analyze the truss using stiffness methods
3. Analyze the beams elements using appropriate methods
4. Analyze the elements using advanced methods
5. Evaluate the structural stability of frames
6. Analyze the elements using software tools
Module: 1 Matrix methods 8 Hours
Introduction- static indeterminacy and kinematic indeterminacy – degree of freedom – coordinate system
– structure idealization stiffness and flexibility matrices – suitability element stiffness equations –
elements flexibility equations – mixed force – displacement equations – for truss element, beam element
and tensional element. Transformation of coordinates – element stiffness matrix – and load vector – local
and global coordinates

Module: 2 Stiffness Methods 7 Hours

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Assembly of stiffness matrix from element stiffness matrix – direct stiffness method – general procedure
– band matrix – semi bandwidth – direct stiffness matrix method

Module: 3 Analysis of Plane Truss 8 Hours

Plane Trusses - Coordinate Systems - Degrees of Freedom - Member Stiffness and Local Coordinates -
Coordinate Transformations - Member Stiffness and Global Coordinates - Assembly of Structure
Stiffness - Direct Stiffness and Code Number Methods - Analysis

Module: 4 Analysis of Beams 8 Hours

Formation of the Global Analysis Equations for Beams - Member Stiffness: Local and Global
Coordinates - Assembly of Structure Stiffness - Analysis Procedure

Module: 5 Special analysis procedures: 7 Hours

Static condensation and sub structuring – initial and thermal stresses. Analysis of grid by matrix methods.
Module: 6 Stability of Frames 7 Hours
Various Boundary Conditions – Differential equations – Slope Deflection method
Total Lectures 45 Hours
List of Experiments (MATLAB)
1. B.M, Slope and deflections in beams – Simultaneous equations
2. Shear, Moment and deflection of beams - Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule
3. Analysis of continuous beam -flexibility methods
4. Analysis of plane truss-stiffness methods
5. Analysis of space truss-stiffness methods
6. Analysis of grid by matrix methods
Total Practical hours 14 hours
Reference Books
1. Gianluca Ranzi, Raymond Ian Gilbert, “Structural Analysis: Principles, Methods and Modelling”,
2018
2. Manolis Papadrakakis, Evangelos Sapountzakis, “Matrix Methods for Advanced Structural
Analysis”, Butterworth Heinemann, 2017
3. Devdas Menon, “Advanced Structural Analysis”, Alpha Science International, 2009
4. Srinivasan Chandrasekaran, “Advanced Structural Analysis with MATLAB®”, CRC Press, 2018
5. Igor A. Karnovsky, Olga Lebed, “Advanced Methods of Structural Analysis”, CRC Press, 2010

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS L T P C

20CE3002 3 0 4 5
Course Objective:
1. To understand the behavior of reinforced concrete structures
2. To understand the design of various structural elements
3. To understand the failure of buildings in field and improvement procedures
Course Outcome:

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the behavior of structural elements
2. Calculate the loads acting on a RC structure according to codal provisions.
3. Design the RC structures for its behavior.
4. Design and detail the structural drawings using IS codes.
5. Apply the structural systems based on the field requirement.
6. Apply suitable techniques for failure of structures
Module: 1 Basic Design Concepts: 8 Hours
Limit state - serviceability – deflection and crack width - short term deflection – long term deflection -
mechanism of flexural cracking - crack width: IS, BS and ACI Codes – Shrinkage and thermal cracking

Module: 2 Frame Analysis and Design 7 Hours

Static and Dynamic loading on structures - Analysis and design of multistory RCC frame- Optimal design
of structural elements

Module: 3 Slabs: 8 Hours

Grid floor – Yield line theory- flat slabs – Post tensioned stress distribution – Design of PT slabs

Module: 4 Inelastic Behaviour of Beams: 8 Hours

Inelastic behaviour –Moment curvature behavior - concept of plastic hinges – moment redistribution -
Check on rotation capacity

Module: 5 Special Structures: 9 Hours

Design of Bunkers – Design of Silo – Design of shear wall framed structure – Deep beams and corbels

Module: 6 Field Practices: 6 Hours

Building failure - Structural Integrity - Design of Beam column joints - connections under special
situations - Fire resistance of structural members – Quality control of concrete
Total Lectures 45 Hours
List of Projects
1. Comparison of design of RCC roof and PT slab system
2. Design of RC Shear Walls subjected to Seismic forces
3. Influence of orientation of shear walls on structural behavior of RC buildings
4. Design of flat slab for a commercial building
5. Comparison of design of RCC roof and grid slab system
6. Design of a corbel for an industrial building
Total Practical hours 30 hours
Reference Books
1. Bhavikatti S.S, “Advanced RCC Design”, New age International Pvt. Ltd. 2006
2. Subramanian. N., “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi. 2013
3. Krishna Raju, “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, CBS Publishers and distributors, New
Delhi, 2016
4. Varghese, P.C, “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.
5. Varghese, P.C., “Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete”, Prentice Hall of India, 2007

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS AND EARTHQUAKE

Course code L T P C
ENGINEERING
20CE3003 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the basic principles of free and forced vibration of SDoF and MDoF
2. To analyze the forces in the members as per IS 1893 and ductile detailing as per IS 13920
3. To understand the principles of vibration control methods and retrofitting techniques

Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the elements of vibratory system and develop mathematical models
2. Determine the fundamental frequency and mode of vibration of structural elements
3. Estimate the response of structures subjected to dynamic forces
4. Apply theory of dynamics to structures subjected to seismic forces
5. Illustrate the codal provisions for seismic resistant design
6. Recommend suitable alternate techniques and retrofitting methods
Module: 1 Principles of Dynamics 7 Hours
Principles of vibration analysis: D'Alembert's principle - Hamilton's principle – principle of virtual work
-idealization of a structure as SDOF system - Equation of motion - damped and undamped free vibrations
- critical damping - logarithmic decrement - un-damped forced vibration. Response to support motion -
response to harmonic excitation, response to arbitrary periodic loading- Duhamel's integral

Module: 2 Free Vibration of MDOF System: 8 Hours

MDOF system (Lumped mass): Mathematical model of MDOF system - free vibration of undamped
MDOF systems - natural frequencies and mode shapes – orthogonality conditions - analysis for natural
frequencies and mode shapes - solution of the Eigen value problems. Identification of natural frequency
and Mode shape using accelerometers and shake table in laboratory

Module: 3 Forced Vibration of MDOF System: 8 Hours

Idealizations of multi-storeyed building frames for dynamic analysis - Shear buildings – stiffness,
flexibility and mass matrices - Free and forced vibration with and without damping – solution by step by
step direct integration - central difference method - Houbolt method - Wilson-θ-method - Newmark
method. Mathematical model for continuous system

Module: 4 Earthquakes and Ground Motion: 8 Hours

Engineering seismology - - seismic zoning of India- microzonation- peak horizontal acceleration (PHA)
- response spectra - evaluation of earthquake forces as per codal provisions – static and dynamic methods-
lessons learnt from past earthquakes

Module: 5 Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures: 8 Hours

Structural systems - building types - causes of damage - planning considerations - philosophy and
principle of earthquake resistant design - guidelines for earthquake resistant design - earthquake resistant

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

masonry buildings - design consideration - Earthquake resistant design of R.C.C. Buildings – ductile
detailing of structures – rigid frames – shear walls
Module: 6 Vibration Control Techniques: 6 Hours
Vibration control - principles and application - Case studies - methods of retrofitting

Total Lectures 45 Hours

Reference Books
1. Anil K Chopra, “Dynamics of structures” Prentice-hall, 2015
2. Paz Mario, “Structural Dynamics - Theory and Computation”, CBS Publishers and Distributors
Pvt. Ltd., 2012
3. Duggal,S.K. “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, Oxford University Press, 2007
4. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande, “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, Prentice
Hall of India, 2009.
5. Paulay,T and Priestley, M.J.N., “Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry buildings”,
John Wiley and Sons, 1992.

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

FINITE ELEMENT METHODS IN STRUCTURAL

Course code L T P C
ENGINEERING
20CE3004 3 0 2 4
Course Objective:
1. To understand the concept of finite element procedures
2. To understand the concepts of Shape function, Stiffness matrix and Load vector for one, two and
three dimensional finite elements
3. To give an exposure to mesh generation techniques and working of commercial software.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the principles for the development of finite element models
2. Develop shape function, strain displacement relation, stiffness matrix and consistent load vector
matrix
3. Explain the finite element procedure for structural element
4. Analyze one, two and three dimensional problems
5. Choose appropriate finite element for analysis depending on the nature of problem
6. Develop finite element models using suitable software
Module: 1 Introduction and Finite Element Formulation : 7 Hours
Concept of Finite element –Introduction to elasticity-Strong and Weak Formulations -Variational
Principles-Virtual work and Galerkin’s Weighted residual method - Finite element method :
displacement approach

Module: 2 Element Properties: 7 Hours

Concept of Shape Function - Plane Stress and Plane strain, Natural coordinates, Triangular Elements,
Rectangular elements - Langrange and Serendipity elements - Hermitian family-Solid elements -
Isoparametric Formulation - Stiffness matrix of isoparametric formulation -Numerical Integration: Two
and three dimensional

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 3 Analysis of Structural Elements: 8 Hours
Global, Local and Natural coordinate systems- Consistent load vector -Stiffness of Truss member-
Analysis of Truss-Stiffness of beam member-Finite element analysis of continuous beam-Plane Frame
analysis-Analysis of Grid and Space frame

Module: 4 Two and Three Dimensional Solids: 8 Hours

Constant Strain Triangle - Linear Strain Triangle - Rectangular elements - Numerical evaluation of
element stiffness - Gaussian Quadrature - Weights and Gauss points - Selective and reduced integration-
Axis symmetric element - Tetrahedron element family - Parallelepiped element - Hexahedron Element
family - ZIB 8 and ZIB 20 elements.

Module: 5 Analysis of Plates and Shells 7 Hours

Analysis of Plates: Introduction to Kirchhoff and Mindlin Plate theories- Triangular and rectangular
Plate elements - BFS Element, Mindlin plate element; Analysis of Shells: Faceted element for shells -
Semi-loof elements - Degenerated shell elements – 4 noded bilinear shell element-Axisymmetric shell
elements – shear and membrane locking; Finite strip method: Development of stiffness matrix and
consistent load vector
Module: 6 Meshing and Applications of FEM 7 Hours
Auto and adaptive mesh generation-Mesh Refinement technique- P and H mesh refinement –Commercial
Software-Modeling and analysis using Software- Finite element model Vibrational Buckling-
Application to folded plates and bridge decks, Elastic stability-Dynamics-Fluid Mechanics
Total Lectures 45 Hours
List of Experiments (ANSYS)
1. Analysis of an assembly of bar elements
2. Analysis of a plane truss
3. Analysis of a space truss
4. Analysis of a 2D frame
5. Analysis of a 3D frame
6. Analysis of a grid
Total Practical hours 14 hours
Reference Books
1. Reddy, J.N., “ An Introduction to Finite Element Method”, McGraw-Hill International edition, 2008
2. Tirupathi, R.Chandrupatla and Ashok, D. Belegundu, "Introduction to Finite Elements in
Engineering", Prentice Hall of India Private Limited.,New Delhi 2004
3. Bathe, K.J., “Finite Element Procedure”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2014
4. Chandrakant, S.Desai and John, F.Abel, "Introduction to the Finite Element method, A numerical
Method for Engineering. Analysis", CBS Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., New Deli, 2005
5. Cook R.D., “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Method”, Wiley John & Sons, 2014

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code ADVANCED DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES L T P C

20CE3005 3 0 4 5

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Course Objective:
1. To understand the behavior of steel connections
2. To familiarize with the analysis and design of the industrial buildings
3. To evaluate the performance of light gauge steel structures
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify appropriate structural steel section
2. Explain the behavior of different steel structural elements
3. Perform analysis of steel structures
4. Design the components of steel structural elements and connections
5. Appraise on the quality parameters for steel structures
6. Investigate the reasons for failure of a steel structure
Module: 1 Structural Steel: 8 Hours
Properties of steel: Mechanical properties, Hysteresis, ductility – Hot rolled sections: compactness and
non-compactness, slenderness, residual stresses - Moment rotation behaviour - Cross-section yielding
and member instability - Durability - fire resistance and corrosion

Module: 2 Design of Steel Elements: 7 Hours

Limit state method - Built-up section - members subjected to combined forces - Shear buckling strength
- Post-critical method - Shear moment interaction –– column base - Axial and moment resisting base
plates - Lateral stability

Module: 3 Design of Connections: 8 Hours

Types of connections – Design of Bolts and Welds - Strength under combined stresses - Prying action -
simple and eccentric joints and frame connections - seated connections – moment resistant connections
– clip angle connections - split beam connections – Standardization of connections

Module: 4 Design of Industrial Buildings: 8 Hours

Types of roof system - loads (wind/seismic) - Metal walls: Design of girts, sag rods, and wind posts,
crane load specifications, Euro code and AISC provisions - modeling concepts - sway and non-sway
frames - analysis and design of roof truss - Minimum weight design for truss members – pre-engineered
buildings – seismic design and detailing - purlins

Module: 5 Seismic Design of Steel Structures 7 Hours

Seismic Analysis Procdures - Seismic loading Principles - Behaviour of steel components-Moment frame
systems-Concentrically braced frames- Eccentrically braced frames
Module: 6 Design of Cold formed Steel Structures: 7 Hours
Types - Effective area - Effective stress - behaviour of unstiffened and stiffened elements – design of
beams – flexural members – lateral buckling of beams – Behaviour of compression elements - design of
compression members – wall studs
Total Lectures 45 Hours
List of Projects (Any two can be taken for each student. Each topic can be divided into 5 modules)
1. Design of a steel Industrial Building
2. Design of a Steel hanger building
3. Design of a Steel Space Structures
4. Design of a Steel parking Structure
5. Analysis and design of transmission tower

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

6. Analysis and design of steel chimney
Total Practical hours 30 hours
Reference Books
1. Jayagopal, L.S. and Tensing.D, “ Design of Steel structures”, Vikas Publishing, Chennai, 2015
2. Subramanian. N, “Design of Steel Structures”, Oxford University Press, 2008
3. Narayanan.R., “Teaching Resource on Structural steel Design”, INSDAG, Ministry of Steel
Publishing, 2000
4. W.F. Chen, I. Sohal, ‘Plastic Design and Second-Order Analysis of Steel Frames’, Springer, 2013
5. Cheng Yu, “Recent Trends in Cold-Formed Steel Construction”, Woodhead Publishing, 2013

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code DESIGN OF SUBSTRUCTURES L T P C

20CE3006 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the principles of subsoil exploration
2. To understand the procedure for design of substructures
3. To familiarize in the evaluation of soil shear strength parameters.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the methods of subsoil exploration
2. Evaluate the soil shear strength parameters.
3. Determine the load carrying capacity of different foundation types.
4. Analyze the concepts of settlement analysis.
5. Select appropriate foundations type based on available soil conditions.
6. Design suitable foundations based on the soil conditions
Module: 1 Shallow Foundations: 8 Hours
Subsurface exploration: Planning- Drilling and sampling –In situ testing. Ultimate bearing capacity of
strip foundations-Bearing capacity of rectangular and circular foundations in cohesive soils-Effect of
Water Table on Bearing Capacity- Settlements of footings and rafts - proportioning of foundations using
field test data

Module: 2 Pile Foundations: 7 Hours

Classification of piles - General considerations of static analysis - Ultimate bearing capacity of single
piles under axial load - Settlements of pile foundations – Group Effects – Under-reamed pile foundations
- Design of pile caps – Negative skin friction

Module: 3 Well Foundation: 8 Hours

IS and IRC code provisions - Elastic theory and ultimate resistance methods - design principles - well
construction and sinking

Module: 4 Special Foundations: 8 Hours

Foundation on expansive soils – choice of foundation – Raft foundation - Mat foundation-Combined
piled and raft foundation - Design of cantilever and basement retaining walls

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 5 Machine Foundations: 7 Hours
Introduction – types of machine foundation – basic principles of design of machine foundation –
vibration analysis of machine foundation – design of foundation for Reciprocating machines and Impact
machines – vibration isolation
Module: 6 Tunnels, Open Cuts and Coffer-Dams: 7 Hours
Tunnels and arching in soils - pressure computations around tunnels - open cuts - sheeting and bracing
systems in shallow and deep open cuts in different soil types - coffer dams: various types - analysis and
design - foundations under uplifting loads
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Swamy Saran, "Analysis and Design of substructures", Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
2006
2. Varghese.P.C, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations” –PHI learning private limited, New
Delhi, 2009
3. Nainan P. Kurian, “Design of foundation system”, Narosa Publishing House, 2005
4. Kamesware Rao N. S. V, “Foundation Design: Theory and Practice”, Wiley, 2010
5. An-Bin Huang, Hai-Sui Yu, “Foundation Engineering Analysis and Design”, CRC press, 2018

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code STRUCTURAL ART: PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE L T P C

20CE3007 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To learn the principles and design of innovative structures
2. To model and analyse the structures using relevant software
3. To understand the implementation techniques
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the type of the shell to be employed for the structure
2. Develop equations and design different type of shells
3. Model shells using software knowledge
4. Analyse the shells to determine the resultant stresses
5. Determine the effective techniques for construction
6. Design innovative structures to suite the modern day construction
Module: 1 INTRODUCTION 7 Hours
Need for the study, History of architecture in India, Design principles for unique system- form, functions
and structure

Module: 2 TYPES OF SHELLS 8 Hours

Types of shells- Shells of revolution and shells of translation- Techniques of shell construction- cast-in-
situ, pre-stressed, precast, Formwork/Shuttering, effective thickness, reinforcement, durability aspects.

Module: 3 DESIGN OF SHELLS OF DOUBLE CURVATURE 8 Hours

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Membrane theory of doubly curved shells- Design of Spherical dome, Parabolic dome and Conical roof-
Deriving the equations and transferring into structural models

Module: 4 DESIGN OF CYLINDRICAL & NORTH LIGHT SHELLS: 8 Hours

Design of R.C. cylindrical shell with edge beams-theory for long shells – Beam theory-Arch theory -
Design of shells with ASCE manual –Design of North Light Shell

Module: 5 CREEP IN SHELLS 7 Hours

Creep- Creep buckling and stability analysis- Case study on failure of shells under creep
Module: 6 CONSTRUCTION OF SHELLS 7 Hours
Intrications in the design of shells and plate structures- Construction methods and techniques - Case
Study Buildings: Felix Candela, Sundaram Architects etc
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Ramaswamy G S., “Design Construction, Concrete Shell Roofs”, CBS Publishers, 2005.
2. Subramanian Narayanan “Space Structures: Principles and Practice”, Multi-Science Publishing,
2006
3. Billington, D. “Thin Shell Concrete Strucutres”, Mc-Graw Hill Book Co., New York, 2000.
4. Varghese.P.C., “Design of Reinforced Concrete Shells and Folded Plates”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
2010.
5. Ramasamy.G.S, Mick Eekhout, Suresh.G.R, “ Analysis, Design and Construction of Steel space
Frames”, Thomas Telford 2002
6. ASCE Manual No.31, Design of Cylindrical Shells.

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

THEORY AND APPLICATIONS OF CEMENT

Course code L T P C
COMPOSITES
20CE3008 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To impart knowledge on various type of Composite materials
2. To understand the mechanical behavior of cement composites
3. To develop new cement composites
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course, students will be able to
1. Classify the materials as per orthotropic and anisotropic behaviour
2. Formulate constitutive behaviour of composite materials
3. Estimate strain constants using theories applicable to composite materials
4. Compare the mechanical behavior based on the approaches to stiffness.
5. Adopt nanomaterials in cement composites
6. Develop the new cement composites.
Module: 1 CEMENT COMPOSITES: 8 Hours
Cement composites types – terminology - constituent materials - their properties - Fiber-reinforced
cementitious composites – high-strength cementitious composites - ferrocement - SIFCON – polymers
in concretes - preparation of reinforcement - casting and curing - shrinkage-compensating concrete -
engineered cementitious composites

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 2 CHARACTERISTICS OF CEMENT COMPOSITE 7 Hours
Classification - characteristics of composite materials - basic terminology - advantages – pore size
distribution - orthotropic and anisotropic materials - engineering constants for orthotropic materials -
restrictions on elastic constants

Module: 3 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF CEMENT COMPOSITES 8 Hours

Behavior of ferrocement - fiber reinforced concrete: tension, compression, flexure, shear, fatigue and
impact - durability - corrosion mechanism – corrosion test

Module: 4 BEHAVIOUR OF COMPOSITE MATERIAL 8 Hours

Mechanics of materials approach to stiffness – determination of relations between elastic constants -
Elasticity approach to stiffness – bounding techniques of elasticity – exact solutions - Elasticity solutions
with contiguity – Halpin – Tsai equations – comparison of approaches to stiffness.

Module: 5 NANO MATERIALS IN CEMENT COMPOSITES 7 Hours

Nano materials in cement – dispersion – microstructure – characteristics of Nanoparticles in cement -
Potential of Carbon Nanotube – Graphene oxide - recycled cellulosic waste
Module: 6 APPLICATION OF CEMENT COMPOSITES 7 Hours
Fiber reinforced concrete and ferrocement: Housing, water storage, boats - miscellaneous structures -
case studies – learning from failures
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Ronald F. Gibson “Principles of Composite Material Mechanics”, 3rd Edition CRC Press, 2011
2. Andrzej M. Brandt, “Cement-Based Composites: Materials, Mechanical Properties and
Performance”, Routledge, 2009
3. Isaac M. Daniel and OriIshai - Engineering Mechanics of Composite Materials, Oxford University
Press, Second Edition, New Delhi, 2007
4. Chris L Page, M M Page “Durability of Concrete and Cement Composites”, Woodhead Publishing,
2007
5. Antoine E. Naaman, “Ferrocement and Laminated Cementitious Composites” Techno Press, 2000

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES L T P C

20CE3009 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To impart knowledge on the requirements and functional planning of industrial structures
2. To give exposure on analysis of the industrial structures
3. To train in the design of towers and chimneys
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the suitable industrial roofing system
2. Explain the requirements of industrial building
3. Analyse transmission towers with required foundations

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

4. Design various components of industrial buildings
5. Discuss the behaviour of machine foundation
6. Plan industrial structures for functional requirements
Module: 1 PLANNING AND FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 7 Hours
Classification of industries and industrial structures - planning for layout requirements regarding
lighting, ventilation and fire safety - Protection against noise and vibration - guidelines of factories act.

Module: 2 PORTAL FRAMES 8 Hours

Design of portal frame with hinge base - design of portal frame with fixed base - gable structures - IS
1893 Part IV provisions - Special design considerations - Vibrations and noise - Details of slabs on grade

Module: 3 INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS 8 Hours

Steel and RCC - Gantry girder - crane girders - design of Corbels and nibs – mezzanine floor - crack
control, joints, form deck, permanent forms, openings, Mass concrete - Erection and handling stress

Module: 4 POWER PLANT STRUCTURES 8 Hours

Types of Power plants – containment structures - cooling towers - bunkers and silos - pipe supporting
structures

Module: 5 TRANSMISSION LINE STRUCTURES AND CHIMNEYS 7 Hours

Analysis and design of transmission line towers - sag and tension calculations - testing of towers – design
of self-supporting chimney - design of chimney bases.
Module: 6 FOUNDATION 7 Hours
Design of foundation for Towers, chimneys and cooling towers - machine foundation - design of turbo
generator foundation
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Jurgen Axel Adam, Katharria Hausmann, Frank Juttner, Klauss Daniel, “Industrial Buildings: A
Design Manual”, Birkhauser Publishers, 2014.
2. Manohar S.N, “Tall Chimneys - Design and Construction”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2014
3. Santhakumar A.R. and Murthy S.S., “Transmission Line Structures”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
4. K.G. Bhatia , “Foundations for Industrial Machines: Handbook for Practising Engineers”, Taylor
and Francis, 2009
5. Julian Weyer, Sergio Baragaño, “Industrial Building Planning and Design”, Design Media
Publishing Limited, 2014

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION L T P C

20CE3010 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the fundamental of optimization technique
2. To differentiate various optimization algorithm
3. To apply the optimization methods to decision making problems

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Course Outcome:
At the end of the course, students will be able to
1. Identify different optimization Techniques
2. Use appropriate method for a particular problem
3. Formulate objective function and constraints
4. Apply to real time construction management problems
5. Solve the problems using optimization Techniques
6. Compute the optimization techniques to structural design
Module: 1 INTRODUCTION 8 Hours
Definition - Variables - Objective Function - Constraints - Design space - Feasible and infeasible -
Convex and Concave - Local and global optima - Formulation of structural optimization problems

Module: 2 LINEAR PROGRAMMING 7 Hours

Formulation of Linear optimization models, Civil engineering applications. Simplex method, special
cases in simplex method, Method of Big M, Two phase method, duality, sensitivity analysis.

Module: 3 DYNAMIC AND NON LINEAR PROGRAMMING 8 Hours

Dynamic programming: Multi stage decision processes, Principle of optimality, Recursive equation,
Application of D.P. Non-Linear programming: Single variable unconstrained optimization –Local &
Global optima, Uni-modal Function- Sequential Search Techniques: Dichotomous, Fibonacci, Golden
Section methods.

Module: 4 GEOMETRIC AND DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING PROBLEMS: 8 Hours

Polynomials - degree of difficulty - reducing G.P.P to a set of simultaneous equation-Unconstrained and
constraint problems with zero difficulty - concept of solving problems with one degree of difficulty -
Bellman’s principle of optimality - representation of a multistage decision problem - concept of sub-
optimization problems using classical and tabular methods-Design of Truss members for minimum
weight

Module: 5 MULTIVARIABLE OPTIMIZATION 7 Hours

Multivariable optimization without constraints-The gradient vector and Hessian Matrix, Gradient
techniques, steepest ascent/decent technique, Newton‘s Method. Multivariable optimization with
equality constraints-Lagrange Multiplier Technique.
Module: 6 APPLICATION 7 Hours
Methods for optimal design of structural elements, continuous beams - single storied frames using plastic
theory - Minimum weight design for truss members - Fully stressed design - Optimization principles to
design of R.C. structures such as multi-storey buildings, water tanks and bridges. Structural optimization
for transient (dynamic) problems.
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Rao S.S. “Engineering Optimization Theory & Practice”, Wiely, 2009
2. J.K.Sharma “Operations Research (3 Edition) : Theory And Applications”, 3rd Edition, Macmillan
India Limited, 2006
3. Hamdy A.Taha, “Operations Research”, Pearson Education Limited, 2017
4. Ravindran, K. M. Ragsdel, G. V. Reklaitis, “Engineering Optimization: Methods and
Applications”, Wiely, 2006

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code STRUCTURAL HEALTH MONITORING L T P C

20CE3011 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To impart knowledge on distress diagnosis
2. To understand various methods of health monitoring
3. To apply various methods for repair and rehabilitation
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Understand the concepts of Structural health
2. Diagnosis the distress in the structure understanding the causes and factors.
3. Assess the health of structure using static field methods.
4. Assess the health of structure using dynamic field tests.
5. Apply techniques of Remote monitoring using IoT
6. Suggest repairs and rehabilitation measures of the structure
Module: 1 STRUCTURAL HEALTH 7 Hours
Factors affecting Health of Structures, Causes of Distress, Regular Maintenance

Module: 2 STRUCTURAL HEALTH MONITORING: 8 Hours

Concepts, Various Measures, Structural Safety in Alteration. Structural Audit: Assessment of Health of
Structure, Collapse and Investigation, Investigation Management, SHM Procedures.

Module: 3 STATIC FIELD TESTING 8 Hours

Types of Static Tests, Simulation and Loading Methods, sensor systems and hardware requirements,
Static Response Measurement

Module: 4 DYNAMIC FIELD TESTING 8 Hours

Types of Dynamic Field Test, Stress History Data, Dynamic Response Methods, Hardware for Remote
Data Acquisition Systems,

Module: 5 REMOTE STRUCTURAL HEALTH MONITORING 7 Hours

Importance and Advantages – Methodology – IoT applications in SHM – Application Machine leaning
Techniques in SHM
Module: 6 REPAIRS AND REHABILITATIONS OF STRUCTURES 7 Hours
Local and Global retrofitting techniques- Case Studies .
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Daniel Balageas, Claus_Peter Fritzen, Alfredo Güemes, “Structural Health Monitoring”, John
Wiley and Sons ltd., 2006
2. Douglas E Adams “Health Monitoring of Structural Materials and Components_Methods with
Applications”, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.
3. J. P. Ou, H. Li and Z. D. Duan, “Structural Health Monitoring and Intelligent Infrastructure”, Vol1,
, Taylor and Francis Group, London, UK, 2006

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

4. Victor Giurglutiu, “ Structural Health Monitoring with Wafer Active Sensors”, Academic Press
Inc,2007

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code DESIGN OF HIGH RISE STRUCTURES L T P C

20CE3012 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the behaviour of tall buildings
2. To carry out analysis of the resultant forces in various structural forms
3. To understand the stability behavior of tall buildings
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the loads on tall buildings
2. Illustrate the behaviour of various structural forms
3. Adopt suitable techniques for analysis
4. Analyse the forces in the structures
5. Assess the long term effects in tall buildings
6. Assess the model for Analysis
Module: 1 EVOLUTION OF TALL BUILDINGS 7 Hours
Introduction - Design criteria for structural design of Tall building - Concept of premium for height -
Development of high rise architecture

Module: 2 REQUIREMENTS AND SITE INVESTIGATION 8 Hours

Building performance –cost, quality and time - Environmental requirements - Introduction to safety and
Health Management System - Stages of site Investigation - Site Reconnaissance & Ground investigation
- Field tests & Laboratory tests - foundation systems

Module: 3 MATERIAL HANDLING AND MECHANIZATION 8 Hours

Material handling considerations - Earthmoving equipment’s - Horizontal and vertical movements -
Selection & Utility of Cranes (Tower Cranes & Climbing Cranes) – Industrialization - Robotics in
Construction

Module: 4 WIND & SEISMIC EFFECTS ON BEHAVIOR OF TALL 8 Hours

STRUCTURES
Outlook of Design considerations and Characteristics of wind, Codal wind loads and cladding pressures
on behavior of tall buildings - Tall building behavior - seismic design philosophy - Second order effects

Module: 5 STRUCTURAL FORMS & FLOORING SYSTEMS 7 Hours

Introduction of Various structural forms and their importance to high rise architecture - Introduction to
various Flooring Systems in concrete & steel structures.
Module: 6 MODELING FOR ANALYSIS 7 Hours
Approaches for analysis - Assumptions involved in modeling - Reduction techniques..

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Bryan Stafford Smith and Alexcoull, “Tall Building Structures - Analysis and Design”, John
Wiley and Sons, Inc., 2005.
2. Taranath B.S., “Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings”, McGraw Hill, 2012
3. Mehmet Halis Günel, Hüseyin Emre Ilgin, “Tall Buildings: Structural Systems and Aerodynamic
Form” Taylor and Francis 2014
4. Beedle, L.S.; Ali, M.M.; Armstrong, P.J. “The Skyscraper and the City: Design, Technology, and
Innovation”; The Edwin Mellen Press: Lewiston, NY, USA, 2007
5 Lynn S. Beedle. “Second Century of the Skyscraper” Springer US 2012
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code DESIGN OF FORMWORK L T P C

20CE3013 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the requirements for design of formwork
2. To compare and select the type of formwork materials
3. To analyse and design various types of formwork
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Analyse the requirements for design of formwork
2. Select proper formwork, accessories and material.
3. Evaluate the strength of form work of RC elements.
4. Design the form work for Special Structures.
5. Understand the working of flying formwork.
6. Investigate the formwork failures through case studies
Module: 1 INTRODUCTION 7 Hours
Requirements - selection of formwork – need for formwork - temporary structure – formwork types

Module: 2 FORMWORK MATERIALS 7 Hours

Timber, plywood, steel, aluminium, plastic and accessories. Horizontal and vertical formwork supports
- loads and pressure on formwork - Vertical load - Lateral pressure - load test

Module: 3 FORMWORK DESIGN 8 Hours

Concepts - Factors affecting the design strength of formwork- Safety factor - formwork systems and
design for foundations, walls, columns, slab and beams - Struts and ties - bracing

Module: 4 FORMWORK DESIGN FOR SPECIAL STRUCTURES 8 Hours

Special structures: shells, domes, folded plates, overhead water tanks, natural draft cooling tower,
bridges.

Module: 5 FLYING FORMWORK 8 Hours

Table form, tunnel form, slip form - formwork for precast concrete - formwork management issues –pre-
and post-award.

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 6 CASE STUDIES 8 Hours
Formwork failures: causes and case studies in formwork - failure formwork issues in multi-storey
building construction
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Peurify , “Formwork for Concrete Structures,” , Mc Graw Hill India, 2015.
2. Kumar Neeraj Jha , “Formwork for Concrete Structures”, , Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2012
3. Christopher Souder, “Temporary Structure Design”, John Wiley and Sons, 2014
4. Garold (Gary) D. Oberlender, Robert L. “Peurifo Formwork for Concrete Structures” McGraw Hill
Professional, 2010
5 IS 14687: 1999, “False work for Concrete Structures – Guidelines”, BIS
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code RISK ASSESSMENT AND PROBABILISTIC ANALYSIS L T P C

20CE3014 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the basic concepts of risk analysis and the relationship between probability theory
and modeling, risk analysis, and decision analysis
2. To understand probabilistic modeling, in the evaluation of risk
3. To learn the interpretation of the basic tools of risk analysis
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the uncertainty in structural systems
2. Extend reliability analysis concepts from structural elements to structural systems
3. Interpret the tools of risk analysis.
4. Use appropriate tools for decision making
5. Estimate the cost-benefit analysis
6. Application in real time problems
Module: 1 INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURAL SAFETY AND 8 Hours
RELIABILITY
Concept of uncertainty in reliability based analysis and design - Random variables- Concept and
definition, Probability axioms and probability functions - Conditional probability - Common probability
density and distribution functions and its descriptors - Correlation between random variables.

Module: 2 JOINT PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS 7 Hours

Functions of random variables -Expectation and moments of functions of random variables - Concept of
failure of a structure - Reduced variable space

Module: 3 RELIABILITY INDEX 8 Hours

Basic definition of reliability index - First order second moment index - Hasofer-Lind reliability index -
Rackwitz - Fiessler reliability index - Second order reliability method.

Module: 4 SYSTEM RELIABILITY 8 Hours

Simulation techniques in reliability estimation - Importance sampling / Variation reduction techniques -
Time variant reliability

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 5 PROBABILISTIC RISK ASSESSMENT AND DECISION 8 Hours
ANALYSIS
Probabilistic risk assessment - risk management - Multistage decision model - value of perfect
information - Axioms of rationale behavior - introduction to utility, risk aversion - multivariable utility
theory - decision analysis - risk management
Module: 6 COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS (CBA) 7 Hours
Background and fundamental premises - time value of money - basis for comparison of alternatives -
including uncertainity - evaluating public activities - Case studies
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Thuesen, G. J., and Fabrycky, W. J. “Engineering Economy”. 9th ed. Englewood Cliff, NJ:
Prentice-Hall, Inc., 2000.
2. Alfredo H-S. Ang, Wilson H. Tang, “Probability Concepts in Engineering”, Wiley 2007
3. William DeCoursey, “Statistics and Probability for Engineering Applications” Elsevier Science,
2003
4. Terrance Reilly, Clemen, Robert T. “Making Hard Decisions”. South-Western College Publishing,
2013
5 Lee Ostrom, Cheryl Wilhelmsen, “Risk Assessment: Tools, Techniques, and Their Applications”,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. July 2019
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code BRIDGE ENGINEERING L T P C

20CE3015 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To impart knowledge of the loading standards of IRC
2. To familiarize the design principles of bridges
3. To analysis understand the analysis and design of different types of bridges.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Classify bridges according to loading and site conditions
2. Explain the behavior of different types of bridges
3. Analyze different types of bridges
4. Design the different components of bridges
5. Appraise on the quality investigation of bridge structures
6. Investigate the reasons for the failure of bridge structures
Module: 1 SHORT SPAN RC BRIDGES: 8 Hours
Types of bridges and loading standards - IRC: 112, IRC: 6, Special vehicle loading and Fatigue load
for bridge design - choice of type - I.R.C. specifications for road bridges – design of RCC solid slab
bridges - analysis and design of slab culverts, Tee beam and slab bridges.

Module: 2 LONG SPAN RC BRIDGES 7 Hours

Design principles of continuous girder bridges, box girder bridges, balanced cantilever bridges – arch
bridges – box culverts - cable stayed and suspension bridges.

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 3 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BRIDGES 8 Hours
Flexural and torsional parameters – Courbon’s theory – design of girder section – maximum and
minimum prestressing forces – eccentricity – live load and dead load shear forces – cable zone in girder
– check for stresses at various sections – check for diagonal tension – diaphragms – End block

Module: 4 STEEL BRIDGES 8 Hours

General – Railway loadings – dynamic effect – Railway culvert with steel beams – Plate girder bridges
– Box girder bridges – Truss bridges – vertical and horizontal stiffeners.

Module: 5 BEARINGS AND SUBSTRUCTURES 7 Hours

Different types of bearings – design of bearings – design of piers and abutments of different types – types
of bridge foundations – design of foundations.
Module: 6 CASE STUDIES 7 Hours
IS 1893 PIII provisions - special design considerations - composite bridges - health monitoring
techniques - application of sensor - case studies- learning from failures
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Jagadeesh.T.R. and Jayaram. M.A., “Design of Bridge Structures”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2014.
2. Johnson Victor, D. “Essentials of Bridge Engineering”, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. New Delhi,
2001.
3. Krishna raju N, “Design of Bridges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, New Delhi, 2010
4. Ponnuswamy, S., “Bridge Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
5 IRC 6:2016, Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Indian Road Congress
6 IRC 112: 2014, Code of Practice for Concrete Road Bridges, Indian Road Congress
Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

CONDITIONAL ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING

Course code L T P C
STRUCTURES
20CE3016 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the various assessment procedures
2. To impart knowledge on evaluation of structural materials and systems
3. To classify the use destructive and non destructive techniques
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Understand the procedure for identifying the structure exposed to aggressive environment.
2. Apply the guidelines for structural condition assessment of existing buildings
3. Identify techniques for evaluating concrete masonry and wood
4. Select the destructive and non destructive techniques to suite the projects
5. Interpret and use destructive and nondestructive test results
6. Evaluate and report the conditional assessment of existing structure
Module: 1 INTRODUCTION AND PRELIMINARY METHODS 7 Hours

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Objectives- causes of building distress-purpose of report - authorization-need for analysis- steps in
conditional assessment-preliminary evaluation methods - Onsite investigation and off site investigation-
Rapid(visual) investigation - Details of visual investigation - Performing structural condition assessment
- study of document and other evidence - preliminary numerical analysis-reporting-decision on
immediate action - Recommendation of detailed assessment

Module: 2 ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE & NON-DESTRUCTIVE 8 Hours

TECHNIQUES
Detailed assessment- mandated or damage or deterioration-professional competence-professional
responsibility and liability-professional requirement - detail documentation search and review-building
examination-forms and check list- Role of Non-Destructive Techniques in Condition Assessment -
Non-destructive testing: Rebound Hammer, Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Tests test in condition assessment
– Corrosion- Carbonation - Destructive Vs Non-destructive-guidelines-structural systems – concrete
wood-masonry and Metals

Module: 3 STRUCTURAL MATERIALS ASSESSMENT 8 Hours

Collection of existing data: design/construction Phase - repair interventions-inspections-Analzing
existing data-data quality assessment-Probability of Detection (PoD)-Planning evaluation techniques-
Inspection Procedure-condition survey: concrete, masonry, wood and metal structures- survey
inspection checklist- Design materials evaluation program- Selection of destructive and nondestructive
testing-identify the limitations of NDT techniques - interpreting tests results -Diagnose problems- assess
strengths and weaknesses of structural materials

Module: 4 EVALUATION OF STRUCTURAL MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS 8 Hours

Project-Planning group-Identifying hazard- proactive strategies –reactive strategies- economic
considerations-deterioration modeling-mechanisms planning the evaluation-statistical procedures-
destructive and nondestructive test on concrete-evaluate cracks in concrete and masonry- analyze wet
masonry walls – evaluate Heritage structures - evaluating corrosion -interpret test results - develop
inspection checklist - condition assessment projects - evaluating test data- Assessing damage -
suitability for future use-recommendation-implement action

Module: 5 REPORT OF STRUCTURAL CONDITION ASSESSMENT 7 Hours

Quality Assurance report - existing conditions - summary- list of components reviewed -observations
and findings - structural integrity- structural capacity checks - interpretations and findings - photographic
documentation - rehabilitation recommendations - field measurements.
Module: 6 CASE STUDIES 7 Hours
Structural systems: columns damaged condition - columns damaged condition & seepage through
basement – kitchen -wash area floor condition (first floor) - walls dampness & chajja condition (ground
floor)- spalling of concrete in columns- spalling of concrete in beams- chajjas/ fins damaged Condition-
Chajjas/ Parapet and Columns Damaged Condition-HVAC-Pumping-Electrical systems-Parking
structures-Chimneys-Bridges
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Cairns, J., Gehlen, C., Andrade, C., Bartholomew, M., Gulikers, J., Leon, F. J., Matthews, S.,
McKenna, P., Osterminski , K., Paeglitis, A., & Straub, D. “Condition Control and Assessment of
Reinforced Concrete Structures Exposed to Corrosive Environments”. (fib Bulletin; Vol. 59).
International Federation for Structural Concrete (fib)., 2011)
2. Guideline for Structural Condition Assessment of Existing BuildingsSEI/ASCE11-99

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

3. Robert T. Ratay, “Structural Condition Assessment” Wiley, 2005
4. R. Dodge Woodson,”Concrete structures, protection repair and rehabilitation,” Butterworth-
Heinemann , 2009
5 Mark G. Alexander, Hans-Dieter Beushausen, Frank Dehn, “Concrete Repair, Rehabilitation and
Retrofitting ”, CRC Press, 2008

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code FRACTURE MECHANICS OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES L T P C

20CE3017 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand of the types of cracks
2. To impart knowledge on crack models
3. To apply damage mechanics for concrete
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Classify the various types of cracks
2. Comprehend the fundamentals of fracture mechanics
3. Identify the cracking of concrete structures based on fracture mechanics.
4. Implement stress intensity factor for notched members
5. Apply fracture mechanics models to high strength concrete and FRC structures.
6. Ascertain the associated and non-associated flow cracks
Module: 1 BASICS OF FRACTURE MECHANICS: 7 Hours
Fundamentals of fracture mechanics – types of cracks – stress intensity factor - Crack in a structure -
Mechanisms of fracture - crack growth

Module: 2 STRUCTURAL CRACKS: 7 Hours

Crack in a structure - mechanisms of fracture in structural concrete - crack growth - cleavage fracture -
ductile fracture - fatigue cracking - environment assisted cracking - service failure analysis

Module: 3 STRESS AT CRACK TIP: 8 Hours

Stress at crack tip - linear elastic fracture mechanics, Griffith’s criteria - stress intensity factors - crack
tip plastic zone - Erwin’s plastic zone correction - R curves – compliance - concept of CTOD and CMD

Module: 4 MATERIAL MODELS: 8 Hours

General concepts – Material models - crack models - band models - models based on continuum damage
mechanics - modeling of quasi brittle materials

Module: 5 APPLICATIONS: 8 Hours

Applications to high strength concrete - fibre reinforced concrete - crack concepts – numerical modeling

Module: 6 NONLINEAR FRACTURE MECHANICS: 7 Hours

Discrete crack concept - Smeared crack concept - Size effect - Plasticity models for concrete –
Associated and non-associated flow - Failure surfaces for quasibrittle materials - Crack tip element -
finite element model for crack tip

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Suri C. T. and Jin Z.H., “Fracture Mechanics”, 1st Edition, Elsevier Academic Press, 2012.
2. Alberto Carpinteri, “Applications of Fracture Mechanics to Reinforced Concrete”, CRC Press, 2014
3. Prashant Kumar, “Elements of fracture mechanics”, 1st Edition McGraw Hill Education; 2017.
4. Simha K R Y, “Fracture Mechanics for Modern Engineering Design”, Universities Press 2001.
5. Anderson L, “Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications”, 4th Edition, CRC Press; 2017

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code DESIGN OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES L T P C

20CE3018 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the principles of pre-stressing
2. To learn the analysis and design of the prestressed concrete elements
3. To understand the concepts of prestressing techniques
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. List the prestressing techniques
2. Understand the concepts of prestressing techniques
3. Analyse prestressed concrete structures
4. Design prestressed concrete structural elements
5. Appraise on the quality parameters of PSC structures
6. Investigate the rationale for failure of a PSC structure
Module: 1 INTRODUCTION 7 Hours
Review - basic concepts of prestressing- IS 1343-2012 code provisions - factors affecting strength and
deflection - layout of cables - risk of extreme events; including blast, impact, seismic and fire effects -
introduction to ACI and BS code provisions

Module: 2 FLEXURE, SHEAR AND TORSION 8 Hours

Behaviour of flexural members - determination of ultimate flexural strength – code provisions - design
of flexural members - design for shear, bond and torsion - design check list

Module: 3 CONTINUOUS BEAM 8 Hours

Analysis and design of continuous beams - methods of achieving continuity - concept of linear
transformations - concordant cable profile and gap cables –design of cantilever beams

Module: 4 POST TENSIONED CONCRETE SLAB 8 Hours

Design of one way and two way spanning floors - flexure in flat slab - tendon profile - anchorage
bursting reinforcement

Module: 5 PIPES AND COLUMNS 8 Hours

Types, IS 783 guidelines, Analysis and design of prestressed concrete pipes - compression members -
tensions members - sleepers

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 6 DESIGN OF COMPOSITE MEMBERS 7 Hours
Composite beams - applications - analysis and design, ultimate strength - partial prestressing - design for
circular prestressing - advantages and applications.
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Arthur H. Nilson, “Design of Prestressed Concrete”, John Wiley and Sons Inc, New York, 2009.
2. Krishna Raju, “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2008.
3. Lin.T.Y,and Burns.H, “Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures”, John Wiley and Sons Inc,
New York, 2009
4. RajagopalanN, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publications, New Delhi, 2008.
5. Sinha N.C and Roy.S.K, “Fundamentals of Prestressed Concrete, S. Chand Publishing, 1985

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND

Course code L T P C
INSTRUMENTATION
20CE3019 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To inculcate knowledge on the principles of measurements of static and dynamic response of
structures
2. To illustrate the construction and working principles of various devices
3. To formulate complex structures for static and dynamic load
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Implement the principles of measurements for static and dynamic response of structures
2. Plan various experiments and the instruments
3. Adopt the various measuring devices for various parameters
4. Choose the appropriate data recorders and improve data interpretation
5. Evaluate the distress in structures
6. Analyze the structure by non-destructive testing methods and model analysis
Module: 1 EXPERIMENTAL DATA ANALYSIS: 7 Hours
Measurement systems, statistical and error analysis - Test planning - design and implementation -
testing sequence and experimental plan – model accuracy - reliability of results - Characteristics of
measuring devices

Module: 2 LOADING SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTATION: 8 Hours

Loading principles - Methods of load application - loading framesc - Load distribution arrangement -
safety considerations - Loading Devices - Hydraulic jacks and pressure gauges – Electronic load cells –
Proving Rings – Pressductor - Principles and operations of UTM actuators - control - mechanical,
electrical, electronic system – calibration

Module: 3 STATIC AND DYNAMIC MEASUREMENTS: 8 Hours

Displacement, rotation and curvature measurements - Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT)
– Deflectometer - Strain measurement systems - principle – classification - performance and uses – strain

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Rosette analysis - Photo elasticity - principle and applications - Characteristics of Structural Vibrations
–Vibration exciter - mode shapes, natural frequency - damping factors from free and forced vibrations -
Pseudo-dynamic tests - shake table tests - Transducers for velocity and acceleration measurements -
Vibration meter – Seismographs - wind tunnels – Flow meters – Venturimeter

Module: 4 SENSING AND MONITORING: 7 Hours

Fiber optics - sensors types for displacement, velocity, acceleration, pressure, loads, strains, full-field
measurements – Display and recording of signals – Cathode Ray Oscilloscope - Data Acquisition -
analog and digital systems - Computerized data processing - Data archiving and curating - data quality
control - Principles of data analysis

Module: 5 MODEL ANALYSIS: 8 Hours

Similitude and structural models: dimensional analysis - Buckingham's Pi theorem - scale factors and
dynamic similitude - uses and applications of models - types of model investigation - indirect and direct
models - elastic and inelastic models - size effects - physical modeling – Similitude - dimensional
analysis - principles of model analysis
Module: 6 DISTRESS MEASUREMENTS: 7 Hours
Diagnosis of distress in structures – Crack observation - crack measuring devices – damage assessment
– controlled blasting for demolition – Techniques for residual stress measurements – Structural Health
Monitoring - corrosion mechanism in reinforced concrete – Half cell potentiometer – rebar locator -
impulse radar techniques - Holography - Ground penetrating radar
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Hollman J. P, “Experimental Methods for Engineers”, 7th edition, McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
2007
2. Ganesan.T.P, “Model Analysis of Structures”, University Press, India, 2000.
3. Sadhu Singh, “Experimental Stress Analysis”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Jack Philip Holman, “Experimental Methods for Engineers”, McGraw-Hill, 2001
5. Eroglu, “Experimental Methods in Measurement and Instrumentation for Electrical and Mechanical
Engineers”, Universal Publishers, 2010

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code FIRE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES L T P C

20CE3020 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To impart the knowledge on fire resistance of concrete
2. To understand the behaviour of structural members subjected to fire
3. To design the structural elements for fire load
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Classify different types of fire
2. Identify the modes of failures
3. Explain the material characteristics exposed to fire
4. Analyse the distribution of temperature in concrete

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

5. Evaluate the strength of fire affected member
6. Design the structural elements for fire loading
Module: 1 INTRODUCTION 7 Hours
Classification of fire - fire action - fire scenario - fire test and assessment procedures - consequences of
fire on a concrete structure – codal provisions– Time temperature relations - ISO and hydrocarbon
curve - concrete and fire safety - failure modes in fire – Process of combustion – fuel controlled fire

Module: 2 STRUCTURAL BEHAVIOUR AND MATERIAL 7 Hours

CHARACTERISTICS
Factors affecting fire resistance of concrete and steel - material characteristics - effect of cover and size
on fire resistance - density - moisture content - porosity - effect of rebar and mechanical properties of
concrete under fire - stress strain behaviour - performance of structural steel

Module: 3 THERMAL BEHAVIOUR 8 Hours

Thermal properties - thermal conductivity - specific heat - coefficient of thermal expansion - thermal
diffusivity - significance and types of spalling - thermal stress - thermal strain - thermal cracks -
temperature distribution - Thermo-gravimetric analysis - differential thermal analysis.

Module: 4 DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS 8 Hours

Fire resistance of RCC and Steel structures – fire resistant design problems as per EN standards -
Isotherm method – RCC slab – Simply supported beam – column – steel beams and columns –
composite structures

Module: 5 FIRE PROTECTION 8 Hours

Basic concepts of fire protection – process of combustion – Ventilation and fuel controlled fire - fire
resistance - fire safety- urban planning – escape and refuge - General requirements as per IS and NBC -
characteristics of fire resisting materials – firefighting installations – devices - fire safety measures–
hydrants – protective coatings
Module: 6 POST-FIRE INVESTIGATION AND REPAIR OF FIRE- 7 Hours
DAMAGED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Introduction - Data collection - damage analysis - diagnosis - chemical analysis - damage classification
- repair criteria - repair methods - role of fibers - NDT methods - case studies on fire damaged structures.
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. IS 3809-1979, Fire Resistance Test of Structures, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
2. IS 1641-1988, Code of practice for fire safety of buildings (general): General principles of fire
grading and classification, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
3. Tom lennon, “Structural Fire Engineering”, ICE Publications 2011
4. “Fire Resistance Design of steel framed buildings”, SCI hand book
5. Paulo Vila Real & Jean-Marc Franssen, “Fire Design of Steel Structures”, Wiley Publications 2012
6 EN 1992-1-2: Eurocode 2 Design of Concrete Structures. Part 1-2: Structural fire design, Bratislava,
SÚTN 2007.

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PRECAST CONCRETE
Course code L T P C
STRUCTURES
20CE3021 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the prefabricated building system and to familiarize the precast frame analysis.
2. To demonstrate the concepts of design of precast column, beam, floor and shear wall.
3. To familiarize the concepts of connection and progressive collapse of precast system.
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify the precast concrete materials and systems
2. Analyze the precast frames.
3. Identify suitable precast floor and beam for a precast structure.
4. Choose appropriate precast column and shear wall for a precast structure.
5. Apply proper connection techniques to a precast structure
6. Apply suitable techniques to mitigate vulnerable effects of progressive collapse.
Module: 1 PRECAST CONCRETE BUILDING SYSTEMS 8 Hours
Prefabrication technology – the advantages of factory production – Materials used in precast structures
– Standardization- elements and components – Tolerance and calculations for fit - production – handling
–Transportation and Erection – Sustainability.

Module: 2 PRECAST FRAME ANALYSIS 7 Hours

Types of precast concrete structures – Simplified frame analysis – Design loads on beams and frames –
Serviceability limit state – Ultimate limit state – Instability limit state – Accidental limit state – Gravity
and horizontal ultimate loads on frames – Comparison of standard designs to BS 8110 and Eurocodes.

Module: 3 PRECAST CONCRETE FLOORS AND BEAMS 7 Hours

Precast concrete flooring options – Flooring arrangements – Structural design of individual units –
Design of composite floors. Types of precast beams – Non–composite reinforced concrete beams –
Composite reinforced beams.

Module: 4 PRECAST COLUMN AND SHEAR WALL 8 Hours

Precast concrete columns – Geometry, strength and general requirements – Column design for factory
handling – Column design for pitching and erection – Design rules in BS EN 192 1-1 for columns in
precast structures. Shear walls – Horizontal and vertical stability –Types of precast concrete shear walls
– Distribution of horizontal loading.

Module: 5 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS 8 Hours

Definitions – Compression joints – Shear joints –Tension joints – Pin jointed connections – Moment
resisting connections – design philosophy of moment resisting connection – Floor connections at load
bearing walls – Beam to column connections – Column to foundation connections.
Module: 6 PROGRESSIVE COLLAPSE AND CASE STUDIES 7 Hours
Abnormal loads and Progressive Collapse – Importance of avoiding progressive collapse – Indirect
design method – Alternative load path method - Case studies on precast concrete buildings construction
– failure of precast joints and members.
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Kim S Elliott, Colin Jolly., “Multi-Storey Precast Concrete Framed structures”, Wiley, 2013

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

2. Alfred Steinle, Hubert Bachmann, Mathias Tillmann, “Precast Concrete Structures”, John Wiley &
Sons, 2019.
3. Design of precast concrete structures against accidental actions, fib Fédération internationale du
béton, 2012
4. Hubert Bachman., “Precast Concrete Structures”, Wiley online library, Germany, 2012
5. IS 15916 (2011): Building Design and Erection Using Prefabricated Concrete - Code of Practice
6 Code of Practice for Precast concrete construction, PCI Design hand book, 2003

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code CEMENT AND CONCRETE CHEMISTRY L T P C

20CE3022 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the hydration chemistry of cement paste
2. To study the microstructure of concrete
3. To learn the modern micro structure analysis techniques
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Classify the phase system of cement
2. Explain the cement hydration process
3. Analyse the properties of cement paste and concrete
4. Illustrate the hydration of cement with mineral admixtures
5. Examine the properties of hardened paste
6. Adopt modern micro structure analysis technique
Module: 1 COMPOSITION OF CEMENT PHASES: 8 Hours
Cement manufacture - Principles of cement classification – clinkering process - phase diagram of cement
chemistry system – Tricalcium Silicate and Alite Phase - Dicalcium Silicate and Belite phase - Aluminate
phase in clinker - influence of minor constituents – cement types – quality control in production - Blended
cement - effect of chemical composition – Role of flyash, silica fume, slag and metakaolin - formation
of secondary gel – strength development – characteristics of blended cement

Module: 2 CEMENT CHEMISTRY: 7 Hours

Hydration of cement constituents – strength development - microstructure of cement paste – Hydraulic
reactivity - properties of cement paste - rheological properties of - volume changes of the plastic paste -
delayed ettringite - permeability of paste - interfacial transition zone (ITZ)

Module: 3 PORE STRUCTURE: 8 Hours

Pore structure - surface area of cement paste - water content of CSH gel - pore system - classification of
pores - application of mercury intrusion porosimetry - effect of w/c ratio on age - curing conditions of
concrete

Module: 4 CHEMICAL STRUCTURE AND BOND: 8 Hours

Cement paste – aggregate bond - paste–reinforcement bond - corrosion mechanism – corrosion in
concrete in chlorides solutions - effect of high temperature on hydrated cement paste - solids in the
hydrated cement paste - voids in the hydrated cement paste - water in the hydrated cement paste –
chemical binders

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 5 CHEMICALS FOR CONCRETE PRODUCTION: 8 Hours
Chemical admixtures – Admixture type and dosage - Admixtures for workability – flowability -
Segregation resistance – Poly carboxylate ether based materials – napthalene based materials – cement
and admixture compatibility – Mechanism and action of water reducers – polymers for concrete
Module: 6 Instrumental Analysis: 7 Hours
Thermo analytical techniques in cement chemistry – Infrared spectroscopy - Elemental Analysis -
Mechanical and Physical Analysis (Mechanical Behavior of Paste) - Scanning Electron Microscopy
(SEM) - X-Ray Diffraction (XRD) - Energy Dispersive X Ray Spectroscopy (EDAX) - Transmission
electron microscopy (TEM) - Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) - Thermogravimetric
Analysis of Concrete (TGA) – Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Kurdowski & Wieslaw, “Cement and Concrete Chemistry”, Springer Publications 2014
2. Ghosh S.N, “Advances in Cement Technology: Chemistry, Manufacture and Testing”, CRC Press,
2002
3. Santhakumar A.R, “Concrete Technology” Oxford University press, Delhi, 2006
4. Peter Hewlet, “Lea's Chemistry of Cement and Concrete”, Elsevier., 2003
5. Bensted J.and. Barnes P “Structure and Performance of Cements”, 2nd Edition, Edited by, Spon
Press, London, 2002.

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code DESIGN OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES L T P C

20CE3023 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the behaviour of composite structures
2. To study the design of steel concrete composite elements
3. To understand the concept of shear connectors
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Classify different types of shear connectors
2. Recommend suitable type of profile sheeting
3. Examine the elastic behaviour of composite structural members
4. Analyze the steel concrete composite elements
5. Design different types of composite elements
6. Evaluate the strength of shear connectors
Module: 1 Introduction: 7 Hours
Introduction to steel - concrete composite construction – materials - Composite action – Moment of
resistance - Serviceability - Design criteria - provisions on IS, BS and Euro codes - Lateral stability

Module: 2 Design of Composite Flexural Members: 7 Hours

Design of composite beams - simply supported and continuous - Design of slabs - profiled sheeting -
stiffeners - composite floor specification, Classification, Moment of resistance and fire rating - Modeling
of composite materials

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Module: 3 Design of Composite Columns and Trusses: 8 Hours
Design of columns - Encased column - Infilled column - axially, uni-axially and bi-axially loaded
columns - design of composite trusses

Module: 4 Design of Connections: 8 Hours

Shear connectors – types – design of connections in composite structures – behaviour of shear connectors
– partial and full interaction of shear connectors

Module: 5 Building Envelope Design: 8 Hours

Building envelope design principles and strategy- strength and stability – control of heat flow – control
of air flow – control of water vapour flow - design for fire – durability - Sustainability - passive protection
techniques
Module: 6 Case Studies: 7 Hours
Case studies on steel - concrete composite construction in buildings - fire resistance - seismic behaviour
of composite structures
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Johnson R.P., “Composite Structures of Steel and Concrete Beams, Slabs, Columns and Frames
for Buildings”, Vol.I, Blackwell Scientific Publications, 2014.
2. Panchal D R., “Composite steel concrete structures”, Scholars Press, Latvia Europian Union, 2015
3. Duggal S K., "Limit state design of steel structures", Tata McGraw hill, New Delhi, 2010
4. Oehlers D.J. and Bradford M.A., “Composite Steel and Concrete Structural Members,
Fundamental behaviour”, Pergamon press, Oxford, 1995.
5. Owens.G.W and Knowles.P, “Steel Designers Manual”, Steel Concrete Institute (UK), Oxford
Blackwell Scientific Publications, 1992

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

Course code SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION L T P C

20CE3024 3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To provide students a strong awareness in sustainable construction need
2. To impart knowledge on sustainable construction practices
3. To learn the contribute on energy efficiency and green building
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. Identify sustainable design aspects
2. Evaluate the life cycle assessment
3. Design building based on environmental aspects
4. Incorporate energy efficiency in design of buildings
5. Design environmental friendly buildings
6. Apply green building ratings
Module: 1 PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN FOR SUSTAINABILITY: 7 Hours

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

Emphasis on the built environment - Basic design of buildings - infrastructure with low to no impact on
the environment

Module: 2 LIFE-CYCLE OF THE INFRASTRUCTURE; 7 Hours

integration of human and economic aspects in the design - need of sustainable buildings - factors like
population growth, well-being, energy consumption - technological progress connected with buildings -
growth in consumption - Buildings' contribution to environmental devastation

Module: 3 SUSTAINABLE CONCRETE BUILDINGS: 8 Hours

Use of recycled concrete aggregate - disposal of waste by the construction industry - Sustainability and
Rehabilitation in concrete buildings – Eco-friendly constructions – planning – materials - cost effective
technique

Module: 4 ENGINEERING SYSTEMS: 8 Hours

Environmental considerations - personal behavior - inspiration from nature - sustainable design - design
of sustainable buildings

Module: 5 ENERGY EFFICIENT AND ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY 8 Hours

BUILDINGS:
Climate - solar radiation - Perform an energy-load analysis/ audit of a building - Decrease water
consumption inside buildings - Photovoltaic buildings
Module: 6 GREEN BUILDING: 7 Hours
Elements- Design- LEED rating system - Indian Green Building Council (IGBC) - Green Rating for
Integrated Habitat Assessment (GRIHA) - Energy Consumption Building Code (ECBC)
Total Lectures 45 Hours
Reference Books
1. Gajanan M. Sabnis. “Green Building with Concrete: Sustainable Design and Construction”, CRC
Press;2013
2. Sam Kubba, “LEED Practices, Certification, and Accreditation Handbook”, BnH Inc.,2013
3. Paul Appleby . “Integrated Sustainable Design of Buildings”, Earthscan Pvt Ltd.,2013
4. Nanjunda Dc “Re-discovering Rural Development: A Reflection on Potential and Prospects”;
Sarup & Sons, New Delhi, 2013
5. Charles J kibert; “Sustainable construction: Green Building design and delivery”, John Wiley &
Sons; 2005

Recommended by Board of Studies

Approved by Academic Council 12th September 2020

CIVIL ENGINEERING (2020)

DEPT. OF CIVIL
ENGINEERING
 LIST OF NEW COURSES

Sl. Credits
Code No. Course Name
No L T P C
1 18CE2063 Infrastructure for Renewable Energy 3 0 0 3
2 18CE2064 Surfacewater Storage Structures 3 0 0 3
3 18CE2065 Sustainable Infrastructure for Food Production 3 0 0 3
4 18CE2066 Building Architecture and Health 3 0 0 3
5 18CE3084 Experimental Techniques and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3
6 18CE3085 Fire Resistant Design of Structures 3 0 0 3
7 18CE3086 Analysis and Design of Precast Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3
8 18CE3087 Cement and Concrete Chemistry 3 0 0 3
9 18CE3088 Design of Steel Concrete Composite Structures 3 0 0 3
10 18CE3089 Waste to Energy 3 0 0 3
11 19CE1001 Engineering Drawing for Civil Engineers 0 0 6 3
12 19CE1002 Field Practices - I (Smart Architectural Planning) 0 0 2 1
13 19CE1003 Field Practices - II (Intelligent Measurement Techniques) 0 0 1 0.5
14 19CE2001 Civil Engineering – Societal and Global Impact 2 0 0 2
15 19CE2002 Energy Science and Engineering 2 0 0 2
16 19CE2003 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4

L T P C
18CE2063 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY
3 0 0 3
Course learning Objective:
1. To introduce the basics of renewable energy sources and their components.
2. To impart knowledge on the various methods of power generation by renewable energy sources
3. To appraise on the scope of renewable energy infrastructure development.
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. Illustrate the fundamental aspects of renewable energy sources.
2. Plan and set out different types of power plants.
3. Develop various renewable energy infrastructure.
4. Derive the cost effective solutions for power generation and construction.
5. Select the appropriate the technology for power requirements.
6. Provide the technological solutions for present and future energy demands
Module 1:WIND ENERGY: Site selection - classification of wind turbines – components - foundations –
installations- housing for electrical switchgear –integration to the grid - SCADA central equipment –losses
and efficiency – cost estimation - maintenance – repair and rehabilitation
Module 2: SOLAR ENERGY: Site selection – solar intensity – meteorological parameters – solar panels
- types – power production - installation of solar panels - mounting structures - integration to the grid –
cost estimation
Module 3: TIDAL ENERGY: Site selection – tides and tidal current– basic laws of tidal power
generation– transport and dissipation - tidal barrages - Basin systems: Single and Double Basin system
turbines and generators – cost estimation – maintenance.
Module 4: HYDEL ENERGY: Site selection – classification – components - hydropower generation
capacity power house tunnels and underground structures – cost estimation.

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Module 5: GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Conduction, convection and radiation– heat flow mechanisms –
heat exchange systems – heat pumps - Geo thermal power generation – factors influencing– enhanced
geothermal system – sequestration - cost.
Module 6: BIO-ENERGY: Bio-digesters- components – feed stocks - generation rate – factors influencing
– high rate digesters – construction – sludge management – energy recovery from Municipal solid waste -
co-digestion – fecal sludge management

Text Books:
1. Boyle. G, “Renewable energy: Power for a sustainable future”, Oxford University press. 2004
2. Khan B H, “Non-Conventional Energy Resources”, The McGraw –Hill Second edition, 2006
References:
1. Godfrey Boyle, Bob Everett and Janet Ramage, “Energy Systems and Sustainability. Power for a
sustainable future”, Oxford University press, 2010
2. Rai G. D., “Non-conventional energy sources”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
nd
3. Gilbert M. Masters, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science”, 2 Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2003.
4. Godfrey Boyle, “Renewable Electricity and the Grid: The Challenge of Variability”, Earthscan ,
2012
5. Gevorg Sargsyan, Mikul Bhatia, Sudeshna Ghosh Banerjee, Krishnan Raghunathan, Ruchi Soni
“Unleashing the Potential of Renewable Energy in India” World bank report, 2011

L T P C
18CE2064 SURFACEWATER STORAGE STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge about various types of water impoundment structures
2. To introduce the guidelines for design and maintenance of the structures.
3. To give exposure about rehabilitation measures for the structures
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Acquire knowledge on the importance of storage and conveyance of surface water
2. Sketch the plan of the components of structures
3. Articulate the utilization level of structures
4. Outline the Operation and management of the structures
5. Measure the performance of structures
6. Interpret the measures to rehabilitate the structures
Module1: PONDS AND TANKS: Components – types – spillway requirements – feeder canals –
embankment configuration - compaction – clay blankets – waterproof linings - capacity estimation -
protection and safety – operation and maintenance - desilting
Module 2: LAKES: Lake ecosystem – flora and fauna - water balance – Inflow, outflow, evaporation,
storage - Water quality – atmospheric load – point and non-point load – sedimentation - eutrophication –
Causes and control measures – lake restoration
Module 3: RESERVOIRS: Investigation for reservoir sites - storage zones - storage capacity and yield of
a reservoir using mass curve - sedimentation – life of reservoir – dredging – water budget - reservoir
operation policies
Module 4: DAMS: Types – components – forces acting - elementary and practical profile - evaluation of
profile by method of zoning - failure - estimation of seepage through and below the dam - seepage control
Module 5: WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURES: Roof top harvesting – scheme layout – roof water
collection structures – components – percolation ponds – guidelines and design aspects – contour bunds –
check dams – gabions - site characteristics – design guidelines – artificial recharging structures

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Module 6: MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION: Periodical maintenance - risk assessment and
management - maintenance and rehabilitation of storage structures - financial implications – restoration of
old storage structures – Temple ponds

Text Books:
1. Garg S.K, “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures”, Khanna Publishers N.D. 13th
edition, 2009.
2. Modi, “Irrigation, Water Resources and water power engineering”, P.N. -Standard Book
House, New Delhi, 2nd edition, 2008.
References:
1. Punmia and Pandey, “Irrigation & Water Power Engineering”, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2016.
2. Dandekar M.M and Sharma K.N., “Water Power Engineering”, 2nd edition Vikas publishers,
2013.
3. Asawa G.L. “Irrigation and Water Resources engineering”, New Age International (P) Ltd.
Publishers, 1st edition, 2005.
4. Arora K. R, “Irrigation, Water Power and Water Resources Engineering”, Standard Publisher
Distributors, 2002
5. Hossain Ali, “Practices of Irrigation & On-farm Water Management”, Volume 2, Springer
Science & Business Media, 2011

SUSTAINABLE INFRASTRUCTURE FOR FOOD L T P C

18CE2065
PRODUCTION 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To inculcate knowledge on sustainable infrastructure
2. To impart understanding on process and systems of infrastructure.
3. To inculcate the application of structures for agricultural use
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Acquire knowledge about the sustainable development of fields
2. Select the various structures for agricultural use
3. Plan conveyance and water distribution system
4. Identify and use highly efficient irrigation methods
5. Monitor and maintain the storage structures
6. Execute farming using green-house technology

Module1: SUSTAINABLE FIELD DEVELOPMENT: Introduction - sustainability - principles and

criteria - soil quality and topography - sustainable land management – rainfall data - factors influencing the
crop selection – farming and irrigation practices - land reclamation –
Module 2: WATER MANAGEMENT: Regulator – canals - canal profile - lining cross drainage works
- distributaries - flow measurements
Module 3: EFFICIENT IRRIGATION METHODS: Soil moisture - surface irrigation – subsurface
irrigation - sprinkler and drip irrigation-fertigation- deep root irrigation- soil-less culture – mulching-coir
pith - drought management – smart irrigation methods
Module 4: SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURE: Poly house - features and specifications -applications -
green house - benefits of sustainable Agriculture - Pod house – organic farming – pest control
Module 5: STORAGE APPURTENANCES: Storage - storage methods - influence of environmental
factors: Temperature, Moisture, Oxygen - deterioration of storage grains - drying and storing in ventilated
buildings - natural ventilation- forced air ventilation -ware housing - types of ware houses - cold storage –
climate atmospheric storage - silos – bunkers – transportation system

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Module 6: MODERN FARMING: Roof tops and vertical farming - roof garden – specifications - water
proofing - drainage – green roofing - Hydrophonics – Aerophonics - Aerofarms- Plantscrapers - Skyfarm –
Bowery

Text Books:
1. Bry Sarte S., “Sustainable Infrastructure: The Guide to Green Engineering and Design”, 1st
edition, Wiley,2010
2. Fenner , Richard.A , Charles Major Ainger, “Sustainable Infrastructure: Principles into
Practice (Delivering Sustainable Infrastructure Series)”, ICE Publishing, 2013
References:
1. Asawa G.L. “Irrigation and Water Resources engineering”, New Age International (P) Ltd.
Publishers, 1st edition, 2005.
2. Christou. P, Savin.R, Costa Pierce.B, Miszta.I, Whitelaw.B, “Sustainable Food
Production”, Springer; 2013
3. Sargis S Safarian, “Design and construction of silos and bunkers”, Van Nostrand
Reinhold,1985
4. Arden B. Andersen, “Science in Agriculture: Advanced Methods for Sustainable
Farming”, Acres USA, Second edition, 2000
5. Ken Yeang, Lucy Bullivant, “Eco Skyscrapers- Vol II”, Images Publishing, 2011

L T P C
18CE2066 BUILDING ARCHITECTURE AND HEALTH
3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To understand the principles in the design of healthy buildings
2. To design healthy residential, commercial, educational building
3. To design health care centers
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. Choose suitable locations for various building types for healthy environment
2. Illustrate the features of health architecture in buildings
3. Organize the elements required to building healthy buildings
4. Examine the health of existing buildings
5. Determine suitable technologies to improve the health of buildings
6. Develop the design concepts for health of the buildings
Module 1: BUILDING ATTRIBUTES: Human-Nature relationship - environmental design- biophilic
design- elements - attributes; environmental features - nature, shapes and forms: natural patterns and
processes- space and light – orientation - design based on function, natural light and health- psychology -
day lighting strategies- waste management – building management system – emergency response systems.
Module 2: RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS: Planning strategies - Site selection and orientation - natural
light and ventilation: colors and furnishings - open spaces- recreation– water harvesting and recycling –
maintenance - drainage systems
Module 3: INSTITUTIONAL BUILDINGS: Planning strategies - Site selection and orientation -
Integrated design- site selection, social factors, climatic considerations, acoustics - building structure
envelope - roof design - natural ventilation- storm water, ground water management - maintenance – waste
management - case studies
Module 4: COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS: Planning strategies - site selection and orientation - spaces-
internal work environment - heating and ventilation systems - environmental science aspects, lighting- types
of work place illness- maintenance of working environment- occupational health services- sick building
syndrome – risk management systems

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Module 5: INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS: Site location- natural lighting- environmental issues- safety
measures- transport facilities - occupational safety and hazards – industrial waste management- case studies
Module 6: HOSPITAL BUILDINGS: Planning strategies - site selection and orientation – essential
components - occupational safety and hazards biomedical waste management - case studies

Text Books:
1. Andrew L. Dannenberg, Howard Frumkin, Richard J. Jackson, “Making Healthy Places: Designing
and Building for Health, Well-being, and Sustainability”, Island Press, 2012
2. Mohamed Boubekri, “Daylighting, Architecture and Health: Building Design Strategies”,
Routledge, 2008
References:
1. Workplace Environmental Design in Architecture for Public Health, Stamatina Th. Rassia,
Springer 2017
2. Lisa Gelfand, “Sustainable School Architecture: Design for Elementary and Secondary
Schools”,John Wiley & Sons, 29-Mar-2010
3. Stephen Verderber, “Innovations in Hospital Architecture”, Taylor and Francis 2010
4. Andrew L. Dannenberg, Howard Frumkin, Richard J. Jackson, “Making Healthy Places: Designing
and Building for Health, Well-being, and sustainability”, Island Press, 2013
5. Robin Guenther, Gail Vittori, “Sustainable Healthcare Architecture”, John Wiley & Sons, 2013

EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND L T P C

18CE3084
INSTRUMENTATION 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. Inculcate knowledge on the principles of measurements of static and dynamic response
2. Illustrate the construction and working principles of various devices
3. Formulate complex structures for static and dynamic load
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Implement the principles of measurements for static and dynamic response of structures and
carryout the data analysis
2. Plan various experiments and the required instruments
3. Adopt various measuring devices for various parameters
4. Choose the appropriate data recorders
5. Evaluate the distress in structures
6. Analyze the structure by non-destructive testing methods and model analysis
Module1:FORCE AND STRAIN MEASUREMENT: Experimental stress analysis – Data analysis -
Characteristics of measuring devices - Calibration - Errors in measurements - Hydraulic jacks – Electronic
load cells – Proving Rings – Pressductor - Principles of operations of UTM - Photo elasticity - principle
and applications - vibrating wire sensors– Fibre optic sensors - Linear Variable Differential Transformer
(LVDT) - Strain gauge – principle – classification - performance and uses – strain Rosette analysis
Module2: VIBRATION MEASUREMENTS AND STORAGE AND DISPLAY DEVICES:
Characteristics of Structural Vibrations –Vibration exciter - Transducers for velocity and acceleration
measurements - Vibration meter – Seismographs – Display and recording of signals – Cathode Ray
Oscilloscope – XY Plotter – Data Acquisition system.
Module 3: FLOW MEASURANDS: Wind tunnel test – necessity – wind tunnel test types – Bernoulli’s
Principle – pressure measurements - Dead weight tester - flow meter types – venturimeter – flow obstruction
methods – drag effects - Interferometer
Module 4: MODEL ANALYSIS: Dimensional homogeneity - Model analysis – laws of similitude –
Model materials – necessity for model analysis – advantages – applications – scale effect in models –
Indirect model study – direct model study - limitations of models – usage of influence lines in model studies

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Module5: DAMAGE ASSESSMENT: Diagnosis of distress in structures – crack observation - crack
measuring devices – damage assessment –- brittle coating controlled blasting for demolition – techniques
for residual stress measurements
Module6: NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHODS: Load testing on structures, buildings, bridges
and towers –– Rebound Hammer – acoustic emission – ultrasonic testing principles and application –
corrosion of reinforcement in concrete – Half cell potentiometer –corrosion analyzer – rebar locator -
impulse radar techniques - Holography - Impact echo - impulse radar techniques - Ground penetrating radar
(GPR).

References:
1. Hollman J. P, “Experimental Methods for Engineers”, 7th edition, McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
2007
2. Ganesan.T.P, “Model Analysis of Structures”, University Press, India, 2000.
3. Sadhu Singh, “Experimental Stress Analysis”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Sirohi.R.S.,Radhakrishna.H.C, “Mechanical Measurements”, New Age International (P) Ltd. 1997.
5. Srinath, L.S., Raghava, M.R., Lingaiah, K., Garagesha, G., Pant B., andRamachandra, K.,
“Experimental Stress Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1984.

L T P C
18CE3085 FIRE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. Impart the knowledge on fire resistance of concrete
2. Understand the behaviour of structural members subjected to fire
3. Design the structural elements for fire load
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Classify different types of fire
2. Identify the modes of failures
3. Explain the material characteristics exposed to fire
4. Analyse the distribution of temperature in concrete
5. Evaluate the strength of fire affected member
6. Design the structural elements for fire loading
Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Classification of fire - fire action - fire scenario - fire test and assessment
procedures - consequences of fire on a concrete structure – codal provisions– Time temperature relations -
ISO and hydrocarbon curve - concrete and fire safety - failure modes in fire – Process of combustion – fuel
controlled fire
Module 2: STRUCTURAL BEHAVIOUR AND MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS: Factors
affecting fire resistance of concrete and steel - material characteristics - effect of cover and size on fire
resistance - density - moisture content - porosity - effect of rebar and mechanical properties of concrete
under fire - stress strain behaviour - performance of structural steel.
Module 3: THERMAL BEHAVIOUR: Thermal properties - thermal conductivity - specific heat -
coefficient of thermal expansion - thermal diffusivity - significance and types of spalling - thermal stress -
thermal strain - thermal cracks - temperature distribution - Thermo-gravimetric analysis - differential
thermal analysis.
Module 4: DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: Fire resistance of RCC and Steel structures –
fire resistant design problems as per EN standards - Isotherm method – RCC slab – Simply supported beam
– column – steel beams and columns – composite structures.
Module 5: FIRE PROTECTION: Basic concepts of fire protection – process of combustion – Ventilation
and fuel controlled fire - fire resistance - fire safety- urban planning – escape and refuge - General

CIVIL ENGINEERING
requirements as per IS and NBC - characteristics of fire resisting materials – firefighting installations –
devices - fire safety measures– hydrants – protective coatings
Module 6: POST-FIRE INVESTIGATION AND REPAIR OF FIRE-DAMAGED CONCRETE
STRUCTURES: Introduction - Data collection - damage analysis - diagnosis - chemical analysis - damage
classification - repair criteria - repair methods - role of fibers - NDT methods - case studies on fire damaged
structures.

References:
1. IS 3809-1979, Fire Resistance Test of Structures, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
2. IS 1641-1988, Code of practice for fire safety of buildings (general): General principles of fire
grading and classification, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
3. Tom lennon, “Structural Fire Engineering”, ICE Publications 2011
4. “Fire Resistance Design of steel framed buildings”, SCI hand book
5. Paulo Vila Real & Jean-Marc Franssen, “Fire Design of Steel Structures”, Wiley Publications 2012
6. EN 1992-1-2: Eurocode 2 Design of Concrete Structures. Part 1-2: Structural fire design,
Bratislava, SÚTN 2007.

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PRECAST CONCRETE L T P C

18CE3086
STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. Study different types of prefabricated building system
2. Analyse and design precast buildings
3. Learn the connections in precast buildings
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Select the suitable prefabricated building system
2. Identify the suitable erection technique
3. Explain the behaviour of pre-stressed precast element
4. Analyze the precast structural frame
5. Design the precast structural element
6. Examine the behaviour of joints in precast frame
Module 1: PRECAST CONCRETE BUILDING SYSTEMS: Prefabrication technology - planning -
Materials - elements and components – production – element fabrication – handling - Transportation -
erection - overall structural systems - systems for lateral load resistance
Module 2: STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN: Introduction - Materials - Loads - Load factors
- Analysis of frame with stability elements - modelling and analysis - Design consideration - Safety against
progressive collapse - Design problems - Beams and Slabs
Module 3: PRE-STRESSED PRECAST CONCRETE: Background and scope - Advantages - typical
applications of pre-stressing for precast elements - Limitations - Special analysis and design aspects for
pre-stressed precast elements - pre-tensioned elements - post tensioned elements - Case studies on
construction
Module 4: SEISMIC DESIGN OF PRECAST STRUCTURES: Design philosophy - design approaches
- limitations of precast concrete applications in seismic regions - moment resisting frames - structural walls
- diaphragms - support details - detailing
Module 5: JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS IN PRECAST BUILDINGS: Introduction - requirements -
details of connections - column to foundation connections - wall panel to foundation connections - column
to column to connection - floor to beam connection - wall panel to wall panel connection - connection
materials

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Module 6: CASE STUDIES ON PRECAST CONSTRUCTION:
Case studies on precast concrete buildings construction – failure of precast joints and members – Modeling
of precast of structures – Mini project on design of precast building design.

References:
1. Kim S Elliott, Colin Jolly., “Multi-Storey Precast Concrete Framed structures”, Wiley, 2013
2. Hubert Bachman., “Precast Concrete Structures”, Wiley online library, Germany, 2012
3. Eph Bljuger F., “Design of Precast Concrete Structures”, E. Horwood, 1988
4. IS 15916 (2011): Building Design and Erection Using Prefabricated Concrete - Code of Practice
5. Code of Practice for Precast concrete construction, PCI Design hand book, 2003

L T P C
18CE3087 CEMENT AND CONCRETE CHEMISTRY
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To know about modern micro structure analysis techniques
2. To study the microstructure of concrete
3. To understand the hydration chemistry
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Classify the phase system of cement
2. Explain the cement hydration process
3. List the types of pores in concrete
4. Analyse the properties of cement paste and concrete
5. Discuss the hydration of cement with mineral admixtures
6. Examine the properties of hardened paste
Module 1: PHASE SYSTEMS: Principles of cement classification - different phase systems of cement
chemistry (CaO–SiO2–Al2O3–Fe2O3) system - Thermo chemistry of clinkering Process - Phase
Composition of Portland Cement - Tricalcium Silicate and Alite Phase - Dicalcium Silicate and Belite phase
- Aluminate phase in clinker
Module 2: CEMENT HYDRATION: Effect of constituents of cement on hydration – properties of cement
paste - rheological properties of concrete - microstructure and strength of cement paste - volume changes
of the plastic paste - permeability of paste - interfacial transition zone (ITZ) - chromium reducers - phases
in the CaO– SiO2–H2O System
Module 3: CHEMICAL STRUCTURE AND BOND: The Microstructure of C-S-H Gel - chemical
structure of C-S-H Phases - delayed ettringite - cement paste – aggregate bond - paste–reinforcement bond
- corrosion of concrete in the chlorides solutions - effect of high temperature on hydrated cement paste -
microstructure of the hydrated cement paste - solids in the hydrated cement paste - voids in the hydrated
cement paste - water in the hydrated cement paste
Module 4: PORE STRUCTURE: Introduction - pore structure and surface area of cement paste - water
content of CSH gel - pore system and classification of pores - application of mercury intrusion porosimetry
- effect of w/c ratio on age and curing conditions of concrete
Module 5: CHEMICALS FOR CONCRETE PRODUCTION: Chemical admixtures – Admixture type
and dosage - Admixtures for workability – flowability - Segregation resistance – Poly carboxylate ether
based materials – napthalene based materials – cement and admixture compatibility – Mechanism and
action of water reducers – polymers for concrete
Module 6: MICROSTRUCTURE INVESTIGATION: Mineral Admixture - flyash, silica fume, slag and
metakaolin - formation of secondary gel - Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) - X-Ray Diffraction
(XRD) - Energy Dispersive X Ray Spectroscopy (EDAX) - Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) -
Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) - TGA - DSC

CIVIL ENGINEERING
References:
1. Kurdowski &Wieslaw, “Cement and Concrete Chemistry”, Springer Publications 2014
2. Ghosh S.N, “Advances in Cement Technology: Chemistry, Manufacture and Testing”, CRC Press,
2002
3. Neville, A.M., “Concrete Technology”, Longman Scientific & Technical, 2005
4. Santhakumar A.R, “Concrete Technology” Oxford University press, Delhi, 2006
5. Peter Hewlet, ‘Lea's Chemistry of Cement and Concrete”, Elsevier., 2003

DESIGN OF STEEL CONCRETE COMPOSITE L T P C

18CE3088
STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. Develop an understanding on the behaviour of composite structures
2. Study the design of steel concrete composite elements
3. Impart knowledge on shear connectors
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Classify different types of shear connectors
2. Recommend suitable type of profile sheeting
3. Examine the elastic behaviour of composite structural members
4. Analyze the steel concrete composite elements
5. Design different types of composite elements
6. Evaluate the strength of shear connectors
Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Introduction to steel - concrete composite construction – materials -
Composite action – Moment of resistance - Serviceability - Design criteria - provisions on IS, BS and Euro
codes
Module 2: DESIGN OF COMPOSITE FLEXURAL MEMBERS: Design of composite beams - simply
supported and continuous - Design of slabs - profiled sheeting - stiffeners
Module 3: DESIGN OF COMPOSITE COLUMNS AND TRUSSUS: Design of columns - Encased
column - Infilled column - axially, uni-axially and bi-axially loaded columns - design of composite trusses.
Module 4: DESIGN OF CONNECTIONS: Shear connectors – types – design of connections in
composite structures – behaviour of shear connectors – partial and full interaction of shear connectors
Module 5: BUILDING ENVELOPE DESIGN: Building envelope design principles and strategy-
strength and stability – control of heat flow – control of air flow – control of water vapour flow – control
of sound transmission - control of fire – durability - Sustainability
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Case studies on steel - concrete composite construction in buildings - fire
resistance - seismic behaviour of composite structures.

References:
1. Johnson R.P., “Composite Structures of Steel and Concrete Beams, Slabs, Columns and Frames
for Buildings”, Vol.I, Blackwell Scientific Publications, 2004.
2. Panchal D R., “Composite steel concrete structures”, Scholars Press, Latvia Europian Union, 2015
3. Duggal S K., "Limit state design of steel structures", Tata McGraw hill, New delhi, 2010
4. Oehlers D.J. and Bradford M.A., “Composite Steel and Concrete Structural Members,
Fundamental behaviour”, Pergamon press, Oxford, 1995.
5. Owens.G.W and Knowles.P, “Steel Designers Manual”, Steel Concrete Institute (UK), Oxford
Blackwell Scientific Publications, 1992.

CIVIL ENGINEERING
 L T P C
18CE3089 WASTE TO ENERGY
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge about energy untaken on waste
2. To introduce various energy sources and drawing technologies existing
3. To enable the student to apply the technology
Course Outcomes:
Student will be
1. Identify the energy attributes presented in waste
2. Understand and choose the different principles of energy from waste techniques
3. Implement energy from waste concepts
4. Conduct characterization of different energy sources in waste
5. Analysis different types energy driving techniques from waste
6. Design efficient and effective energy conservation techniques from waste
Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO ENERGY FROM WASTE: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro
based, Forest residue, Industrial waste – Municipal solid waste – Conversion devices – Incinerators,
gasifiers, digestors
Module 2: BIOMASS PYROLYSIS: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods
- Yields and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and applications.
Module 3: BIOMASS GASIFICATION: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft
gasifiers – Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for
thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic
consideration in gasifier operation.
Module 4: BIOMASS COMBUSTION: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic
designs, Fixed bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed combustors, Design,
construction and operation - Operation of all the above biomass combustors.
Module 5: BIOGAS: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant technology
and status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their
classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion -
biomass gasification - pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion - Types
of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel production
Module 6: URBAN WASTE TO ENERGY: Municipal solid waste to energy generation - Biomass
energy programme in India – world energy council waste to energy initiatives - case studies.

References:
1. Desai, Ashok V, “Non-Conventional Energy”, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,1990.
2. Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., “Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book” - Vol. I & II,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,1983.
3. Challal D. S, “Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass”, IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,1991.
4. WereKo-Brobby C. Y and Hagan E. B., “Biomass Conversion and Technology”, John Wiley &
Sons, 1996.

L T P C
19CE1001 ENGINEERING DRAWING FOR CIVIL ENGINEERS 0 0 6 3
Course Objectives:
1. To draw and interpret various projections of 1D, 2D and 3D objects
2. To enable to prepare and interpret the drawings of buildings
3. To provide knowledge to make basic engineering drawings using both geometric instruments as
well as softwares

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Sketch two-dimensional orthographic drawings and three-dimensional isometric views.
2. Create and modify two-dimensional orthographic drawings using AutoCAD software, complete
with construction lines, dimensions, and layers, conforming to industry standards.
3. Create three-dimensional solid models using AutoCAD software, and generate paper space layouts
from model space geometry.
4. Visualize three-dimensional solids from two-dimensional pictures.
5. Create a portfolio of drawings to demonstrate their abilities to potential employers.
6. Communicate effectively using manual and computerized graphical techniques.
List of Exercises:
Auto CAD:
1. Introduction to AutoCad : File creation, Fix the page limits and Title block.
2. Drawing and plotting: Snap, Grid, Limits, Osnap, line types and weights, text, plotting.
3. Drawing Commands: Methods of drawing lines, arcs, circles and Polygons.
4. Modifying Commands: Erase, trim, array, lengthen, break, mirror, offset, move, copy etc.
Layers, Dimensioning, Hatching methods to show different materials.
5. Isometric view of solids Elements
6. Plan of one room building.
Drawings:
7. Introduction to use of drawing instruments and Lettering practice. Construction of polygons
dimensioning practice of lines, circles, arcs using aligned and chain dimensioning systems.
8. Projection of points in different quadrants.
9. Projection of lines
10. First angle projections, conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views
11. Projections of prism, pyramid, cylinder and cone - axis parallel to one plane and perpendicular to
the other plane, Parallel to both planes.
12. Introduction to Isometric projection - Isometric views of basic solids - prism, pyramid, cylinder
and cone – perspective projections – one point method

Text Books:
1. Gurcharan Singh, “Civil Engineering Drawing”, Standard Publishers Distributors, 2005
2. Shah, M.B. and Rana B.C, “Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics”, Pearson Education,
2008
Reference Books:
1. Bhatt N.D., Panchal V.M. and Ingle P.R., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House,
2014.
2. Agrawal B. and Agrawal C. M, “Engineering Graphics”, TMH Publication, 2012
3. Narayana, K.L. and P Kannaiah, Text book on “Engineering Drawing”, Scitech Publishers, 2008
4. David A. Madsen, David P. Madsen “Engineering Drawing and Design”, Cengage Learning, 2016
5. IS 962 : 1989, IS 965 : 1963

FIELD PRACTICES – I (SMART ARCHITECTURAL L T P C

19CE1002 0 0 2 1
PLANNING)
Course Objectives:
1. To be familiar with the Sketchup software in developing Plan for any building and 3D View of
building and other components involved in it.
2. Familiar to visualize the realistic view of interior and exterior part of the building and output from
different rendering tools.
3. To be familiar with the wholistic view of any proposed residential building of their own use.

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the concept of Planning
2. Interpret the components of the building by creative visualization.
3. Develop the complete model of a building.
Descriptions:
1. Planning of the one roomed Building.
2. Extrusion of the Plan.
3. Fixing the interior and exterior components of the building.
4. Creating wholistic view of the building using Lumion / VRay Desk.

FIELD PRACTICES – II (INTELLIGENT MEASUREMENT L T P C

19CE1003 0 0 1 0.5
TECHNIQUES)
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize with the drawing and execution of a plan
2. To familiarize with the setting out of foundation
3. To construct the foundation as per plan
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Develop a building plan with measurements.
2. Executesetting-out of foundation and excavation the building plan
3. Construct foundation of the building
Descriptions:
1. Building Plan for a Single Room Building with measurements. - Column Centre line Drawing for
marking of columns - Footing Centre line Drawing for excavation of soil.
2. Setting out of Foundation in the field.
3. Foundation Excavation of Soil.
4. Construction of Foundation and backfilling

L T P C
19CE2001 CIVIL ENGINEERING – SOCIETAL AND GLOBAL IMPACT
2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To provide awareness of the importance of civil engineering and the impact it has on the
society and at global levels
2. To impart awareness of the impact of civil engineering for the various specific fields of
human endeavor
3. To inculcate the need to think innovatively to ensure sustainability
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the impact of civil engineering projects on the society at large and on the global arena.
2. Justify the need for infrastructure for energy generation
3. Recommend sustainable environment keeping aesthetics intact
4. Bring out the scope of civil engineers for environment protection
5. Build good environment by reducing the factors impacting the quality of life
6. Apply professional and responsible decisions on the environmental effects
Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Recent major civil engineering breakthroughs and innovations- global
warming - impact and causes- evaluating future requirements for various resources - GIS and applications
for monitoring systems - human development index - ecological footprint of India vs other countries and
analysis

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Module 2: UNDERSTANDING THE IMPORTANCE OF CIVIL ENGINEERING: Shaping and
impacting the world - The ancient and modern marvels and wonders in the field of Civil Engineering- future
vision for Civil Engineering
Module 3:INFRASTRUCTURE: Metrocities, smart cities, futuristic visions- transportation – energy
generation - water provisioning- telecommunication needs- awareness of various codes and standards
governing infrastructure development- innovations and methodologies for ensuring sustainability
Module 4: EFFECTS ON ENVIRONMENT: Solid waste management, water purification, wastewater
treatment and recycling, hazardous waste treatment- flood control - river interlinking- multi-purpose water
projects, atmospheric pollution- global warming phenomena and pollution mitigation measures, stationarity
and nonstationarity- environmental metrics and monitoring
Module 5: BUILT ENVIRONMENT: Facilities management -climate control- recycling -temperature
and sound control in built environment - intelligent and smart buildings - aesthetics of built environment-
innovations and methodologies for ensuring sustainability
Module 6: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROJECTS: Environmental impact analysis procedures- advanced
construction techniques for better sustainability- techniques for reduction of greenhouse gas emissions in
various aspects of civil engineering projects.

Text Books:
1. Michael Murray, “Corporate Social Responsibility in the Construction Industry”, Taylor and
Francis, 2009
2. Robert L. France “Handbook of Water Sensitive Planning and Design”, CRC Press. 2002
Reference Books:
1. Brito, Ciampi, Vasconcelos, Amarol, Barros,“Engineering impacting Social, Economical and
working environment”, 120 ASEE Annual Conference and Exposition, 2013
2. Environmental Impact Assessment: Theory and Practice, Anji Reddy, Mareddy, Anil
Shah and Naresh Davergave, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2017
3. Centre for Water Sensitive Cities, “Blueprint for a water sensitive city”, Monash University, 2012
4. Žiga Turk,“Global Challenges and the Role of Civil Engineering”, Chapter 3 in: Fischinger M.(eds)
Performance-Based Seismic Engineering: Vision for an Earthquake Resilient Society.
Geotechnical, Geological and Earthquake Engineering, Vol. 32. Springer, Dordrecht, 2014
5. NAE Grand Challenges for Engineering, “Engineering for the Developing World - The Bridge”,
Vol 34, No.2, Summer 2004.
6. Allen M. “Cleansing the city”, Ohio University Press. Athens Ohio,2008

L T P C
19CE2002 ENERGY SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To provide an introduction to energy systems and renewable energy resources
2. To provide knowledge to explore society’s present needs and future energy demands
3. To impart knowledge on design of various civil engineering systems/ projects dealing with energy
generation paradigms in an efficient manner.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. List and explain the main sources of energy and their primary applications nationally and
internationally
2. Understand the energy sources and scientific concepts/principles behind them
3. List and describe the primary renewable energy resources and technologies.
4. Describe the challenges and problems associated with the use of various energy sources, including
fossil fuels, with regard to future supply and the impact on the environment.
5. Collect and organize information on renewable energy technologies

CIVIL ENGINEERING
 6. Understand the Engineering involved in projects utilizing these sources
Module 1:INTRODUCTION TO ENERGY SCIENCE: Scientific principles - historical interpretation
to place energy use in the context of pressing societal, environmental and climate issues- Introduction to
energy systems and resources - Introduction to Energy, conventional and non-conventional sources,
sustainability and the environment.
Module 2: ENERGY SOURCES: Overview of energy systems, sources, transformations, efficiency, and
storage - fossil fuels (coal, oil, oil-bearing shale and sands, coal gasification) - past, present and future
Module 3: REMEDIES AND ALTERNATIVES FOR FOSSIL FUELS: Hydropower, biomass, wind,
solar, nuclear, wave, tidal and hydrogen- sustainability and environmental trade-offs of different energy
systems- possibilities for energy storage or regeneration.
Module 4: ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT: Energy efficiency and conservation- introduction to clean
energy technologies - importance in sustainable development - carbon footprint - energy consumption and
sustainability- introduction to the economics of energy- linkages between economic and environmental
outcomes.
Module 5: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROJECTS CONNECTED WITH THE ENERGY SOURCES:
Coal mining technologies - oil exploration offshore platforms - underground and under-sea oil pipelines -
solar chimney project - wave energy caissons - nuclear reactor containment buildings and associated
buildings - hydroelectric power project
Module 6: ENGINEERING FOR ENERGY CONSERVATION: Concept of green building and green
architecture- LEED ratings - embodied energy analysis - tool for measuring sustainability - energy audit of
facilities - optimization of energy consumption.

Text Books:
1. Giri N.K, “Alternate Energy (Sources, Applications and Technologies)”, Khanna Publishers,
2012
2. Amlan Chakrabarti, “Energy Engineering and Management”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011
3. John Andrews and Nick Jelly, “Energy Sciences: Principles, Technologies and Impacts”, OUP
Oxford, 2017
Reference Books:
1. Boyle, Godfrey, “Renewable Energy”, 2nd edition, Oxford University Press, 2004
2. Jean-Philippe- Zaccour, Georges (Eds.), “Energy and Environment Set: Mathematics of Decision
3. Making”, Loulou, Richard- Waaub, XVIII, 2005
4. Ristinen, Robert A. Kraushaar, Jack J. AKraushaar, Jack P. Ristinen, Robert A, “Energy and
theEnvironment”, 2 Edition, John Wiley, 2006
5. UNDP, “Energy and the Challenge of Sustainability”, World Energy assessment, 2000
6. Adrian Bejan, Peter Vadász, Detlev G. Kröger, “Energy and the Environment”, Springer Sciencand
Business Media. 1999

L T P C
19CE2003 ENGINEERING MECHANICS
3 1 0 4
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge about statics with emphasis on force equilibrium and free body diagrams.
2. To expose to the stresses and response of elements.
3. To impart the mechanical behavior of materials under various load conditions.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Illustrate the concepts of mechanics
2. Identify the philosophies to suite suitable sections
3. Examine the forces in the members
4. Analyse the response of the elements

CIVIL ENGINEERING
 5. Evaluate the behavior based on the response
6. Apply the basic principles to solve problems in mechanics
Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Centroid - centre of gravity - moment of inertia of plane sections -
theorems of moment of inertia - composite sections - mass moment of inertia of circular plate, cylinder,
cone, sphere, hook.
Module 2: DYNAMICS: Particle dynamics- rectilinear motion - plane curvilinear motion - relative and
constrained motion - newton’s second law: rectangular, path, and polar coordinates - work-kinetic energy,
power and potential energy - impulse-momentum- impact - direct and oblique.
Module 3: KINETICS OF RIGID BODIES: Principles in dynamics - types of motion - D’Alembert’s
principle: plane motion and connected bodies - work energy principle: plane motion and connected bodies
- kinetics of rigid body rotation
Module 4: BASIC STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS: Stability of equilibrium - equilibrium in three
dimensions - method of sections - method of joints - simple trusses - beams - types of beams
Module 5: VIRTUAL WORK AND ENERGY METHOD: Virtual displacements - degrees of freedom
- energy equation for equilibrium - analysis of statically determinate beams - cantilever, simply supported
beam, overhanging beam: point load, UDL and UVL
Module 6: SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS: St. Venant’s principle - types of stresses and strains,
Hooke’s law – stress – strain diagram for mild steel – working stress – factor of safety – lateral strain,
Poisson’s ratio and volumetric strain – relation between moduli – bars of varying section – composite bars–
temperature stresses

Text Books:
1. Irving H. Shames, “Engineering Mechanics”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006
2. Beer F. P and Johnston E. R, “Vector Mechanics for Engineers”, Vol I - Statics, Vol II, –
Dynamics, 9th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011
3. Egor, P.Popov, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Hibbler R. C., “Engineering Mechanics: Principles of Statics and Dynamics”, Pearson Press.
2006
2. Andy Ruina and Rudra Pratap, “Introduction to Statics and Dynamics”, Oxford University Press,
2011
3. Shanes and Rao, “Engineering Mechanics”, Pearson Education, 2006
4. Bansal R.K, “A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics”, Laxmi Publications, 2010
5. Khurmi R.S., “Engineering Mechanics”, S. Chand and Co. 2010

CIVIL ENGINEERING
 LIST OF COURSES

S. No. Course Code Course Name Credits

1 17CE2067 Strength of Materials for Agricultural Engineering 3:1:0
2 18CE1001 Basics of Surveying and Levelling 1:0:1
3 18CE2001 Smart Cities and Future Urbanism 3:0:0
4 18CE2002 Basics of Soil Mechanics 2:0:1
5 18CE2003 Building Construction and Cost Estimation 2:1:0
6 18CE2004 Watershed Hydrology 2:0:1
7 18CE3001 Biotechnological Applications for Geotechnical Engineering 3:0:0
8 18CE3002 Environmental Chemistry and Microbiology 3:0:0
9 18CE3003 Water and Wastewater Treatment Technology 3:0:0
10 18CE3004 Surfacewater Hydrology 3:0:0
11 18CE3005 Groundwater Hydrology 3:0:0
12 18CE3006 Design of Hydraulic and Conveyance Structures 3:0:0
Advanced Hydrology and Environmental Engineering
13 18CE3007 0:0:2
Laboratory
14 18CE3008 Aquatic Ecosystems 3:0:0
15 18CE3009 Impact of Climate Change on Water Resources 3:0:0
16 18CE3010 Urban Water Management 3:0:0

Credits
Sl. No Code No. Course Name
L T P C
1 18CE1002 Civil Engineering - Societal and Global Impact 2 0 0 2
2 18CE1003 Energy Science and Engineering 2 0 0 2
3 18CE1004 Engineering Drawing for Civil Engineers 0 0 6 3
4 18CE2005 Disaster Preparedness and Planning 2 0 0 2
5 18CE2006 Construction Engineering and Management 3 0 0 3
6 18CE2007 Geology and Materials 3 0 0 3
7 18CE2008 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4
Instrumentation and Sensor Technologies for Civil
8 18CE2009 3 0 0 3
Engineering Applications
9 18CE2010 Materials Testing and Evaluation Laboratory 0 0 2 1
10 18CE2011 Engineering Practices Laboratory 0 0 4 2
11 18CE2012 Computer - Aided Civil Engineering Drawing 0 0 3 1.5
12 18CE2013 Computer Applications Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5
13 18CE2014 Design and Drawing 0 0 3 1.5
14 18CE2015 Fluid Mechanics 3 0 0 3
15 18CE2016 Solid Mechanics 3 0 0 3
16 18CE2017 Surveying and Geomatics 3 0 0 3
17 18CE2018 Structural Analysis 3 0 0 3
18 18CE2019 Hydraulic Engineering 3 0 0 3
19 18CE2020 Reinforced Concrete Elements 3 0 0 3
20 18CE2021 Design of Steel Structures 3 0 0 3
21 18CE2022 Soil Mechanics 3 0 0 3
22 18CE2023 Foundation Engineering 3 0 0 3
23 18CE2024 Concrete Technology 2 0 0 2
24 18CE2025 Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering 3 0 0 3
25 18CE2026 Environmental Engineering 3 0 0 3
26 18CE2027 Transportation Engineering 3 0 0 3
27 18CE2028 Quantity Surveying and Estimation 3 0 0 3
28 18CE2029 Survey Laboratory 0 0 2 1
29 18CE2030 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Laboratory 0 0 2 1
30 18CE2031 Environmental Engineering Laboratory 0 0 2 1
31 18CE2032 Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory 0 0 2 1
32 18CE2033 Concrete and Highway Laboratory 0 0 2 1
33 18CE2034 Design Project 0 0 4 2
34 18CE2035 Interior Design 2 0 0 2
35 18CE2036 Construction Equipment and Automation 2 0 0 2
36 18CE2037 Structural Geology 2 0 0 2
37 18CE2038 Expansive soil 2 0 0 2
38 18CE2039 Ground Improvement Methods 2 0 0 2
39 18CE2040 Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3
40 18CE2041 Prestressed Concrete 3 0 0 3
41 18CE2042 Design of Precast Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3
42 18CE2043 Basics of Dynamics and Aseismic Design 3 0 0 3
43 18CE2044 Repairs and Rehabilitation of Structures 3 0 0 3
44 18CE2045 Masonry Structures 3 0 0 3
45 18CE2046 Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures 3 0 0 3
46 18CE2047 Open Channel Flow 3 0 0 3
47 18CE2048 Groundwater Engineering 3 0 0 3
48 18CE2049 Surface Hydrology 3 0 0 3
49 18CE2050 Environmental Laws and Policy 3 0 0 3
18CE2051 Basics of Remote Sensing and Geographical
50 3 0 0 3
Information System
51 18CE2052 Municipal Solid Waste Management 3 0 0 3
52 18CE2053 Air and Noise Pollution Control 3 0 0 3
53 18CE2054 Pavement Materials and Design 3 0 0 3
54 18CE2055 Airport Planning and Design 3 0 0 3
55 18CE2056 Town Planning and Architecture 3 0 0 3
56 18CE2057 Structural Design of Foundation 3 0 0 3
57 18CE2058 Traffic Engineering and Management 3 0 0 3
58 18CE2059 Green Buildings 3 0 0 3
59 18CE2060 Global Climate Change and its Impact 3 0 0 3
60 18CE2061 Smart Buildings 3 0 0 3

Civil Engineering
61 18CE2062 Energy Efficient Buildings 2 0 0 2
62 18CE3011 Advanced Solid Mechanics 3 0 0 3
63 18CE3012 Structural Dynamics 3 0 0 3
64 18CE3013 Finite Element Methods in Structural Engineering 3 0 0 3
65 18CE3014 Seismic Analysis and Design of Structures 3 0 0 3
66 18CE3015 Theory of Structural Stability 3 0 0 3
67 18CE3016 Numerical Analysis Laboratory 0 0 4 2
68 18CE3017 Advanced Concrete Laboratory 0 0 4 2
69 18CE3018 Model Testing Laboratory 0 0 4 2
70 18CE3019 Structural Design Laboratory 0 0 4 2
71 18CE3020 Theory of Thin Plates and Shells 3 0 0 3
72 18CE3021 Theory and Applications of Cement Composites 3 0 0 3
73 18CE3022 Advanced Steel Design 3 0 0 3
74 18CE3023 Design of Advanced Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3
75 18CE3024 Structural Optimization 3 0 0 3
76 18CE3025 Design of High Rise Structures 3 0 0 3
77 18CE3026 Design of Formwork 3 0 0 3
78 18CE3027 Design of Masonry Structures 3 0 0 3
79 18CE3028 Advanced Design of Foundation Structures 3 0 0 3
80 18CE3029 Design of Bridges 3 0 0 3
81 18CE3030 Soil Structure Interaction 3 0 0 3
82 18CE3031 Design of Industrial Structures 3 0 0 3
83 18CE3032 Analysis of Laminated Composite Plates 3 0 0 3
84 18CE3033 Fracture Mechanics of Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3
85 18CE3034 Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures 3 0 0 3
86 18CE3035 Atmospheric Environmental Pollution and Control 3 0 0 3
87 18CE3036 Surface Flow Hydrology 3 0 0 3
88 18CE3037 Environmental Chemistry and Microbiology 3 0 0 3
89 18CE3038 Water Resources Planning and Systems Engineering 3 0 0 3
90 18CE3039 Water and Wastewater Treatment Technology 3 0 0 3
91 18CE3040 Hydrology laboratory 0 0 4 2
Advanced Environmental Engineering
92 18CE3041 0 0 4 2
Laboratory
93 18CE3042 GIS Laboratory 0 0 4 2
94 18CE3043 Computational Techniques Laboratory 0 0 4 2
95 18CE3044 Solid and hazardous waste management 3 0 0 3
96 18CE3045 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 0 0 3
97 18CE3046 Cleaner Production and Sustainable Development 3 0 0 3
98 18CE3047 Environmental Policies and Legislation 3 0 0 3
99 18CE3048 Nanotechnology in Environmental Engineering 3 0 0 3
Civil Engineering
100 18CE3049 Electrochemical water processing and water treatment 3 0 0 3
101 18CE3050 Noise Pollution and Control Techniques 3 0 0 3
102 18CE3051 Occupational Health and Safety 3 0 0 3
103 18CE3052 Groundwater Hydrology 3 0 0 3
104 18CE3053 Design of Hydraulic and Conveyance Structures 3 0 0 3
105 18CE3054 Principles of Integrated Water Resources Management 3 0 0 3
106 18CE3055 Hydro Power Engineering 3 0 0 3
107 18CE3056 River Mechanics and Sediment Transport 3 0 0 3
108 18CE3057 Forest, urban and agricultural Watershed Management 3 0 0 3
109 18CE3058 Wetland Hydrology 3 0 0 3
110 18CE3059 Impact of Climate Change on Water Resources 3 0 0 3
111 18CE3060 Urban Water Hydrology and Management 3 0 0 3
112 18CE3061 Remote Sensing and Geographical information system 3 0 0 3
113 18CE3062 Subsurface Investigations and Field Testing 3 0 0 3
114 18CE3063 Advanced Foundation Engineering 3 0 0 3
115 18CE3064 Strength and deformation characteristics of soils 3 0 0 3
Theoretical Soil Mechanics with Finite Element
116 18CE3065 3 0 0 3
Applications
117 18CE3066 Dynamics of Soils and Foundations 3 0 0 3
118 18CE3067 Soil Mechanics Laboratory - I 0 0 4 2
119 18CE3068 Soil Mechanics Laboratory - II 0 0 4 2
120 18CE3069 Subsoil Exploration Laboratory 0 0 4 2
121 18CE3070 Geotechnical Design Studio 0 0 4 2
122 18CE3071 Ground Improvement Techniques 3 0 0 3
123 18CE3072 Pavement Analysis and Design 3 0 0 3
124 18CE3073 Environmental Geotechnology 3 0 0 3
125 18CE3074 Mechanics of unsaturated soils 3 0 0 3
126 18CE3075 Rock mechanics in Engineering Practice 3 0 0 3
127 18CE3076 Earth Retaining Structures 3 0 0 3
128 18CE3077 Reinforced Soil Structures 3 0 0 3
129 18CE3078 Geology in Geotechnical Engineering 3 0 0 3
130 18CE3079 Slope Stability and Landslides 3 0 0 3
131 18CE3080 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering 3 0 0 3
Professional Practices in Design of Geotechnical
132 18CE3081 3 0 0 3
Structures
133 18CE3082 Offshore Engineering 3 0 0 3
134 18CE3083 Disaster Management 2 0 0 0

Civil Engineering
 17CE2067 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS FOR AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Credit: 3:1:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basics of solid mechanics
 To draw the bending moment and shear force diagram for determinate and indeterminate beams
 To learn the different types of stresses on structural elements
Course Outcomes:
Students at the end of the course will be able to
 understand the basic concepts of solid mechanics
 sketch shear force and bending moment diagram for determinate beams
 interpret the stresses acting on beams
 determine shear force and bending moment for indeterminate beams
 determine the buckling load on columns for different end conditions.
 calculate deflection for determinate beams under standard loading condition

Description:
Rigid and deformable bodies – Stability, strength and stiffness- Stress strain behaviour of ductile and brittle
material in uniaxial state of stress - Hooke’s law - Poisson’s ratio – Relationship between elastic constants
- Relationship between loading - Shear force and bending moment - Shear force and bending moment
diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams subjected to concentrated loads and
uniformly distributed loads - Maximum bending moment and point of contra flexure - Theory of simple
bending assumptions – Simple bending equation –Section modulus - Application of bending equation -
Shear stresses-variation of shear stress in beam cross section - Application of shear stress relations for
rectangle, circle and triangle cross sections - Fixed Beams - Fixed end moments, reactions, slope and
deflection for standard cases of loading - Continuous beams - support reactions and moments – Theorem
of three moments – Shear force and bending moment diagrams - Behaviour of short and long columns -
Euler’s theory of long columns – Critical loads for prismatic columns with different end conditions -
Rankine-Gordon Formula - Deflection in statically determinate beams – Double integration method.

Text Books:
1. Rajput.R.K. “Strength of Materials”, S.Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi 2015.
2. Bansal R.K “Strength of Materials”, Laxmi Publications, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Egor.P.Popo v, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2001
2. Vazirani.V.N, Ratwani.M.M, Duggal .S.K, “Analysis of Structures: Analysis, Design and Detailing
of Structures-Vol.1”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 2014.
3. Timoshenko.S.P. and Young .D.H., “Elements of Strength of Materials”, V Edition, Affiliated East-
West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
4. Beer. F.P. and Johnston.E.R., “Mechanics of Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2010.
5. Subramaniam.R., “Strength of Materials”, Oxford university Press, 2005

18CE1001 BASICS OF SURVEYING AND LEVELLING

Credit: 1:0:1

Course Objectives:
 To give hands-on training on the use of chains and levelling instruments
 To introduce the levelling concepts
 To familiarize the students with basic surveying procedures and modern surveys.
Civil Engineering
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able to
 recall the principles of surveying equipment
 select methods to measure distances
 schedule field surveying operations.
 examine the implementation of surveying procedures for contour surveying
 appraise the usage of equipment and methods in levelling procedures
 formulate the surveying methods and executions

Description:
Introduction and Chain Surveying - Definition, principle and classification of surveying – conventional
signs – equipment used in chain survey – ranging and chaining – setting perpendiculars –Errors in chaining
– corrections due to sag, slope, curvature, temperature, pressure – Compass: Basic principles - Types -
Bearing - Sources of errors - Traversing - Plotting - Adjustment of closing error - Levelling - Type of levels
and staves – bench marks – temporary and permanent adjustments – fly, check, profile levelling – booking
- reduction – arithmetic checks –Errors in levelling - Theodolite - Types - Description - Horizontal and
vertical angles - repetition and reiteration methods – Traversing - Closing error and distribution-Bowditch’s
and Transit rule – Omitted measurements -Heights and distances - Contouring, Areas and Volumes
Contouring – characteristics and uses of contours – calculation of areas from field notes and plan – graphical
and instrumental methods – volume of earth work – Total stations
Practices:
Marking the boundary of a plot on the ground using chain - Running a closed compass traverse – plotting
and adjustments - Fly levelling - Contour survey of an area preparation of contour map - Finding height of
object by using Theodolite - Introduction to Total Station (Area calculation)

Text Books:
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., “Surveying and levelling parts 1 and 2”, Vidyarthi Griha
Prakashan, Pune, 2010.
2. Bhavikatti SS, “Surveying and leveling”, I.K.International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 2008
Reference Books:
1. Rangwala S. C., “Surveying and Levelling”, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Limited, 2011
2. Basak, N, “Surveying and Levelling”, McGrawHill and Co, 2014

18CE2001 SMART CITIES AND FUTURE URBANISM

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To interpret and select the needs for consumers and stakeholders in smart cities;
 To introduce the Smart Cities Mission in India and the issues related with it;
 To familiarize the concept of Smart City.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 familiarize the concept of Smart Cities
 familiar with Smart City Mission in India
 understand the Environment Domain of Smart City and provide solutions
 understand the Transportation Domain of Smart City and provide solutions
 understand the Public Service Domain of Smart City and provide solutions
 Assess the performance of Smart Cities.

Civil Engineering
Unit I - INTRODUCTION TO SMART CITIES: Smart Cities in India– concept, origin and ideology -
characteristics of smart cities – smart economy, smart people, smart governance, smart mobility, smart
environment, smart living – smart building
SMART CITIES MISION IN INDIA: Smart City Mission – Objectives, features, coverage and duration
- strategy, challenges, profile of smart cities - Mission implementation – selection process
Unit II - ENVIRONMENTAL DOMAIN: Pollution reduction – Noise, carbon emissions, groundwater
contaminations - climate change – flooding, drought, water supply– ageing Infrastructure, smart metering,
security, sewer - waste collection and management – route Inefficiencies, landfill monitoring.
Unit III - TRANSPORTATION DOMAIN: Transportation Planning – Transport Philosophy - Travel
demand estimation - Public transport - External connectivity - Internal transport - Pedestrian facilities,
streetscape, signage systems, smart transportation systems.
Roadways / Highways – congestion, accident / Breakdown notifications, maintenance, bad motorists,
parking, pollution, fuel scarcity and pricing.
Railways – On-time Services - Ageing Infrastructure - Service Over / Under Utilization, Integration with
Other Public Transport Services.
Aerospace – Over / Under Utilization, Pollution, Security, Integration with other Public Transport Services.
Unit IV - PUBLIC SERVICE DOMAIN: PUBLIC SERVICES: Safety – Natural disasters – Maintenance
- Notification and Awareness - Child / Elderly / Disabled Person Welfare - Police – Crime, Prevention -
Civil Unrest, Parking Traffic - Fire – Response Times, False Alarms, Delayed Notifications - Unaware of
Dangers within a Situation - Health – Long Waiting Times - Disease Control and Prevention - Community
Outreach - Bin Filling - Employee and Asset Oversight.
Unit V - CRITICAL EVALUATION OF PERFORMANCE OF SMART CITY CONCEPT AND
CASE STUDY: Smart about the Smart City – Critical evaluation of performance of Smart City concept -
contradiction of being smart – Smart vs Dull - Fast vs Slow - Urban and Digital divide - social divide -
Financial and Economic viability of smart cities - case study – Tel Aviv – the Smartest City

Text Books:
1. Amitabh Satyam and Igor Calzada, “The Smart City Transformations: The Revolution of 21st
Century”, Bloomsbury India, New Delhi, 2017
2. ArunFirodia, “Smart City”, Vishwkarma Publications, Pune, 2015
3. Mani, N, “Smart Cities and Urban Development in India”, New Century Publications, New Delhi,
2016
4. Tripathi Gupta, “Smart Cities Transforming India”, Pentagon Press, New Delhi, 2016
Reference Books:
1. Sylviane Toporkoff, Sebastien Levy, Alan Shark, “Smart Cities for a Bright Sustainable Future –
A Global Perspective”, Kindle Edition, Washington, 2014
2. Alex Grosu, “Public Transport in Smart Cities: An Utopian View by Alex Grosu”, Kindle Edition,
Amazon Digital Services LLC, 2017
3. Dutton, W. H., Blumler, J. G., and Kraemer, K. L. “Wired cities: Shaping future
communication”, New York: Macmillan, 1987
4. Stamatina Th. Rassia, Panos M. Pardalos, “Cities for Smart Environmental Energy Futures:
Impacts on Architecture and Technology (Energy Systems)’, Springer, Softcover reprint of the
original, 1st Ed 2014 Edition, 2015
5. Houbling Song, Ravi Srinivasan, Tamim Sookoor, Sabina Jeschke, “Smart Cities: Foundations,
Principles and Applications”, Wiley Publishers, 1st Edition, 2017

Civil Engineering
 18CE2002 BASICS OF SOIL MECHANICS
Credits: 2:0:1

Course Objectives:
 To gain knowledge about index and engineering properties of soil
 To study about stress distribution and settlement behaviour of soil
 To gain knowledge on stability of soils.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 explain the multiphase nature of soils and to derive quantities relating to the volumes and masses
of the different phases of a soil
 describe and classify soils according to Indian Standard
 predict the flow through soil.
 estimate the magnitude of settlement due to consolidation process.
 determine shear strength parameters and stress changes in soil
 evaluate the index and engineering properties of soil.
Description:
Introduction to soil mechanics, phase diagram, physical and index properties of soil - engineering
classification of soils – Atterberg’s limits - Effective and neutral stress - Seepage Analysis - Flow net
construction- Capillary phenomena - Two dimension flow - Darcy’s law - Permeability - Constant head
method - falling head method - Stratified Strata - Factors influencing soil permeability - Seepage -
Laplace’s equation - Quick sand - Liquefaction - Flow nets - Shear strength of cohesive and cohesion less
soils - Mohr-Coulomb failure theory - Measurement of shear strength - Direct shear, Triaxial compression,
UCC and Vane shear tests - Pore pressure parameters
Practices:
Determination of water content - Specific gravity of soil - Field density of soil by core cutter method - Grain
size analysis by sieving - Atterberg’s Limit - Standard proctor test - Unconfined compressive strength of
soil

Text Books:
1. Punmia B C, Jain A K and Jain A K. “Soil Mechanics and Foundations”. Laxmi Publications (P)
Ltd. New Delhi, 2005.
2. Ranjan Gopal and Rao A S R., “Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”, Welley Easters Ltd., New
Delhi, 1993.
Reference Books:
1. Singh Alam, “Soil Engineering”, Vol. I, CBS Publishers and Distributions, Delhi, 1994.
2. Arora, K.R., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers, New Delhi,
2011.
3. Venkatramiah, “Geotechnical Engineering”, New Age International (P) Limited, 1993.
4. Purushothama Raj. P., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering” Pearson Education, 2008

18CE2003 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND COST ESTIMATION

Credits: 2:1:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the properties of building materials
 To identify the building components and their functions
 To estimate the cost of the structure
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Civil Engineering
  define the physical and mechanical properties of earth materials
 identify the physical and mechanical properties of the building materials
 adopt the construction methodology for different types of construction
 evolve the detailed specification for different types of structures
 determine the rates of various items of civil works
 justify estimated cost of civil construction projects

Description:
Rocks - Stones - characteristics of stones – material property – Bricks and blocks - Properties of clay bricks
- material test – Timber - Cement - Concrete – Steel – Aluminium - Rubber - plastics – Glass - Foundations
– plinth – sill – Lintels – Arches - stair cases - Flooring - Roofs and roof covering - Damp proofing –
Termite proofing - Plastering and Pointing - Joinery - Painting - introduction to Quantity surveying –
purpose of estimates - Types of estimates - Principles in selecting units of measurement for items, various
units and modes of measurement for different trades - detailed specifications for various items of work -
Types of agricultural buildings - related needs - Methods of estimation - estimate of walls - estimate of
warehouse - polyhouse - Rate analysis and preparation of bills – Rates for various items of works –
Economic methods for evaluating investments in buildings and building systems

Text Books:
1. Varghese P.C., “Building materials”, Prentice Hall, 2005.
2. Dutta.B.N, “Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering Theory and Practice”, UBS Publishers
Distributors Pvt Ltd, 2016.
Reference Books:
1. Bhavikatti S, “Building Constructions”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi 2007.
2. Rangwala, S.C., “Engineering Materials”, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2008.
3. Surendra Singh, “Building Materials”, Vikas Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1996.
4. Birdie.G.S, “A Text Book on Estimating and Costing”, DhanpatRai and Sons, New Delhi, 2000.
5. Rangwala .S.C, “Valuation of Real Properties”, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 1984.

18CE2004 WATERSHED HYDROLOGY

Credits: 2:0:1

Course Objectives:
 To understand the concepts of watershed
 To characterize the watershed parameters
 To learn the measurement of hydrological parameters
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 recall the watershed characteristics
 determine the streamflow parameters
 apply the knowledge of hydrograph analysis for rainfall-runoff modeling
 conduct water-budget analysis
 Interpret the effect of landuse changes on watershed characteristics
 conduct watershed analysis to improve the watershed management
Description:
Watershed characteristics - Hydrologic cycle - Watersheds – Water Balance – Surface and groundwater
hydrology - Characteristics of hydrologic data - Rainfall-runoff - rainfall measurement – Representation of
rainfall - Stream characteristics - Stream flow measurement - Water balance analysis - Abstractions –
Evaporation, infiltration and interception – Infiltration indices – measurement of evaporation -

Civil Engineering
Morphometric analysis of watersheds - Hydrologic processes in different land covers: agricultural, forest,
urban, floodplain and wetlands - Types of watershed models - Effects of landuse change; Climate change.
Practices:
Estimation of average annual rainfall - Estimation of missing data of rainfall - Computation of runoff by
SCS method and rational method - Streamflow velocity measurement - Derivation of unit hydrograph -
Derivation of S-Curve - Conduction of flood routing

Text books:
1. P V Seethapathi, “Hydrology of Small Watersheds”, TERI Press, 2014.
2. Subramanya K., “Hydrology”, Tata McGraw Hill Co., New Delhi, 2009.
3. Ragunath H.M., “Hydrology”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
Reference books:
1. Chatterjee, S. N., “Water Resources Conservation and Management”, Atlantic Publishers, 2008
2. Murthy, V.V.N., “Land and Water Management”, Khalyani Publishers, 2004
3. Muthy, J. V. S., “Watershed Management”, New Age International Publishers, 1998
4. Mutreja, K.N., “Applied Hydrology” - Tata McGraw Hill, 1986.

18CE3001 BIOTECHNOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS FOR GEOTECHNICAL

ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge on microbiological applications
 To learn on the biotechnological processes
 To apply the bio-cementation process
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 recall the various microorganisms, their classifications and characterization
 explain the various biotechnological processes
 quantify the biomass contents in a biotechnological product.
 compare the different mechanisms of ground improvement
 justify the importance of microbially induced calcite precipitation
 develop biotechnological processes for potential geotechnical applications

Unit I - INTRODUCTION TO MICROBIOLOGY: Microorganisms – groups of microorganisms –cells

of microorganisms -classification and identification of fungi, algae and protozoa - enzymes as the catalysts
of biochemical reactions - types of biogeochemical reactions - biogeochemical reactions - geotechnical
modifications in-situ; bio-safety in geotechnical applications - major groups of bacteria suitable for
geotechnical biotechnological processes
Unit II - INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY: Biotechnology: Bioprocesses used in
geotechnical biotechnology -stages of biotechnological process - upstream processes - acquiring of
microbial strain from collection - selection of an enrichment culture, ecosystem and construction of
genetically engineered microorganisms - core biotechnological process: batch cultivation – continuous
cultivation - downstream processes - separation and concentration of biomass contents - aggregates of
cells - separation and concentration of products - drying, mixing and packing of biotechnological products
Unit III - BIO-CEMENTATION: Calcium based microbial cementation in nature – calcium based
cementation in macro-organisms- urease-dependent calcium-based microbial cementation - (MICP) in
Engineering: Biochemistry of MICP - Use of Urease for MICP - Bacteria used in MICP - use of enrichment
culture of in digenous microorganisms with urease activity in-situ - biocementation by injection,
percolation, and spraying - activated sludge of municipal wastewater treatment plants as raw material dry
Civil Engineering
calcium-based biocement - Geotechnical Engineering applications of MICP
Unit IV- BIOTECHNOLOGICAL TREATMENT OF SOIL: Bio-aggregation to control wind soil
erosion and dust emission- dust control technologies - Bio crusting using microbial Polysaccharides -
Bioclogging; Biocementation of soil - Bio desaturation of water-saturated cohesionless soil - Bio
encapsulation of soft soil; Bio immobilization of the Pollutants in Soil - sanitation of soil - comparison of
the different mechanisms of ground improvement
Unit V- BIOREMEDIATION OF SOIL: Bioremediation of soil: options - advantages and disadvantages
of biogeotechnologies for remediation -problems of bioremediation –in-situ and off-site - microbiological
preparations for bioremediation - biotechnological control of dispersion of pollutants - leaching of the
pollutants from sand - biomediated immobilization of sand- biomitigation of soil liquefaction through
biogas production in situ - denitrification as a source of biogas production in situ - stability of biogas bubbles
in soil -biogas production in-situ decreased primary consolidation settlement in clayey soils.

References:
1. Fernando PacecoTorgal and J.A.Labrincha, “Biotechnologies and Bio-inspired Materials for the
Construction Industry: An Overview”, International Journal of Sustainable Engineering, Taylor
and Francis Group, 2013, pp 1-12
2. Fernando Paceco Torgal, J.A.Labrincha, M.V.Diamanti, C.P.Yu and H.K.Lee (Editors),
“Biotechnologies and Biomimetics for Civil Engineering”, Springer International Publishing,
Switzerland, 2015
3. Volodymyr Ivanov and Viktor Stabnikov, “Construction Biotechnology”, Springer, 2017, ISBN:
978-981-10-1444-4.

18CE3002 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY AND MICROBIOLOGY

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge on the transformation of chemicals in the environment
 To educate the basics of microbiology involved in air, water and soil.
 To study the basics of environmental chemistry, chemical reactions and electro kinetic properties.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 learn basic chemistry concepts
 gain competency in solving environmental issues
 able to determine chemical calculations required for treatment purpose
 identify contaminating chemicals and learn the conceptual skills
 apply micro- organisms for the treatment of wastes
 evaluate type, growth metabolism and culturing techniques of micro organisms

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Importance of chemistry, Nano technology and biotechnology in

environmental engineering- basic definitions-equilibrium-activity- various laws – gas laws-oxidation –
reduction- stoichiometry-kinetic principles- sorption- adsorption theories.
Unit II - ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY PRINCIPLES: Enzymes and cofactors- Colloidal
chemistry- properties- destabilisation of colloids- Acids and bases-buffer index- Water and wastewater
analysis- quantitative chemistry and instrumental methods- optical –electrical- chromatographic methods-
soil and atmospheric chemistry.
Unit III- APPLICATIONS OF NANOTECHNOLOGY: applications of Nano material in water and
wastewater treatment-synthesis of materials-separation techniques-membrane filtration-types - Nano
materials as adsorbents and oxidants- fate and toxicity

Civil Engineering
Unit IV- MICROBIOLOGY: classification of microorganisms- bacteria- viruses- protozoa-algae-
classification- morphology- reproduction –culturing - growth curve- factors affecting growth- control of
growth-pathogens.
Unit V- MICROBIOLOGY APPLICATIONS: applications in water and wastewater treatment
environmental biotechnology – aerobic process: activated sludge process, oxidation ditches, rotating
drums- oxidation ponds, anaerobic process: anaerobic digestion- anaerobic filters-biodegradation- bio-
augmentation- bio-magnification, bioassay.

References:
1. Sawyer, C.N. and McCarty, P.L., and Parkin, G.F. “Chemistry for Environmental Engineers”, 3 rd
Edition. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013
2. Ronbald A. Hites , “Elements of Environmental Chemistry”, Wiley, 2007.
3. Bhatia, S.C., “Handbook of Environmental Microbiology”, Vol. I, II and III, Atlantic Publ. and
Dist. Ltd., 2008.

18CE3003 ADVANCED WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge on characteristics of water and wastewater, primary and secondary
treatment.
 To educate the methods of disposal of sludge and treated wastewater.
 To educate the students on the working principles and design of various physical, chemical
treatment systems for water and wastewater.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 Imparts knowledge on characteristics and standards of water and wastewater
 Understand principle of water and wastewater treatment systems
 Design water and wastewater treatment systems.
 Evaluate efficiency of treatment units
 Illustrate the design principles of industrial wastewater
 Apply knowledge on the disposal and treatment of sludge.

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Importance of water- quality and characteristics of water- physical- chemical-
biological- standards; need of treatment- treatment methods for surface and ground water – natural
treatment principles- sedimentation- aeration.
Unit II - WATER TREATMENT: Principle and design - aeration- types of aerators- coagulation –
filtration- rapid sand filtration- disinfection methods- softening- lime soda process- carbonation- ion
exchange- reverse osmosis- dialysis- removal of colour- de-fluoridation.
Unit III - WASTEWATER TREATMENT: Principle and design - screens, grit chamber- skimming
tank- primary sedimentation tank- secondary treatment- activated sludge process- trickling filter- oxidation
ponds- RBC- towers- tertiary treatment: chemical oxidation -advanced oxidation process- adsorption,
removal of toxics
Unit IV- INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT: Differences between domestic and industrial
wastewater- characteristics-population equitant-reduction of strength- equalization- proportionating-
neutralization-removal of oils and fats- removal of organic solids- precipitation- removal of nitrogen and
phosphorous compounds.
Unit V- SLUDGE TREATMENTDISPOSAL: Characteristics of sludge- sludge treatment methods-
reduction of moisture content- anaerobic and anaerobic treatment methods – energy from sludge-sludge
beds- disposal methods- sludge as fertilizer.
Civil Engineering
References:
1. “Manual on water supply and Treatment”, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development, GoI, New
Delhi, 2009.
2. Bajwa, G.S., “Practical Handbook on Public Health Engineering”, Deep Publishers, Simla, 2003
3. Metcalf and Eddy, “Wastewater engineering, Treatment and Reuse”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 2003.
4. Kuruvilla Mathew, Stewart Dallas, Goen Ho, Decentralized Water and Wastewater Systems, IWA
Publications, 2008

18CE3004 SURFACEWATER HYDROLOGY

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objectives
 To provide a basic knowledge on different components of hydrologic cycle
 To impart practical experience in hydrological data acquisition, analysis
 To interprete hydrologic components on temporal and spatial scales
Course Outcome
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 posses a thorough knowledge of the hydrological processes associated with surface water
 analyze basic hydrologic data
 estimate the surface runoff
 measure flow in the streams
 conduct Probability analysis for extreme events
 conduct water budget analysis

Unit I - BASIC HYDRAULICS AND HYDROLOGY: Definition and introduction to hydraulics and
hydrological science - Structure and properties of water - Conservation of mass and energy – Atmosphere
– atmospheric air circulation – Cyclones, Fronts, Clouds - Hydrologic cycle: global to local scales-
Radiation balance –Evaporation and condensation.
Unit II - FREQUENCY ANALYSIS AND STOCHASTIC HYDROLOGY: Return period - Random
variable – Frequency distributions – Frequency analysis – Correlation coefficient – Method of least squares
– Variance analysis - Simple and multiple regression analysis – Deterministic approach in hydrology -
Stochastic hydrology - Introduction to: time series, deterministic and stochastic models.
Unit III - PRECIPITATION: Precipitation - Types of precipitation - Temporal and spatial distribution of
precipitation - Precipitation measurement: precipitation gauges, satellite estimates of precipitation, radar
measurement of precipitation - Interpretation of precipitation data: estimating missing precipitation data,
double-mass analysis - Average precipitation over area: isohyets and Thiessan polygon - Depth-area-
duration analysis.
Unit IV - RUNOFF AND STREAM FLOW: Phenomenon of runoff - Surface retention – Infiltration
Runoff cycle - Estimating the volume of storm runoff: storm analysis - Basin characteristics - Streamflow
measurements and rating curves - Flood estimation: unit hydrograph, flood frequency analysis, flood
routing - Sediment yield and reservoir sedimentation.
Unit V - HYDROLOGIC ABSTRACTIONS: Factors affecting evaporation process - Water budget -
Determination of reservoir evaporation - Energy budget - Determination of reservoir operation-Estimation
of evaporation using Pan evaporimeter dataThornthwaite and Penman -Monteith methods - Lysimeter
determination of evapotranspiration - Interception – Soil moisture - Infiltration loss estimation.

References:
1. Subramanya K., “Hydrology”, Tata McGraw Hill Co., New Delhi, 2017.
2. Ragunath H.M., “Hydrology”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
Civil Engineering
 3. VenTe Chow, “Hand book of Hydrology”, McGraw Hill Publications, New York, 1995.
4. JeyaRamiReddy.P.,“Hydrology”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2005.
5. Vijay P.Singh, Elementary Hydrology, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004.
6. Mutreja, K.N., “Applied Hydrology” Tata McGraw Hill, 1986.

18CE3005 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the behavior of groundwater movement
 To estimate the groundwater modeling parameters
 To equip with analytical techniques to solve groundwater problems
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 Understand the occurrence, distribution and movement of ground water
 enumerate the properties of groundwater
 calculate the aquifer parameters
 to resolve groundwater related problems including response of aquifers to pumping wells
 to develop a basic model for contaminant transport in subsurface media
 model and estimate groundwater recharge

Unit I - INTRODUCTION TO GROUNDWATER: Groundwater in Hydrologic Cycle – Occurrence of

groundwater – Vadose Zone water; soil-water relationship - Hydrogeology – Hydrometeorology – soil
sample analysis - Water bearing materials - Types of aquifers
Unit II - GROUNDWATER HYDRAULICS: Groundwater Movement - Darcy’s law and its limitations
- Stream lines and flow net analysis – Discharge and draw down for various condition of groundwater flow
- Principles of groundwater flow and its equation – Dupuit – Forchheimer assumptions – Influent and
Effluent streams - Evaluation of well loss parameters – Partial penetration of wells – Interference of wells
– Collector wells and Infiltration galleries.
Unit III - PUMPING TEST ANALYSIS: Determining aquifer parameters for unconfined, leaky and non-
leaky aquifers – steady and transient conditions - Slug test – Locating hydro geological boundaries –
Determination of well characteristics and specific capacity of wells – Well characteristics of large diameter
wells.
Unit IV - GROUNDWATER TRANSPORT PROCESSES: Mass balance for transport of an ideal tracer
– Contaminant transport mechanisms: advection, dispersion and diffusion – 1D, 2D and 3D solute transport
– Pulse and step inputs – Solutions to advection, dispersion equation.
Unit V - GROUNDWATER RECHARGE AND MODELLING: Methods of artificial groundwater
recharge – Groundwater assessment and balancing – Seawater intrusion in coastal aquifers – Land
Subsidence - Wells in hard rock areas - Geophysical survey – Infiltration test – Permeability test – Drum
culture experiment – Groundwater data analysis – Groundwater Models – MODFLOW, MODPATH and
MT3D - Regional Groundwater Modeling.

References:
1. Todd D.K., “Groundwater Hydrology”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York, 2011.
2. Raghunath H.M. “Groundwater”, 3rd Edition, Wiley Eastern Limited, NewDelhi , 2007.
3. Bouwer H., “Groundwater Hydrology”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1978.
4. Fetter C. W., “Applied Hydrogeology”, Merril Publishing Co., Columbus, OH, 2001.
5. Driscoll, “Groundwater and Wells”, Johnson Filtration Systems, Inc., 1986.
6. Hantush M.S., “Hydraulics of wells in Advances in Hydro Science”, Academic Press, 1964.

Civil Engineering
 7. Ojha, C.S.P, Berndtsson, R and Bhunya, P., “Engineering Hydrology”, Oxford University
Press,New Delhi, 2008.
8. K. R. Karanth, "Hydrogeology", TataMcGraw Hill Publishing Company, 1987

18CE3006 DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC AND CONVEYANCE STRUCTURES

Credits 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge about various types of hydraulic structures
 To introduce the planning and design concepts of hydraulic structures.
 To inculcate the importance of basic water supply and drainage systems in society
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to
 understand the design criteria for various the types of dams
 analyze and design various hydraulic structures
 design a water supply distribution network
 design irrigation channels and cross drainage works
 estimate the hydropower potential
 design penstocks and surge tanks

Unit I- INTRODUCTION TO HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES: Introduction, types of hydraulic

structures, storage, diversion, conveyance and distribution structures, capacity of a reservoir, reservoir
silting, types of dams, factors governing selection of type of dam, selection of site for dam, preliminary and
final investigations of dam sites, dam safety, design and construction of gravity and earth dams, flow-nets.
Unit II - DAM OUTLET WORKS: Principles and classification, design of ogee and open channel
spillways- cavitations in spillway -energy dissipation devices, basins, buckets and gates- canals: types,
components, selection.
Unit III - DESIGN OF IRRIGATION CHANNELS: Theory and design principles, design of canal
sections in alluvial soil and hard rock zones canal inlets and sluices, gates maintenance problems, design
examples of regulators and canal falls - Design of irrigation channels- principles of design- theories- canal
head works- canal masonry works- canal outlets- maintenance of canals- cross drainage works- flow
measuring devices.
Unit IV - WATER DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS:flow through pipes, solving pipe network, flow
problems- use of computer software for network analysis- cross country pipelines, hydraulic transient
analysis.
Unit V- HYDROPOWER STRUCTURES: Types of hydropower structures, components of a
hydropower structure, intakes and trash racks, water conductor systems, penstocks, power canals, tunnels,
surge tanks, anchor blanks.

References:
1. Punmiaand Pandey, “Irrigation and Water Power Engg.” Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi,
2016.
2. Dandekar M.M and Sharma K.N, “Water Power Engineering”, 2nd edition Vikas publishers, 2013.
3. Asawa G.L. “Irrigation and Water Resources engineering” -New Age International (P) Ltd.
Publishers, 1st edition, 2005.
4. Garg S.K, “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures”, Khanna Publishers N.D. 13th edition,
1998.
5. Modi, “Irrigation, Water Resources and water power engineering”, P.N. -Standard Book
House,New Delhi, 2nd edition, 1990.
6. Design of small dams, United States Bureau of Reclamation, Third Edition, 1987.
Civil Engineering
 18CE3007 ADVANCED HYDROLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:2

Course Objectives:
 To impart practical knowledge in hydrologic processes and aquifer parameters
 To demonstrate the sampling techniques and analytical methods in assessing air and water quality
 To introduce the principle of instrumentation in air and water quality analysis
Course Outcomes:
At the end of course, the student will be able to
 make use of groundwater flow and transport models
 estimate the aquifer parameters and carryout groundwater budget
 analyse the subsurface characteristics and conduct water balance studies
 collect, monitor and assess air and water quality of samples
 make use of instrumentation techniques and analyse the impact of pollution
 design suitable treatment method and control measures for water and air pollution problems
List of Experiments:
1. Rainfall data using mass curve, hyetograph from obtained data and Theissen polygon method
2. Determination of Φ – index by double ring type infiltrometer
3. Determination of rate of evaporation and calculation of crop water requirement
4. Pumping test on well
5. Determination of hydraulic conductivity
6. Electrical resistivity method
7. Determination of heavy metals in the sample using UV Spectrophotometer
8. Estimation of Total Organic Carbon
9. Determination of Chemical
10. Determination of Biological Oxygen Demand
11. Microbial analysis using MPN method
12. Synthesis of nanoparticles
13. Solid waste analysis (Density, Components and Energy value)
14. Noise measurement
15. Determination of air quality
References:
1. Fetter C.W., “Applied Hydrogeology”, Merril Publishing Co., Columbus, OH, 2001.
2. Hiscock., “Hydrogeology, Principles and Practice”, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK, 2005.
3. Subramanya K., “Engineering Hydrology”, TataMcGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
4. “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater”, 14th edition, American Public
Health Association, Washington, DC, 1999.
5. Environmental Engineering Organisation, Government of India, New Delhi, 2010.
6. C.N Sawer, P.L. MacCarty and G.F. Parkin, “Chemistry for Environmental Engineering and
Science”, Tata McGraw-Hill, Fifth edition, New Delhi, 2003.

18CE3008 AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the principles of natural ecosystems,
 To analyse the social dimensions and approaches
 To plan and implement the management of ecosystems
Civil Engineering
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 understand the human intervention in ecosystem functions
 implement the reuse concepts
 examine the issues in aquatic ecology
 estimate environmental flows
 formulate sustainable ecosystems

Unit I - PRINCIPLES OF ECOSYSTEMS: Introduction to Ecosystems – Ecosystem structure and

function – Ecosystem development – Atmosphere - Freshwater ecosystems – Agro ecosystems.
Unit II - AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS: Ecosystem processes – Lakes, Rivers and Estuaries - Agricultural
vs Ecosystem productivities – Riparian processes and interactions – Eco-hydrology – Impacts of human
intervention – Water-food-ecosystem linkages – Living organisms in water- -Chemical classification of
river water- -Influence of Chemical Factors on the Biota.
Unit III - ECOSYSTEM SERVICES: Water for irrigation – Livelihoods – Industrial / developmental
needs – domestic and drinking water sector – Green, Blue and Grey water concepts – Economic instruments
– Virtual water and trade.
Unit IV - FRESHWATER ECOSYSTEMS: Streams and Rivers – floodplains and wetlands –
modification of floodplain ecosystems – interbasin transfer and water needs – human induced changes in
lakes – Effect of climate change - modelling
Unit V - ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT: Ecosystem assessments – Environmental flows – Future
freshwater challenges – Waterquality – Biological indicators – waterquality monitoring and assessment –
Social and political issues of water use - Sustainable Ecosystems - Environmental governance.

References:
1. MalinFalkenmark and Johan Rockstrom, “Balancing water for Humans and Nature, Earthscan”,
VA, USA, 2005.
2. Caroline M Figueres, Cecilia Tortajada and Johan Rockstrom (ed), Rethinking, “Water
Management”, EarthScan, VA, USA, 2005.
3. Jeffries, M and Mills, D. “Freshwater Ecology, Principles and Applications”, Belhaven Press,1990
4. Gooch, G. D., A. Rieu-Clarke and P. Stalnacke (eds), “Integrating Water Resources Management:
Interdisciplinary methodologies and strategies in Practice”, IWA Publishing, London, UK, 2012.
5. Jorgensen, S., J. G. Tundisi, J. M. Tundisi, “Handbook of inland aquatic ecosystem management”,
CRC Prerss, FL, USA, 2013
6. Sithamparanathan, J., Rangasamy, A. and Arunachalam, N., “Ecosystem principles and sustainable
agriculture”, Scitech Publishers, Chennai, 1999.

18CE3009 IMPACT OF CLIMATE CHANGE ON WATER RESOURCES

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the hydrologic cycle with reference to climate
 To assess the impact on ecosystem services
 To diagnose the cause of climate related water issues
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 enumerate the characteristics of climate change
 assess the impact of climate change
 utilize the tools for vulnerability assessment
 incorporate the adaptation techniques
Civil Engineering
  plan the mitigation activities
 implement the mitigation activities as per the policies

Unit I - INTRODUCTION TO CLIMATE : Definitions- Climate, Climate system, climate change –

Drivers of Climate change – Characteristics of climate system components – Large scale climate -
Greenhouse effect – Carbon cycle – Wind systems - Trade winds and the Hadley cell – Ozone hole in the
stratosphere - El Nino, La Nina – ENSO- Regional differences
Unit II - IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE : Global Climatology – Indian Scenario – Observed
changes and projected changes of IPCC – Monsoon onsets, withdrawals and breaks – Cyclones in India –
Indian rainfall in different seasons – interannual variability of monsoon - Impacts on sectoral vulnerabilities
– SRES – different scenarios
Unit III - TOOLS FOR VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT : Need for vulnerability assessment – Steps
for assessment –Approaches for assessment – Models – Quantitative models, Economic model, Impact
matrix approach - Box models - Zero-dimensional models - Radioactive-convective models - Higher-
dimension models - EMICs (Earth-system models of intermediate complexity) - GCMs (global climate
models or general circulation models) – sectoral models
Unit IV - CLIMATE CHANGE ADAPTATION AND MITIGATION: Water-related adaptation to
climate change in the fields of Ecosystems and biodiversity, - Agriculture and food security, land use and
forestry, Human health, water supply and sanitation, infrastructure and Economy (insurance, tourism,
industry and transportation) - Adaptation, vulnerability and sustainable development Sector-specific
mitigation - Carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS) - Land-use change and management, Cropland
management, Afforestation and Reforestation - Potential water resource conflicts between adaptation and
mitigation - Implications for policy and sustainable development.
Unit V - CASE STUDIES: Water resources assessment case studies – Ganga Damodar Project , Himalayan
glacier studies, Ganga valley project - Adaptation strategies in Assessment of water resources- Hydrological
design practices and dam safety- Operation policies for water resources projects - Flood management
strategies - Drought management strategies - Temporal and spatial assessment of water for Irrigation -Land
use and cropping pattern - Coastal zone management strategies.

References:
1. SangamShreshta, Mukund S. Babel and Vishnu Prasad Pandey., “Climate Change and Water
Resources”, CRC Press, 2014.
2. IPCC Report Technical Paper VI – “Climate change and water” , 2008.
3. Anil Markandya, “Climate Change and Sustainable Development: Prospects for Developing
Countries”, Routledge, 2002
4. UNFCC Technologies for Adaptation to climate change, 2006.
5. P R Shukla, Subobh K Sarma, NH Ravindranath, Amit Garg and Sumana Bhattacharya, “Climate
Change and India: Vulnerability assessment and adaptation”, University Press (India) Pvt Ltd,
Hyderabad, 2003.
6. Preliminary consolidated Report on “Effect of climate change on Water Resources”, GOI, CWC,
MOWR, 2008.
7. Dash Sushil Kumar, “Climate Change – An Indian Perspective”, Cambridge University Press India
Pvt. Ltd, 2007

18CE3010 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the concepts of urbanization and its impact on the natural water cycle
 To know the utilization of urban stormwater models for better storm water management

Civil Engineering
  To prepare urban stormwater master plan
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
 identify factors affecting urban hydrological cycle
 estimate urban water demand and stormwater quantity
 maintain the elements of drainage systems
 determine the runoff and peak flow
 plan and design stormwater control and disposal systems
 develop integrated urban water management system

Unit I - URBAN HYDROLOGIC CYCLE: General introduction to urbanisation and its effect on water
cycle – urban hydrological cycle – trends in urbanisation – Effect of urbanisation on hydrology. Urban
Hydrological cycle – time of concentration – importance of short duration of rainfall and runoff data –
methods of estimation of time of concentration for design of urban drainage systems.
Unit II - URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT MODELS: Types of models – Physically based –
conceptual or unit hydrograph based – Urban surface runoff models – Various model available for
stormwater management - Management models for flow rate and volume control rate – Quality models -
Stormwater Analysis - calculation of runoff and peak – Design of stormwater network systems – water
distribution networks.
Unit III - URBAN STORM WATER MANAGEMENT: Storm water management practices (Structural
and Non-structural Management measures) – Detention and retention concepts – Modelling concept –
Types of storage – Magnitude of storage – Hydraulic analysis and design guidelines – Flow and storage
capacity of urban components – system tanks.
Unit IV - MASTER DRAINAGE PLANS: Master drainage plans – issues to be concentrated upon –
typical content of an urban drainage master plan – interrelation between water resources investigation and
urban planning processes – planning objectives – comprehensive planning – use of models in planning..
Unit V - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE: Elements of drainage systems – open channel –
underground drains – appurtenances – pumping – source control - Operation and maintenance of urban
drainage system – interaction between stormwater management and solid waste management

References:
1. Geiger, W.F., Marsalek, F., and Zuidena, F.C., (Ed), “Manual on Drainage in urbanized areas”,
Vol.1 and Vol.II, UNESCO, 1987.
2. Hengeveld, H. and C. De Voch.t (Ed)., “Role of Water in Urban Ecology”, Elsevier,
Amsterdam, 1982.
3. Martin, P. Wanelista and Yousef, A. Yousef., “Stormwater Management”, John Wiley and sons,
1993.
4. Stahre, P., and Urbonas, B., “Storm water Detention for Drainage, water quality and CSO
Management”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1990
5. Wanielista, M.P., and Yousef, Y.A., “Stormwater Management”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New
York, 1993

CIVIL ENGINEERING – SOCIETAL AND GLOBAL L T P C

18CE1002
IMPACT 2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To provide awareness of the importance of civil engineering and the impact it has on the society
and at global levels
2. To impart awareness of the impact of civil engineering for the various specific fields of human
endeavor

Civil Engineering
 3. To inculcate the need to think innovatively to ensure sustainability
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the impact of civil engineering projects on the society at large and on the global arena.
2. Justify the need for infrastructure for energy generation
3. Recommend sustainable environment keeping aesthetics intact
4. Bring out the scope of civil engineers for environment protection
5. Build good environment by reducing the factors impacting the quality of life
6. Apply professional and responsible decisions on the environmental effects

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Recent major civil engineering breakthroughs and innovations- global
warming - impact and causes- evaluating future requirements for various resources - GIS and applications
for monitoring systems - human development index - ecological footprint of India vs other countries and
analysis
Module 2: UNDERSTANDING THE IMPORTANCE OF CIVIL ENGINEERING: Shaping and
impacting the world - The ancient and modern marvels and wonders in the field of Civil Engineering- future
vision for Civil Engineering
Module 3:INFRASTRUCTURE: Metrocities, smart cities, futuristic visions- transportation - energy
generation - water provisioning- telecommunication needs- awareness of various codes and standards
governing infrastructure development- innovations and methodologies for ensuring sustainability
Module 4: EFFECTS ON ENVIRONMENT: Solid waste management, water purification, wastewater
treatment and recycling, hazardous waste treatment- flood control - river interlinking- multi-purpose water
projects, atmospheric pollution- global warming phenomena and pollution mitigation measures, stationarity
and nonstationarity- environmental metrics and monitoring
Module 5: BUILT ENVIRONMENT: Facilities management -climate control- recycling -temperature
and sound control in built environment - intelligent and smart buildings - aesthetics of built environment-
innovations and methodologies for ensuring sustainability
Module 6: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROJECTS: Environmental impact analysis procedures- advanced
construction techniques for better sustainability- techniques for reduction of greenhouse gas emissions in
various aspects of civil engineering projects.

Text Books:
1. Michael Murray, “Corporate Social Responsibility in the Construction Industry”, Taylor and
Francis, 2009
2. Robert L. France “Handbook of Water Sensitive Planning and Design”, CRC Press. 2002
Reference Books:
1. Brito, Ciampi, Vasconcelos, Amarol, Barros,“Engineering impacting Social, Economical and
working Environment”, 120th ASEE Annual Conference and Exposition, 2013
2. Centre for Water Sensitive Cities, “Blueprint for a water sensitive city”, Monash University.2012
3. Žiga Turk,“Global Challenges and the Role of Civil Engineering”, Chapter 3 in: Fischinger M.
(eds) Performance-Based Seismic Engineering: Vision for an Earthquake Resilient Society.
Geotechnical, Geological and Earthquake Engineering, Vol. 32. Springer, Dordrecht, 2014
4. NAE Grand Challenges for Engineering, “Engineering for the Developing World - The Bridge”,
Vol 34, No.2, Summer 2004.
5. Allen M. “Cleansing the city”, Ohio University Press. Athens Ohio,2008

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE1003 ENERGY SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
2 0 0 2

Course Objectives:
1. To provide an introduction to energy systems and renewable energy resources
2. To provide knowledge to explore society’s present needs and future energy demands
3. To impart knowledge on design of various civil engineering systems/ projects dealing with energy
generation paradigms in an efficient manner.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. List and explain the main sources of energy and their primary applications nationally and
internationally
2. Understand the energy sources and scientific concepts/principles behind them
3. List and describe the primary renewable energy resources and technologies.
4. Describe the challenges and problems associated with the use of various energy sources,
including fossil fuels, with regard to future supply and the impact on the environment.
5. Collect and organize information on renewable energy technologies
6. Understand the Engineering involved in projects utilizing these sources

Module 1:INTRODUCTION TO ENERGY SCIENCE: Scientific principles - historical interpretation

to place energy use in the context of pressing societal, environmental and climate issues- Introduction to
energy systems and resources - Introduction to Energy, conventional and non-conventional sources,
sustainability and the environment
Module 2: ENERGY SOURCES: Overview of energy systems, sources, transformations, efficiency, and
storage - fossil fuels (coal, oil, oil-bearing shale and sands, coal gasification) - past, present and future
Module 3: REMEDIES AND ALTERNATIVES FOR FOSSIL FUELS: Hydropower, biomass, wind,
solar, nuclear, wave, tidal and hydrogen- sustainability and environmental trade-offs of different energy
systems- possibilities for energy storage or regeneration
Module 4: ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT: Energy efficiency and conservation- introduction to clean
energy technologies - importance in sustainable development - carbon footprint - energy consumption and
sustainability- introduction to the economics of energy- linkages between economic and environmental
outcomes
Module 5: CIVIL ENGINEERING PROJECTS CONNECTED WITH THE ENERGY SOURCES:
Coal mining technologies - oil exploration offshore platforms - underground and under-sea oil pipelines -
solar chimney project - wave energy caissons - nuclear reactor containment buildings and associated
buildings - hydroelectric power project
Module 6: ENGINEERING FOR ENERGY CONSERVATION: Concept of green building and green
architecture- leed ratings- identification of energy related enterprises that represent the breath of the
industry and prioritizing these as candidates- embodied energy analysis and use as a tool for measuring
sustainability - energy audit of facilities and optimization of energy consumption

Text Books:
1. Giri N.K, “Alternate Energy (Sources, Applications and Technologies)”, Khanna Publishers, 2012
2. Amlan Chakrabarti, “Energy Engineering and Management”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011
Reference Books:
1. Boyle, Godfrey, “Renewable Energy”, 2nd edition, Oxford University Press, 2004
2. Jean-Philippe- Zaccour, Georges (Eds.), “Energy and Environment Set: Mathematics of Decision
Making”, Loulou, Richard- Waaub, XVIII, 2005

Civil Engineering
 3. Ristinen, Robert A. Kraushaar, Jack J. AKraushaar, Jack P. Ristinen, Robert A, “Energy and the
Environment”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley, 2006
4. UNDP, “Energy and the Challenge of Sustainability”, World Energy assessment, 2000
5. Adrian Bejan, Peter Vadász, Detlev G. Kröger, “Energy and the Environment”, Springer Science
and Business Media. 1999

L T P C
18CE1004 ENGINEERING DRAWING FOR CIVIL ENGINEERS
0 0 6 3
Course Objectives:
1. To draw and interpret various projections of 1D, 2D and 3D objects
2. To enable to prepare and interpret the drawings of buildings
3. To provide knowledge to make basic engineering drawings using both geometric instruments as
well as softwares
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Sketch two-dimensional orthographic drawings and three-dimensional isometric views.
2. Create and modify two-dimensional orthographic drawings using AutoCAD software, complete
with construction lines, dimensions, and layers, conforming to industry standards.
3. Create three-dimensional solid models using AutoCAD software, and generate paper space
layouts from model space geometry.
4. Visualize three-dimensional solids from two-dimensional pictures.
5. Create a portfolio of drawings to demonstrate their abilities to potential employers.
6. Communicate effectively using manual and computerized graphical techniques.
List of Exercises:
1. Introduction to use of drawing instruments and Lettering practice.
Construction of polygons
Dimensioning practice of lines, circles, arcs using aligned and chain dimensioning systems.
2. Projection of points in different quadrants.
3. Projection of lines
4. First angle projections, conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views
5. Projections of prism, pyramid, cylinder and cone - axis parallel to one plane and perpendicular to
the other plane, Parallel to both planes.
6. Introduction to Isometric projection - Isometric views of basic solids - prism, pyramid, cylinder
and cone – perspective projections – one point method
Auto CADD:
7. Drawing and plotting: Snap, Grid, Limits, Osnap, line types and weights, text, file creation and
plotting.
8. Modifying Commands: Erase, trim, array, lengthen, break, mirror, offset, move, copy etc.
9. Methods of drawing lines, arcs and circles.
10. Application of lines, arcs and circles to draw simple geometries.
11. Dimensioning, hatching methods to show different materials, title block and layers.
12. Isometric view of solids.

Text Books:
1. Gurcharan Singh, “Civil Engineering Drawing”, Standard Publishers Distributors, 2005
2. Shah, M.B. and Rana B.C, “Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics”, Pearson Education,
2008
Reference Books:
1. Bhatt N.D., Panchal V.M. and Ingle P.R., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House,
2014

Civil Engineering
 2. Agrawal B. and Agrawal C. M, “Engineering Graphics”, TMH Publication, 2012
3. Narayana, K.L. and P Kannaiah, Text book on “Engineering Drawing”, Scitech Publishers, 2008
4. David A. Madsen, David P. Madsen “Engineering Drawing and Design”, Cengage Learning, 2016
5. IS 962 : 1989, IS 965 : 1963

DISASTER PREPAREDNESS AND REMEDIAL L T P C

18CE2005
MEASURES 2 0 0 2
Course Objectives
1. To introduce about types of natural and environmental disasters
2. To enable to develop skills in various stages of disaster preparedness, mitigation and management
3. To provide knowledge on the methodologies for disaster risk assessment
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Recall the types of disasters and its causes
2. Understand disaster cycle and assess the risks
3. Apply disaster concepts to disaster management
4. Analyze relationship between development and disasters
5. Decide the roles and responsibilities of organizations and institutions to society and its
organizational structure
6. Design the disaster management and mitigation plan

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Concepts and definitions: disaster – hazard – vulnerability - risks – severity
- frequency and details - capacity - impact – prevention - mitigation - Disaster management cycle – its
phases - prevention, mitigation, preparedness, relief and recovery - structural and non-structural measures
- risk analysis - vulnerability and capacity assessment - early warning systems.
Module 2: DISASTERS: Disasters classification - Natural disasters: floods, draught, cyclones,
earthquakes, tsunami, landslides, coastal erosion, soil erosion and forest fires - Manmade Disasters:
industrial pollution, nuclear radiation, chemical spills, fire accidents and terrorist strikes.
Causal Phenomena - typical effects - general characteristics - measure and predictability - specific
preparedness measures.
Module 3: DISASTER IMPACTS: Environmental – physical – social – ecological – economic - political
– health - psycho-social issues -Hazard locations: global and national disaster trends - climate change and
urban disasters.
Module 4: DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Post disaster environmental response - water, sanitation, food
safety, waste management, disease control, security and communications.
Policies and legislation for disaster risk reduction - Hazard and vulnerability profile of India - mountain
and coastal areas - ecological fragility.
Module 5: INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK: Roles and responsibilities - Institutions arrangements
(Community based Organisations) - financial arrangements - Role of Central, State, District and Armed
Forces in disaster response - Police and other Departments - NGOs and other stakeholders - Institutional
Framework - Nodal Ministries related with disaster – social responsibility
Module 6: APPLICATION AND CASE STUDIES: Case study – Natural disaster - (or) - Manmade
disaster

Text Books
1. Pradeep Sahni, “Disaster Risk Reduction in South Asia”, Prentice Hall,2004
2. Singh B.K., “Handbook of Disaster Management: Techniques and Guidelines”, Rajat
Publication;2008
Reference Books
1. Jon Ingletone, “Natural Disaster management”, Tulor Rose, 1999
Civil Engineering
 2. Iyengar, C.B.R.I. “Natural Hazards in the Urban Habitat”, Tata McGraw Hill Co., 2001.
3. Ghosh G.K., “Disaster Management”, APH Publishing Corporation, 2006
4. Disaster Medical Systems Guidelines. Emergency Medical Services Authority, State of California,
EMSA no.214, June 2003
5. Inter-Agency Standing Committee (IASC) IASC Guidelines on Mental Health and Psychosocial
Support in Emergency Settings. Geneva: IASC. Feb. 2007

CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND L T P C

18CE2006
MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the latest construction technologies adopted by Industry
2. To impart knowledge about advanced project management and monitoring techniques
3. To inculcate the concepts of construction management
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recall the basics of building components
2. Understand the items / facets of construction engineering
3. Apply the construction engineering techniques for various components
4. Classify the various techniques for different project
5. Explain the importance of project management
6. Propose an Engineering and Management Plan

Module 1: ASPECTS OF CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING: Components of building, steps in

construction of a residential building - site preparation – site layout, site clearing, setting out buildings –
requirement of excavation and foundation, types of foundation, shoring and strutting, anti-termite
treatment, dewatering and backfilling
Module 2: VARIOUS CONSTRUCTIONS: Masonry constructions – types and materials of masonry
constructions, bonds in masonry construction, concrete constructions – types of concrete constructions,
foundations, columns, beams, lintels, slabs, methods of construction, IS provisions (introduction), Joints in
RC construction
Module 3: ENABLING WORKS: Formwork and scaffolding – types of formworks, scaffolding works
for concreting, shoring and under-pinning, striking of formwork - reinforcement works – organising the
works, bending of reinforcement, fixing works
Module 4: FINISHING WORKS: Plastering, pointing and painting – types of plasters, special plasters,
types of pointing, painting – description of painting, whitewashing, cement paint, dry distemper - flooring
– components of floors, toppings in floor construction, choice of floor finish, floor surface hardeners, types
of flooring – concrete, stone, ceramic, wooden flooring – roof: flat roof, sloped roof - openings – doors,
windows and ventilators – standard sizes and fixing methods
Module 5: CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT BASICS: Construction as industry: introduction to
construction industries - concepts and need of management in construction -principles of management:
concept, scope, functions of management - construction project planning: life cycle, identification,
preparation, appraisal - detailed planning – implementation - monitoring and control -network: need,
importance - bar chart - CPM and PERT techniques - analysis of network - time-cost trade off - scheduling
technique - updating project - resource allocation and levelling.
Module 6: MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT: Material Management: Scope,
importance, objectives, functions of material management classification and codification of material -
inventory control: need, function, economic order quantity - construction equipment management: types of
equipment and factors affecting selection - functions of equipment management - owning and operating
costs - time-value of money concept - economic life, safety, maintenance and repair of equipment.

Civil Engineering
Text Books:
1. Seetharaman, S., “Construction Engineering and Management”, Umesh Publications, 2007
2. Sengupta, B., and Guha, H., “Construction Management and Planning”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Book cc, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. Rana, V. K., “Construction Management Practice”, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing CO, 2000
2. Chitkara, K. K., “Construction Project Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing COM, 2000
3. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au, “Project Management for Construction – Fundamental Concepts
for Owners, Engineers, Architects and Builders”, Prentice Hall, Pittsburgh, 2000
4. Punmia, B.C., Khandelwal, K.K., Project Planning with PERT and CPM, Laxmi Publications,
2016.
5. IS 1003 : Part 1 : 2003, IS 4082 : 1996, National Building Code, Bureau of Indian Standards, New
Delhi, 2017

L T P C
18CE2007 GEOLOGY AND MATERIALS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
1. To introduce the characteristics of building materials
2. To understand the various natural dynamic processes their influence on the surface features,
natural material and their consequences.
3. To familiarize the physical properties of rocks and minerals.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand the application of knowledge on geology to civil engineering structures
2. Investigate the geological formations and their contributions
3. Comprehend the significance of earth and its minerals
4. Identify geological structures and processes for rock mass quality
5. Explore modern equipments and the recent techniques to be used
6. Apply geological principles for mitigation of natural hazards and select sites for constructions

Module 1: GEOLOGY: Geology in civil engineering – branches of geology – earth structure and
composition – continental drift and plate tectonics - earth processes – weathering – work of rivers – causes
of earthquake – earthquake belts in India – Mineralogy: crystallographic systems – physical properties of
minerals – study of the following rock forming minerals – quartz family, behavior family, augite,
hornblende, biotite, muscovite, calcite, garnet – properties, behavior and engineering significance of clay
minerals
Module 2: PETROLOGY: Classification of rocks – distinction between igneous, sedimentary and
metamorphic rocks - description, occurrence, engineering properties and distribution of rocks - igneous
rocks: granite, syenite, diorite, gabbro, pegmatite and basalt - sedimentary rocks: sandstone, limestone,
shale, conglomerate and breccia - metamorphic rocks: quartzite, marble, slate, thyllite, gneiss and schist.
Module 3: STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY: Attitude of beds – outcrops – geological maps – study of
structures – folds, faults and joints – Engineering investigations –Landslides – causes and prevention - Sea
erosion and coastal protection - Tsunami
Module 4: BUILDING MATERIALS: Bricks - types - properties, mortar and concrete: cement,
aggregates, water, characteristics of concrete - properties and use of pozzolana materials - types of mortars:
lime - properties, lime concrete, timber products -properties and application
Module 5: ADVANCED MATERIALS: Polymeric materials: rubber and plastics, properties, properties
and application - polymers in civil engineering, fibers and composites, admixtures and m-sand - ceramic

Civil Engineering
materials: classification, refractories, glass, wool, mechanical and thermal properties, fire resistance
materials, uses and application.
Module 6: PROTECTIVE COATINGS: Types of structural steels, alloy steel, stainless steel, light gauge
steel, corrosion resistant materials, measures of protection and protective coatings – waterproofing
materials: properties, types and its applications - flooring materials – tiles - acoustic treatment materials

Text Books
1. Varghese P.C., “Building materials”, Prentice Hall, 2005
2. Parbin Singh, “Engineering and general Geology”, Katson publication House, 2010.
Reference Books
1. Rajput. R.K., “Engineering Materials”, S. Chand and Company Ltd., 2008
2. Shetty.M.S., “Concrete Technology (Theory and Practice)”, S. Chand and Company Ltd., 2008
3. Gambhir.M.L., “Concrete Technology”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2004
4. Duggal.S.K., “Building Materials”, 4th Edition, New Age International , 2008
5. SP 21 , IS 1077 : 1992, IS 1141 : 1993

ENGINEERING MECHANICS – STATICS AND L T P C

18CE2008
DYNAMICS 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge about statics with emphasis on force equilibrium and free body diagrams.
2. To expose to the stresses and response of elements.
3. To impart the mechanical behavior of materials under various load conditions.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Illustrate the concepts of mechanics
2. Identify the philosophies to suite suitable sections
3. Examine the forces in the members
4. Analyse the response of the elements
5. Evaluate the behavior based on the response
6. Apply the basic principles to solve problems in mechanics

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Centroid - centre of gravity - moment of inertia of plane sections -

theorems of moment of inertia - composite sections - mass moment of inertia of circular plate, cylinder,
cone, sphere, hook.
Module 2: DYNAMICS: Particle dynamics- rectilinear motion - plane curvilinear motion - relative and
constrained motion - newton’s second law: rectangular, path, and polar coordinates - work-kinetic energy,
power and potential energy - impulse-momentum- impact - direct and oblique.
Module 3: KINETICS OF RIGID BODIES: Principles in dynamics - types of motion - D’Alembert’s
principle: plane motion and connected bodies - work energy principle: plane motion and connected bodies
- kinetics of rigid body rotation
Module 4: BASIC STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS: Stability of equilibrium - equilibrium in three
dimensions - method of sections - method of joints - simple trusses - beams - types of beams
Module 5: VIRTUAL WORK AND ENERGY METHOD: Virtual displacements - degrees of freedom
- energy equation for equilibrium - analysis of statically determinate beams - cantilever, simply supported
beam, overhanging beam: point load, UDL and UVL
Module 6: SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS: St. Venant’s principle - types of stresses and strains,
Hooke’s law – stress – strain diagram for mild steel – working stress – factor of safety – lateral strain,
Poisson’s ratio and volumetric strain – relation between moduli – bars of varying section – composite bars–
temperature stresses

Civil Engineering
Text Books:
1. Irving H. Shames, “Engineering Mechanics”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006
2. Beer F. P and Johnston E. R, “Vector Mechanics for Engineers”, Vol I - Statics, Vol II, – Dynamics,
9th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011
Reference Books:
1. HibblerR. C., “Engineering Mechanics: Principles of Statics and Dynamics”, Pearson Press. 2006
2. Andy Ruina and Rudra Pratap, “Introduction to Statics and Dynamics”, Oxford University Press,
2011
3. Shanes and Rao, “Engineering Mechanics”, Pearson Education, 2006
4. Bansal R.K, “A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics”, Laxmi Publications, 2010
5. Khurmi R.S., “Engineering Mechanics”, S. Chand and Co. 2010

INSTRUMENTATION AND SENSOR TECHNOLOGIES L T P C

18CE2009
FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To understand sensor theory and technology, data acquisition, and decision making.
2. To interpret the principles used in physical infrastructure/bridges/buildings/pavements.
3. To learn the IoT and its implementation
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the principles of operation and characteristics of instrumentation and integrated
sensor systems
2. Predict sensor technologies for specific applications along with limitations
3. Specify the requirements in the calibration of sensors and instruments
4. Analyze the errors during measurements
5. Design sensor systems and set up measurement systems
6. Implement smart systems using IoT

Module1: FUNDAMENTALS OF MEASUREMENT, SENSING AND INSTRUMENTATION:

Definition-measurement and instrumentation-physical variables-common types of sensors-function of these
sensors-sensor applications- interpret signals from sensor type- types of instrumentation- sensor specifics-
permanent installations-temporary installations
Module 2: SENSOR INSTALLATION AND OPERATION: Response of sensors to various inputs-
conceptual instrumentation and monitoring program-methodology for sensor installation-differentiate types
of sensors and their modes of operation and measurement - approach to planning monitoring programs -
define target -sensor selection-measurement uncertainty – sensor pavers and sensors in batching plants,
landslides, concrete
Module 3: DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION: Statistical concepts-data reduction and
interpretation- piezometer, inclinometer, strain gauge -time domain signal processing- discrete signals-
signals and noise –calculation: mean, standard deviation-median-mode-range
Module 4: SENSOR APPLICATION: Principles - Transducer characteristics - acoustic, current,
temperature, pressure, electric, magnetic, gravity, salinity - concentration of contaminants – velocity - heat
flow and optical devices – infrastructure: bridges, buildings, pavements, batching plant, concrete, slopes,
pavers
Module 5: INTERNET OF THINGS: IoT architecture outline- standards considerations- M2M and IoT
technology fundamentals - devices and gateways - local and wide area networking- cloud computing for
IoT

Civil Engineering
Module 6: IMPLEMENTATION OF SMART SYSTEMS: Big data analytics-privacy and security –
sensing and actuator devices - smart convergent technologies - RFID and microcontrollers

Text Books:
1. Alan S Morri, “Measurement and Instrumentation Principles”, 3rd edition, Butterworth Hienemann,
2001.
2. Manabendra Bhuyan, “Intelligent Instrumentation: Principles and Applications”, CRC Press. 2010
Reference Books:
1. David A. Bell, “Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements”, 2ndedition, Oxford Press, 2007
2. TumanskiS., “Principle of Electrical Measurement”, Taylor and Francis, 2006.
3. Arun K. Ghosh, “Introduction to Measurements And Instrumentation”, Phi Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
2012
4. Ali Al-Sabbagh, “Internet of Things and Big Data Analysis”, United Scholars Publication, 2016
5. Ilya Gertsbakh, “Measurement Theory for Engineers”, Springer, 2010.

MATERIALS TESTING AND EVALUATION L T P C

18CE2010
LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

Course Objectives
1. To demonstrate the basic principles in the areas of mechanics of materials and structural analysis
2. To apply the theory of mechanics of solids on real specimens
3. To give hands on training on testing of real specimens
Course Outcome
Student will be able to
1. Be familiar with the operations and laboratory testing equipment
2. Conduct various tests on steel and other materials following BIS code
3. Interpret the laboratory test results

List of Experiments:
1. Tension Test on Mild Steel
2. Double Shear Test on Mild Steel
3. Brinell Hardness Test
4. Rockwell Hardness Test
5. Charpy and Izod Impact Test
6. Test on Open Coil Helical Springs
7. Test on Closed Coil Helical Springs
8. Test on Carriage Springs
9. Verification of Maxwell reciprocal theorem
10. Deflection Test on Steel Beam
11. Compressive Test on Bricks
12. Torsion Test on mild steel

Text Books:
1. Bansal, R. K, “Strength of Materials”, Laxmi Publications (P). Ltd., 2007.
2. Rajput, R. K, “Strength of Materials”, S Chand and Co., 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Timoshenko S.P., “History of Strength of Materials”, Dover Publications, 1953.
2. IS 1500:2005 (ISO 6506-1:1999), Indian Standard “Method for Brinell Hardness Test For Metallic
Materials”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi

Civil Engineering
 3. IS 280:2006 Indian Standard “Mild Steel Wire for General Engineering Purposes”, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi

L T P C
18CE2011 ENGINEERING PRACTICES LABORATORY
0 0 4 2

Course Objective:
1. To introduce the application of civil engineering theory in to practices.
2. To provide knowledge about analysis and design bar bending schedule and welding joints.
3. To impart knowledge using modern equipments in civil engineering
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. list electrical and plumbing work for buildings and factories
2. explain the bar bending schedule to supervisors
3. construct a brick masonry wall
List of Experiments
1. Plumbing Connection of PVC/CPVC pipes for water lines with elbow, coupling, Tee, bend
2. Sealants in CPVC windows and doors (demo)
3. Steel bar bending for RCC works (demo only)
4. Practices in Brick Masonry Construction
5. Practices in Brickwork Plastering
6. Wiring for residential building
7. Construction of formwork (demo only)
8. Nuts, Bolts and hinges (demo only)
9. Measurement of electrical quantities voltage, current and power
10. Welding Practices (single v-butt joint, lap joint)
11. Sheet metal works (Rectangular, Cone making)
12. Carpentry work (Middle lap joint, T joint)

Text Books:
1. Saravanapandian M, Pranitha S, Jeyapoovan T., “Engineering Practices Laboratory Manual”, VRB
Publishers Private Ltd 2009
2. Jeyachandran.K, Natarajan.S and Balasubramanian.S. “A Primer on Engineering Practices
Laboratory”, Anuradha Publications, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Bawa.H.S, “Workshop Practice”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2007.
2. Rajendra Prasad.A and Sarma P.M.M.S., “Workshop Practice”, Sree Sai Publication, 2002.
3. IS 817 : 1966 Code of practice for training and testing of metal arc welders

L T P C
18CE2012 COMPUTER AIDED CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING
0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:
1. To develop graphical skills for communicating concepts, ideas and designs of engineering
products
2. To get exposure to national standards relating to technical drawings
3. To examine a design critically with understanding of CAD
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Develop Parametric design and the conventions of formal engineering drawing

Civil Engineering
 2. Produce and interpret 2D and 3D drawings
3. Draw conventional structures using practical norms.

List of Experiments
1. Planning and orientation of Residential buildings
2. planning and orientation of Industrial building
3. Glazed and paneled wooden door and windows
4. Residential Buildings with load bearing walls including details of Wall footing. (Plan, Section and
Elevation)
5. Typical two storeyed commercial RCC building including all joinery, finishing and other details
(Plan, Section and Elevation)
6. Typical two storeyed School building including all joinery, finishing and other details (Plan,
Section and Elevation)
7. MEP drawing for Residential building
8. Building with sloped roof
9. Industrial building - Trusses with Joints
10. Architectural drawing of Multi-storeyed residential buildings (3DDrawing)
11. Architectural drawing of Pre Engineering buildings (3D Drawing)
12. Auto DCR

Text Books:
1. Subhash C Sharma and Gurucharan Singh, “ Civil Engineering Drawing” , Standard Publishers,
2005
2. Ajeet Singh, “ Working with AUTOCAD 2000 with updates on AUTOCAD 200I”, Tata- Mc Graw-
Hill Company Limited, New Delhi, 2002
Reference Books:
1. Venugopal, “Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AUTOCAD”, New Age International Pvt.
Ltd.,2007
2. Sham Tickoo Swapna D, “ AUTOCAD for Engineers and Designers”, Pearson Education,2009
3. AutoCAD 2017 - Reference manual

L T P C
18CE2013 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce computer skills related to the field of civil engineering
2. To make the Student to analyse and design structural elements using software
3. To provide hands on experience in design and preparation of drawings relating civil engineering
practice.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Develop and program engineering analyses using Excel
2. Design various structures for the requirements of the society as per IS codes
3. Learn to solve civil engineering problems with differential equations using software
List of Exercises:
1. Analysis and Design of Residential building for static loads
2. Analysis and Design RCC multistoried framed building for static loads
3. Analysis and Design RCC multistoried framed building for lateral loads
4. Analysis and Design of Steel framed building
5. Analysis and Design of Truss
6. Evaluation of seepage using MODFLOW
Civil Engineering
 7. Creation of shape files in ArcGIS
8. Evaluation of settlement of foundation
9. Slope stability analysis of soil
10. Analysis and Design of RCC Retaining wall
11. Spread sheets for the design of Water tank
12. Spread sheets for the design of Beam

Text Books:
1. Krishnaraju,N. “Structural Design and Drawing”, Universities Press, 2009.
2. Punmia B.C, “Soil Mechanics and Foundation”, Laxmi Publications, 2017
Reference Books:
1. Krishnamurthy, D., “Structural Design and Drawing – Vol. II and III”, CBS Publishers, 2010.
2. STAAD Pro V8i - Reference manual
3. Tim Orms, Eileen Napoleon, Robert Burke, Carolyn Groessl, Laura Feaster, “Getting to Know
ArcGIS Desktop: Basics of ArcView, ArcEditor, and ArcInfo”, ESRI, Inc., 2004

L T P C
18CE2014 DESIGN AND DRAWING
0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge about design and detail of RCC structures.
2. To impart knowledge about design and detail of steel structures.
3. To maintain and operate environmental structures
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recall the design procedures of various structures
2. Estimate the various loads on the structures
3. Appraise and design of impounding structures and cross drainage works

List of Experiments:
Design of Reinforced Concrete structures
1. Building floor system
2. Cantilever Retaining wall
3. Dog legged Staircase
4. Rectangular and Overhead Water tank
Design of Steel Structures
5. Slab base with steel column
6. Roof Truss and its connection
7. Gantry Girder
8. Framed Connections
Environmental Engineering
9. Sedimentation tank
10. Septic tank
11. Rapid sand filter
12. Layout of treatment plant components

Text Books:
1. Krishna Raju N, “Structural Design and Drawing”, University Press, 2005.
2. Duggal .S.K, “Design of steel structures”, Tata Mcgraw –Hill Publishing company Ltd, 2009.
3. Santhosh Kumar Garg “Sewage Disposal and Air Pollution Engineering” Khanna publications,
2015

Civil Engineering
Reference Books:
1. Ramchandra, “Design of Steel Structures”, Standard Book House, Delhi-6, 2004
2. Krishna Raju, N and Pranesh, R.N., “Reinforced Concrete Design – IS 456 – 2000 Principles and
Practice”, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2003
3. SP 34 – “Handbook on Reinforcement and Detailing”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi

L T P C
18CE2015 FLUID MECHANICS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce fundamental concepts of fluid statics, kinematics and dynamics
2. To apply the concepts of flow measurements and analysis of flow through pipes
3. To provide knowledge about boundary layer theory and flow around submerged objects
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recall the behaviour of fluids under static condition, measure pressure changes and estimate total
pressure on plane surfaces
2. Demonstrate flow measurement methods
3. Identify the flow pattern and estimate total energy
4. Select method to design pipe flows including losses
5. Formulate and solve boundary layer problems
6. Relate the physical parameters using dimensional analysis

Module 1:INTRODUCTION: Fluid Properties – Newton’s law of Viscosity – classification of fluids -

fluid statics - pressure – Pascal’s law – atmospheric, absolute, gauge and vacuum pressures – pressure
measurement - hydrostatics: forces on plane and curved surfaces-total pressure and centre of pressure
Module 2:FLUID KINEMATICS: Types of flow – stream line - continuity equation – one dimensional
and three dimensional flow – velocity potential and stream function - equations of motion Euler’s equation
in one dimensional form – Bernoulli’s equation
Module 3: FLOW MEASUREMENTS: Venturimeter – orifice meter – turbulent flow - Reynold’s
experiment – Reynold’s number
Module 4: FLOW THROUGH PIPES: Loss of energy in pipes – hydraulic gradient - energy gradient –
major and minor energy losses – pipes in series and parallel –equivalent pipe
Module 5: BOUNDARY LAYER FLOW: Boundary layer and its definition - displacement thickness -
momentum thickness - energy thickness - forces on submerged bodies
Module 6: DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND SIMILITUDE: Fundamental and secondary dimensions
– dimensional homogeneity – Rayleigh and Buckingham Pi methods – significance of dimensionless
numbers – classification of hydraulic models – scale effect

Text Books:
1. Rajput, R.K., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines” ,S.Chand and Co., New
Delhi, 2008.
2. Bansal, R.K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2005
Reference Books:
1. Modi, P.N. and Seth, S.M., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Standard
Book House, New Delhi, 2007
2. Som S.R, and Biswas, “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2012
3. Subramanya, K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, McGraw Hill India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2011

Civil Engineering
 4. Gupta S. C, “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Pearson Education India., 2006
5. Yunus A Cengel, “Fluid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw Hill India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

L T P C
18CE2016 SOLID MECHANICS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge about the analytical methods for determining the strength, stiffness
(deformation characteristics), and stability of the various members in a structural system.
2. To familiarize the fundamental concepts of stress, strain and deformation of solids with
applications to bars, beams and trusses.
3. To impart the procedures to estimate the load carrying capacity of various structural components
and elements
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Illustrate the concepts and principles
2. Explain the behaviour of structural elements
3. Analyze the structural members for various forces
4. Estimate the response of the elements
5. Develop suitable response intricacies
6. Adapt suitable analysis procedure

Module 1: INDETERMINATE BEAMS: Strain energy method: Static indeterminacy - strain energy
method - analysis of indeterminate structures, beams, pin jointed and rigid jointed structures - temperature
effect - bending moment and shear force diagram.
Module 2: BENDING AND SHEAR STRESS: Flexural stresses-theory of simple bending – assumptions
– neutral axis – bending stresses – section modulus of various solid and hollow sections – flitched beams -
shear stresses - shear stress distribution for solid sections
Module 3: SLOPE AND DEFLECTION- DETERMINATE BEAMS: Relationship between moment,
slope and deflection - Moment area method - Conjugate beam method - Macaulay’s method.
Module 4: TORSION: Torsion equation - hollow and solid circular shafts - torsional rigidity - Combined
torsion and bending of circular shafts – helical springs
Module 5: COLUMNS: Short and long columns - Euler’s theory – Critical load – Rankine’s formula –
Eccentrically loaded column – middle third rule
Failure theories: Principal stress – principal strain – shear stress – strain energy – distortion energy theory
Module 6: THIN AND THICK CYLINDERS: Hoop stress - longitudinal stress - cylinder subjected to
internal pressures - analysis of compound cylinders

Text Books:
1. Rajput.R.K. “Strength of Materials”, S.Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi 2014.
2. Bhavikatti, S., “Structural Analysis”, Vol.1 and 2, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2011
Reference Books:
1. Egor.P.Popo V, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2001
2. Vazirani.V.N, Ratwani.M.M, Duggal .S.K, “Analysis of Structures: Analysis, Design and Detailing
of Structures-Vol.1”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 2014.
3. Timoshenko.S.P. and Young .D.H., “Elements of Strength of Materials”, V Edition, Affiliated East-
West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
4. Vaidyanathan, R. and Perumal, P., “Structural Analysis”, Vol.1 and 2, Laxmi Publications, New
Delhi, 2014
5. Ramamrutham S, “Theory of structures”, DhanpatRai publications, 2004
Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2017 SURVEYING AND GEOMATICS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the principle of surveying methods
2. To teach different methods of surveying
3. To provide knowledge about the surveying applications in Civil Engineering
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Perform basic land surveying instruments and perform related calculations.
2. select methods to measure angles and distances
3. schedule field surveying operations
4. examine the implementation of surveying procedures for setting out curves
5. appraise the usage of equipment’s and methods in triangulation survey
6. formulate the surveying methods and executions

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO SURVEYING: Surveying: Principles, linear and angular methods,

survey stations, survey lines- ranging, bearing of survey lines, levelling: principles of levelling-instruments-
bench mark, temperory and permanent adjustment-booking and reducing levels; differential, reciprocal
leveling, profile levelling and cross sectioning, curvature and refraction correction – reciprocal levelling,
errors in levelling; contouring: characteristics, methods, uses.
Module 2:THEODOLITE SURVEYING: Theodolite–principle and practices –types- temporary and
permanent adjustments- horizontal and vertical angles – repetition and reiteration methods – traversing -
closing error and distribution-bowditch’s and transit rule – omitted measurements -heights and distances-
single plane-double plane method
Module 3: TACHEOMETRIC SURVEYING: Tacheometric surveying - principle of stadia method –
distance and elevation formulae for staff held vertical – instrumental constants - anallactic lens -tangential
method- substense bar
Module 4: CURVES: Curve surveying: curves types - elements of simple curves – setting out simple
curves by linear and angular methods – transition curve - requirements and functions.
Module 5: TRIANGULATION AND SETTING OUT WORKS: classification of triangulation systems
- intervisibility and height of stations - signals and towers – satellite stations: reduction to centre –setting
out introduction- setting out of a building, culvert and bridge pier.
Module 6: TOTAL STATION: EDM: Total Station – parts of a total station - accessories –advantages
and applications - errors in total station survey- downloading - processing and preparation of maps, area,
contouring, downloading

Text Books:
1. Punmia B. C., Ashok k Jain, Arun K Jain., “Surveying”, Vol I,II,III, Laxmi Publications, 2005
2. Arora, K.R., “Surveying, Vol-I, II and III”, Standard Book House, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Basak, N., “Surveying and Levelling”, McGrawHill and Co., New Delhi 2015.
2. Bhavikatti. S.S., “Surveying: Theory and Practice”, IK International Publishing House Pvt Ltd,
2016
3. Madhu, N, Sathikumar, R and Satheesh Gobi, “Advanced Surveying: Total Station, GIS and
Remote Sensing”, Pearson India, 2006.
4. Paul R. Wolf, Charles D. Ghilani, “Elementary Surveying: An Introduction to Geomatics”,
Prentice Hall, 2006
5. Uren J, Price W.F, “Surveying for Engineers”, Macmillan International Higher Education., 2010

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2018 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge about different methods of analysis
2. To impart the different techniques available for the analysis of structures
3. To enable to identify the best suitable method of analysis
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Illustrate the concepts and principles
2. Explain the behaviour of structural elements
3. Analyze the structural members for various forces
4. Estimate the response of the elements
5. Develop suitable response intricacies
6. Adapt suitable analysis procedure
Module 1: MOMENT DISTRIBUTION METHOD: Moment distribution method - analysis of
continuous beams and portals –sway and non-sway analysis- bending moment and shear force diagram
Module 2: ROLLING LOAD: Influence line –rolling loads - influence lines for bending moment and
shear force- Maxwell’s reciprocal theorem-Muller Breaslau’s - principle, determinate and indeterminate
beams
Module 3: ARCHES: Three hinged arch – Two hinged arch – parabolic and semi-circular arches –
Concentrated loads – Uniform loads – Temperature effects – determination of reaction, normal thrust, radial
shear and bending moment – influence line for stress resultants in two hinged and three hinged arches –
load position for maximum
Module 4: SUSPENSION CABLES AND BRIDGES: Cables and suspension bridges with three hinged
stiffening girders
Module 5 : STIFFNESS METHOD: Forces not acting at co-ordinates - formulation of structure stiffness
matrix - determination of displacements - application to determinate and indeterminate trusses, beams,
frames - effect of temperature, lack of fit - static condensation technique. - use of analysis software for
application to the analysis of plane trusses and frames.
Module 6 : PLASTIC ANALYSIS: Statically indeterminate structures – beams in pure bending – plastic
moment of resistance – plastic modulus – shape factor – load factor – plastic hinge and mechanism - static
and kinematic methods – upper and lower bound theorems -plastic analysis of indeterminate beams and
frames

Text Books:
1. Vazirani and Ratwani, “Analysis of Structures, Vol. 1 and II” , Khanna publishers, 2003.
2. Bhavikatti, S., “Structural Analysis”, Vol.1 and 2, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2011
Reference Books:
1. Vaidyanathan, R. and Perumal, P., “Structural Analysis”, Vol.1and 2, Laxmi Publications, New
Delhi, 2014
2. Ramamrutham S., “Theory of structures”, Dhanpat Rai publications, 2004
3. Reddy C.S., “Structural Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
4. Negi L.S., “Structural Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill Co., 2003
5. Rajasekharan and Sankarasubramaiam, “Computational Structural Mechanics”, Prentice-Hall of
India. 2000

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2019 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamentals of flow in open channels
2. To inculcate the concepts of flow variations
3. To impart the knowledge on pumps and turbines
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Define the uniform flow conditions for channels
2. Recognize the non – uniform flow conditions for channels
3. Demonstrate the application of hydraulic jumps
4. Measure flow in open channels
5. Experiment on the impact of forces exerted by the jet on inclined, curved and stationary bodies
6. Investigate the selection and operation turbines and pumps

Module 1: UNIFORM FLOW: Pipe flow and open channel flow – types of open channel flow,
geometrical elements of open channel –velocity distribution in open channel – steady uniform flow:
Chezy’s equation, Manning’s equation – most economical sections for uniform flow – computations in
uniform flow – specific energy and specific force – critical depth and velocity.
Module 2: GRADUALLY VARIED FLOW: Dynamic equations of gradually varied flow – water surface
flow profile classifications: Hydraulic slope and hydraulic curve – Flow measurements: weirs and notches
– rectangular, triangular and trapezoidal
Module 3: RAPIDLY VARIED FLOW: Application of the energy equation for RVF – critical depth and
velocity – critical, subcritical and super-critical flow – hydraulic jump – energy dissipation.
Module 4: IMPACT OF JET: introduction – force exerted by the jet on a stationary vertical plate, hinged
plate, inclined plate – force exerted by a jet on moving plate - impact of jet on vanes.
Module 5: TURBINES: Turbines – layout and components of hydro-electric project – impulse turbine -
reaction turbines – Francis turbine – Kaplan turbines – draft tube – head losses and efficiencies - specific
speed.
Module 6: PUMPS: Centrifugal pumps – working principle – single stage and multi-stage pumps -
minimum starting speed – Euler’s head, manometric head – specific speed - reciprocating pumps – working
principle of reciprocating pumps – indicator diagram - airvessels.

Text Books:
1. Rajput, R.K., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, S.Chand and Co., New
Delhi, 2008.
2. Bansal, R.K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2005
Reference Books:
1. Modi, P.N. and Seth, S.M., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Standard
Book House, New Delhi, 2007
2. Som S.R, and Biswas, “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2012
3. Gupta S. C, “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Pearson Education India., 2006
4. Subramanya, K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, McGraw Hill India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2011
5. Yunus A.Cengel., “Fluid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw Hill India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2020 REINFORCED CONCRETE ELEMENTS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To impart the understanding of design philosophies of RCC elements
2. To enable design and detail the structural elements as per IS 456:2000
3. To enable plan and design a building using codal provisions
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the design philosophies for RCC elements
2. Demonstrate the behaviour of elements for load calculations
3. Illustrate the LSM for estimating stress resultants
4. Design the section and reinforcement for the structural elements
5. Develop suitable detailing diagrams
6. Prepare the design for buildings

Module 1: DESIGN PHILOSOPHY: Design Concept: working stress method, ultimate load method and
limit state method –limit state of collapse and serviceability- partial safety factors for material and loading
-stress-strain characteristics: concrete and reinforcing steel – sections: under reinforced, over reinforced
and balanced section
Module 2: SLABS: Analysis and design: one way slab - two way slabs - continuous slabs - cantilever slabs
- boundary conditions
Module 3: BEAMS: Analysis and design: singly, doubly reinforced rectangular and flanged beams –
Design for bond and anchorage, deflection and torsion
Module 4: COLUMNS: Columns classifications – braced and unbraced columns -design of short column:
axially loaded, uniaxial bending, biaxial bending - long column.
Module 5: FOOTING: Design of wall footing – design of axially and eccentrically loaded rectangular and
sloped footings – design of combined rectangular footing for two columns only.
Module 6: RC FRAMED BUILDING: - Substitute frame method - planning and design of a G+3 storied
RCC building.

Text Books:
1. Unnikrishna Pillai and Devdass Menon, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 2003
2. Ashok, Kumar Jain, “Limit state design of Reinforced Concrete”, Laxmi Publications, New
Delhi,2007
Reference Books:
1. Sinha. S.N. “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
2. Purushothaman. P, “Reinforced Concrete Structural Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd., 2006
3. Krishna Raju. N, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, CBS Publishers and Distributors,
Delhi 2005
4. IS 456-2000, “Indian Standard Code of practice for Plain and Reinforced concrete Structures”,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
5. SP 16-1980, “Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2021 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on design connections, tension and compression members.
2. To enable to design Flexural members.
3. To enable to design Industrial Building.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the behaviour of members
2. Estimate the forces in members.
3. Design the member for forces
4. Choose suitable codal provisions
5. Explain the design intricacies
6. Formulate the design for steel structures

Module 1: CONNECTIONS: Properties of structural steel- classification of steel sections- limit state
design concepts- loads and load combination, connection- welding, bolting- design of bolted and welded
joints- simple connections - efficiency of joints.
Module 2: TENSION MEMBERS: Types of sections- net area- net effective sections of angle and tee in
tension – block shear - lug angles- design of tension splice - concept of shear lag - built-up sections - splicing
of tension members
Module 3:COMPRESSION MEMBERS: Compression members – effective length - slenderness ratio –
buckling – mode of failure - design of compression members - design of single and compound section
members- design of laced and battened columns – slab base and gusseted base
Module 4: BEAMS: Design of laterally supported and unsupported beams- built up beams- design of
welded plate girders- intermediate and bearing stiffeners.
Module 5: TRUSS: Roof truss - loading types - Roof and side covering- Design of purlin and elements of
truss - end bearing - Design of gantry girder
Module 6: INDUSTRIAL SHED: Planning and design of roof truss supporting system and column base

Text Books:
1. Duggal. S.K, “Limit State Design of Steel Structures”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company,
2014
2. Bhavikatti.S.S, “Design of Steel Structures by Limit State Method as per IS:800–2007”, IK
International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2014
Reference Books:
1. Subramanian.N, “Design of Steel Structures”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Gambhir.M.L., “Fundamentals of Structural Steel Design”, McGraw Hill Education IndiaPvt. Ltd.,
2013
3. Shiyekar. M.R., “Limit State Design in Structural Steel”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, Learning
Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2013.
4. Pasala Dayaratnam, “Design of Steel Structures”, S. Chand Publishers, 2008
5. IS 800 :2007, IS4000:1982, SP : 6 ( 3 )

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2022 SOIL MECHANICS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge to classify the soil based on index properties.
2. To familiarize the Student on compaction, flow through soils, consolidation and shear strength of
soils.
3. To impart knowledge on slope stability analysis.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the soil properties.
2. Evaluate the flow through soils.
3. Analyze the stress behaviours.
4. Demonstrate the settlement characteristics.
5. Compare various slope stability analyses.
6. Integrate the laboratory tests with strength properties

Module 1: SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND COMPACTION: Soil description – Soil structure – Phase
relation – Index properties – Particle size distribution – Atterberg’s limits – indices - BIS classification -
Compaction of soils –laboratory tests – Proctor’s compaction – standard – modified – zero voids line - field
compaction methods – factors influencing compaction of soils -compaction control
Module 2: EFFECTIVE STRESS AND PERMEABILITY: Soil - water – Static pressure in water -
Effective stress concepts in soils – capillary phenomena– Two dimensional flow – Darcy’s law –
permeability - laboratory methods - constant head - falling head methods – stratified strata - factors
influencing permeability of soils – seepage - laplace’s equation – quick sand – liquefaction - flow nets.
Module 3: STRESS DISTRIBUTION: Stress distribution in homogeneous and isotropic medium –
Boussinesq theory – Point load, Line load and UDL – Westergaard’s solution - Use of New marks influence
chart
Module 4: CONSOLIDATION: Components of settlement –– immediate and consolidation settlement –
terzaghi’s one dimensional consolidation theory – computation of rate of settlement. - √t and log t methods
– e-log p relationship.
Module 5: SHEAR STRENGTH: Shear strength of cohesive and cohesion less soils – Mohr-Coulomb’s
failure theory – Measurement of shear strength - Direct shear, Triaxial compression, UCC and Vane shear
tests – Pore pressure parameters
Module 6: SLOPE STABILITY: Stability Analysis - Infinite slopes and finite slopes – Total stress
analysis - Friction circle method – Use of stability number – Method of slices – Fellenious and Bishop’s
method –Stability number - Slope protection measures.

Text Books
1. Arora, K.R., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers and Distributors,
New Delhi, 2011.
2. Murthy, V.N.S., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, CBS Publishers Distribution Ltd.,
New Delhi. 2015
Reference Books
1. McCarthy, D.F., “Essentials of Soil Mechanics and Foundations”, Prentice-Hall, 2006.
2. Coduto, D.P., “Geotechnical Engineering – Principles and Practices”, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 2010.
3. Gopal Ranjan and Rao, A.S.R., “Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”, New Age Ltd., International
Publisher New Delhi (India) 2006.
4. Karl Terzaghi , “Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice”, Read Books, 2010.
5. IS 2809-1972 ,IS 1498-1970,IS 2720 (Part 1-37), SP 36 Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2023 FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on site investigation methods.
2. To select geotechnical design parameters and type of foundations.
3. To familiarize the geotechnical design of different type of foundations and retaining walls.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recall the various site investigation methods.
2. Calculate the bearing capacity of soils and foundation settlements.
3. Analyze the various foundation system.
4. Design the foundation system for larger depths.
5. Suggest retaining structures catering to earth pressure conditions.
6. Adopt suitable subsurface instrumentation.

Module 1: SITE INVESTIGATION AND SELECTION OF FOUNDATION: Scope and objectives –

methods of exploration – auguring and boring – wash boring and rotary drilling – depth and spacing of bore
holes – bore log report - soil samples – representative and undisturbed – sampling methods – split spoon
sampler, thin wall sampler, stationary piston sampler – penetration tests (SPT and SCPT) – data
interpretation - selection of foundation based on soil condition
Module 2: BEARING CAPACITY: Introduction – location and depth of foundation – codal provisions –
bearing capacity of shallow foundation on homogeneous deposits – Terzaghi’s formula and BIS formula –
factors affecting bearing capacity – bearing capacity from in-situ tests (SPT, SCPT and Plate load) –
allowable bearing pressure – seismic considerations in bearing capacity evaluation - determination of
settlement of foundations on granular and clay deposits from plate load test – total and differential
settlement – allowable settlements – codal provision – methods of minimizing total and differential
settlements – ground improvement techniques
Module 3: SHALLOW FOUNDATION: Isolated footing - combined footing - mat foundation – contact
pressure and settlement distribution – proportioning of foundations – structural design of isolated and
combined footing - floating foundation.
Module 4: PILE FOUNDATION: Types of piles and their functions – factors influencing the selection of
pile – carrying capacity of single pile in granular and cohesive soil – static formula – dynamic formulae -
engineering news and Hileys– capacity from insitu tests - SPT and SCPT – negative skin friction – uplift
capacity- group capacity by different methods - Feld’s rule, converse – Labarra formula and block failure
criterion – settlement of pile groups – interpretation of pile load test - under reamed piles
Module 5: RETAINING WALLS: Plastic equilibrium in soils – active and passive states – Rankine’s
theory – cohesionless and cohesive soil – Coulomb’s wedge theory – condition for critical failure plane –
earth pressure on retaining walls of simple configurations – Culmann graphical method – pressure on the
wall due to line load – stability analysis of retaining walls – codal provision.
Module 6: CASE STUDIES AND INSTRUMENTATION: Case studies on failure of foundations -
Settlement plate – Piezometer – Load cells – inclinometer – transducers

Text Books:
1. Arora, K.R. “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers and Distributors,
New Delhi, 2011.
2. Varghese, P.C., “Foundation Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, NewDelhi,
2005.
Reference Books:
1. Murthy, V.N.S., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, CBS Publishers and Distributers
Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.

Civil Engineering
 2. Kaniraj, S.R. “Design aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill
publishing company Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
3. Punmia, B.C., “Soil Mechanics and Foundations”, Laxmi Publications Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
4. Venkatramaiah, C., “Geotechnical Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi,
2007 (Reprint).
5. BIS 2809-1972 ,BIS 1498-1970,BIS 2720 (Part 1-37)

CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY L T P C
18CE024
(Industry run course) 2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on constituents of concrete material
2. To familiarize the properties of fresh and hardened concrete
3. To enable to design the concrete mixes
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the constituent materials and composite theory
2. Comprehend the different mechanisms causing volume change from fresh to hardened concrete
3. Recall standards for production of concrete with specified strength and durability.
4. Identify the concrete type under various production conditions for different purposes
5. List the techniques of measuring the failure modes of structural concrete
6. Design a concrete mix based on various parameters

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Concrete: Properties of ingredients- w/c ratio - Production of concrete -

fresh concrete – workability -hydration - concrete additives
Module 2: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE: Behavior of concrete in compression,
tension and flexure - shear and bond - Influence of various factors on test results - creep, shrinkage and
fatigue
Module 3: MIX DESIGN: Concrete mix design; Proportioning of concrete mixes, basic considerations,
cost specifications, factors in the choice of mix proportion - different method of mix design.
Module 4: DURABILITY OF CONCRETE: Curing – curing methods - Behavior of concrete in extreme
environment: hot weather, cold weather and under water conditions - permeability - sulphate and chloride
attack – efflorescence - fire resistance – corrosion resistance and its prevention – repair and rehabilitation
Module 5: STRUCTURAL HEALTH ASSESSMENT: Inspection and testing of concrete- concrete
cracking - types of cracks - causes and remedies - non-destructive tests on concrete - chemical tests on
cement and aggregates;
Module 6: SPECIAL CONCRETE: Special concrete: Ready mixed concrete – pervious concrete – self
compacting concrete- self healing concrete – Geopolymer concrete - Fibre reinforced concrete- Polymer
concrete –High performance concrete

Text Books:
1. SanthakumarA.R., “Concrete Technology”, Oxford University press, Jai Singh road, Delhi,2006
2. Shetty, M.S., “Concrete Technology”, S.Chand and Co., New Delhi,2005
Reference Books:
1. Gambhir M.L., “Concrete Technology”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company limited, New
Delhi, 2004
2. Neville, A.M, “Properties of Concrete”, Longman Scientific and Technical, England,1995
3. Neville, A.M., “Concrete Technology”, Longman Scientific and Technical, 1990.
4. IS: 303-1970( Second Revision ), Indian Standard Specification for Coarse and Fine Aggregates
from Natural Sources for Concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
5. SP 23: Handbook on Concrete Mixes, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi

Civil Engineering
 HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES L T P C
18CE2025
ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concepts of surface and ground water hydrology
2. To enable the student to develop skills to appreciate water resources systems
3. To know the purpose of various hydraulic structures
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recognise the concepts to manage water resources and apply for hydrological modelling
2. Decide and plan basic water resources projects
3. Solve water related environment problems
4. Appreciate the importance of reservoirs and hydraulic structures
5. Plan structures for recharging groundwater
6. Maintain hydraulic structures

Module 1: SURFACE HYDROLOGY: Hydrologic cycle – precipitation – measurement of rainfall –

evaporation – factors affecting evaporation – empirical methods – transpiration – estimation of transpiration
– evapotranspiration – empirical methods – transpiration – measurement of infiltration capacity
Module 2: RUNOFF: Introduction – factors affecting runoff – Estimation of Runoff and yield – Empirical
methods – Runoff coefficient method – maximum flood discharge - empirical methods – envelope curves
method
Module 3: HYDROGRAPH ANALYSIS: Hydrograph – components of hydrograph – base flow
separation - unit hydrograph – derivation of unit hydrograph an isolated storm
Module 4: RESERVOIR PLANNING: Introduction – types of reservoirs – types of flood control
reservoirs – selection of site for a reservoir – mass inflow curve and demand curve –analytical method for
determination of storage capacity – flood routing (definition only)
Module 5: GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY: Types of Geologic formation and aquifers – water table
and piezometer surface – aquifer properties – Darcy’s law – Dupuite and Thiem’s theory – steady flow to
a well in an unconfined aquifer – steady flow to a well in a confined aquifer – determination of
transmissibility from steady flow equations – specific capacity and well efficiency – pumping test method
for determination of S and T
Module 6: INTRODUCTION TO HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES: Control structures – modelling - river
training and control dams – types – canal regulation works – canal fall – head and cross regulator – canal
escapes – cross drainage works – diversion head works – weirs and barrages – causeways and culverts.

Text Books:
1. Subramanya, K., “Engineering Hydrology”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2013.
2. Arora, K. R., “Irrigation, water power and water resources Engineering”, Standard Publishers
Distributors, 2012
Reference Books:
1. Linsley, R. K. and Franzini, J.B., “Water Resources Engineering”, McGraw Hill Inc, 4th edition
2013.
2. Sahasrabudhe, S.R., “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures”, Katson Publishers, 3rd
edition,2011.
3. Patra K. C., “Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering”, Alpha Science International, 2008
4. Garg S. K., “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures”, Khanna Publishers, 2009.
5. Michael, A.M., “Irrigation – Theory and Practices”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2004

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2026 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize with the component of water supply system and water treatment plants
2. To impart knowledge on the sources, effects and control techniques of air pollutants and noise
pollution
3. To make the student conversant with different aspects of municipal solid waste
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the impact of humans on environment and environment on humans
2. Plan the structure of drinking water supply systems.
3. Estimate sewage generation and design sewer system.
4. Perform basic design of unit operations and processes in sewage treatment.
5. Understand the nature and characteristics of municipal solid waste.
6. Converse with basic environmental legislation.

Module 1: PLANNING FOR WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM: Public water supply system –Planning -
Objectives - Sources of water and their characteristics - Design period - population forecasting -water
demand – standards - water borne diseases.
Module 2: WATER TREATMENT: Objectives - Unit operations and processes - principle and functions
of flash mixers, flocculators, sedimentation tanks, filtration, aeration, disinfection - distribution network -
water softening.
Module 3: COLLECTION AND ESTIMATION OF SEWAGE: Different types of sewers - sewerage
systems - variation in sewage flow - sewer appurtenance - estimation of storm water discharge - laying and
testing of sewers.
Module 4: UNIT OPERATIONS FOR WASTEWATER TREATMENT: Layout of municipal
wastewater treatment plant, physical unit operation – screening - flow equalization - flocculation,
sedimentation - chemical precipitation - aerobic and anaerobic treatment process –sewage treatment plant
(stp) - septic tank.
Module 5: AIR AND NOISE: Composition and properties of air - quantification of air pollutants -
monitoring of air pollutants - air pollution- occupational hazards - urban air pollution - automobile pollution
- air quality standards - control measures for air pollution - construction and limitations - noise- basic
concept - measurement and various control methods.
Module 6: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: Municipal solid waste (MSW) - composition and various
chemical and physical parameters of MSW - Effects of solid waste on environment.

Text Books:
1. Gilbert M Masters, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science”, Pearson new
international edition, third edition, 2014.
2. Basak, “Environmental Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education., 2005
Reference Books:
1. Aarne Vesilind P., Susan M. Morgan, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering”, Thompson
/Brooks/Cole; Second Edition 2008.
2. Peavy, H.s, Rowe, D.R, Tchobanoglous, G. Environmental Engineering, Mc-Graw -Hill
International Editions, New York 2013.
3. Met Calf and Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering, Treatment Disposal and Reuse”, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi, 2010
4. Manual on :Water Supply and Treatment”. Ministry of Urban Development, New Delhi.

Civil Engineering
 5. IS: 10500 (2012), IS: 1172 (2002), IS: 3025(2009), The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986:
[schedule – VI], Manual on water supply and treatment – CPHEEO, National Ambient Air Quality
Standards (18 November 2009)

L T P C
18CE2027 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart the importance of transportation and characteristics of different modes of transportation
2. To provide knowledge about the geometric and structural design of different modes of
transportation
3. To impart knowledge about planning, construction and operations of Highways, Railways, Airports
and Harbours
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the concepts of development of different modes of transportation
2. Explain the components of various transportation system
3. Carry out the engineering surveys involved in planning of transportation system
4. Design the geometric elements of different transportation system
5. Recognize the functions of structural elements of different transportation system
6. Identify the materials used for the construction of transportation modes

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO HIGHWAY ENGINEERING: Different modes of transportation –

Characteristics - Historical development of road construction- Highway development in India –
Classification of roads - Road patterns - Engineering Surveys – Highway planning in India - Highway
projects – Built Operate Transfer (BOT), Built Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT), and Public Private
Partnership (PPP)
Module 2: GEOMETRIC DESIGN OF HIGHWAYS: Cross section elements; sight distance, design of
horizontal alignment – design speed, super elevation, extra widening - transition curve - design of vertical
alignment – summit curve and valley curve - design of intersections - problems
Module 3: PAVEMENT MATERIALS: Materials used in Highway construction - soil, stone aggregates,
bituminous binders, bituminous paving mixes - portland cement and cement concrete - desirable properties
– tests - requirements for different types of pavements - problems
Module 4: PAVEMENT DESIGN: Introduction - Flexible pavements: factors affecting design and
performance - design of flexible pavements - Rigid pavements: components and functions - factors affecting
design and performance - design of concrete pavements
Module 5: RAILWAY ENGINEERING: Railway Transportation and its development – elements of
permanent way – rails, sleepers, ballast, rail fixtures and fastenings, subgrade and embankment – track
alignment – survey for track alignment – points and crossing – station and yards – signaling and control
system
Module 6: AIRPORTS AND HARBOURS: Airport planning - airport components – apron, terminal
building, passenger facilities and services, hangers , runway, taxiway, parking area - runway orientation –
wind rose diagram harbours – components of harbour –requirements of harbour- classification of harbours
– site selection and planning of harbours - Ports and Docks – navigational aids

Text Books:
1. Kadiyali L.R, “Transportation Engineering”, Khanna Publishing, 2016
2. Khanna, S.K., Justo, C.E.G and Veeraragavan, A, “Highway Engineering”, Revised 10th Edition,
Nem Chand and Bros, 2017

Civil Engineering
Reference Books:
1. Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, Walter P. Kilareski, “Principles of Highway Engineering
and Traffic Analysis”, 4th Edition, John Wiley
2. Rangwala, “Railway Engineering”, Charotar Publishing House, 2013
3. Mundrey J.S. “A course in Railway Track Engineering”. Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
4. Rangwala, “Airport Engineering”, Charotar Publishing House, 2013
5. IRC – 58 – 2015, IRC:37-2012, Standards for “Road and Bridge Works”, Ministry of Road
Transport and Highway (MORTH), 5th Edition, April 2013.

L T P C
18CE2028 QUANTITY SURVEYING AND ESTIMATION
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart the knowledge about the types of estimates
2. To identify the methods used for different structural components
3. To provide knowledge about rate analysis and process of preparation of bills
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. List the detailed specification for different types of structures
2. Plan the rate analysis of civil engineering works
3. Determine the rates of various items of civil works
4. Justify estimated cost of civil construction projects
5. Evaluate the actual value of any property
6. Explain specifications and tendering process for contracts

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO ESTIMATES AND SPECIFICATIONS: Quantity surveying–

purpose of estimates - types of estimates - various items to be included in estimates - principles in selecting
units of measurement for items, various units and modes of measurement for different trades - IS 1200,
specifications – purpose and basic principles of general and detailed specifications: detailed specifications
for various items of work.
Module 2: ANALYSIS OF RATES: Rate analysis and preparation of bills – data analysis of rates for
various items of works – abstract estimates for Building projects
Module 3: BUILDING AND SANITARY WORKS: Quantity surveying of building – method of
estimate, estimate of walls - estimate of masonry platform - estimate of single room building with verandah
- estimate of two roomed building - sanitary - estimation of a septic tank and soak pit
Module 4: RCC WORKS and STRUCTURES AND ROADS: R.C.C and Steel works - RCC Slab –
RCC beam – RCC column with foundation - RCC framed building - Road- RCC slab culvert - detailed
estimate for WBM - Bituminous road – introduction to MEP in building
Module 5: VALUATION: Valuation: rent fixation, gross income, net income – depreciation - methods of
depreciation: straight line method, declining balance method, sinking fund method, plinth area method
Module 6: TENDERS AND CONTRACTS: Tender notice - tender document - contract-contractor and
terms and conditions of contract – agreement - contract types - relative merits - prequalification -
responsibility of owner, architect, contractor and engineer

Text Books:
1. Dutta.B.N, “Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering Theory and Practice,” UBS publishers
2016.
2. Birdie.G.S, “A Text Book on Estimating and Costing”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. Jogleka.P.T, “Practical Information for Quantity Surveyors”, Institution of Surveyors, 2017.
2. Vazirani V. N., “Civil Engineering Estimating and Costing”, Khanna Publishers, 2004
Civil Engineering
 3. .Kohli R.C, “A Textbook of Estimating, Costing and Accounts ( Civil)”, S. Chand Publishing,
2012
4. Rangwala .S.C, “Valuation of Real Properties”, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2008.
5. IS 1200 : Part 1– 19 – Method of measurement of buildings and civil engineering works

L T P C
18CE2029 SURVEY LABORATORY
0 0 2 1
Course Objectives:
1. To train to acquire skill in operation of various survey instruments
2. To give hands on training on the use of conventional and modern tools of surveying
3. To enhance the knowledge to carryout and interpret the field surveying procedures
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Memorize the procedures of usage of surveying instruments
2. Identify the method for a typical survey
3. Demonstrate the appropriate methods of surveying
4. Organize the field operations during surveying
5. Use modern survey equipment to measure areas and volumes
6. Construct layouts and diagrams as per the field data

List of Experiments:
1. Use of Dumpy level - fly levelling
2. Use of Dumpy level – reciprocal levelling
3. Measurement of horizontal angles by the method of repetition
4. Measurement of horizontal angle by the method of reiteration
5. Single plane method
6. Double plane method
7. Stadia tacheometry and determination of constants of a theodolite
8. Tangential tacheometry
9. Setting out a simple circular curve by ordinates from long chord
10. Setting out a circular curve by Rankine’s method of tangential angles
11. Measurement of area using Total station
12. Measurement of volume using Total station

Text Books:
1. PunmiaB. C., Ashok k Jain, Arun K Jain., “Surveying Vol I,II,III”, Laxmi Publications, 2005
2. Arora, K.R., “Surveying”, Vol-I, II and III, Standard Book House, 2015.
Reference Books:
1. Basak, N., “Surveying and Levelling”, McGraw Hill and Co., New Delhi 2015.
2. Bhavikatti. S.S., “Surveying: Theory and Practice”, IK International Publishing House Pvt Ltd,
2016
3. Survey Manual, Department of Transportation (DOT), 2010

FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY L T P C

18CE2030
LABORATORY 0 0 2 1
Course Objective:
1. To give hands on training on principle and working of different flow measuring instruments
2. To impart knowledge on working of different types of turbines and pumps.
3. To demonstrate energy losses in pipe connections

Civil Engineering
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. Recall the principles of instruments used in flow related measurements.
2. Demonstrate energy losses in pipe connections.
3. Experiment and select turbines and pumps
List of Experiments:
Fluid Mechanics
1. Determination of Darcy’s Friction Factor.
2. Calibration of Flow Meters.
3. Flow over weirs / Notches.
4. Flow through Mouth piece / orifice.
5. Determination of Minor Losses in pipes
6. Determination of Metacentric height
Fluid Machinery
1. Performance of Centrifugal Pump
2. Performance of Submersible Pump
3. Performance of Gear Oil pump
4. Performance of Jet pump
5. Load Test on Pelton Wheel.
6. Load Test on Francis Turbine

Text Books:
1. Modi, P.N. and Seth, S.M., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Standard
Book House, New Delhi, 10th Edition, 1991.
2. Sarbjit Singh, “Experiments in Hydraulic Engineering”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012
Reference Books:
1. Bansal, R.K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 1998.
2. Rajput, R.K., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines” ,S.Chand and Co., New
Delhi,1998.

L T P C
18CE2031 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
0 0 2 1
Course Objective:
1. To conversant with the experimental procedures for quantitative estimation of water quality
parameters
2. To give hands on training on the testing water sample for drinking water
3. To give training on the determination of wastewater characteristics and microbiological
characteristics
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. Examine the characteristics of water and waste water
2. Suggest suitable treatment method to water for drinking purpose
3. Check the microbiological presence in the water and wastewater
List of Experiments:
1. pH in given sample
2. Electrical conductivity and Total Dissolved Solids (TDS).
3. Total solids and settable solids present in given sample
4. Alkalinity in given sample
5. Acidity in given sample
6. Turbidity and optimum coagulant dose of a sample from jar test experiment
Civil Engineering
 7. Hardness in given sample
8. Chlorides in given sample
9. Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) for given sample
10. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
11. Sulphates present in sample
12. Most probable Number (MPN)

Text Books:
1. Rao Surampalli, Rama Pulicharla, Tian C. Zhang, “Handbook of Environmental Engineering”,
McGraw-Hill Education, 2018
2. Varandani N. S, “Environmental Engineering”, Pearson Education India., 2017
Reference Books:
1. Sawyer, N.C., and McCarty, P.L., “Chemistry for Environmental Engineering”, McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York, 2003.
2. Lee C. C, “Environmental Engineering Dictionary”, Government Institutes, 2005
3. “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water”, APHA- AWWAWPCF, latest
Edn., Washington (D.C). 1995.

L T P C
18CE2032 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
0 0 2 1
Course Objectives:
1. To provide hands on training in the determination of engineering and index properties of soils,
applied in field problems.
2. To provide knowledge on use of experimental results pertaining to foundation problems
3. To estimate shear strength of soils by direct shear test, triaxial shear test, vane shear test and
unconfined compressive test
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify and classify soils based on their index properties
2. Plot and evaluate the soil strength parameters
3. Interpret the experimental results with the theoretical solutions

List of Experiments:
Index Properties of Soil
1. (a) Determination of moisture content using i) Oven drying method and ii) Infrared moisture
balance iii) Pycnometer
(b) Determination of specific gravity of soil
2. Grain size distribution using Sieve Analysis
3. Grain size distribution using Hydrometer Analysis
4. Determination of Atterberg’s limit
5. Determination of field density using i) Sand replacement method and ii) core cutter method
6. Determination of relative density of soil
Engineering Properties of Soil
7. Standard Proctor’s compaction test
8. California Bearing Ratio Test
9. Permeability test using i) Constant head method and ii) Variable head method
10. Direct shear test
11. Unconfined Compression test
12. Consolidation Test

Civil Engineering
Text Books:
1. “Soil Engineering Laboratory Instruction Manual” published by Engineering College Co- operative
Society, Anna University, Chennai, 2010.
2. Saibaba Reddy, E. Ramasastri, K. “Measurement of Engineering Properties of Soils”, New age
International (P) limited publishers, New Delhi, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. Lambe T.W., “Soil Testing for Engineers”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1951. Digitized 2008.
2. Venkatappa Rao G.and Goutham .K. Potable, “Geosynthetics Testing – A laboratory Mannual”,
Sai Master Geoenvironmental Services Pvt. Ltd., 1st Edition 2008.
3. BIS :2720(Part II)-1173,BIS: 2720 (Part 3/Set 1) – 1980,BIS 2720-14 (1983), BIS 2720-Part 4
1985), BIS 2720 (Part 17-1986), BIS 2720 (Part – 13) 1986

L T P C
18CE2033 CONCRETE AND HIGHWAY LABORATORY
0 0 2 1
Course Objective
1. To provide good understanding of concepts and their applications in the lab
2. To understand the characteristics and behavior of civil engineering materials used in buildings
and infrastructure.
3. To impart knowledge about statistical analysis and interpret laboratory test results
Course Outcome
Student will be able to
1. Determine the workability of cement concrete
2. Characterize various highway materials through relevant tests
3. Design the mix which fulfills the required properties for fresh and hardened concrete

List of Experiments:
CONCRETE:
Tests on Cement and Aggregate
1. Standard Consistency and Setting time Test
2. Fineness, soundness and compressive strength of cement
3. Specific Gravity, Density and moisture content of aggregate
4. Grading of fine and coarse aggregate
Test on Fresh Concrete
5. Slump Cone Test
6. Compaction Factor test
7. Mix Design by Indian Standard Method
Test on Hardened Concrete
8. Compressive strength and Modulus of Elasticity of concrete
9. Tensile Strength and Flexural strength of concrete
HIGHWAY:
1. Crushing value of Coarse aggregate
2. Impact value of Coarse aggregate
3. Flakiness index and elongation index
Test on Bitumen
4. Ductility test on bitumen
5. Softening point test on bitumen
6. Penetration test on bitumen
7. Bitumen Mix design (study)

Civil Engineering
Text Books:
1. Shetty, M.S., “Concrete Technology”, S.Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2008
2. Martin Rogers, “Highway Engineering”, Wiley-Blackwell, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Khanna, S. K., and Justo, C.E.G., “Highway Engineering”, Nem Chand and Bros., 2005.
2. IS 269 : 1989, Indian Standard, “Ordinary Portland cement - 33 Grade Specification”, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi
3. IS 383 : 1970, Is 1489 ( Part 1 ) : 1991, 1S : 12269 -1987, IS: 303-1970 (Second Revision), IS 2386
– 1963 Part I, III, IS : 2430 – 1986

L T P C
18CE2034 DESIGN PROJECT
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives:
To impart and improve the design capability of the student. This course conceives purely a design problem
in any one of the disciplines of Civil Engineering; e.g.,
Design of a RC structure
Design of a wastewater treatment plant
Design of a foundation system
Design of a Steel structure
Design of Irrigation structure
Design of traffic intersection etc.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Have experience in designing various design problems related to Civil Engineering as per codal
provisions.
Course Description:
The design problem can be allotted to either an individual student or a group of Student comprising of not
more than four. The group should submit a complete report on the design problem consisting of the data
given, the design calculations, specifications if any and complete set of drawings which follow the design.

Reference Books:
1. IS456, IS 800, MORTH Specifications, Handbook of Irrigation structures by Ellil, IRC

L T P C
18CE2035 INTERIOR DESIGN
2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge on various developments in Interior design through ages.
2. To understand the various aspects such as spatial quality, design vocabulary, design principles,
and design process related to the design of interiors.
3. To familiarize the Interior Design on materials used in furniture and its construction and detailing
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Relate the various aspects such as form, scale, light, dimension, height, transitional elements etc.
2. Explain the process involved in design including analysis, synthesis and evaluation
3. Construct the effects that could be created by manipulating the enclosing elements such as walls,
roof etc
4. Organize the various anthropometric aspects, human factors and other design criteria involved
in the design of furniture
5. Infer the landscaping elements and their application in interior spaces
6. Appraise the need and applications of air conditioning, acoustics, electrification
Civil Engineering
Module 1:HISTORY OF INTERIOR DESIGN: Early classical period - prehistoric cave paintings –
primitive designs- interiors during Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Gothic, early Christian and Renaissance
periods - middle ages - interiors in Romanesque, Gothic, and Renaissance periods - colonial to the
beginning of the 21st century
Module 2: THEORY OF INTERIOR DESIGN: Interior space - space - spatial qualities: form, scale,
outlook; structuring space with interior design elements - spatial form - spatial dimension - design
vocabulary form – point, line, volume, shape, texture and colour
Module 3: DESIGN PRINCIPLES: Ratio; proportions – golden section - relationships – scale - balance
– symmetrical, radial, occult - harmony - unity - variety - rhythm - emphasis - design control - design
process – analysis, synthesis, design evaluation - interior design codes
Module 4:ELEMENTS OF INTERIOR SPACE and FURNITURE DESIGN: Wall planes - use of
wall planes to create architectural effects - roof planes - different types and their visual impact – floor
planes - various types of flooring - doors, windows and ventilators, etc. - room plans and furniture
arrangement - types of furniture - modular, knockdown and economy furniture - traffic pattern and
furniture layout for residence, commercial and office areas
Module 5: INTERIOR LANDSCAPE DESIGN: Interior landscaping – definition - classification of
plants, indoor plants and their functions - layout and components, floriculture –commercial, ornamental,
selection of plants and pest control.
Module 6:ROOF AND DECK LANDSCAPE AND INTERIOR SERVICES: Protection of the
integrity of the roof and structure, provisions for drainage - lighting and colour in interiors - artificial
lighting - effect of color in lighting - interior services - air-conditioning system and applications - fire
safety - acoustics and sound insulation - electrical systems

Text Books:
1. Gary Gordon and Jamco L. Nuckolls, “Interior lighting for Designers”, Third edition, John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 1995.
2. Jack E.Ingels, “Landscaping Principles and Practices”, Delmar Publishers. 2002
Reference Books:
1. Fiona Leolie, “Designs for 20th century Interiors”, VH Publications, London.2000
2. Torquil Barker, “Concepts of lighting, Lighting design in Architecture”, 2001
3. Peter templeton and Saunders, “Detailing for architectural acoustics”, Architectural press, 1994
4. Jain V.K, “Fire Safety in Buildings”, New age International (Pvt Ltd) publishers, Chennai, 2007
5. Linda O'Shea, Chris Grimley, Mimi Love “The Interior Design Reference and Specification Book:
Everything Interior Designers Need to Know Every Day”, Rockport Publishers, 2013

L T P C
18CE2036 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND AUTOMATION
2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge about various types of equipments used for earthwork, tunneling, drilling,
blasting, dewatering, material handling conveyors
2. To familiarize the utility of equipments in construction projects.
3. To provide knowledge about robots in construction
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Differentiate the conventional method and mechanized methods
2. Identify various types of equipments for different construction projects
3. Demonstrate the prestressing using jacks and grouting
4. Recommend the equipments used for lifting of materials
5. Evaluate the material handling equipment and determine equipment productivity

Civil Engineering
 6. Adapt robots in construction sites

Module 1: CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENTS AND MANAGEMENT: Introduction - conventional

construction methods vs mechanized methods and its advantages- identification – planning of equipment
– selection of equipment - equipment management in projects - maintenance management – equipment cost
– operating cost – cost control of equipment - depreciation analysis – replacement of equipment-
replacement analysis - safety management
Module 2: EQUIPMENT FOR EARTHWORK : Fundamentals of earth work operations - earth moving
operations - types of earth work equipment - tractors, motor graders, scrapers, front end waders – dozer,
excavators, rippers, loaders, trucks and hauling equipment, compacting equipment, finishing equipment.
Module 3: OTHER CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT: Equipment for dredging: trenching, drag line
and clamshells - tunneling – equipment for drilling and blasting - pile driving equipment - erection
equipment - crane, mobile crane - types of pumps used in construction - equipment for dewatering and
grouting – equipment for demolition - under water concreting equipment
Module 4: ASPHALT AND CONCRETE PLANTS: Aggregate production- different crushers – feeders
- screening equipment - handling equipment - batching and mixing equipment - pumping equipment – ready
mix concrete equipment - concrete placing equipment and concrete pavers - asphalt plant - asphalt pavers
- asphalt compacting equipment
Module 5: PRESTRESSING JACKS AND GROUTING EQUIPMENT: Introduction -proprietary
systems-wires, strands and tendons-bars-anchorages-types - tendon couplers- ducting-equipment for
placing tendons-stressing jacks grouting system - grout mixer and agitator - grout pump - handling and
installation of H.T. - strands necessary precautions –installation of ducts and strands
Module 6: MATERIALS HANDLING AND ERECTION EQUIPMENT: Forklifts and related
equipment - portable material bins –conveyors – cranes, hoists and other equipment for lifting- industrial
trucks- position equipment-unit load equipment-storage equipment- equipment for transportation of
materials - equipment productivities - use of drones for spread out sites - use of robots for repetitive
activities

Text Book:
1. Peurifoy, R.L., Ledbetter, W.B. and Schexnayder, C., “Construction Planning, Equipment and
Methods”, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Deodhar, S.V. “Construction Equipment and Job Planning”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.
2. Dr.Mahesh Varma, “Construction Equipment and its planning and Application”, Metropolitan
Book Company, New Delhi. 1983.
3. Peurifoy, R.L., Ledbetter, W.B. and Schexnayder, C., “Construction Planning, Equipment and
Methods”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2006.
4. Arora S.P. and Bindra S.P., “Building Construction, Planning Techniques and Method of
Construction”, DhanpatRai and Sons, 1997.
5. Varghese , P.C. “Building construction”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2007

L T P C
18CE2037 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY
2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To gain knowledge in the origin of earth structures
2. To understand the various strain concepts
3. To enlighten the structural geology of reservoir units.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recall the geometry and type of structures present in earth.

Civil Engineering
 2. Discuss the features formed in rocks when subjected to stress.
3. Illustrate the impact of structural geology to active tectonic settings
4. Investigate micro and macro scale deformation mechanisms (viz., brittle, ductile).
5. Predict 2D and 3D strain analysis for various deformation behaviours.
6. Interpret graphs and models used in structural geology to understand and demonstrate poly phase
deformations.

Module 1: CONCEPTS OF ROCK DEFORMATION: Fundamental concepts of rock deformation -

stress: hydrostatic, lithostatic and deviatoric stress - stress ellipsoid - dilation and distortion – strain:
homogenous, non-homogenous, rotational and irrotational strain - strain ellipsoid - simple and pure shear -
types of homogenous strain - stress-strain diagrams - stages of deformation - factors affecting deformation
- progressive deformation - finite strain - measurement of strain in two dimensions.
Module 2: FAILURE MECHANISM: Brittle and shear failure – faults and fractures - Mohr circle -fault
geometry and nomenclature - features of fault planes - fragmental rocks - faulting - lineaments and deep
fractures – joints - analysis of fractures - shear zone - ductile and brittle - ductile shear zones - stress and
strain ellipsoids - their application in the study of fractures.
Module 3:CLASSIFICATION OF CYLINDRICAL FOLDS: Geometric and genetic - classification of
cylindrical folds - Canoe fold and inverted canoe fold - minor folds and their use in determining the major
fold structure -Pumpelly’s rule - mechanics of folding - superposed folding - simple fold interference
patterns.
Module 4:TECTONICS: Tectonics: classification, tectonic fabric - foliation – axial plane foliation and its
origin, fracture cleavages, crenulation cleavage - transposed foliation - use of axial plane foliation and
fracture cleavages and the determination of major structures. – lineation – types, classification and origin -
geologic bodies and scale and structural co-ordinates - introduction to structural analysis and fundamentals
of geometric analysis - application of stereographic and equal area projections in the representation of
structures - geometric analysis of folds and lineations - concept of petrofabrics - use of universal stage in
fabric studies - fabric symmetry.
Module 5:GEOPHYSICAL INVESTIGATION: Geophysical methods of exploration – electrical,
magnetic, gravitational, seismic, radioactive and geochemical methods – influence of structure and texture
of rocks - engineering properties - foundation problems in igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks
including recent sediments - investigations for foundation of dams and reservoirs –case studies –
Investigation of canals and deep cuts – case studies.
Module 6: APPLICATIONS: Dams: classification, foundation, abutment and reservoir problem.
geological aspects of dam investigations – Tunnels: classification - geological factors in tunneling –
Landslides: types, causes and prevention – stability of slopes – aseismic design of buildings - influence of
geological conditions on foundations - design of buildings

Text Books
1. David Pollard, Le, David D. Pollard, Raymond C. Fletcher., “Fundamentals of Structural Geology”,
Cambridge University Press, 2005.
2. Ghosh.S.K., “Structural Geology: Fundamentals and Modern Developments”, Elsevier, 2013.
Reference Books
1. Krynine and Judd. “Principles of Engineering Geology and Geotechniques”, Mc Graw Hill 1957
Bell F. G. Engineering Geology. Elsevier 2007.
2. Lisle R. J. and Leyshon P. R. “Stereographic Projection Techniques for Geologists and Civil
Engineers”, Cambridge University Press. 1994.
3. Marshak S. and GautamMitra, “Basic methods of Structural Geology”, Prentice Hall Inc. 1988.
4. Hobbs B.E., Means W.B. and William P. F. “An Outline of Structural Geology”, John Wiley 1976.
5. Ragan M. D. “Structural Geology”, Wiley 1969.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2038 EXPANSIVE SOILS
2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To equip to understand the properties and behaviour of expansive soils
2. To impart knowledge for the design of foundations on expansive soils
3. To enlighten the methods for modification of expansive soil
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand in detail the behaviour and physical properties of expansive soil.
2. Improve the engineering properties and make it suitable for construction.
3. Estimate dynamic properties of soils.
4. Design the foundations on expansive soil.
5. Develop the site specific design spectrum for design of sub structure and evaluation of liquefaction
potential.
6. Suggest preventive measures and stabilization of expansive soil.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION AND IDENTIFICATION: Expansive soils in India - related civil

engineering problems - formation of expansive soils in field - identification of expansive soils: X-ray
diffraction method - differential thermal analysis.
Module 2: PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES: Soil structure and clay minerology of
expansive soil - atomic bond and molecular bonds - honey comb structure -base exchanges capacity - clay
water relation - electrolysis processes.
Module 3: FOUNDATION ON BLACK COTTON SOIL: Foundations on swelling soils - swelling
potential - mechanism of volume change - chemical composition of black cotton soil - construction
techniques in black cotton soil - modern method of construction in under reamed soil.
Module 4: GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES: Stabilization of expansive soils: lime, slag
(silica fume and aluminium sludge), cement, fly ash, chemicals and reinforced earth technique - micro
reinforced vegetation -vibro floatation - grouting and soil nailing.
Module 5: LIQUEFACTION HAZARD MITIGATION: Factors affecting the expansive soil - method
of assessment for liquefaction - effect instrumentation for monitoring - consolidation of marine clay
deposits - expansive soil model of Bingham fluid bounded by porous beds.
Module 6: STABILIZATION METHODS: Moisture control - horizontal moisture barriers - vertical
moisture barriers - subsurface drainage - peripheral drains -surface drainage -Soil replacement - soil
stabilization - lime stabilization - chemical stabilization - compaction control

Text Books:
1. John Nelson , Debora J.Miller, “Expansive soils: Problems and Practice in Foundation and
Pavement Engineering”, John Wiley and Sons, 1997
2. Kasmalkar B.J, “Foundation Engineering”, Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, Pune
Reference Books:
1. Gopal Rajan and Rao A.S.R, “Basic and applied Soil Mechanics” (Revised Edition), (New Age,
New Delhi. 1998
2. Peck,R.B., Hanson W.E. and Thornburn. W.H. Johan, “Foundation Engineering” 2nd Edition,
Wiley, New York 1976
3. Bowles J.E. “Foundation Analysis and Designing”, McGraw Hill, 1997
4. Alam Singh, “Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice” (Vol. – II), Asia Publishing House, New
Delhi, 1981
5. Amer Ali Al-Rawas, Mattheus F.A. Goosen “Expansive Soils: Recent Advances in
Characterization and Treatment” , CRC Press, 2006

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2039 GROUND IMPROVEMENT METHODS
2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To impart fundamental knowledge of Ground Improvement Techniques
2. To understand the importance of Ground Improvement method.
3. To adopt appropriate method of Ground Improvement according to site conditions and
requirement
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the types of ground improvement techniques and soil distribution in
India
2. Identify the different types of stabilization techniques
3. Classify various types of ground improvement techniques.
4. Investigate the performance of the technique adopted.
5. Choose the appropriate method of Ground improvement based on their construction methods.
6. Measure the benefits due to the adopted ground improvement method.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Introduction to engineering ground modification- classification of ground

modification techniques- soil distribution in India-reclaimed soils- ground improvement potential
Module 2: GROUTING: Grouting – aspects – groutability - grouting materials - suspension grouts and
solution grouts - compaction grouting - procedure and applications of grouting.
Module 3: CHEMICAL STABILIZATION: Chemical stabilization – granular admixtures - cement -
calcium chloride - fly ash – bitumen - chemical admixtures - construction methods.
Module 4: GROUND ANCHORS: Ground anchors – applications - types and components - anchor tests
- rock bolts –applications and types- rock bolt action around an excavation - soil nailing – construction
sequence –analysis of nailed soil
Module 5: COMPACTION: Compaction- moisture density relationship - shallow surface compaction-
rollers – operational aspects - deep compaction – explosion - heavy tamping- vibro-compaction and vibro-
replacement - properties of compacted soil - compaction control tests
Module 6: HYDRAULIC MODIFICATION: Hydraulic modification- Methods of dewatering- open
sumps and ditches –wellpoint systems, deep well drainage - vacuum dewatering– electro osmosis – design
of dewatering for excavations.

Text Books:
1. Purushothamaraj P., “Ground Improvement Techniques” ,University Science Press, 2005
2. Moseley, M. P. “Ground Improvement”, Blackie Academic and Professional, London,1993
Reference Books:
1. Manfred. R. Hausmann, “Engineering Principles of Ground Modification”, McGraw Hill, 1989
2. Orlando B. A, “Introduction to Frozen Ground Engineering”, Chapman and Hall, New York, 1994
3. Som, N and Das, S. P “Theory and practice of Foundation Design”, Eastern Economy Edition,
India, 2003
4. Rawlings,C G, Hellawell,E. E. and Kilkenny,W. M. “Grouting For Ground Engineering”, Ciria,
London, 2000.
5. Davics, M. C. and Schlosser, F. “Ground Improvement Geosystems”, Thomas Telford, London,
1997.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2040 DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To enable to design staircase, retaining walls and water tanks
2. To Impart the concept of study the design of bridges
3. To familiarize with the design of miscellaneous structures
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the behaviour of various structures
2. Estimate the loads on the structures
3. Design and detail RCC structures
4. Apply suitable codal provisions
5. Formulate the design for buildings
6. Solve the field implication for design

Module 1: STAIRCASE: Technical terms - requirements of good stair - types of stairs, geometrical design
of rcc stair stair, dog legged staircase, open newel staircase (plan and sectional elevation).
Module 2: RETAINING WALLS: Types - behaviour and application of retaining wall, stability criteria,
design and detailing of cantilever and counterfort type retaining wall for various ground conditions -
Concepts of shear key.
Module 3: WATER TANKS: Design of circular tanks- flexible and rigid base - rectangular water tanks-
tanks resting on ground, underground and overhead tanks - classification of water tank and method of
analysis, permissible stresses, codal provisions.
Module 4: BRIDGES: Introduction to Bridges- classification of bridges- bridge deck system- IRC Loading
class - design consideration- slab spanning in one direction - slab spanning in two direction- Pigeaud's
chart- T-beam deck slab – Courbon’s Method.
Module 5: MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES: Introduction – corbel design - modes of failure of
corbel - IS code recommendations, design of deep beams - design aspects in deep beam - IS code
recommendations - domes types - grid floor and flat slab.
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Bridge, Multistorey building, Floor systems, Retaining walls, Domes -
Reading reinforcement diagrams of structures.

Text Books:
1. Bhavikatti S. S, “Advanced RCC Design (RCC Vol.II)”, New Age International Publishers, 2016
2. Ashok, Kumar Jain, “Limit state design of Reinforced Concrete”, Laxmi Publications, New
Delhi,2007
Reference Books:
1. Sinha. S.N. “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
2. Purushothaman. P, “Reinforced Concrete Structural Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd., 2006
3. Krishna Raju. N, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, CBS Publishers and Distributors,
Delhi 2005
4. IS 456-2000, “Indian Standard Code of practice for Plain and Reinforced concrete Structures”,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
5. SP 16-1980, “Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2041 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge on various prestressing methods, types and advantages of prestressing
techniques
2. To enable to design prestressed concrete structures subjected to flexure
3. To impart the procedures for evaluation and estimation of losses of prestressing
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify appropriate prestressing techniques
2. Understand the concepts of prestressing
3. Analyse prestressed concrete structures
4. Design prestressed concrete structural elements
5. Appraise on the quality parameters of PSC structures
6. Investigate the rationale for failure of a PSC structure

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Basic concepts – advantages – materials required- systems and methods
of prestressing –analysis of sections – stress concept – strength concept – load balancing concept – effect
of loading on the tensile stresses in tendons – tendon profile
Module 2: DESIGN FOR FLEXURE: Basic assumptions for calculating flexural stresses – limit state of
collapse - permissible stresses in steel and concrete – moment of resistance - – design for flexure - layout
of cables and location of wires in pre and post tensioned members
Module 3: DESIGN FOR SERVICEABILITY: Factors influencing deflections – calculation of
deflections – short term and long term deflections – losses of prestress
Module 4: DESIGN OF ANCHORAGE ZONE: Determination of anchorage zone stresses in post-
tensioned beams by Magnel’s method, Guyons’ method and IS1343 code – design of anchorage zone
reinforcement – spalling tension
Module 5: CONTINUOUS BEAM: Methods of achieving continuity in continuous beams –analysis for
secondary moments – concordant cable and linear transformation – calculation of stresses – principles of
design
Module 6: PRECAST ELEMENTS: Introduction to post tensioned precast structural elements - Case
studies - failure - analysis and design of precast concrete structure - Mini project

Text Books:
1. Krishna Raju N., “Prestressed concrete”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Company, NewDelhi,2012
2. Rajagopalan.N, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publishing House, 2014.
References Books:
1. Dayaratnam.P., “Prestressed Concrete Structures”, Oxford and IBH,2013
2. Pandit.G.S. and Gupta.S.P., “Prestressed Concrete”, CBS Publishers and Distributers Pvt. Ltd,2012
3. Lin T.Y. and Ned.H. Burns, “Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures”, Third Edition, Wiley India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
4. IS1343:1980, “Code of Practice for Prestressed Concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi,
2012
5. IS 1785 : Part Iand II : 1983 Specification for Plain Hard-drawn Steel Wire for Prestressed Concrete

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2042 DESIGN OF PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart the knowledge of production, transportation and erection process of precast elements
2. To enable to design the precast structural members
3. To impart the concept of analysis and design of different types of joints and its behavior
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Establish suitable prefabrication building system
2. Catalog different types of precast construction
3. Illuminate the behavior of prefabricated structures
4. Review the behavior of precast structural connections
5. Endorse suitable types of joints for prefabricated structures
6. Precast structure against progressive collapse

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Introduction – Precast concrete structural elements -Prefabricated systems

- Advantages – Modular coordination - Materials – Production – Transportation – Erection – Quality control
Module 2: PREFABRICATED COMPONENTS: Over all structural system - roof and floor system -
components - facial elements - design considerations and requirements ––bearing for precast units
Module 3: DESIGN PRINCIPLES: Loading - load factor - modeling - analysis of frames - design of
members - slab - beam – wall - guidelines - codal provisions
Module 4: JOINTS and CONNECTIONS: Joints and connections – tolerance - connection materials -
requirements of structural joints – types of joints –detailing of joints - diaphragm connection – beam to
column and column to column and column to foundation connections – joint fillers
Module 5: PRESTRESSED PRECAST CONCRETE: Design requirements for safety against
progressive collapse – design of ties - introduction to prestressed precast concrete - case studies on precast
construction and failures
Module 6: CASE STUDY: Analysis and design of simple precast building – Mini project – elements of
prestressed – metro bridge construction

Text Books:
1. Kim S Elliott, Colin Jolly., “Multi-Storey Precast Concrete Framed structures”, Wiley, 2013
2. Kim S Elliott, “Precast Concrete Structures”, A Butterworth-Heinemann Title; 1 edition , 2002
Reference Books:
1. IS 15916 (2011): Building Design and Erection Using Prefabricated Concrete - Code of Practice
2. Code of Practice for Precast concrete construction 2003, PCI Design hand book
3. IS 12592 : 2002 Precast Concrete Manhole Cover and Frame – Specification
4. Hubert Bachmann, Alfred Steinle, “Precast Concrete Structures” ISBN: 978-3-433-02960-2, Aug
2011.
5. Bljuger F, “Design of Precast Concrete Structures”, John Wiley and Sons Inc 1988

L T P C
18CE2043 BASICS OF DYNAMICS AND ASEISMIC DESIGN
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize the principles of dynamics of structures
2. To enable to understand the behaviour of structures subjected to seismic forces
3. To impart knowledge about analysis and detailing of structures as per codal provisions
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the dynamic properties of structures

Civil Engineering
 2. Estimate the forces on the structures
3. Assess the response on the structures
4. Design the structures for shear resistance
5. Evaluate the behavior of structures
6. Integrate suitable codal provisions for applications

Module 1: FREE VIBRATION OF SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEM: Definition of

degree of freedom – Idealization of structure as SDOF system – formulation of equation of motion for
various SDOF system – D Alembert’s principles – effect of damping
Module 2: FORCED VIBRATION OF SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEM: response to
harmonic forces- seismic instrumentation- vibration isolation- introduction to numerical methods
Module 3: MULTI DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEM: Formulation of equation of motion for
multidegree of freedom (MDOF) system – evaluation of natural frequencies and modes – Eigen values and
Eigen vectors – Response to free and forced vibration of undamped and damped MDOF systems.
Module 4: INTRODUCTION TO EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING: Elements of engineering
seismology – definitions, introduction to seismic hazard, earthquake phenomenon – seismotectonics –
seismic zones in India- inertia forces on structures- architectural features - earthquake design philosophy
Module 5: MASONRY STRUCTURES: Behaviour during seismic events- Box action in masonry
buildings- Horizontal and vertical bonds- Protection of openings- lessons from past earthquakes
Module 6: RCC STRUCTURES: Ductility- capacity design concept- Evaluation of Earthquake forces –
IS Code 1893: 2016 – Response Spectra –Design consideration –Earthquake resistant design of R.C.C.
buildings –Design and detailing (IS 13920:2016)

Text Books:
1. Damodarasamy S.R, Kavitha.S, “Structural Dynamics and Asiesmic design”, Phi Learning Private
Ltd., 2013.
2. Duggal S.K., “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, OUP India Private Ltd.2013.
Reference Books:
1. Mario Paz, “Structural Dynamics – Theory and Computations”, Third Edition, CBS publishers,
2004
2. Jai Krishna, Chandrasekaran. A.R., and Brijesh Chandra, “Elements of Earthquake Engineering”,
South Asia Publishers, 2009
3. Minoru Wakabayashi, “Design of Earthquake Resistant Buildings”, McGraw – Hill Book
Company, 2006 4.Humar.J.L, “Dynamics of Structures”, Prentice Hall Inc., 2012.
4. Anil K Chopra, “Dynamics of structures – Theory and applications to Earthquake Engineering”,
Prentice Hall Inc., 2001.
5. Moorthy.C.V.R., “Earthquake Tips”, BMTPC, NICEE, IIT Kanpur, 2005
6. IS 1893 : Part 1 : 2002 Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures - Part 1 : General
Provisions and Buildings

L T P C
18CE2044 REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart the knowledge of causes of distress and aspects of rehabilitation.
2. To understand the techniques and materials needed for rehabilitation.
3. To get exposed to retrofitting and demolition techniques.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Evaluate a damaged structure.
2. Identify the structural and non-structural deterioration.

Civil Engineering
 3. Interpret the causes, adopt the repair techniques and preventive measures for RCC, Steel and
Masonry structures.
4. Adopt the suitable materials and techniques
5. Analyse and formulate suitable rehabilitation, retrofitting and demolition procedures
6. Recommend suitable solutions for existing structures

Module1: MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR STRATEGIES: Definitions: maintenance, repair and

rehabilitation - facets of maintenance - importance of maintenance – quality assurance and quality control,
structural appraisal : concrete , steel and masonry structures – inspection, strength evaluation of existing
structures - assessment procedure for evaluating a damaged structure- planning, precautions, protective
measures - nondestructive testing methods.
Module 2: DISTRESS AND ITS CAUSES: Distress monitoring - causes for deterioration: structural
causes and non-structural causes - symptom, prevention and remedy - classification of cracks – visual
examination of cracks – evaluation of cracks- distress in sub structure – distress in super structure.
Module 3: INFLUENCE ON SERVICEABILITY AND DURABILITY: Concrete structures: effect on
strength, permeability, thermal properties - effects due to climate, temperature, chemicals and dampness -
effects of cover thickness –error in design and construction-steel structures: erection and fabrication
distress - defects in joints in steel structures – mechanism of corrosion – distress due to corrosion:
prevention and remedial measures- masonry structures: defects in brick masonry and stone masonry –
preventive and remedial measures.
Module 4: TECHNIQUES FOR REPAIR: Epoxy injection – stitching – routing and sealing – external
stressing –blanketing – overlays – judicial neglect – autogeneous healing –jacketing – polymer coating for
rebars - mortar and dry pack - gunite and shotcrete - shoring and underpinning – plating - cathodic protection
- miscellaneous methods – special techniques for repairing, heritage structures
Module5: RETROFITTING AND STRENGTHENING MEASURES: Methods of retrofitting - global
and local- techniques of retrofitting - strengthening measures – beam and column strengthening.
Module6: DEMOLITION OF STRUCTURES: Sequence of operations- demolition of structural
elements- engineered demolition techniques for structures

Text Books:
1. Varghese P. C, “Maintenance, repair and rehabilitation and minor works of buildings”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.. 2014
2. Modi, Poonam I, Patel, Chirag N., “Repair and rehabilitation of concrete structures”, PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd.. 2015
Reference Books:
1. Johnson, S.M., “Deterioration, Maintenance and Repair of Structures”, McGraw-Hill book
company, New York, 1965.
2. Allen, R.T., and Edwards, S.C., “Repair of concrete structures”, Blake and Sons, UK, 1987.
3. Deofferey, P .Sims, “The Rehabilitation of Dams and Reservoirs”, Brown and Root Services, UK.
4. Shetty, M.S., “Concrete Technology- Theory and Practice”, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi,
1992.
5. IS 13935 - 1993: Indian Standard Guidelines for Repair and Seismic Strengthening of Buildings

L T P C
18CE2045 MASONRY STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To enable to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems related to masonry structures.
2. To familiarize with the complete knowledge of a masonry structure.
3. To understand the behavior of earthquake resistant masonry structures, and be able to design for
flexure, shear, axial forces, combined flexure and axial forces.

Civil Engineering
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the production of masonry and properties of constituents
2. Layout the structural analysis of loadbearing brick and block masonry
3. Design the flexural members considering the various failure patterns
4. Study various forces acting on the masonry structures and propose suitable cross sectional
dimensions
5. Evaluate the behavior of earthquake resistant masonry
6. Select materials and execute for durable masonry structures

Module 1: MASONRY MATERIALS: History of masonry – characteristics: brick, stone, clay block,
concrete block, stabilized mud block masonry units –strength, modulus of elasticity and water absorption -
masonry materials – classification - properties of mortars - selection of mortars
Module 2: STRENGTH OF MASONRY IN COMPRESSION: Behaviour of masonry under
compression - strength - elastic properties - influence of masonry unit and mortar characteristics - effect of
masonry on compressive strength - influence of masonry bonding patterns on strength - prediction of
strength of masonry in Indian context - failure theories of masonry under compression - effects of
slenderness and eccentricity - effect of rate of absorption - effect of curing - effect of ageing - workmanship
on compressive strength
Module 3:FLEXURAL STRENGTH AND SHEAR STRENGTH: Bond between masonry unit and
mortar - tests for flexural and shear bond strengths - factors affecting bond strength - effect of bond strength
on compressive strength - orthotropic strength properties of masonry in flexure - shear strength of masonry
– evaluation procedures for flexural and shear strength - permissible tensile and shear stresses.
Module 4: LOAD BEARING MASONRY BUILDINGS: Permissible compressive stress - stress
reduction and shape reduction factors - increase in permissible stresses for eccentric vertical and lateral
loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses - Effective height of walls and columns - effective length -
effective thickness - slenderness ratio – eccentricity - load dispersion - arching action – lintels - Wall
carrying axial load - eccentric load with different eccentricity ratios -opening in walls -free standing wall
Module 5: SEISMIC BEHAVIOR OF MASONRY BUILDINGS: Behaviour of masonry: earthquakes
- concepts - design procedure for earthquake resistant masonry - components - classification of masonry
arches - domes and vaults - historical buildings - construction procedure - BIS codal provision on masonry
structures
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Failure - design of load bearing masonry for buildings using BIS codal
provisions - Mini project

Text Books:
1. Dayaratnam P, “Brick and Reinforced Brick Structures”, Oxford and IBH, 2018
2. Sinha B.P and Davis S.R., “Design of Masonry structures”, CRC Press, 2003
Reference Books:
1. Hendry A.W., “Structural masonry”, Macmillan Education Ltd., 2nd edition, 1990
2. Curtin, “Design of Reinforced and Prestressed Masonry”, Thomas Telford Sven, 2015
3. Richard E. Klingner, “Masonry Structural Design”, McGraw-Hill Education; 1 edition (February
8, 2010)
4. James Ambrose, “Simplified Design of Masonry Structures”, Wiley; Revised edition 1997
5. Narendra Taly, “Design of Reinforced Masonry Structures”, McGraw-Hill Education; 2 edition,
2010.

Civil Engineering
 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING AND HYDRAULIC L T P C
18C2046
STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge about surface and ground water irrigation methods
2. To acquire ideas about different types of irrigation structures
3. To enable to understand the operation of irrigation water management structures
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. State the concepts of duty, crop and crop seasons
2. Classify the irrigation methods
3. Demonstrate the irrigation methods
4. Examine irrigation management techniques
5. Appraise and design impounding structures and cross drainage works
6. Understand the concepts of irrigation projects

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Irrigation – types of irrigation – necessity of irrigation – merits and

demerits of irrigation – crop and crop seasons – optimal use of water - consumptive use of water –factors
affecting crop water requirements – irrigation water standards
Module 2: WATER APPLICATION: Wilting point – base period – delta - duty –determination of
irrigation and water requirements – irrigation and water efficiencies - factors affecting duty – methods of
improving duty.
Module 3: IRRIGATION METHODS: Canal irrigation – lift irrigation – tank irrigation – surface
irrigation – merits and demerits –sprinkler irrigation – drip irrigation
Module 4 :DIVERSION AND IMPOUNDING STRUCTURES: Weirs – elementary profile of a weir –
weirs on pervious foundations - types of impounding structures - percolation ponds – tanks and sluices –
gravity dams – earth dams – arch dams – spillways – factors affecting location and type of dams – forces
on a dam – hydraulic design of dams.
Module 5: CANAL AND CONTROL STRUCTURES: Alignment of canals – classification of canals –
canal drops – hydraulic design of drops – cross drainage works – hydraulic design of cross drainage works
– canal head works – canal regulators – aqueducts.
Module 6: IRRIGATION WATER MANAGEMENT: Need for optimization of water use – minimizing
irrigation water losses – water pricing - on farm development works - participatory irrigation management
– water users associations – changing paradigms in water management.

Text Books:
1. Punima B.C. and Pande B.B .Lal, “Irrigation and Water Power engineering”, Laxmi Publishing,
New Delhi 2007
2. Santhosh Kumar Garg, “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures”, Khanna Publishers,
2016. Karunya University 2017 Civil Engineering
Reference Books:
1. Dilip Kumar Majumdar, “Irrigation Water Management (Principles and Practices)”, Prentice
Hall of India (P), Ltd, 2000
2. Basak, N.N, “Irrigation Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. New Delhi, 1999.
3. Asawa, G.L., “Irrigation Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, 2000
4. Dr. K.R.Arora, “Irrigation, Water Power and Water Resources Engineering”, Standard
Publishers Distributors

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2047 OPEN CHANNEL FLOW
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To enable understanding of various types of flows under varying conditions
2. To inculcate the principles of fluid mechanics to the solution of problems encountered in both
natural and constructed water systems.
3. To provide knowledge about model studies
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Apply their knowledge about fluid mechanics in addressing problems in open channels.
2. Estimate sediment transport in channels and reservoirs
3. Develop skills to solve problems using HEC-RAS software.
4. Make flow measurements in fields.
5. Model channel flows
6. Design channels for various regimes

Module 1: BASIC PRINCIPLES: Basic concepts of uniform flow – computations - specific energy and
specific force concepts – applications.
Module 2: STEADY VARIED FLOWS IN OPEN CHANNELS: Dynamic equation for spatially varied
flows - flow profile computations - Introduction to Flow modeling softwares - spatially varied flows and
rapidly varied flows – applications.
Module 3: UNSTEADY FLOWS IN OPEN CHANNELS: Equations of motion - uniformly progressive
wave - Rapidly varied unsteady flow – positive and negative surges - dam break problem
Module 4: SEDIMENT TRANSPORT: Sediment properties – inception of sediment motion – bed forms
- bed load suspended load – total sediment transport - design of stable channels and regime channels -
Reservoir sedimentation and trap efficiency.
Module 5: FLOW MEASUREMENTS: Sharp-crested weirs, broad-crested weirs, critical depth flumes -
Recent advancement in open channel flow measurements.
Module 6: HYDRAULIC MODELING: Physical modeling in hydraulics - dimensional analysis -
Modeling closed flows and free surface flows - distorted models - design of physical models.

Test Books:
1. Subramanya K., “Flow in Open Channels,2nd ed.”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2003.
2. Chaudhry M. H., “Open Channel Flow”, Prentice Hall of India, Eastern Economic Edition, New
Delhi. 2008.
3. Srivastava R. “Flow through Open Channels”, Oxford University Press New Delhi 2008.
Reference Books:
1. Sturm T.W., “Open Channel Hydraulics”, 2nd edition, Tata-McGraw Hill New Delhi 2011.
2. Wurbs R.A., and James W.P. “Water Resources Engineering”. Prentice Hall of India, Eastern
Economic Edition, New Delhi, 2007.
3. French, R. H., “Open Channel Hydraulics”, McGraw Hill, New York NY 1985.
4. Hubert Chanson “Environmental Hydraulics of Open Channel Flows”, Elsevier Science and
Technology , 2004
5. Streeter. V. L, “Fluid Mechanics”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2010

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2048 GROUNDWATER ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To enable to understand the behavior of groundwater movement
2. To provide knowledge about estimation the groundwater modeling parameters
3. To equip with analytical techniques to solve groundwater problems

Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the occurrence, distribution and movement of groundwater
2. Understand the ground water potential theory and movement of groundwater
3. Determine the aquifer parameters
4. Resolve groundwater related problems including response of aquifers to pumping wells
5. Develop a basic model for contaminant transport in subsurface media
6. Model and estimate groundwater recharge

Module 1:GEOHYDROLOGY: Introduction – water bearing formations – geological formation of water

supply – subsurface distribution of water – sources of groundwater – types of aquifers – aquifer parameters
– groundwater in different rocks.
Module 2: GROUNDWATER MOVEMENT: Groundwater flow – permeability – transmissibility –
Darcy’s law – governing equations of ground water flow – steady state flow – Dupuit Forchheimer
assumptions – unsteady flow – Theis method – Jacob’s method
Module 3: WELLS AND EXPLORATION: Types of wells – construction of open wells – construction
and boring of tube wells – tube well types – well development – collector wells and infiltration wells –
design of strainer tube well
Module 4: EVALUATION OF AQUIFER PARAMETERS: Introduction – pumping test analysis –
recuperation test – well characteristics – well capacity – hydraulics of open wells – groundwater
investigation – geological methods – geophysical methods – Remote sensing methods.
Module 5: ENVIRONMENTAL GROUNDWATER: Groundwater development – hydrological maps –
groundwater quality – groundwater contamination – seawater intrusion – control measures.
Module 6: GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT: Groundwater recharge – recharge methods –
groundwater modeling – applications and case studies

Text Books:
1. Raghunath .H.M, “Ground Water Hydrology”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., Second reprint, 2008.
2. David Keith Todd, Larry W.Mays, “Groundwater Hydrology”, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Murthy .V.V.N, “Land and Water Management Engineering”, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi,
1994.
2. Fitts R Charles, “Groundwater Science”. Elsevier, Academic Press, 2002.
3. Ramakrishnan, S, “Ground Water”, K.J. Graph arts, Chennai, 1998.
4. Driscoll, F.,“Groundwater and Wells”, St. Paul, Minnesota, II Ed., 1986.

18CE2049 SURFACE HYDROLOGY L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge about the processes involved in water flow above the surface
2. To enable to understand the various measurement techniques
3. To inculcate the concepts of statistical applications in hydrological problems.

Civil Engineering
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recall the system concepts, water budget equation and hydrologic cycle
2. Describe energy, momentum and continuity principles
3. Solve the problems related to atmospheric hydrology
4. Distinguish the modeling tools to optimize hydrographs
5. Appraise the application of statistical tools to manage hydrology related problems
6. Investigate channel flow and catchment storage problems

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Hydrologic cycle - water budget equation - Global water budget - systems
concept - transfer function operators - hydrologic model classification - Hydrologic processes: Reynold’s
Transport Theorem – continuity equation – momentum equation – energy equation – discrete time
continuity.
Module 2: ATMOSPHERIC HYDROLOGY: Atmospheric circulation – water vapor – formation of
rainfall – types and forms of precipitation – perceptible water – monsoon characteristics in India
Module 3: RAINFALL MEASUREMENT: Density and adequacy of rain gauges; Thunderstorm Cell
model – IDF relationships – spatial averaging methods of rainfall – Factors affecting evaporation –
estimation and measurement of evaporation – energy balance method, aerodynamic method – Priestly-
Taylor method and pan evaporation.
Module 4: SURFACE WATER: Catchment storage concept - Hortonian and saturation overland flow –
streamflow hydrographs – base-flow separation - ɸ-index – Direct Runoff hydrograph – algorithm for
abstraction using Green-Ampt equation – SCS method – overland and channel flow modeling – time area
concepts and stream networks.
Module 5: HYDROGRAPH: General hydrologic system model – response functions of a linear
hydrologic systems and their inter-relationships – convolution equation; definition and limitations of a UH
– UH derivation from single and complex storms – Synthetic unit hydrograph, S-Curve, IUH- Flood routing
and canal routing.
Module 6: HYDROLOGIC STATISTICS: Probability concepts – random variables – laws of probability
– PDFs and CDFs; Normal and Binomial distributions – Statistical parameters: expected value – variance,
skewness, and peakedness– Frequency analysis: return period – probability plotting – Extreme value
distributions – frequency factors – Log- Pearson distribution – confidence limits.

Text Books:
1. Ven T. Chow, David R. Maidment, and Larry W Mays, “Applied Hydrology”, McGraw Hill
International Editions, 2013
2. K. Subramanya “Engineering Hydrology”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi,
2013
Reference Books:
1. Larry W. Mays, “Ground and surface water hydrology”, John Wiley and Sons Inc, 2011
2. Garg SK, “Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering”, Khanna Publisher, New Delhi, 2005
3. Dingman S.L. “Physical Hydrology”, by, 2nd Edition, Waveland press, Illinois, 2010
4. Chow, V. T., Maidment, D. R., and Mays, L. W.,“Applied Hydrology”, McGraw-Hill, GB 661.2
C43,1988
Brutsaert, W., “Hydrology an Introduction”, Cambridge University Press, 2005

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE2050 ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND POLICY
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To analyze the legislative and judicial responses to environmental problems
2. To apply environment advocacy and approaches for using litigation in environment protection will
receive special attention
3. To expose to the administrative system of environment related laws such as air, water, land, and
hazardous substances etc.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recall different policies and rules framed for the environmental protection
2. Recognize the formation of boards at different levels
3. Discuss the functions of central pollution board and the state pollution boards.
4. Know about different duties of pollution control boards
5. Assess about the actions taken by government for the violation of rules
6. Enumerate about the prevention of advanced pollution

Module 1: WATER ACT: Constitution, functions and powers of central and state boards - prevention and
control of water pollution – penalties, prevention and control of pollution rules; Annual report.
Module 2: AIR ACT: Constitution, functions and powers of central and state boards - prevention and
control of air pollution - penalties; prevention and control of pollution rules - annual report.
Module 3: ENVIRONMENTAL (PROTECTION) ACT: General powers of the Central Government -
prevention, control and abatement of environmental pollution – rules - recipient system - standards for
emission - prohibition and restriction on location of industries - furnishing information to authorities and
agencies - prohibition and restriction on handling hazardous substances.
Module 4: HAZARDOUS WASTES (MANAGEMENT AND HANDLING) RULES; Transboundary
movement - responsibility of the occupier - grant of authorization - power to respond or cancel - packaging,
labeling, transport, disposal or import - accident reporting – appeal - rules for manufacture, storage -
mitigation of the major accident, safety reports - preparation of on-site and off-site emergency plans
Module 5: INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL LAW: Introduction to International law -
International humanitarian law and environment - sources of international law - law of treaties - signature
ratification - evolution of international environmental law - customary principles - common but
differentiated responsibility - kyoto-protocol.
Module 6: OTHER RULES AND REGULATIONS: Bio-medical waste (Management and handling)
rules - ozone depleting substances (Regulations and Control) rules - recycled plastics manufacture and
usage rules - Noise pollution rules.

Text Books:
1. Kaushik C P, Anubha Kaushik , “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, 4th edition, New Age
International Publishers Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
2. Layzer, J. “The Environmental Case: Translating Values into Policy”, 3rd edition, CQ Press 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Vig, N. J. and Kraft, M. E. “Environmental Policy: New Directions for the Twenty First
Century”, 8th edition, CQ Press 2013.
2. Divan S. and Rosencranz A, “Environmental Law and Policy in India”, 2nd edition, Oxford, New
Delhi, 2005.
3. Leelakrishnan P, “Environmental Law in India”, 3rd edition, Lexis Nexis, India, 2008.
4. Elizabeth Fisher “Environmental Law: A Very Short Introduction” Oxford University Press; 1
edition 2018

Civil Engineering
 5. Angus Morrison-Saunders, “Advanced Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment”,
Edward Elgar Pub, April 27, 2018

BASICS OF REMOTE SENSING AND GEOGRAPHICAL L T P C

18CE2051
INFORMATION SYSTEM 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the basic concepts and principles of various components of remote sensing.
2. To provide understanding about the satellite image analysis and interpretation
3. To provide an exposure to GIS and its practical applications in civil engineering.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recall the principles of remote sensing and GIS
2. Describe the analysis methods RS and GIS data
3. Interpret the data for modeling applications
4. Distinguish sensors and satellites data for specific applications
5. Appraise the usage of data models
6. Formulate methods to solve issues related to environment using RS and GIS techniques

Module 1: EMR AND ITS INTERACTION WITH ATMOSPHERE and EARTH MATERIAL:
Definition of remote sensing and its components – Electromagnetic spectrum – wavelength regions
important to remote sensing – Wave theory, Particle theory, Stefan-Boltzman and Wein’s displacement law
– atmospheric scattering, absorption – a
tmospheric windows – spectral signature concepts – typical spectral reflective characteristics of water,
vegetation and soil.
Module 2: PLATFORMS AND SENSORS PLATFORMS AND SENSORS: Types of platforms – orbit
types, sun-synchronous and geosynchronous – passive and active sensors – resolution concept – pay load
description of important earth resources and meteorological satellites – airborne and space borne TIR and
microwave sensors.
Module 3: IMAGE INTERPRETATION AND ANALYSIS : Types of data products – types of image
interpretation – basic elements of image interpretation - visual interpretation keys – digital image processing
– preprocessing – image enhancement techniques – multispectral image classification – supervised and
unsupervised.
Module 4: GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM: Introduction – Maps – Definitions – Map
projections – types of map projections – map analysis – GIS definition – basic components of GIS –
standard GIS software – Data type – Spatial and non-spatial (attribute) data – measurement scales – Data
Base Management Systems (DBMS)
Module 5: DATA ENTRY, STORAGE AND ANALYSIS: Data models – vector and raster data – data
compression – data input by digitization and scanning – attribute data analysis – integrated data analysis –
Modeling in GIS Highway alignment studies – Land Information System.
Module 6: APPLICATION OF GIS AND REMOTE SENSING IN CIVIL ENGINEEIRNG:
Application of GIS and RS in civil Engineering field; basic demo/hands on exposure to GIS software.

Text Books:
1. Lillesand T.M., Kiefer, R.W. and J.W.Chipman. “Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation” 5th
Edition, John Willey and Sons Asia Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Anji Reddy, M. “Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information System” 2nd
edition. BS Publications, Hyderabad, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Lo .C.P.and.Yeung A.K.W, “Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002

Civil Engineering
 2. Peter A. Burrough, Rachael A. McDonnell, “Principles of GIS”, Oxford University Press, 2000
3. Ian Heywood “An Introduction to GIS”, Pearson Education Asia, 2011
4. Robert Shcowebgerdt, “Remote sensing models and methods for image processing”, III edition,
2004.
5. .Rees W.G, “Physical Principles of Remote Sensing”, Cambridge University Press, 2nd edition,
2001.

L T P C
18CE2052 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge and skills with different aspects of the types, sources, generation, storage,
collection, transport, processing and disposal of solid waste.
2. To impart knowledge on various recycling options available for the solid waste.
3. To educate the engineering principles, design criteria, methods and equipments available to
manage the solid waste
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Analyze the nature and characteristics of municipal solid wastes
2. Sort out the functional elements for solid waste management
3. Apply the techniques and methods used in transformation, conservation and recovery of materials
from solid waste
4. Identify and design waste containment systems
5. Gain knowledge in regulatory requirements regarding municipal solid waste management
6. Apply the basic scientific principles for solving practical waste management challenges

Module 1: SOURCES AND CLASSIFICATION: Types and sources of solid waste – classification of
solid waste - need for solid waste management - salient features of Indian legislations on management and
handling of municipal solid wastes
Module 2: WASTE CHARACTERIZATION AND SOURCE REDUCTION: Waste generation rates
– factors affecting waste generation-composition, physical, chemical and biological properties of solid
wastes –waste sampling and characterization plan - source reduction of wastes –waste exchange - extended
producer responsibility
Module 3: STORAGE, COLLECTION AND TRANSPORT OF WASTES: Handling and segregation
of wastes at source – storage and collection of municipal solid wastes – analysis of collection systems -
need for transfer and transport – transfer stations optimizing waste allocation– compatibility, storage,
labeling and handling of hazardous wastes
Module 4: WASTE PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES: objectives of waste processing – material
separation and processing technologies – biological and chemical conversion technologies – methods and
controls of composting - thermal conversion technologies and energy recovery – incineration - treatment
of biomedical wastes
Module 5: WASTE DISPOSAL: Waste disposal options – disposal in landfills: landfill classification,
types and methods, site selection, design and operation of sanitary landfills, secure landfills and landfill
bioreactor - leachate and landfill gas management
Module 6: ENERGY FROM SOLID WASTE: Composting – incineration - biogas generation - case
study on best practices - Swachhbharat features

Text Books:
1. Bhide A.D. and Sundaresan, B.B, “Solid Waste Management Collection”, Processing and
Disposal, 2001
2. Paul T Willams, “Waste Treatment and Disposal”, John Wiley and Sons, 2000

Civil Engineering
Reference Books:
1. Tchobanoglous.G. Theisen, H. M., and Eliassen, R. “Solid. Wastes: Engineering Principles and
Management Issues”. New York: McGraw Hill, 1993.
2. Manual on “Municipal Solid Waste Management”, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development,
Government of India, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Manser A.G.R. and Keeling A.A, “Practical Handbook of Processing and Recycling of Municipal
solid Wastes”, Lewis Publishers, CRC Press, 1996
4. George Tchobanoglous and FrankKreith, Handbook of “Solid waste Management”, McGraw Hill,
New York, 2002
5. Government of India, “Manual on Municipal Solid Waste Management”, CPHEEO, Ministry of
UrbanDevelopment, New Delhi, 2000

L T P C
18CE2053 AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on the causes and effects of air pollution.
2. To enable to evaluate the behavior of air pollutants.
3. To provide knowledge about appropriate control measures of air pollution
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand causes of air pollution
2. Analyze different types of air pollutants
3. Impart knowledge on different atmospheric components
4. Evaluate air pollutant behavior in the atmosphere
5. Choose appropriate control technology for air pollution
6. Develop air pollution reduction techniques

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Air pollutants – Sources of air pollution - fugitive emissions -secondary
pollutants - Pollution transport and impact on receptor - Preparation of emission inventory.
Module 2: EFFECTS OF AIR POLLUTION: Effects of air pollution: regional and global scale - air
pollution episodes - Smog and ozone layer - Greenhouse effect - Effects on Health, vegetation, materials
and atmosphere.
Module 3: ATMOSPHERIC METEROLOGY: Wind profile - Reactions of pollutants in the atmosphere
- their effects - topographic effects - temperature profiles in atmosphere: stability, inversion and plume
behavior.
Module 4: AIR QUALITY MONITORING: Objectives - Analysis and interpretation of air pollution data
- Air pollution standards and indices - Stack monitoring - Dispersion of air pollutants and modeling -
Gaussian dispersion model.
Module 5: AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL MEASURES: Removal of gaseous pollutants:
adsorption, absorption, reaction and other methods - Particulate emission control - settling chambers -
cyclone separation - Wet collectors - fabric filters - electrostatic precipitators.
Module 6: NOISE POLLUTION AND CONTROL: Basics of acoustics - specifications of sound: sound
power, sound intensity and sound pressure levels - plane, point and line sources - multiple sources - outdoor
and indoor noise propagation - psychoacoustics and noise criteria - effects of noise on health, annoyance
rating schemes - special noise environments - Infrasound, ultrasound, impulsive sound and sonic boom -
noise standards and limit values - noise instrumentation and monitoring procedure - Noise indices - Noise
control methods

Civil Engineering
Text Books:
1. Anjaneyulu D, “Air pollution and control technologies”, Allied Publishers, Mumbai, 2002.
2. Khitoliya R K, “Environmental Pollution” , 2/e, S. Chand Publishing, 2012
Reference Books:
1. Rao C.S, “Environmental pollution control engineering”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1996.
2. Rao M.N, and Rao H.V.N, “Air Pollution Control” Tata-McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1996.
3. David H.F Liu, Bela G.Liptak, “Air Pollution”, Lewis Publishers, 2000.
4. Mudakavi, J R, “Principles and Practices of Air Pollution Control and Analysis” IK International,
2010.
5. Air Pollution act, India, 1981

L T P C
18CE2054 PAVEMENT MATERIALS AND DESIGN
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge in the principles of pavement design
2. To understand the analyses and design as per IRC standards
3. To adopt suitable pavement design
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the principles of pavement design
2. Summarize the Traffic Considerations
3. Choose the appropriate pavement material
4. Analyze flexible and concrete pavements
5. Design flexible and concrete pavements
6. Interpret the Pavement Evaluation Techniques

Module 1: PAVEMENT MATERIAL CHARACTERIZATION: Material inputs required for analysis

and design of pavements - appropriate conditions (temperature, moisture content, loading time, etc) for
characterizing pavement materials - Brief description of the principles of different laboratory and field
methods adopted for characterizing pavement materials – MORTH specifications
Module 2: TRAFFIC CONSIDERATIONS: Vehicle types - axle configurations - contact shapes and
contact stress distributions - concept of standard axle load - vehicle damage factor - axle load surveys -
lateral placement characteristics of wheels - estimation of design traffic.
Module 3: PRINCIPLES OF PAVEMENT DESIGN: Pavements types - concept of pavement
performance - structural and functional failures of pavements - different types of pavement performance
criteria- different pavement design approaches - general framework for pavement design
Module 4: FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS: Appropriate theoretical models for analysis of flexible and
concrete pavements. - analysis of layered flexible pavement systems using linear elastic layered theory -
need for use of advanced analytical techniques for flexible pavements - different softwares available for
analysis of flexible pavements - different methods of design of flexible pavements - Indian Roads Congress
guidelines - IRC:37.
Module 5: RIGID PAVEMENTS: Different theoretical models for analysis of different types of concrete
pavements- Analysis of wheel load stresses, curling/warping stresses due to temperature differential, critical
stress combinations - need for use of advanced analytical techniques for concrete pavements - different
methods of design of concrete pavements - Indian Roads Congress guidelines - IRC:58.
Module 6: PAVEMENT EVALUATION TECHNIQUES: Functional and structural evaluation of
pavements - concept of roughness - International Roughness Index - Measurement of Roughness using
different types of equipment - Structural evaluation of in-service pavements using Benkelman beam and
Falling weight Deflectometer methods

Civil Engineering
Text Books:
1. Yang H Huang “Pavement Analysis and Design”, Prentice Hall, 1993
2. EJ Yoder and MW Witczak, “Principles of Pavement Design”, John Wiley and Sons. 1991
Reference Books:
1. Papagiannakis AP and Masad EA,“Pavement Design and Materials”, John Wiley and Sons, 2017
2. “AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures”, American Association of State Highway
and Transport Officials.
3. IRC:58-2015, Guidelines for the “Design of Plain Jointed Rigid Pavements for Highways”, 4 th
Revision, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi.
4. IRC:37-2012 - Tentative Guidelines for the “Design of Flexible Pavements” Indian Roads
Congress, New Delhi.
5. Standards for “Road and Bridge Works”, Ministry of Road Transport and Highway (MORTH),
5th Edition, April 2013.
6. IRC:81-1997, “Guidelines for Strengthening of Flexible Road Pavements using Benkelman beam
deflection techniques”, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi.

L T P C
18CE2055 AIRPORT PLANNING AND DESIGN
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge about the basic components of airports.
2. To describe the process and methods of operating and utilization of airport capacity and able to
formulate the problem around airports review by obstacle limitation.
3. To impart basic understanding of the infrastructure of airports and airport connections to other
modes of transport.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand and apply basic concepts of aviation regulations, and financing structure for airports
2. Design the airfield geometric elements and runway
3. Understand and apply basic concepts of capacity analysis for airside and landside planning
4. Evaluate airport capacity, safety and security
5. Demonstrate basic principles of pavement design
6. Demonstrate basic concepts of airside and landside aviation infrastructure management

Module 1: AIR TRANSPORT CHARACTERISTICS: Airport classification-airport planning:

objectives, components, layout characteristics, socio-economic characteristics of the catchment area -
typical airport layouts - case studies
Module 2: RUNWAY DESIGN: Airport Site selection and ICAO stipulations - geometric design of the
airfield: runway design- orientation, wind rose diagram – runway length – problems on basic and actual
length
Module 3: CAPACITY DETERMINATION: Determination of runway capacity and delay - taxiway and
gate capacity - holding aprons - terminal aprons - airport drainage
Module 4: AIRPORT TERMINAL DESIGN: Function of airport passenger and cargo terminal - design
of air freight terminals - airport access - airport landside planning - capacity; parking and circulation area.
Module 5: AIRFIELD PAVEMENT DESIGN and PASSENGER FACILITIES: Configuration and
pavement design principles – elements of taxiway design – airport zones – passenger facilities and services
Module 6: AIR TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT: Navigational aids: lighting, sign, markings - ground based
systems - satellite based systems – air traffic control - surveillance facilities – airfield lighting - air traffic
management

Civil Engineering
Text Books:
1. Khanna S K, Arora M G and Jain S S, “Airport Planning and Design”, Nemchand and Brothers,
Roorkee, 2012.
2. Subhash C. Saxena, “Airport Engineering: Planning and Design”, CBS Publisher, 2012
References:
1. Rangwala, “Airport Engineering”, Charotar Publishing House, 2013.
2. Asheesh Kumar, “Planning and Design of Airport”, Vayu Education of India, 2015
3. Norman J. Ashford , Saleh A. Mumayiz, Paul H. Wright, “Airport Engineering: Planning,
Designand Development of 21st-Century Airports” , John Wiley and Sons – 5 Sep 2012
4. Robert Horonjeff, Francis X. McKelvey, William J. Sproule, Seth B. Young “Planning and Design
of Airports” 5th Edition
5. Planning and design guidelines for Airport terminal facilities, Advisory circular, department of
transportation, Federal Aviation Administration 1988

L T P C
18CE2056 TOWN PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on Architectural design concepts, principles of planning and composition are
imparted.
2. To enable the student to understand town planning from ancient times to modern times.
3. To impart the concepts of town planning standards, landscaping and expansion of towns.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Compile the Historical Back Ground of Town Planning and architecture
2. Compose spaces of buildings using design concepts, planning principles.
3. Understand the town planning standards, landscaping features and regulations controlling
expansion of the towns and the cities.
4. Distinguish architectural styles of eastern and western world.
5. Understand the importance of architecture design
6. .Analyze the importance of modern architecture methods

Module 1: BACK GROUND OF TOWN PLANNING: Town planning in India – Town plans of
mythological Manasa -Town plans of Ancient towns: Harappa, Mohenjodaro, Pataliputra, Delhi, Acropolis
(Greece), Jerusalem, Mecca, Rome, London.
Module 2: TOWN PLANNING THEORY: Evolution of towns: problems of urban growth – beginning
of planning acts – ideal town – concept of new towns and conservative theory – comprehensive planning
of towns- Survey and analysis of town: fare maps – land use classification – transportation network –
intelligent transportation system –solid waste and sewage – economic studies – environmental aspects.
Town planning standards
Module 3: LANDSCAPING AND EXPANSION OF TOWNS: Landscaping for the towns, Town scape
- horizontal and vertical expansion of towns: garden cities, satellite towns, floating towns, sky scrapers,
pyramidal cities – smart cities
Module 4: WESTERN ARCHITECTURE: Indo-Aryan, Dravidian and Mughal periods – European,
Egyptian, Greek, Roman, medieval and renaissance periods- construction and architectural styles;
vernacular and traditional architecture - Post-classic Architecture
Module 5: PRINCIPLES OF ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: Definition of architecture: factors
influencing architectural development- characteristic features of a style - Creative principles:
function/strength, aesthetics – deciding the space and form – activity space, circulation space and tolerance
space - form expressive of function-form related with material and Structural system.

Civil Engineering
Module 6:DEVELOPMENT OF CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURE: Architectural
developments and impacts on society since industrial revolution - influence of modern art on architecture -
works of national and international architects - art Novuea, Eclecticism, international styles, post
modernism - deconstruction in architecture

Text Books:
1. Joy Sen, “Sustainable Urban Planning”, The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), 2013
2. Gallion A B.,Eisner S., “The Urban Pattern” Van Nostrandreinhold, New York,1993.
Reference Books:
1. Dutt, B. B, “Town Planning in Ancient India”, Delhi, Isha Books, 2009.
2. Pramar, V. S. “A social history of Indian architecture”, Oxford University Press India New Delhi,
2005.
3. Roth, M. L. “Understanding Architecture: Its Elements, History, and Meaning. Columbia”, West-
view Press, 2006
4. Jon Lang, “A concise history of Modern Architecture in India”, Permanent Black Publishers, New
York,1998.
5. Taurus Parke, “A City with view Florence”, I.B. Taurus Publishers, New York, 1994.

L T P C
18CE2057 STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF FOUNDATION
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart a basic knowledge of the typical special foundations used in various situations
2. To familiarize with the soil design
3. To enlighten with structural design of foundations and retaining walls and special foundations
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Recall the design philosophies.
2. Identify the various types of soil design
3. Determine the loads and moments acting on the structure.
4. Estimate the quantity of reinforcement.
5. Design the structure as per Indian standards.
6. Construct the appropriate structural drawing.

Module 1: LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS: Introduction

to limit state design of concrete foundations - Soil pressures for structural design - Depth of footings -
Bearing capacity - settlement of shallow foundations
Module 2: STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF SPREAD FOOTINGS: Combined footings- rectangular,
trapezoidal and strap footings
Module 3: MAT FOUNDATIONS: Structural design of mat foundations - beam and slab raft foundations
- combined pile raft foundations
Module 4: PILE FOUNDATIONS: Design of different types of pile foundations - structural design of
pile
Module 5: RETAINING WALLS: Stability analysis of retaining walls - structural design of retaining
walls- cantilever and counter fort retaining walls
Module 6: SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS: Foundations for special structures like water tanks and ground
storage tanks, transmission towers, silos and chimneys - coastal and offshore structures.

Text Books:
1. Ashok K Jain, “Reinforced Concrete Limit State Design”, Nem Chand and Bros., Roorkee, 2007

Civil Engineering
 2. Swami Saran, “Analysis and Design of Substructures”, IBH Publishing Co Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi,
2006.
Reference Books:
1. Bowles J.E., “Foundation Analysis and Design”, Mc. Graw Hill International Edition, New
Delhi.1997
2. P.C. Varghese, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations”, PHI-Ltd- New Delhi, 2009.
3. Tomlinson M.J, “Foundation design and Construction” , John Wiley Interscience, New York, 2001
4. Das,B. M. “Advanced Soil Mechanics”, CRC Press, 2013
5. Selvadurai, A.P.S. “Elastic Analysis of Soil Foundation Interaction.”, Elsevier Scientific
Publishing Company, New York, 1979

L T P C
18CE2058 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize the fundamentals of traffic engineering
2. To enable to identify the different theories of traffic flow
3. To impart the importance of traffic safety and management
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the fundamentals of traffic engineering
2. Carry out different traffic studies
3. Design channels, intersections, signals, roundabouts and parking arrangements
4. Express the application of traffic flow theory
5. Enhance safety and environment in all design aspects
6. Develop Traffic management Systems

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Scope of Traffic Engineering - Elements of Traffic Engineering - road

user, vehicle and road way. Road Characteristics – Road user characteristics – PIEV theory – Vehicle
characteristics - IRC standards - Design speed, volume – Performance characteristics – Fundamentals of
Traffic low – Urban Traffic problems in India
Module 2:TRAFFIC SURVEY: Speed, journey time and delay surveys – Vehicles Volume Survey
including non-motorized transports – Methods and interpretation – Origin Destination Survey – Methods
and presentation – Parking Survey – Accident analyses -Methods, interpretation and presentation –
Statistical applications in traffic studies and traffic forecasting
Module 3:LEVEL OF SERVICE AND CAPACITY: Concept, applications and significance - Highway
capacity - Capacity of urban and rural roads - PCU concept and its limitations – Road user facilities -
Parking facilities - Cycle tracks and cycle ways - Pedestrian facilities – Traffic flow theory
Module 4: INTERSECTION DESIGN: Design of at-grade intersections – Principles of design –
Channelization - Design of rotaries - Traffic signals - pre-timed and traffic actuated - Design of signal
setting - phase diagrams - timing diagram – Signal co-ordination – Roundabouts - Grade separated
intersections - Geometric elements for divided and access controlled highways and expressways
Module 5: ROAD SAFETY: Street lighting -Traffic signs including Variable Message sign and road
markings – Significant roles of traffic control personnel – Networking pedestrian facilities and cycle tracks
- Traffic regulation and control Traffic safety – Principles and practices – Road safety Audit – Traffic and
environment hazards – Air and Noise Pollution – causes - abatement measures – Promotion and integration
of public transportation – Promotion of non-motorized transport
Module 6: TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: Area Traffic Management System – Traffic System
Management (TSM) with IRC standards – Traffic Regulatory Measures-Travel Demand Management
(TDM) – Direct and indirect methods – Congestion and parking pricing – All segregation methods-

Civil Engineering
Coordination among different agencies – Intelligent Transport System for traffic management, enforcement
and education – Car pooling

Text Books:
1. Kadiyali.L.R. “Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2013
2. Salter. R.I and Hounsell N.B, “Highway Traffic Analysis and design”, Macmillan Press Ltd.1996
Reference Books:
1. Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn and Walter P.Kilareski, “Principles of Highway Engineering
and Traffic Analysis”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011
2. Garber and Hoel, “Principles of Traffic and Highway Engineering”, CENGAGE Learning, New
Delhi, 2010
3. John E Tyworth, “Traffic Management Planning, Operations and control”, Addison Wesly
Publishing Company, 1996
4. Hobbs.F.D., “Traffic Planning and Engineering”, University of Brimingham, Peragamon Press Ltd,
2005
5. SP:43-1994, Indian Roads Congress (IRC) Specifications: Guidelines and Special Publications on
Traffic Planning and Management.

L T P C
18CE2059 GREEN BUILDINGS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To familiarize the concepts of green building
2. To introduce holistic approach buildings
3. To provide exposure to various national and international rating systems
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the concept of holistic design
2. Implement green building concept
3. Reduce the foot print of construction operation
4. Design the green building systems
5. Evaluate the performance of green buildings
6. Asses and rate the green building

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Definition - Green Building - environmental challenges - Green building

goals - approaches to green building - Holistic design - Integrated design - codes and guidelines
Module 2: GREEN BUILDING SYSTEMS: Site design- selection of green materials - products and
practices - passive design strategy - resource efficiency- internal load reduction - indoor environment
quality – building water and waste management
Module 3: GREEN BUILDING IMPLEMENTATION: Site protection planning-health and safety
planning- health and safety planning - construction and demolition waste-reducing the foot print of
construction operation
Module 4: BUILDING COMMISIONING: Essentials of commissioning - HVAC commissioning-
commissioning of non-mechanical - cost and benefit of building commissioning
Module 5: GREEN BUILDING ASSESSMENT: Green Building Assessment USGBC LEED building
assessment standard - LEED certification process – green globes building assessment protocol-
international building assessment systems
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Platinum / gold / silver building– trends in building rating systems – IGBC
standards.

Civil Engineering
Text Book:
1. Charles J. Kibert, “Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery”, 2nd Edition,
Wiley, New Jersey, 2007.
2. Kibert, C. “Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery”, John Wiley and
Sons, 2005
Reference Books:
1. Jerry Yudelson, “Green building A to Z, Understanding the Language of Green Building”, New
Society Publishers, Canada, 2007.
2. Green building guidelines: Meeting the demand for low-energy, resource-efficient homes.
Sustainable Buildings Industry Council, Washington, D.C., 2004.
3. Jerry Yudelson, “Green Building through Integrated Design”, McGraw Hill, USA, 2009
4. Means, R.S., “Green building: Project Planning and Cost Estimating”, Wiley, Kingston,
NewJersey, 2007.
5. Colin Porteous, “The New Eco-Architecture”, Spon Press, 2002.

L T P C
18CE2060 GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE AND ITS IMPACT
3 0 0 3
Course Objective:
1. To enable to understand the global climate change scenario, causes and consequences
2. To introduce the concepts about climate change modelling
3. To familiarize about the global climate and its impacts across the world
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the climate and its change
2. List the factors affecting global climate change
3. Analyze the impacts of global climate change
4. Explain the importance of climate change in various fields
5. Develop Climate Change Models
6. Study the impacts of climate change across the Globe

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Climate - the atmosphere - circulation - stability, chemistry of atmosphere

- atmospheric and ocean circulation - concept of energy balance - monsoon rain – clouds – storms - climate
- cloud formation and climate - global wind systems - storm - hurricanes
Module 2: CLIMATE CHANGE: Causes - internal forcing mechanism- external forcing mechanism –
physical evidences – tropical – desert – polar - mid-latitude climates and their role in global climate change.
Module 3: GREEN HOUSE GASES: Green house gases - its impact – acid rains – causes – effects-
solution- prevention – ozone layer – ozone depletion – ozone hole and global warming - CO2 Emissions.
Module 4: IMPACT ON AGRICULTURE: Food security - land use – forestry - human health – water
supply – sanitation - infrastructure and economy.
Module 5: IMPACT ON WATER: Importance of water – water resources- oceans- global ocean
circulation - water-related adaptation to climate change in the fields of ecosystems and biodiversity-
variations in past climates in ocean and lake sediment cores, ice cores, corals, tree rings - influences and
feedbacks of hydrological changes on climate – climate modelling
Module 6: ROLE OF ORGANIZATION: Mission of the inter-Governmental panel on climate change -
International agreements and protocols - future use of energy and fossil fuels - role of Governments,
industries and individuals - case studies: Antarctica – Greenland – North Pole – India.

Text Book:
1. Singh, K. P., “Geomorphology and global climate change”, 2011.

Civil Engineering
 2. Thomas R Karl , Jerry Melillo., “ Global Climate Change Impacts in the United States”, U S Global
Change Research. 2009
Reference Books:
1. Syed M. H., “Climate Change”, Daya Publishing House, 2009
2. Syed M.H, Encyclopedia of SAARC Nations, Gyan Publishing House, 2003
3. Alper Baba, Gökmen Tayfur, “Climate Change and Its Effects on Water Resources” Springer
Publishers, 2010
4. George Luber, Jay Lemery, “Global Climate Change and Human Health: From Science to
Practice”,ISBN: 978-1-118-50557-1November 2015,
5. Edmond Mathez “Climate Change: The Science of Global Warming and Our Energy Future”,
Columbia University Press (1st edition, 2009)

L T P C
18CE2061 SMART BUILDINGS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge in the concepts of intelligent buildings
2. To provide the working principles of building automation systems, office automation systems and
communication systems
3. To get an exposure to air conditioning and fire safety arrangement in Intelligent buildings
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify impacts and benefits of intelligent buildings
2. Understand the principles of automated buildings
3. Illustrate philosophy of building automation systems
4. Analyze the intelligent building design concepts
5. Design fire safety and security systems for intelligent buildings
6. Integrate the building management systems and adopt them in intelligent buildings

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Introduction to intelligent buildings - basic concepts - building automation

system - cost analysis of intelligent buildings – smart materials - intelligent building management system.
Module 2: HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING: Introduction - Human comfort -
comfort air-conditioning – classification - air conditioning systems - electrical installations and illumination
- introduction, terminologies in electrical power engineering - electrical power transmission to buildings -
electrical power quality in buildings - lighting systems in buildings – correlating the systems
Module 3: FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS: Introduction - fire service installations type - automatic
fire alarm detection – sprinklers - hose reels hydrants - foam systems -microprocessor based alarm.
Module 4: SECURITY AND SAFETY SYSTEMS: Introduction - designing a security system - intrusion
sensors and space sensors – access control and intrusion detection systems- closed circuit television system
–selection of camera- central alarm systems – health monitoring systems.
Module 5: BUILDING ELECTRONICS: Introduction - microprocessor based control - programmable
logic controller – communication principles - telephone systems - communal aerial broadcasting – satellite
communication - fiber optic backbone
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Intelligent building practice - tall building - energy saving intelligent
building management

Text Books
1. Shengwei Wang, “Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation”, Spon Press, London, 2009.
2. Derek Clements and Croome, “Intelligent Buildings: An Introduction”, Routledge, 2013

Civil Engineering
Reference Books
1. Derek Clements Croome, “Intelligent Building Design, Management and Operations”, Thomas
Telford Publishing, London, 2004.
2. Albert Ting – pat Sowai Lok Chan, “Intelligent Building Systems”, Kluwer Academic Publisher,
U.S.A, 1999.
3. Ehrlich, C., “Intelligent Building Dictionary: Terminology for Smart, Integrated, Green Building
Design, Construction, and Management” San Francisco, Calif: Hands-on-Guide, 2007.
4. Michael Wigginton, Jude Harris, “Intelligent Skins”, Routledge, 2013
5. Manolescue P., “Integrating Security into Intelligent Buildings”, Cheltenharn, 2003

L T P C
18CE2062 ENERGY EFFICIENT BUILDINGS
2 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concepts and benefits of energy efficiency in buildings.
2. To enable to identify the different opportunities and measures for reducing energy use in
buildings
3. To familiarize the different mechanisms for financing energy efficiency measures in buildings
Course outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Appreciate the significance and benefits of energy efficiency in buildings.
2. Identify the methodology for the energy efficiency of buildings.
3. Determine the energy efficiency of buildings
4. Improve the energy efficiency of buildings and the potential savings.
5. Implement different mechanisms for financing energy efficiency measures.
6. Interpret policies to facilitate energy efficiency

Module 1: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT PRINCIPLES IN BUILDING DESIGN- Introduction

-construction building material- Environmental impact assessment (EIA) - environmental impact analysis-
energy flow in buildings - internal heat gain – delivered energy and system loss - energy performance of
buildings - certifying energy efficiency
Module 2: ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURES IN BUILDINGS: Reducing heating demand -
limiting the exposed surface area of the building - improving air tightness - improving the insulation of the
building’s fabric- identifying a suitable heating system - reducing cooling demand - avoiding excessive
glazing - reducing the energy requirements for ventilation - energy star energy efficiency equipment and
appliance labelling
Module 3 :ENERGY EFFICIENCY SIMULATION: Assessment - analysis and implementation of
lighting systems - compressed air systems - heating systems, geometry of buildings - openings and shades
- thermal control - lightings and cooling controls - simulation parameters - natural ventilation - zero energy
home
Module 4: FINANCING AND IMPLEMENTING POLICY ON ENERGY EFFICIENCY: Internal
funds- debt financing - lease or lease-purchase agreements- energy performance contracts - utility
incentives- design assistance - low-interest loans - local authority and national assistance - energy efficiency
policy- agency - regulator - adjudicating body
Module 5: POLICY TOOLS TO PROMOTE BUILDING EFFICIENCY: Building energy code
compliances - codes and standards - residential and non-residential buildings - new constructions-
refurbishing and renovations - certification and labelling
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Sustainable energy - improving energy efficiency - efficient lighting -
passive design

Civil Engineering
Text Books:
1. Mili Majumdar, “Energy-efficient Buildings in India”, The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI),
2001
2. Lal Jayamaha, “Energy-Efficient Building Systems: Green Strategies for Operation and
Maintenance”, McGraw Hill Professional, 2006
Reference Books:
1. Paul Tymkow, Savvas Tassou, Maria Kolokotroni, Hussam Jouhara, “Building Services Design for
Energy Efficient Buildings”, Routledge, 2013
2. Umberto Desideri, Francesco Asdrubali,“Handbook of Energy Efficiency in Buildings: A Life
Cycle Approach”, Butterworth-Heinemann Publisher, 2018
3. Matthew R Hall, “Materials for Energy Efficiency and Thermal Comfort in Buildings”, Elsevier,
2010
4. Satyajit Ghosh, Abhinav Dhaka, “Green Structures: Energy Efficient Buildings”, Ane Books, 2015
5. Bruce Harley, “Insulate and Weatherize”, The Taunton Press, 2002.

L T P C
18CE3011 ADVANCED SOLID MECHANICS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart the concept of three dimensional stress and strain analysis.
2. To suggest solutions for selected problems in rectangular and polar coordinates as well as
torsion of prismatic bars, thin walled open sections and closed tubes
3. To facilitate understanding of the plastic stress-strain relations, criteria of yielding and
elasto-plastic problems
Course outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. State the basic equations of elasticity and plasticity and recognize the methods of solution of elastic,
elastic-plastic and plastic problems of solid mechanics.
2. Explain the concept of stress at a point, strain at a point, stress or strain transformation, principal
plane and principal stress, strain- displacement relations, yield criteria, yield surface, plastic stress
-strain relation.
3. Calculate the principal stress/strain at a point in a stressed body and their associated directions.
4. Carry out rigorous analysis of a stressed body and examine its stress distribution
5. Justify the importance of rigorous analysis of solid mechanics problems by theory of
elasticity and theory of plasticity for weight- sensitive applications.
6. Develop equations governing the behaviour of physical problem consistent with the Kinematic
constraints.

Module 1: ANALYSIS OF STRESS AND STRAIN IN THREE DIMENSIONAL CARTESIAN

COORDINATES: Stress at a point – hydrostatic and deviatoric components - differential equations of
equilibrium- stress transformation laws – principal stresses – displacement field – strain at a point - strain
displacement relations – St.Venant compatibility conditions - strain transformations - principal strain -
principle of superposition - stress-strain relations - Hooke's law - St.Venant’s principle.
Module 2: TWO DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS IN RECTANGULAR COORDINATES: Two
dimensional problems in cartesian coordinates: Plane stress and plane strain problems – Airy's stress
function - polynomials -application to bending of a beam: simply supported beam with UDL- cantilever
beam with a tip load- pure bending of a cantilever beam
Module 3: TWO DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS IN POLAR COORDINATES: Two dimensional
problems in polar coordinates: Plane stress and plane strain problems – Airy's stress function - application
to simple problems -symmetrical stress distribution in thick cylinder - rotating disc -p ure bending of curved
bars - bending of a curved bar by force at the end- effect of circular hole on stress distribution- concentrated

Civil Engineering
force at a point of a straight boundary - forces on wedges - circular disc with diametric loading
Module 4: TORSION OF NON-CIRCULAR SECTIONS: St. Venant's warping function and Prandtl’s
stress function approaches - membrane analogy - torsion of thin walled open sections - torsion of hollow
thin walled single and multi-celled tubs.
Module 5: BEAMS ON ELASTIC FOUNDATION: Idealization of soil medium – Winkler model –
analysis of infinite beams – semi-infinite and finite beams – point load and uniformly distributed load –
various boundary conditions.
Module 6: INTRODUCTION TO PLASTICITY: Strain Hardening - idealized stress- strain curve -yield
criteria -Von Mises yield criterion - Tresca yield criterion -stress-space representation - Elasto-plastic
problems - Beams in bending - torsion of bar of circular cross section - Nadai's sand heap analogy -plastic
stress-strain relations -plastic potential.

References:
1. Chakrabarthy, T., “Theory of Plasticity”, Elsevier, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Chandramouli, P.N., “Theory of Elasticity”, Yes Dee Publishing Private Ltd., Chennai, 2017
3. Chow, P.C and Pagano, N.J., “Elasticity, Tensor, Dyadic and Engineering approaches”, Dover
Publications Inc, New York, 1992.
4. Mendelson, A., “Plasticity - Theory and Applications”, MacMillan Co., NewYork, 1968
5. Sadhu Singh, “Theory of Elasticity”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1995
6. Timoshenko, S. and Goodier, J.N., “Theory of Elasticity”, McGraw- Hill Book Co., New Delhi,
2010

L T P C
18CE3012 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on the basic principles of free and forced vibration (both un-damped and
damped) of single degree of freedom system
2. To become proficient in the modal analysis of multiple degree of freedom systems as well as
distributed parameter systems
3. To get exposed to the solution techniques for free and forced vibration analysis of building frames
subjected to dynamic loads
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the elements of vibratory system and to choose the relevant mathematical tools for dynamic
analysis of structure
2. Explain the causes and effects of structural vibration
3. Determine the fundamental frequency and mode of vibration of structural elements
4. Determine the response of the components of structural system
5. Compare the response of vibrating structural elements obtained by rigorous mathematical approach
and functional approximation methods
6. Explore the applications of dynamics to various field problems.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF DYNAMICS: Principles of vibration analysis:

Elements of vibratory system and simple harmonic motion - D'Alembert's principle - Hamilton's principle
– principle of virtual work -idealization of a structure as SDOF system - Equation of motion - damped and
undamped free vibrations - critical damping - logarithmic decrement - un-damped forced vibration.
Module 2: FORCED RESPONSE OF SDOF SYSTEM: Response to support motion - response to
harmonic excitation, damped or un-damped – response to support motion - response to arbitrary periodic
loading- Duhamel's integral

Civil Engineering
Module 3: FREE VIBRATION OF MDOF SYSTEM: MDOF system (Lymped mass): Mathematical
model of MDOF system - free vibration of undamped MDOF systems - natural frequencies and mode
shapes – orthogonality conditions - analysis for natural frequencies and mode shapes - solution of the Eigen
value problems -Stodala Power method - Jacobi method - Holzer method - Transfer matrix methods -
Dunkerlay's equation – Rayleigh and Rayleigh-Ritz methods
Module 4: DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER SYSTEM: MDOF (Continuous system): Mathematical
model for continuous system- free and forced vibration of bars - analysis for un-damped free and forced
vibration of simply supported and cantilever beams - Effect of axial loads - Rayleigh Ritz method.
Module 5: FORCED VIBRATION OF MDOF SYSTEM: Idealizations of multi-storeyed building
frames for dynamic analysis - Shear buildings – stiffness, flexibility and mass matrices - Free and forced
vibration with and without damping – solution by step by step direct integration - central difference method
- Houbolt method - Wilson-θ-method - Newmark method.
Module 6: APPLICATION OF STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS: Vibration isolation - Tuned mass damper
- vibration absorber – vibration due to: wind - earthquake, blast, impact, machine foundations.

References:
1. Anil K Chopra, “Dynamics of structures” Prentice-hall, 2015
2. Clough, R. W., and Penzien, “Dynamics of Structures”, McGraw Hill Book Co Ltd, 1986.
3. Leonard Meirovitch, “Elements of Vibration Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
4. Paz Mario, “Structural Dynamics - Theory and Computation”, CBS Publishers and Distributors Pvt.
Ltd., 2012
5. James C. Anderson, Farzad Naeim, “Basic Structural Dynamics”, John Wiley and Sons, 2012

FINITE ELEMENT METHOD IN STRUCTURAL L T P C

18CE3013
ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart the basic concept of finite element and the finite element procedure
2. To train in the development of shape functions, strain displacement relations, stiffness matrix and
load vector for one, two and three dimensional finite elements
3. To give exposure to mesh generation techniques and commercial softwares
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Define conservation of energy principle, variational principle and methods of weighted
residual for developing finite element model
2. Explain the finite element procedure by taking a simple 2D truss problem.
3. Develop the shape function, strain displacement-relation, stiffness matrix and consistent load vector
for structural members.
4. Analyze scalar and vector variable problems
5. Justify the approximate solution by finite element method by comparing with closed form solution
of bench mark problem.
6. Develop the finite element model for any given problem using appropriate finite element

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Concept of Finite element: Element types – strong and weak formulations
- Variational principles - Principle of virtual work - Rayleigh-Ritz method - Galerkin’s method of weighted
residual - Energy Principles - Displacement, stress and hybrid models
Module 2: ANALYSIS OF ONE DIMENSIONAL PROBLEM: One dimensional problems: scalar and
vector variable problems - concept of shape functions – convergence and compatibility requirements; Bar,
beam and truss elements– global, local and natural coordinate systems – generation of stiffness matrix and
consistent load vector– finite element procedure

Civil Engineering
Module 3: ANALYSIS OF TWO DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS: Two Dimensional Problems: Plane
stress and plane strain problems - Triangular elements - Rectangular elements – static condensation
technique - Sub-Iso-super parametric elements - shape function - mapping - linear iso-parametric
quadrilateral
Module 4: ANALYSIS OF THREE DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS: Three dimensional elements:
Tetrahedron element family - Hexahedron Element family - ZIB 8 and ZIB 20 elements - Numerical
Integration using Gaussian Quadrature -Axisymmetric stress analysis
Module 5: ANALYSIS OF PLATES AND SHELLS: Analysis of plates: Triangular and rectangular plate
bending elements - analysis of shells - faceted element for shells - degenerated shell elements – 4 noded
bilinear shell element- degenerated axi-symmetric shell elements – introduction to finite strip method
Module 6: COMPUTER IMPLEMENTATION: Auto and adaptive mesh generation techniques – mesh
refinement technique – h, p r methods of mesh refinement – requirement for selection of commercial
software for structural analysis- principles of modeling and analysis using commercial FEA software.

References:
1. Bathe, K.J., “Finite Element Procedure”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2014
2. Cook R.D., ‘Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Method”, Wiley John and Sons, 2014
3. Hutton David, “Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis”, Mc-Graw Hill,2004
4. Rajasekaran, S., “Finite Element Methods in Engineering Design”, S.Chand and Co Ltd., New
Delhi, 2015
5. Reddy, J.N., “An Introduction to Finite Element Method”, McGraw-Hill International edition, 2008
6. Tirupathi, R.Chandrupatla and Ashok, D. Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements in
Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited., New Delhi, 2004.
7. Zienkiewinz, O.C., “The Finite Element Method Vol. 1 and 2”, Mc Graw Hill Book Company,
New York, 1999.

L T P C
18CE3014 SEISMIC ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on the principles of plate tectonics and seismology
2. To enrich with expertise to analyze the forces in the members as per IS 1893 and ductile detailing
as per IS 13920
3. To enlighten with the principle of vibration control methods and retrofitting techniques
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Sequence the basic principles of engineering seismology
2. Estimate the forces on the structures
3. Assess the methods for seismic resistant design
4. Illustrate the codal provisions for seismic resistant design
5. Recommend suitable alternate techniques
6. Formulate repair and rehabilitation methods for damaged structures

Module 1: EARTHQUAKES AND GROUND MOTION: Engineering seismology -seismotectonics -

earthquake monitoring - seismic instrumentation (Indian scenario) - estimation of earthquake parameters -
seismic zoning of India- microzonation- peak horizontal acceleration (PHA).
Module 2: ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES FOR SEISMIC FORCES: Dynamics of structures
(SDOFS/ MDOFS) - response spectra - evaluation of earthquake forces as per codal provisions – static and
dynamic methods- lessons learnt from past earthquakes
Module 3: EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF MASONRY STRUCTURES: Structural
systems - building types - causes of damage - planning considerations - philosophy and principle of

Civil Engineering
earthquake resistant design - guidelines for earthquake resistant design - earthquake resistant masonry
buildings - design consideration
Module 4: EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF RC STRUCTURES: Earthquake resistant
design of R.C.C. Buildings – ductile detailing of structures – rigid frames – shear walls.
Module 5: VIBRATION CONTROL TECHNIQUES: Vibration control - principles and application-
Case studies -important structures- methods of retrofitting.
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Learning from failures - repairs and rehabilitations

References:
1. Bruce A Bolt, “Earthquakes” W H Freeman and Company, New York, 2004.
2. Brebbia C.A. “Earthquake Resistant Engineering Structures VIII”,WIT Press, 2011
3. Duggal,S.K. “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, Oxford University Press, 2007
4. Mohiuddin Ali Khan “Earthquake-Resistant Structures: Design, Build and Retrofit”, Elsevier
Science and Technology, 2012
5. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande, “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, Prentice
Hall of India, 2009.
6. Paulay,T and Priestley, M.J.N., “Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry buildings”,
John Wiley and Sons, 1992.

L T P C
18CE3015 THEORY OF STRUCTURAL STABILITY
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart the basic principles of stability of structures
2. To educate on equilibrium and energy approaches for the buckling of compression members and
beam columns made of solid as well as thin walled open sections
3. To facilitate understanding of the buckling behaviour of plates and shells and imperfection
sensitivity
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Gain knowledge of the stability criteria, energy theorems, and basic mathematical techniques used
to determine the critical loads of structural elements.
2. Explain the cause of bifurcation and limit point buckling of structural elements.
3. Apply equilibrium and energy approaches and develop mathematical equations for buckling of
structural elements.
4. Carry out buckling analysis of structural elements and determine the buckling loads and the
associated buckling modes.
5. Justify the applicability of approximate solution techniques for buckling of structures.
6. Predict the buckling behaviour of a portal frame by critical equilibrium approach and by using
linear elastic stiffness and geometric stiffness

Module 1: CRITERIA FOR DESIGN OF STRUCTURES: Stability, strength, and stiffness, states of
equilibrium - stability criteria - static and dynamic approach -classical concept of stability of discrete and
continuous systems - linear and nonlinear behavior
Module 2: STABILITY OF COLUMNS: Axial and flexural buckling, lateral bracing of columns,
combined axial, flexural and torsional buckling of columns: various boundary conditions - initially bent
column - eccentrically loaded column – effect of shear on buckling - large deflection of columns – inelastic
buckling of columns: double modulus theory - tangent modulus theory
Module 3: STABILITY OF FRAME: Effect of axial force on bending stiffness - stability of frames with
and without sway– buckling versus global buckling - buckling analysis critical equilibrium and by finite
element method

Civil Engineering
Module 4: TORSIONAL AND LATERAL STABILITY: Lateral stability of beams - lateral buckling of
beams in pure bending - lateral buckling of cantilever and simply supported I beams -buckling of thin-
walled open sections - torsional buckling - torsional flexural buckling.
Module 5: STABILITY OF PLATES: Stability of plates: equilibrium and energy concepts - critical load
of a thin plate under uniaxial and biaxial compression –critical load of plate in shear - post-buckling
strength- Galerkin’s method and Finite difference method
Module 6: BUCKLING OF SHELLS: Buckling of shells -Donnel’s equation - symmetrical buckling of
cylinder under uniform axial compression - cylinder under uniform external lateral pressure - cylinder
subjected to torsion -imperfection sensitivity - perfect systems - imperfect systems - sensitive and
insensitive systems - symmetric and asymmetric bifurcation - bifurcation and limit points

References:
1. Ashwini Kukar, “Stability of Structures”, Allied Publishers Limited, New Delhi, 1998.
2. Brush, D.O., and Almorth, B.O., “Buckling of Bars, Plates and Shells”, Mc Graw Hill, 1975.
3. El Naschie, M.S., “Stress, Stability and Chaos in Structural Engineering: An Energy Approach”,
McGraw Hill International Editions, 1992.
4. Iyengar, N.G.R., “Elastic Stability of Structural Elements”, Macmillan India Ltd., New Delhi,
2007.
5. Murali, L. Gambir, “Stability Analysis and Design of Structures”, Springer-Verlog, Berlin, 2013.
6. Robert Millard Jones, “Buckling of Bars, Plates and Shells”, McGraw-Hill, 2006
7. Simister G.J. and Hodge D.H., “Fundamentals of Structural Stability”, Elsevier Ltd., 2008
8. Timoshenko, S.P., and Gere, J.M., “Theory of Elastic Stability”, McGraw-Hill, 2013.

L T P C
18CE3016 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS LABORATORY
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge in the solution of linear and nonlinear equations
2. To enable to solve linear systems of equations
3. To train to integrate software and to carry out numerical integration and solve ordinary
differential equations.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Solve the linear and nonlinear equations.
2. Analyze static and dynamic problems
3. Integrate software to solve the problems
List of Experiments:
1. Solution of cubic equation- Cardon-solution
2. Find the Roots of Non-Linear Equation using Bisection Method.
3. Find the Roots of Non-Linear Equation using Newton’s Method.
4. Curve Fitting by Least Square Approximations.
5. Solve the System of Linear Equations using Gauss – Elimination Method.
6. Solve the System of Linear Equations using Gauss - Seidal Iteration Method.
7. Solve the System of Linear Equations using Gauss – Jorden Method.
8. Numerical Integration using Trapezoidal Rule.
9. Numerical Integration using Simpson’s Rules.
10. Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations by Euler’s Method.
11. Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations by Runge- Kutta Method.
12. Newmark’s integration method for SDoF system
References:
1. Rajasekaran, S., “ Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science”, S.Chand Ltd., 2003

Civil Engineering
 2. Williams,P.W. “ Numerical Computations”, The English Language Book Society, South Ampton,
Great Britain, 1972
3. Bilal Ayyub, Richard H. McCuen, “Numerical Analysis for Engineers: Methods and
Applications”, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, 2015

L T P C
18CE3017 ADVANCED CONCRETE LABORATORY
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate the mix-design of high strength concrete
2. To impart practical knowledge on the experimental behaviour of structural elements.
3. To train to conduct Non Destructive Tests on existing concrete structures
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Design high grade concrete and study the parameters affecting its performance.
2. Conduct Non Destructive Tests on existing concrete structures.
3. Apply engineering principles to understand behaviour of structural elements.

List of Experiments:
1. Concrete mix design for high strength concrete
2. Study of stress-strain behaviour of high strength concrete, Correlation between cube strength, cylinder
strength, split tensile strength and modulus of rupture.
3. Test on dynamic behaviour of frames
4. Behaviour of Beam / slab under flexure
5. Behaviour of Beams under Shear
6. Behaviour of short columns under axial compression
7. Evaluation of connection/joint strength of steel
8. Durability studies on concrete elements using RCPT
9. Permeability studies on concrete
10. Non-Destructive testing of existing R.C.C members
11. Corrosion studies on RCC elements
12. Identification or rebar using cover meter

References
1. Neville A. M, “Properties of Concrete”, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2012
2. Shetty M. S., “Concrete Technology”, S. Chand and Co., 2006
3. Zongjin Li, “Advanced Concrete Technology”, John Wiley and Sons, 2011

L T P C
18CE3018 MODEL TESTING LAB
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate the various models for structural elements
2. To facilitate the determination of the response of the models due to static and dynamic loads
3. To enable to carry out the cyclic load tests on frames
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Demonstrate various models for structural elements
2. Determine the response of the models for static and dynamic loads
3. Examine the behavior of models for static and dynamic loads
List of Experiments:
1. Testing of cylindrical shell

Civil Engineering
 2. Testing of doubly curved shell
3. Testing of Funicular shell
4. Testing of thin plate
5. Testing of thick plate
6. Test of frame models- static loading
7. Natural frequency and Mode shape of cantilever
8. Natural frequency and mode shape of simply supported beam
9. Natural frequency and Mode shape of MDoF system
10. Cyclic Load test on beam- column joint
11. Cyclic load test on frames
12. Wind load test on frames
References:
1. Harry G.Harris and Gajanan M.Sabnis, “ Structural Modeling and Experimental Techniques”,
CRC Press, 1999
2. Suryanarayana C, “Experimental Techniques in Materials and Mechanics”, CRC Press, 2011
3. Jack Philip Holman, “Experimental methods for engineers”, McGraw-Hill, 2010

L T P C
18CE3019 STRUCTURAL DESIGN LABORATORY
0 0 4 2

Course Objectives:
1. To build in confidence in the analysis and design of RC framed buildings and Industrial structures
2. To impart knowledge in the design of slab bridge and raft foundation
3. To train in the software and carry out pushover analysis of building frames
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Model the structural elements
2. Analyse the RCC and steel frame
3. Design and detail complete Multi-Storey Frame Buildings.
List of Experiments
1. Analysis and Design of RCC building frame for static loads
2. Analysis and Design of RCC building frame for wind load
3. Seismic Analysis and Design of RCC building by Response spectrum method
4. Seismic Analysis and Design of RCC building with shear wall
5. Analysis and Design of Industrial building with Truss
6. Analysis and Design of Industrial building with Frame members
7. Analysis and design of slab bridge
8. Analysis and Design of Raft foundation
9. Analysis of Plate using ANSYS
10. Analysis of Solid beam using ANSYS
11. Analysis of RCC frame with flat slab
12. Pushover analysis of building frame
References:
1. ANSYS user guide and Reference Manual, 2016
2. ETABS 2016 - Reference manual
3. SAP 2016 - Reference manual
4. STAAD Pro 2007 V8i – Analysis Reference Manual, 2015

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE3020 THEORY OF THIN PLATES AND SHELLS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on various plate and shell theories
2. To enable to carry out static analysis of plates
3. To enrich with skill in the static analysis of shells
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. List the assumptions made in the linear theory of plates and shells
2. Classify various type of plates and shells
3. Use analytical methods for the analysis of thin plates
4. Use analytical methods for the analysis of thin shells.
5. Justify the approximate methods for the complex problems in thin plates.
6. Develop the appropriate shell model for the pipes and pressure vessels

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Space Curves: Surfaces, shell co-ordinates - strain displacement relations
- Assumptions in shell theory - displacement field approximations -Stress resultants - equation of
equilibrium using principle of virtual work – boundary conditions.
Module 2: STATIC ANALYSIS OF PLATES: Governing equation for a Rectangular plate - Navier
solution for simply - supported rectangular plate under various loadings - Levy solution for rectangular
plate with other boundary conditions.
Module 3: CIRCULAR PLATES: Analysis under Axi- symmetric loading - Governing differential
equation in polar co-ordinates - approximate methods of analysis- Rayleigh-Ritz approach for simple cases
Module 4: STATIC ANALYSIS OF SHELLS: Membrane theory of shells- cylindrical, conical and
spherical shells
Module 5: SHELLS OF REVOLUTION WITH BENDING RESISTANCE: Cylindrical and conical
shells - application to pipes and pressure vessels
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Thermal stresses in plate/shell - case studies - learning from failures

References:
1. Chandrashekhara K, “Theory of Plates”,., Universities Press, 2001
2. Gould P.L., “Analysis of Shells and Plates,” Springer Verlag, New York, United States, July 2012
3. Reddy, J. N., “Theory and Analysis of Elastic Plates and Shells,” CRC, 2nd edition, December
2006
4. Rudolp Szilard, “Theory and Analysis of Plates”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, United States,
2004.
5. Timoshenko, S. “Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1990.
6. UguralAnsel C., “Stresses in Plates and Shells”, McGraw Hill, 2009
7. IS:2210-1988 “Criteria For Design of Reinforced Concrete Shell Structures and Folded Plates”,
BIS, New Delhi

THEORY AND APPLICATIONS OF CEMENT L T P C

18CE3021
COMPOSITES 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on various type of Composite materials
2. To educate the mechanical behavior of cement composites
3. To enable to analyze and design cement composite structural elements
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. List the various classification of composite materials

Civil Engineering
 2. Explain the mechanical behavior of cement composites
3. Classify the materials as per orthotropic and anisotropic behaviour
4. Estimate elastic constants using theories applicable to composite materials
5. Formulate the constitutive laws of composite materials – ferrocement, SIFCON and FRC
6. Analyze and design structural elements made of cement composites.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Classification and characteristics of composite materials - basic

terminology, advantages - stress-strain relations - orthotropic and anisotropic materials - engineering
constants for orthotropic materials - restrictions on elastic constants - Plane stress problem - Biaxial
strength - Theories for an orthotropic lamina.
Module 2: MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR: Mechanics of materials approach to stiffness-
determination of relations between elastic constants, elasticity approach to stiffness - bounding techniques
of elasticity - exact solutions - elasticity solutions with continuity, Halpin, Tsai equations - comparison of
approaches to stiffness.
Module 3: CEMENT COMPOSITES: Types of cement composites – terminology - constituent
materials and their properties - construction techniques for fibre reinforced concrete – ferrocement -
SIFCON - polymer concretes - preparation of reinforcement - casting and curing.
Module 4: MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF CEMENT COMPOSITES: Behavior of ferrocement -
fiber reinforced concrete: tension, compression, flexure, shear, fatigue and impact - durability and
corrosion.
Module 6: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN: Analysis and design of cement composite structural elements –
ferrocement - SIFCON and fibre reinforced concrete.
Module 5: APPLICATION OF CEMENT COMPOSITES: FRC and ferrocement: Housing, water
storage, boats and miscellaneous structures: case studies – learning from failures

References:
1. Jones R. M, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, 2nd Ed, BSP Books, 1998.
2. Shah S.P, “Application of Fracture Mechanics to Cementitious Composites”, Springer
Science and Business Media, 2012
3. Pama R. P., “Ferrocement – Theory and Applications”, IFIC, 1980.
4. Swamy R.N., “New Concrete Materials”, 1st Ed., Blackie, Academic and Professional,
Chapman and Hall, 1983
5. Chris L. Page, M M Page, “Durability of Concrete and Cement Composites”, Elsevier, 2007

L T P C
18CE3022 ADVANCED STEEL DESIGN
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To give exposure to the behaviour of steel connections
2. To train in the Analysis and design of the Industrial buildings
3. To help evaluate the performance of light gauge steel structures
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify appropriate structural steel section
2. Understand the behavior of different steel structural elements
3. Perform analysis of steel structures
4. Design the components of steel structural elements and connections
5. Appraise on the quality parameters for steel structures
6. Investigate the reasons for failure of a steel structure

Civil Engineering
Module 1: STRUCTURAL STEEL: Properties of steel: Mechanical properties, Hysteresis, ductility –
Hot rolled sections: compactness and non-compactness, slenderness, residual stresses
Module 2: DESIGN OF STEEL ELEMENTS: Limit state method - design of members subjected to
combined forces – design of purlins and gable column – design of slab base and gusseted bases and moment
resisting base plates.
Module 3: DESIGN OF CONNECTIONS: Types of connections – welded and bolted – throat and root
stresses in fillet welds – seated connections – unstiffened and stiffened seated connections – moment
resistant connections – clip angle connections – eccentric connections - split beam connections – framed
connections.
Module 4: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS: Types of roof system - loads
- analysis and design of roof truss – analysis and design of industrial buildings – pre-engineered buildings
- sway and non-sway frames – seismic design of steel buildings
Module 5: PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES: Introduction, shape factor, moment
redistribution, combined mechanisms, analysis of portal frames, effect of axial force - effect of shear force
on plastic moment - design of continuous beams - transmission line structure - loads - bracing system -
design of microwave towers
Module 6: DESIGN OF COLDFORMED STEEL STRUCTURES: Behaviour of compression elements
- effective width for load and deflection determination – behaviour of unstiffened and stiffened elements –
design of webs of beams – flexural members – lateral buckling of beams – shear lag – design of compression
members – wall studs

References:
1. Jayagopal, L.S. and Tensing.D, “ Design of Steel structures”, Vikas Publishing, Chennai, 2015
2. Lynn S. Beedle, “Plastic Design of Steel Frames”, John Wiley and Sons, 1990.
3. Narayanan.R., “Teaching Resource on Structural steel Design”, INSDAG, Ministry of Steel
Publishing, 2000.
4. Subramanian. N, “Design of Steel Structures”, Oxford University Press, 2008.
5. Wie Wen Yu, “Design of Cold Formed Steel Structures”, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, 1996.

L T P C
18CE3023 DESIGN OF ADVANCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To equip with the basic understanding of the behaviour of reinforced concrete structures
2. To educate the behavior of various structures
3. To instill competence in the design of the special structural elements as per various codes of
practice
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Interpret the concept of RC design
2. Compute design loads acting on a RC structure according to codal provisions.
3. Design the RC structures for its behavior.
4. Design and detail the structural drawings for execution citing relevant IS codes.
5. Adopt the RC structure based on the field requirement.
6. Identify the solution for failure of structures

Module 1: SERVICEABILITY CRITERIA: DEFLECTION AND CRACK WIDTH: Limit state of

serviceability – short term deflection –long term deflection - mechanism of flexural cracking - crack width:
IS, BS and ACI Codes – Shrinkage and thermal cracking

Civil Engineering
Module 2: INELASTIC BEHAVIOUR OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS: Inelastic
behaviour – Stress-strain characteristics of concrete – Moment rotation behavior - Strut-and- Tie Method -
concept of plastic hinges – moment redistribution
Module 3: DESIGN OF SPECIAL RC ELEMENTS: Behaviour of cantilever walls - ordinary and shear
walls - Design of RC walls -interaction of shear walls and rigid jointed frames- Strut and tie method
Module 4: YIELD LINE BASED DESIGN: Characteristic features of yield lines – patterns – moment
capacity – ultimate load on slabs - design of slabs
Module 5: DESIGN OF SPECIAL STRUCTURE: Introduction – behaviour of bunker and silo - Design
of Bunkers – Design of Silo
Module 6: PRECAST ELEMENTS: Principle of precast construction - advantages - methods of
precasting - Design of Precast concrete components – Poles - Column brackets

References:
1. Bhavikatti S.S, “Advanced RCC Design”, New age International Pvt. Ltd. 2006.
2. Krishna Raju, “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, CBS Publishers and distributors, New
Delhi, 2016
3. PCI Design Handbook – Precast and Prestressed Concrete (6th Edition), ISBN – 0- 937040-71-1
4. Varghese, P.C, “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.
5. Varghese, P.C., “Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete”, Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
6. Structural design manual, Precast concrete connection details, Society for the studies in the use of
precast concrete, Netherland BetorVerlag, 1978.
7. IS 4995: Part II- 1974, Criteria for “Design of Reinforced concrete Bins for storage of granular and
powdery materials”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
8. ACI 313: 1977. Standard practice for design and construction of concrete silos and stacking tubes
for storing granular materials, American Concrete Institute. 1977.

L T P C
18CE3024 STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on optimization Techniques
2. To differentiate traditional and non-traditional algorithms
3. To apply nontraditional for optimal structural design
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify different optimization problems
2. Interpret linear, nonlinear, geometric and dynamic programming problems
3. Use various optimization techniques
4. Choose suitable optimization method for a specific problem
5. Formulate the optimization algorithm for real time complex problems
6. Carry out optimization of civil engineering problems

Module 1: LINEAR AND NON LINEAR PROBLEMS: Basic voncepts of minimum weight - minimum
cost design – objective function, constraints - linear and non-linear programming: Formulation of problems
simplex method - Two phase method - Penalty method - Duality theory - Primal - Dual algorithm -
exhaustive and unrestricted search - Dichotomous search - Fibonacci method - Golden section method -
Interpolation methods – unconstrained optimization techniques.
Module 2: GEOMETRIC AND DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING PROBLEMS: Unconstrained and
constrained problems with zero difficulty - concept of solving problems with one degree of difficulty -
Dynamic Programming: Bellman’s principle of optimality - representation of a multistage decision problem
- concept of sub-optimization problems using classical and tabular methods.

Civil Engineering
Module 3: GENETIC ALGORITHM: Genetic algorithms – operators – reproduction – mutation – cross
over – evolution strategies – methods for optimal design of structures, continuous beams and single storeyed
frames – minimum weight design for truss members
Module 4: ANT COLONY ALGORITHM: Ant algorithm – network – The ant – initial population – Ant
movement – Ant tours – Pheromone – evaporation –sample problem.
Module 5: ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS TO STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION: Basic
concepts – biological systems - artificial neural network - application characteristics - overview of learning
methods - review of probability concepts.
Module 6: FUZZY LOGIC IN CIVIL ENGINEERING: Fuzzy set theory and logic – fuzzy sets
operation – fuzzy relations - membership function defuzzyfication - fuzzy based rule systems – application
to civil engineering problems

References:
1. Belegundu A. and T. Chandrupatla, “Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering”,
Prentice Hall, 1999.
2. David Corns, Marco Dorigo and Fred Gloves, “New Ideas in Optimization”, McGraw Hill
Company, London, 1999.
3. Gary Parker, R. and Ronald, L., “Discrete Optimization”, Academic press 1988.
4. Rajasekaran,S. and Vijayalakshmi Pai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithm”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, Delhi, 2003
5. Rao, S.S., “Engineering Optimization, Theory and Practice”, New Age International (p) Ltd., New
Delhi, 2002.
6. Ross,T.J., “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, Mc.Graw Hill, 1995.
7. GoldBerg, D.E., “Genetic Algorithm in Search, Optimization and Machine Learning”, Addison –
Wesley, 1989.
8. Spunt, L., “Optimum Structural Design”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1971.

L T P C
18CE3025 DESIGN OF HIGH RISE STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on the behaviour of tall buildings
2. To facilitate to acquire skill in the analysis of the resultant forces in various structural forms
3. To get exposure to the stability behavior of tall buildings
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the loads on tall buildings
2. Illustrate the behaviour of various structural forms
3. Adopt suitable techniques for analysis
4. Analyse the forces in the structures
5. Assess the long term effects in tall buildings
6. Integrate second order effects into the analysis.

Module 1: LOADING AND DESIGN PRINCIPLES: Loading- sequential loading, gravity loading,
wind loading, earthquake loading, - equivalent lateral force, modal analysis - combination of loading, –
static and dynamic approach - design philosophy – limit state method and plastic design.
Module 2: BEHAVIOUR OF VARIOUS STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS: Factors affecting growth,
height and structural form - High rise behavior: rigid frames, braced frames, in-filled frames, shear walls,
coupled shear walls, wall-frames, tubulars, cores, outrigger- braced and hybrid mega systems.

Civil Engineering
Module 3: ANALYSIS AND DESIGN: Modeling for approximate analysis - accurate analysis and
reduction techniques - analysis of buildings as total structural system - analysis for member forces, drift
and twist - computerized three dimensional analysis – assumptions in 3D analysis – simplified 2D analysis
Module 4: SECOND ORDER EFFCTS: Design for differential movement, creep and shrinkage effects,
temperature effects and fire resistance, P-Delta analysis, translational, torsional instability, out of plumb
effects, effect of foundation rotation
Module 5: STABILITY ISSUES: Overall analysis of frames, wall frames - approximate methods
Module 6: APPLICATION: Application of software in analysis and design - case studies - learning from
failures

References:
1. Beedle.L.S, “Advances in Tall Buildings”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi, 1986.
2. Bryan Stafford Smith and Alexcoull, “Tall Building Structures - Analysis and Design”, John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., 2005.
3. Gupta.Y.P.,(Editor), Proceedings of National Seminar on High Rise Structures - Design and
Construction Practices for Middle Level Cities, New Age International Limited, New Delhi,1995.
4. Lin T.Y and Stotes Burry D, “Structural Concepts and systems for Architects and Engineers”, John
Wiley, 1988
5. Taranath B.S., “Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings”, McGraw Hill, 1988.

L T P C
18CE3026 DESIGN OF FORMWORK
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on the requirements for design of formwork
2. To train in the selection of the type of formwork materials
3. To get exposed to analyse and design various type of formwork
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the requirements for design of formwork
2. Select proper formwork, accessories and material.
3. Design the form work for Beams, Slabs, Columns, Walls and Foundations.
4. Design the form work for Special Structures.
5. Understand the working of flying formwork.
6. Judge the formwork failures through case studies

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Requirements - selection of formwork.

Module 2: FORMWORK MATERIALS: Timber, plywood, steel, aluminium, plastic and accessories.
Horizontal and vertical formwork supports.
Module 3: FORMWORK DESIGN: Concepts - formwork systems and design for foundations, walls,
columns, slab and beams.
Module 4: FORMWORK DESIGN FOR SPECIAL STRUCTURES: Special structures: shells,
domes, folded plates, overhead water tanks, natural draft cooling tower, bridges.
Module 5: FLYING FORMWORK: Table form, tunnel form, slip form - formwork for precast concrete
- formwork management issues –pre-and post-award.
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Formwork failures: causes and case studies in formwork - failure formwork
issues in multi- story building construction

References:
1. Peurify , “Formwork for Concrete Structures,” , Mc Graw Hill India,2015.
2. Kumar Neeraj Jha , “Formwork for Concrete Structures”, , Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2012.

Civil Engineering
 3. Christopher Souder, “Temporary Structure Design”, John Wiley and Sons, 2014
4. Garold (Gary) D. Oberlender, Robert L. Peurifo Formwork for Concrete Structures” McGraw
Hill Professional, 2010
5. IS 14687: 1999, “False work for Concrete Structures – Guidelines”, BIS

L T P C
18CE3027 DESIGN OF MASONRY STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on various masonry design approaches
2. To train in the evaluation of shear strength and ductility of reinforced masonry members
3. To impart proficiency in performing elastic and inelastic analyses of masonry walls
Course outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the masonry design approaches.
2. Analyze reinforced masonry members.
3. Determine interactions between members.
4. Determine shear strength and ductility of reinforced masonry members.
5. Check the stability of walls
6. Perform elastic and In-elastic analysis of masonry walls.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Historical perspective - masonry materials - masonry design approaches

- overview of load conditions - compression behaviour of masonry - masonry wall configurations -
distribution of lateral forces.
Module 2: FLEXURAL STRENGTH: Flexural strength of reinforced masonry members: In plane and
out-of-plane loading.
Module 3: INTERACTIONS: Structural wall, columns and pilasters, retaining wall, pier and foundation.
Module 4: SHEAR STRENGTH AND DUCTILITY: Shear strength and ductility of reinforced masonry
members.
Module 5: PRESTRESSED MASONRY: Stability of walls – coupling of masonry walls - openings –
columns - beams.
Module 6: ELASTIC AND INELASTIC ANALYSIS: Modeling techniques - static pushover analysis -
use of capacity design spectra - case studies: learning from failures

References:
1. Hamid Ahmad A. and Drysdale Robert G “Masonry Structures: Behavior and Design”, Masonry
Society, 2008
2. Maurizio Angelillo, “Mechanics of Masonry Structures”, Springer Science and Business Media,
2014.
3. NarendraTaly, “Design of Reinforced Masonry Structures”, ICC, 2ndEdn, McGraw Hill
Professional, 2010
4. TomaeviMiha , “Earthquake-resistant Design of Masonry Buildings” , Imperial College Press,1999.
5. William George Curtin, Gerry Shaw, J. K. Beck, “Design of reinforced and prestressed masonry”,
Thomas Telford, 1988

L T P C
18CE3028 ADVANCED DESIGN OF FOUNDATION STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To learn principles of subsoil exploration
2. To get expertise in the design of substructures
3. To help in evaluation of the soil shear strength parameters.

Civil Engineering
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Assimilate the principles of subsoil exploration
2. Identify and evaluate the soil shear strength parameters.
3. Determine the load carrying capacity of each type of foundation.
4. Understand the concepts of settlement analysis.
5. Select appropriate foundations type based on available soil conditions.
6. Design of reinforced concrete shallow foundations, pile foundations, well foundations and machine
foundations.

Module 1: SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS: Soil investigation – methods of subsurface exploration,

methods of borings along with various penetration tests - shallow foundations in clay - shallow foundation
in sand and C-Ф soils - footings on layered soils and sloping ground - design for eccentric or moment loads
settlements of footings and rafts - proportioning of foundations using field test data
Module 2: PILE FOUNDATIONS: Methods of estimating load transfer of piles - settlements of pile
foundations - pile group capacity and settlement - laterally loaded piles - pile load tests - analytical
estimation of load- settlement behavior of piles - proportioning of pile foundations - lateral and uplift
capacity of piles.
Module 3: WELL FOUNDATION: IS and IRC code provisions - Elastic theory and ultimate resistance
methods - design principles - well construction and sinking
Module 4: SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS: Foundation on expansive soils – choice of foundation – under-
reamed pile foundation - foundation for concrete towers, chimneys – design of anchors
Module 5: MACHINE FOUNDATIONS: Introduction – types of machine foundation – basic principles
of design of machine foundation – vibration analysis of machine foundation – design of foundation for
Reciprocating machines and Impact machines – vibration isolation
Module 6: TUNNELS, OPEN CUTS AND COFFER-DAMS: Tunnels and arching in soils, pressure
computations around tunnels - open cuts - sheeting and bracing systems in shallow and deep open cuts in
different soil types - coffer dams: various types, analysis and design, foundations under uplifting loads

References:
1. Bowles .J.E., “Foundation Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill Publishing co., New York, 1986.
2. Nainan P. Kurian, “Design of foundation system, Narosa Publishing House, 2005
3. Swamy Saran, "Analysis and Design of substructures", Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.
Ltd., 2006.
4. Tomlinson.M.J, “Foundation Design and Construction”, Longman, Sixth Edition, New Delhi,
1995.
5. Varghese.P.C, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations” –PHI learning private limited, New
Delhi, 2009.
6. Winterkorn. H. F., and Fang, H. Y., “Foundation Engineering Hand Book”, Van Nostrand,
Reinhold, 1976.

L T P C
18CE3029 DESIGN OF BRIDGES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge of the loading standards of IRC
2. To get exposed to the design principles of bridges
3. To facilitate to acquire expertise in analysis and design of different types of bridges.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Classify bridges according to loading and site conditions

Civil Engineering
 2. Understand the behavior of different bridges
3. Analyze different types of bridges
4. Design the different components of bridges
5. Appraise on the quality investigation of bridge structures
6. Investigate the reasons for the failure of bridge structures

Module 1: SHORT SPAN RC BRIDGES: Types of bridges and loading standards - choice of type - I.R.C.
specifications for road bridges – design of RCC solid slab bridges - analysis and design of slab culverts,
Tee beam and slab bridges.
Module 2: LONG SPAN RC BRIDGES: Design principles of continuous girder bridges, box girder
bridges, balanced cantilever bridges – arch bridges – box culverts - cable stayed and suspension bridges.
Module 3: PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BRIDGES: Flexural and torsional parameters – Courbon’s
theory – design of girder section – maximum and minimum prestressing forces – eccentricity – live load
and dead load shear forces – cable zone in girder – check for stresses at various sections – check for diagonal
tension – diaphragms – End block
Module 4: STEEL BRIDGES: General – Railway loadings – dynamic effect – Railway culvert with steel
beams – Plate girder bridges – Box girder bridges – Truss bridges – vertical and horizontal stiffeners.
Module 5: BEARINGS AND SUBSTRUCTURES: Different types of bearings – design of bearings –
design of piers and abutments of different types – types of bridge foundations – design of foundations.
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Case Studies- learning from failures

References:
1. Jagadeesh.T.R. and Jayaram. M.A., “Design of Bridge Structures”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2004.
2. Johnson Victor, D. “Essentials of Bridge Engineering”, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. New Delhi,
2001.
3. Krishna raju N, “Design of Bridges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, New Delhi, 2010
4. Ponnuswamy, S., “Bridge Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
5. Raina V.K.” Concrete Bridge Practice” Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, Delhi, 1988

L T P C
18CE3030 SOIL STRUCTURE INTERACTION
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To teach the basics of soil structure interaction, soil foundation models.
2. To impart knowledge on finite difference and finite element analysis
3. To help in acquiring skill in the elastic analysis of piles and piled raft.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand various soil response models applicable to soil-foundation interaction analysis.
2. Come up with elastic solutions for problems of pile.
3. Analyse soil-foundation system using software packages.
4. Understand interaction analysis on piles and pile groups.
5. Predict load deflection on laterally loaded piles.
6. Carry out design of pile raft system.

Module 1: SOIL - FOUNDATION INTERACTION: Introduction to soil – foundation interaction

problems - soil behaviour - foundation behaviour, interface behaviour - scope of soil-foundation interaction
analysis - soil response models - Winkler - elastic continuum - two parameter elastic models - elastic –
plastic behaviour -time dependent behaviour

Civil Engineering
Module 2: BEAMS ON ELASTIC FOUNDATION - SOIL MODELS: Infinite beam - two parameters
-isotropic elastic half space - analysis of beams of finite length - classification of finite beams in relation to
their stiffness – analysis through application packages.
Module 3: FRAMED STRUCTURE ON STRATIFIED SOILS: Analysis of different types of framed
structures founded on stratified natural deposits with linear and non-linear stress-strain characteristics
Module 4: PLATE ON ELASTIC MEDIUM: Infinite plate – Winkler -two parameters - isotropic elastic
medium -thin and thick plates - analysis of finite plates - rectangular and circular plates - numerical analysis
of finite plates - simple solutions - analysis of braced cuts – application packages.
Module 5: ELASTIC ANALYSIS OF PILE: Elastic analysis of single pile - theoretical solutions for
settlement and load distribution - analysis of pile group - interaction analysis - load distribution in groups
with rigid cap – piled-raft – application packages
Module 6: LATERALLY LOADED PILE: Load deflection prediction for laterally loaded piles -
subgrade reaction and elastic analysis - interaction analysis –pile-raft system - solutions through influence
charts – application packages

References:
1. Hemsley, J.A., “Elastic Analysis of Raft Foundations”, Thomas Telford, 1998.
2. Poulos, H.G., and Davis, E.H., “Pile Foundation Analysis and Design”, John Wiley, 2008.
3. McCarthy, R.N., “Essentials of Soil Mechanics and Foundations: Basic Geotechnics”, Sixth
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.
4. Murthy, V.N.S., “Advanced Foundation Engineering”, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
5. Saran, S., “Analysis and design of substructures”, Taylor and Francis Publishers, 2006.
6. ACI 336, Suggested Analysis and Design Procedures for Combined Footings and Mats, American
Concrete Institute, Delhi, 1988

L T P C
18CE3031 DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on the requirements and functional planning of industrial structures
2. To train in the analysis of the industrial structures
3. To train in the design of towers and chimneys
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the suitable industrial roofing system
2. Explain the requirements of industrial building
3. Analyse transmission towers with required foundations
4. Design various components of industrial buildings
5. Discuss the behaviour of machine foundation
6. Plan industrial structures for functional requirements

Module 1: PLANNING AND FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Classification of industries and

industrial structures - planning for layout requirements regarding lighting, ventilation and fire safety -
Protection against noise and vibration - guidelines of factories act.
Module 2: PORTAL FRAMES: Design of portal frame with hinge base - design of portal frame with
fixed base - gable structures
Module 3: INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS: Steel and RCC - Gantry girder - crane girders - design of
Corbels and nibs – design of staircase
Module 4: POWER PLANT STRUCTURES: Types of Power plants – containment structures - cooling
towers - bunkers and silos - pipe supporting structures

Civil Engineering
Module 5: TRANSMISSION LINE STRUCTURES AND CHIMNEYS: Analysis and design of
transmission line towers - sag and tension calculations, testing of towers – design of self-supporting
chimney - design of chimney bases.
Module 6: FOUNDATION: Design of foundation for Towers, chimneys and cooling towers - machine
foundation - design of turbo generator foundation

References:
1. Jurgen Axel Adam, Katharria Hausmann, Frank Juttner, Klauss Daniel, “Industrial Buildings: A
Design Manual”, Birkhauser Publishers, 2004.
2. Manohar S.N, “Tall Chimneys - Design and Construction”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1985
3. Santhakumar A.R. and Murthy S.S., “Transmission Line Structures”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1992.
4. K.G. Bhatia , “Foundations for Industrial Machines: Handbook for Practising Engineers”, Taylor
and Francis, 2009
5. Julian Weyer, Sergio Baragaño, “Industrial Building Planning and Design”, Design Media
Publishing Limited, 2014

L T P C
18CE3032 ANALYSIS OF LAMINATED COMPOSITE PLATES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on laminated plate theory
2. To train in the analysis of laminate composite plate by analytical methods
3. To give exposure to the finite element analysis of laminated composite plate
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. State the assumptions made in laminated plate theory
2. Distinguish between various shear deformation theories
3. Explain the relevance of various laminated plate theories and the solutions
4. Analyse the rectangular composite plates using the analytical methods.
5. Analyse the composite plates using advanced finite element method.
6. Develop the computer programs for the analysis of composite plates.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Kirchhoff thin plate theory

Module 2: CLPT AND FSDT: Displacement field approximations for classical laminated plate theory
(CLPT) and first order shear deformation theory (FSDT) - analytical solutions for bending of Rectangular
laminated plates using CLPT.
Module 3: NAVIER SOLUTIONS: Governing Equations -Navier solutions of cross-ply and angle-ply
laminated simply- supported plates - determination of stresses.
Module 4: LEVY’S SOLUTIONS: Levy solutions for plates with other boundary conditions - Analytical
solutions for bending of rectangular laminated plates using FSDT.
Module 5: FINITE ELEMENT SOLUTIONS USING CLPT: Bending of rectangular laminated plates
using CLPT.
Module 6: FINITE ELEMENT SOLUTIONS USING FSDT: Finite element solutions for bending of
rectangular laminated plates using FSDT - finite element model - Coelement formulation - post computation
of stresses.

References:
1. Reddy J. N ., “Mechanics of Laminated Composites Plates and Shells”, CRC Press, 2004
2. Mohd Sultan Ibrahim, “Free Vibration Analysis of Laminated Composite Plates Based on Higher
Order Shear Deformation Theory Using Finite Element Method” International Islamic University
Malaysia, 2002

Civil Engineering
 3. Turvey G.J, I.H. Marshall, “Buckling and Post buckling of Composite Plates”, Springer Science and
Business Media, 2012
4. Jianqiao Ye, “Laminated Composite Plates and Shells: 3D Modelling”, Springer Science and
Business Media, 2011
5. Reddy J. N., Antonio Miravete, “Practical Analysis of Composite Laminates”, CRC Press, 2018

FRACTURE MECHANICS OF CONCRETE L T P C

18CE3033
STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To facilitate understanding of the types of cracks
2. To impart knowledge on crack models
3. To enable to apply damage mechanics for concrete
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Learn the various type of cracks
2. Understand the fundamentals of fracture mechanics
3. Identify and classify cracking of concrete structures based on fracture mechanics.
4. Implement stress intensity factor for notched members
5. Apply fracture mechanics models to high strength concrete and FRC structures.
6. Compute J-integral for various sections understanding the concepts of LEFM.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Fundamentals of fracture mechanics – type of cracks – stress intensity

factor
Module 2: STRUCTURAL CRACKS: Crack in a structure - mechanisms of fracture in structural
concrete - crack growth - cleavage fracture - ductile fracture - fatigue cracking - environment assisted
cracking - service failure analysis.
Module 3: STRESS AT CRACK TIP: Stress at crack tip - linear elastic fracture mechanics, Griffith’s
criteria - stress intensity factors - crack tip plastic zone - Erwin’s plastic zone correction - R curves –
compliance - J integral - concept of CTOD and CMD.
Module 4: MATERIAL MODELS: General concepts, crack models, band models - models based on
continuum damage mechanics
Module 5: APPLICATIONS: Applications to high strength concrete - fibre reinforced concrete - crack
concepts – numerical modeling.
Module 6: FEM MODEL: Crack tip element- finite element model for crack tip

References:
1. Broek David,” Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics”, 3rd Rev. Ed. Springer, 1982.
2. Elfgreen L., “Fracture Mechanics of Concrete Structures – Theory and Applications”, RILEM
Report, Chapman and Hall, 1989.
3. Suri C. T. and Jin Z.H., “Fracture Mechanics”, 1st Edition, Elsevier Academic Press, 2012.
4. Victor, Li C., Bazant Z. P., “Fracture Mechanics – Applications to Concrete”, ACI SP 118, ACI
Detroit,1989
5. Alberto Carpinteri, “Applications of Fracture Mechanics to Reinforced Concrete”, CRC Press, 2014

L T P C
18CE3034 DESIGN OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on the principles of pre-stressing
2. To get exposure to analysis and design of the prestressed concrete elements
3. To teach the concepts of prestressing techniques

Civil Engineering
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. List the prestressing techniques
2. Understand the concepts of prestressing techniques
3. Analyse prestressed concrete structures
4. Design prestressed concrete structural elements
5. Appraise on the quality parameters of PSC structures
6. Investigate the rationale for failure of a PSC structure

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Review - basic concepts of prestressing- IS 1343-2012 code provisions -

factors affecting strength and deflection - layout of cables - introduction to ACI and BS codal provisions
Module 2: DESIGN FOR FLEXURE, SHEAR AND TORSION: Behaviour of flexural members -
determination of ultimate flexural strength – various codal provisions - design of flexural members - design
for shear, bond and torsion.
Module 3: DESIGN OF CONTINUOUS AND CANTILEVER BEAMS: Analysis and design of
continuous beams - methods of achieving continuity - concept of linear transformations - concordant cable
profile and gap cables – analysis and design of cantilever beams
Module 4: DESIGN OF POST TENSIONED CONCRETE SLAB: Design of one way and two way
spanning floors - flexure in flat slab - tendon profile - anchorage bursting reinforcement - design of railway
sleepers
Module 5: DESIGN OF PIPES AND COLUMNS: Analysis and design of prestressed concrete pipes -
columns with moments
Module 6: DESIGN OF COMPOSITE MEMBERS: Composite beams - applications - analysis and
design, ultimate strength - partial prestressing - advantages and applications.

References:
1. Arthur H. Nilson, “Design of Prestressed Concrete”, John Wiley and Sons Inc, New York, 2004.
2. Krishna Raju, “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2008.
3. Lin.T.Y,and Burns.H, “Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures”, John Wiley and Sons Inc, New
York, 2009.
4. RajagopalanN, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publications, New Delhi, 2008.
5. Sinha N.C and Roy.S.K, “Fundamentals of Prestressed Concrete”, S.Chand and Co., 1998.

ATMOSPHERIC ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND L T P C

18CE3035
CONTROL 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge about atmospheric pollution.
2. To introduce various measurement techniques and control measures.
3. To enable to make use of different tools available for atmospheric environmental pollution.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the principles of atmospheric chemistry in air pollution
2. Classify, characterize and quantify different types of air pollutants
3. Analyze the effects of air pollution on environment
4. Choose appropriate technology to control air pollution
5. Apply suitable measures in controlling air pollution
6. Develop model for atmospheric pollution

Module 1: BASIC CONCEPTS: Sources and types of air pollutants - effects on environment - sampling
and measurement of particle and gaseous pollutants.

Civil Engineering
Module 2: TRANSPORT AND DISPERSION OF AIR POLLUTANTS: Atmospheric stability and
inversion-plume rise estimation - dispersion theories.
Module 3: CONTROL OF PARTICULATES: Control methods - selection of control equipment -
principle and design aspects of settling chambers - cyclone separators – scrubbers – filters - electrostatic
precipitators - engineering control concept.
Module 4: CONTROL OF GASEOUS POLLUTANTS: Control methods - selection of control
equipment - principle and design aspects of absorption – adsorption – condensation - incineration – direct
combustion - thermal incineration - catalytic incineration - engineering control concept.
Module 5: AIR POLLUTION EMISSION STANDARDS AND LEGISLATION: Standards and
legislation for air pollution emission control - control measures for industrial application
Module 6: INTRODUCTION TO AIR POLLUTION MODELS: CALINE, SCREEN 3, ISCST3 -
basics of AERONET - case studies.

References:
1. Rao C S, “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”, New Age International (p) Limited,
2006.
2. Lawrence K.Wang, Norman C Perelra, Yung-Tse Hung, “Air Pollution Control Engineering”,
Tokyo, 2004.
3. Anjaneyulu.Y, “Air Pollution and Control Technologies”, Allied Publishers (P) Ltd, India, 2002.
4. Mudakavi, J R, “Principles and Practices of Air Pollution Control and Analysis” IK International,
2010.
5. David H.F Liu, BelaG. Liptak, “Air Pollution”, Lewis Publishers, 2000.

L T P C
18CE3036 SURFACE FLOW HYDROLOGY
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide a basic knowledge on different components of hydrologic cycle
2. To impart practical experience in hydrological data acquisition, analysis
3. To interpret hydrologic components on temporal and spatial scales
Course Outcome
Student will be able to
1. Possess a thorough knowledge of the hydrological processes associated with surface water
2. Analyze basic hydrologic data
3. Estimate the surface runoff
4. Measure flow in the streams
5. Conduct probability analysis for extreme events
6. Conduct water budget analysis

Module 1: BASIC HYDRAULICS AND HYDROLOGY: Definition and introduction to hydraulics

and hydrological science - structure and properties of water - conservation of mass and energy –
atmosphere – atmospheric air circulation – cyclones – fronts - clouds - hydrologic cycle - global to local
scales - radiation balance – evaporation and condensation.
Module 2: FREQUENCY ANALYSIS AND STOCHASTIC HYDROLOGY: Return period - Random
variable – Frequency distributions – Frequency analysis – Correlation coefficient – Method of least squares
– Variance analysis - Simple and multiple regression analysis – Deterministic approach in hydrology -
Stochastic hydrology - Introduction to: time series, deterministic and stochastic models.
Module 3: PRECIPITATION: Precipitation - precipitation types - temporal and spatial distribution of
precipitation - precipitation measurement: precipitation gauges, satellite estimates of precipitation, radar
measurement of precipitation - interpretation of precipitation data - estimating missing precipitation data
- double-mass analysis - average precipitation over area - Isohyets and Thiessan polygon - depth-area-

Civil Engineering
 duration analysis.
Module 4: RUNOFF: Phenomenon of runoff - surface retention – infiltration runoff cycle - estimating
the volume of storm runoff: storm analysis - basin characteristics
Module 5: STREAMFLOW MEASUREMENTS: Stream flow measurements and rating curves - flood
estimation - unit hydrograph - flood frequency analysis - flood routing - sediment yield and reservoir
sedimentation.
Module 6: HYDROLOGIC ABSTRACTIONS: Factors affecting evaporation process - water budget -
determination of reservoir evaporation - energy budget - determination of reservoir operation-estimation
of evaporation using pan Evaporimeter data Thornthwaite and Penman -Monteith methods - Lysimeter
determination of evapotranspiration - interception – soil moisture - infiltration loss estimation.

References:
1. Subramanya K., “Hydrology”, Tata McGraw Hill Co., New Delhi, 2017.
2. Ragunath H.M., “Hydrology”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
3. VenTe Chow, “Hand book of Hydrology”, McGraw Hill Publications, New York, 1995.
4. JeyaRamiReddy.P., “Hydrology”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2005.
5. Vijay P.Singh, “Elementary Hydrology, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004.

ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY AND L T P C

18CE3037
MICROBIOLOGY 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge on the transformation of chemicals in the environment
2. To educate the basics of microbiology involved in air, water and soil.
3. To study the basics of environmental chemistry, chemical reactions and electro kinetic
properties.
Course Outcome
Student will be able to
1. Learn basic chemical contents in the context of environmental studies
2. Gain competency in solving environmental issues of chemicals based pollution
3. Able to determine chemical calculations required for treatment purpose
4. Identify contaminating chemicals and learn the conceptual skills required for environmental
chemistry research
5. Apply micro-organisms for the treatment of wastes, bioleaching and bio-augmentation
6. Have insight into type, growth metabolism and culturing techniques of micro- organisms and
their application to environmental engineering

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Stoichiometry and mass balance - solubility product - chemical kinetics
principles of green chemistry- Beer Lambert’s law - limitations - UV visible spectroscopy - - atomic
spectroscopy -principles and applications
Module 2: AQUATIC CHEMISTRY: Environmental significance and determination - fate of chemicals
in aquatic environment – colloidal and surface chemistry- treatment– oxidation and reduction – sorption-
adsorption - Freundlich and Langmuir Isotherms – applications in water and wastewater treatment.
Module 3: ATMOSPHERIC AND SOIL CHEMISTRY : Atmospheric structure - chemical and
photochemical reactions in the atmosphere – photochemical smog- ozone layer depletion – acid rain-
agricultural chemicals in soil reclamation of contaminated land - electrokinetic remediation.
Module 4: CLASSIFICATION OF MICROORGANISMS: Prokaryotic, eukaryotic, structure,
characteristics, culturing of micro-organisms - environmental factors influencing microbial growth - growth
kinetics - distribution of microorganisms - water, air and soil - indicator organisms - coliforms, fecal
coliforms, E-coli, streptococcus, clostridium, MPN and MFT.

Civil Engineering
Module 5: PATHOGENS IN WASTEWATER: Introduction to water borne pathogens and parasites and
their effects on human, animal and plant health - transmission of pathogens – control of microorganisms;
microbiology of biological treatment processes – microbiology of sewage sludge
Module 6: BIODEGRADATION AND TOXICOLOGY: Microbiology of wastewater treatment –
Biodegradation, bioaugumentation, biomagnification, bioassay, microbial leaching - Ecotoxicology –
toxicity testing.

References:
1. Sawyer C. N., P. L. McCarty, and G. F. Parkin, “Chemistry for Environmental Engineering”, 5th
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
2. Pelczar, M. J., Chan E. C. S. and Krieg, N. R., “Microbiology”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1993.
3. Tortora. G. J., B. R. Furke, and C. L. Case, “Microbiology- An introduction” 11th Ed.,
Benjammin/Cummings publ. Co., Inc., California, 2013.
4. Vanloon G. W. and S. J. Duffy “Environmental chemistry -a global perspective”, Oxford
University press, 3rd Edition, Newyork, 2010.

WATER RESOURCES PLANNING AND SYSTEMS L T P C

18CE3038
ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce application of systems concepts to water resources planning
2. To enlighten with the optimization techniques in modeling water resources systems
3. To impart knowledge on National Water Policy
Course Outcome
Student will be able to
1. Understand the steps involved in planning a water resources project in an integrated way
2. Gain knowledge about different components of National Water Policy
3. Understand the economic policy to carryout cost-benefit analysis
4. Formulate the objective function and constraints
5. Apply few optimization tools and techniques
6. Develop reservoir operation policy

Module 1: CONCEPTS OF SYSTEMS ANALYSIS: Definition - approach to water resources planning

and management- water resources management - reservoir operation and water allocation policy
Module 2: OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES: Overview - objectives and constraints - formulation of
linear programming models- Graphical method - simplex method - sensitivity analysis - application of
linear programming in water resources
Module 3: DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Bellman’s principle of optimality - forward and backward
recursive dynamic programming - curse of dimensionality - application of dynamic programming for
resource allocation - reservoir capacity expansion.
Module 4: WATER RESOURCES PLANNING: concepts and definitions - functions and role of water
resources - phases of water resources planning - data requirements for water resources planning - National
water policy - constitutional provisions for water resources development.
Module 5: WATER RESOURCES PROJECTS: Planning objectives - public involvement in identifying
objectives - project scale - implementation of water resources projects - planning strategies for water
resources projects
Module 6: ECONOMIC POLICY: Water allocation priorities - Master plan approach - mechanics of
water resources plan - shadow pricing on project costs - International funding agencies.

Civil Engineering
References:
1. Vedula, P.P., and Mujumdar, S., “Water Resources Systems: Modelling Techniques and Analysis”,
TataMcGraw Hill, 2005.
2. Leonard Douglas James and Robert Rue Lee, “Water Resources Economics”, Oxford Publishers,
2005.
3. Bhave, P. R., “Optimal Design of Water Distribution Networks”, Narosa Publishing house, 2003.
4. Loucks, Daniel P., van Beek, Eelco; Stedinger, Jery R., Dijkman, Jozef P.M., Villars, “Water
Resources Systems Planning and Management: An Introduction to Methods, Models and
Applications”, UNESCO publishing, 2005.
5. Quentin Grafton R., and Karen Hussey, “Water Resources Planning and Management”, Cambridge
University Press, 2011.

WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT L T P C

18CE3039
TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on characteristics of water and wastewater, primary and secondary
treatment
2. To educate the methods of disposal of sludge and treated wastewater.
3. To educate on the working principles and design of various physical, chemical
treatment systems for water and wastewater.
Course Outcome
Student will be able to
1. Impart knowledge on characteristics and standards of water and wastewater
3. Understand principle of water and wastewater treatment systems
4. Design water and wastewater treatment systems
5. Evaluate efficiency of treatment units
6. Illustrate the design principles of industrial wastewater
7. Apply knowledge on the disposal and treatment of sludge

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Importance of water- quality and characteristics of water - physical-

chemical- biological treatment- standards - need of treatment- treatment methods for surface and ground
water – natural treatment principles.
Module 2: WATER TREATMENT: Principle and design – sedimentation – aeration – types of aerators
– coagulation – filtration – rapid sand filtration – disinfection methods – softening – lime soda process-
carbonation – ion exchange – reverse osmosis – dialysis – removal of colour – de-fluoridation
Module 3: WASTEWATER TREATMENT: Principle and design - screens, grit chamber- skimming
tank- primary sedimentation tank- secondary treatment- activated sludge process- trickling filter- oxidation
ponds- RBC- towers- tertiary treatment.
Module 4: INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT: Differences between domestic and
industrial wastewater- characteristics- equalization- proportionating- neutralization-removal of oils and
fats- removal of organic solids- precipitation- removal of nitrogen and phosphorous compounds.
Module 5: SLUDGE TREATMENT DISPOSAL: Characteristics of sludge- sludge treatment methods-
reduction of moisture content- anaerobic and anaerobic treatment methods – disposal methods- sludge as
fertilizer.
Module 6: ADVANCED TREATMENT: Advanced technologies available –depth filtration – surface
filtration – membrane filtration absorption – gas stripping – advanced oxidation process.

References:
1. “Manual on water supply and Treatment”, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development, GoI,
New Delhi, 2009.

Civil Engineering
 2. Bajwa, G.S. “Practical Handbook on Public Health Engineering”, Deep Publishers, Simla,
2003.
3. Metcalf and Eddy, “Wastewater engineering, Treatment and Reuse”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 2003.
4. Kuruvilla Mathew, Stewart Dallas, Goen Ho, “Decentralized Water and Wastewater
Systems”, IWA Publications, 2008.
5. Parimal Pal, “Industrial Water Treatment Process Technology”, Butterworth-Heinemann,
2009

L T P C
18CE3040 HYDROLOGY LABORATORY
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives:
1. To impart practical knowledge in hydrologic processes
2. To equip with the understanding of the practical implications of aquifer parameters
3. To enable them to conduct field experiments
Course Outcome
Student will be able to
1. Gain better understanding of hydrologic processes
2. Estimate the aquifer parameters
3. Analyze the subsurface characteristics
List of Experiments:
1. Measurement of Rainfall data using natural siphon recording type raingauge
2. Mass curve and hyetograph from obtained data
3. Determination of Ф- index by double ring type infiltrometer
4. Measurement of permeability
5. Determination of rate of evaporation
6. Conduction of Pumping test on well
7. Average rainfall by Theissen polygon method
8. Determination of crop water requirement
9. Determination of soil particle size distribution for textural analysis
10. Determination of hydraulic conductivity
11. Determination of field density by sand replacement method
12. Conduction of Electrical resistivity test
References:
1. Fetter C. W., “Applied Hydrogeology”, Merril Publishing Co., Columbus, OH, 2001.
2. Hiscock K., “Hydrogeology, Principles and Practice”, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK, 2005.
3. Todd D. K., “Groundwater Hydrology”, John Willey and Sons Inc., 2007.
4. Bear, J.,” Hydraulics of Groundwater”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1979.
5. Subramanya K., “Engineering Hydrology”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008
6. Chow V.T., Maidment D.R., Mays L.W., “Applied Hydrology”, McGraw Hill Publications, New
York.

ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING L T P C

18CE3041
LABORATORY 0 0 4 2
Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate the sampling techniques and analytical methods in assessing air and water quality
in the laboratory
2. To introduce the principles of instrumentation in air and water quality analysis
3. To enable the Student to conduct characterization studies on solid waste

Civil Engineering
Course Outcome
Student will be able to
1. Collect the samples for analysis
2. Monitor and assess air and water quality of samples
3. Design suitable treatment method and control measures for water and air pollution problems
List of Experiments:
1. Color and Heavy metals in the sample using UV Spectrophotometer
2. Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
3. Dissolved Oxygen and Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD)
4. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)
5. Phosphorous and Nitrates present in wastewater
6. Microbiological analysis(MPN)
7. Sedimentation column analysis
8. Rotating biological contactor (RBC)
9. Synthesis of Nanoparticles
10. Solid Waste Analysis (Density, Components and Energy value)
11. Noise Measurement by using sound level meter
12. Air Quality by air sampler.

References:
1. “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater”, 14th ed, American Public
Health Association, Washington, DC, 1999.
2. http://cpcb.nic.in/upload/NewItems/NewItem_171_guidemanual and www.analysis.pdf.

L T P C
18CE3042 GIS LABORATORY
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate the application of different components of GIS and computational techniques in
environmental and water resources systems
2. To impart soft computing skills
3. To enable to apply tools for decision making
Course Outcome
Student will be able to
1. Understand the utilization of satellite images
2. Apply GIS for temporal and spatial data acquisition and analysis
3. Develop tools for decision making based on the criteria
List of Experiments:
1. Digitization and geo-referencing
2. Creation and Editing of Shape files
3. Layout map preparation
4. Preparation of Composite and Mosaic Images
5. Image classification
6. Land use/land cover map preparation
7. Groundwater potential map preparation
8. Watershed delineation
9. Morphometric analysis
10. Water quality mapping
11. Air quality mapping
12. Network analysis for solid waste management

Civil Engineering
References:
1. Ian Heywood Sarah, Cornelius and Steve Carver, “An Introduction to Geographical Information
Systems”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2002.

L T P C
18CE3043 COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES LABORATORY
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate the application of different computational techniques in environmental and water
resources systems
2. To impart soft computing skills
3. To enable to apply statistical tools
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand and analyze numerical solutions for linear and nonlinear systems
2. Develop soft computing techniques for prediction and forecasting
3. Apply multivariate statistical methods
List of Experiments:
1. Rainfall data analysis
2. Testing and validation of simple monthly rainfall-runoff model
3. Estimation of evapo-transpiration using Penman-Monteith Method
4. DO fluctuation model in streams and rivers
5. Groundwater Quality Assessment using GIS
6. Curve fitting
7. Correlation and regression analysis
8. Factor Analysis
9. Prediction using Artificial Neural Network
10. Water budgeting
11. Air quality modeling
12. Monitoring of Climate change
References:
1. Rastogi, A.K., “Numerical Groundwater Hydrology”, Penram International Publishing (India),
2006
2. John, E. G., “Introduction to Hydraulics and Hydrology with Applications for Stormwater
Management”, DELMAR, Thomson Learning, USA, 2002.

L T P C
18CE3044 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on solid and hazardous wastes.
2. To enable to choose appropriate method for solid and hazardous waste handling.
3. To provide knowledge about suitable techniques for disposal of solid and hazardous waste.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Classify waste in different categories
2. Understand the characteristics of different types of solid and hazardous wastes
3. Identify suitable methods of storage, collection and transport
4. Suggest suitable technical solutions for processing and treatment
5. Propose suitable waste disposal method
6. Explore techniques for hazardous wastes handling

Civil Engineering
Module 1: CLASSIFICATION AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK: Sources of solid and
hazardous waste – classification of solid and hazardous waste - need for waste management - salient features
of Indian legislations on management and handling of solid wastes
Module 2: WASTE CHARACTERIZATION: Waste generation rates – factors affecting generation-
composition, physical, chemical and biological properties of solid wastes –waste sampling and
characterization plan - source reduction of wastes –waste exchange - extended producer responsibility
Module 3:HANDLING AND TRANSPORT OF WASTES: Handling and segregation of wastes at
source – storage and collection of municipal solid wastes – analysis of collection systems - need for transfer
and transport – transfer stations optimizing waste allocation– compatibility, storage, labeling and handling
of hazardous wastes
Module 4: WASTE PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES: Objectives of waste processing – material
separation and processing technologies – biological and chemical conversion technologies – methods and
controls of composting - thermal conversion technologies and energy recovery – incineration - treatment
of biomedical wastes
Module 5: WASTE DISPOSAL: Waste disposal options – disposal in landfills: landfill classification,
types and methods, site selection, design and operation of sanitary landfills, secure landfills and landfill
bioreactor - leachate and landfill gas management
Module 6: HAZARDOUS WASTES: Identification – classification - regulations in India - generations-
onsite storage – collection - transfer and transport - processing – disposal planning.

References:
1. Rao M. N, “Solid and Hazardous Waste Management”, BS Publications, 2014
2. Kanti L. Shah, “Basics of Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Technology”, Prentice Hall,
2000
3. John Pichtel, “Waste Management Practices: Municipal, Hazardous, and Industrial, Second
Edition”, CRC Press. 2014
4. George Tchobanoglous and Frank Kreith, “Hand book of solid waste management”, McGraw-Hill,
2nd edition, 2002
5. Tchobanoglous, Theissen and Vigil, “Integrated solid waste management”, McGraw Hill
Publication, 2002

L T P C
18CE3045 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To enable Student to acquire necessary skills to assess the impact of environmental and water
resources projects
2. To help Student in taking necessary steps to bring down the adverse environmental impacts
during inception of new projects
3. To make the Student prepare environmental audit reports for EIA projects.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify environmental attributes to be considered for the EIA study
2. Prepare environmental base map based on impact evaluation and analysis
3. Specify methods for prediction of the impacts
4. Conduct environmental audit
5. Evaluate the audit data and prepare the report
6. Formulate environmental management plan

Civil Engineering
Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO EIA: Basic concept of EIA: initial environmental examination -
elements of EIA - factors affecting EIA - impact evaluation and analysis – preparation - classification of
environmental parameters.
Module 2: DESCRIPTION OF THE BASELINE ENVIRONMENT: Purposes for defining the
environmental setting - selection of parameters - monitoring of physical environmental parameters -
collection and interpretation of baseline data for various environmental attributes
Module 3: METHODS OF EIA: EIA methodologies: introduction, criteria for selection of EIA
methodology- EIA methods: Ad-hoc methods, matrix methods, network method, environmental media
quality index method, overlay methods - cost/benefit analysis.
Module 4: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: Hydrologic and water quality impacts – ecological and
biological impacts – social and cultural impacts – soil and landscape changes – agro economic issues –
human health impacts – ecosystem changes.
Module 5: ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING: Environmental audit and environmental legislation -
objectives of environmental audit- types of environmental audit - audit protocol - stages of environmental
audit - onsite activities - evaluation of audit data - preparation of audit report.
Module 6: CASE STUDEIS: Case studies - preparation of environmental impact assessment statement for
environmental and water resources development projects.

References:
1. John, G., Riki, T., Andrew, C., “Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment”, Routledge
Taylorand Francis Group, III Edition, 2005.
2. Prabhakar, V.K., “Environmental Impact Assessment”, Anmol Publications, 2001.
3. Marriott, Betty B., “Environmental Impact Assessment: a Practical Guide”, McGraw-Hill, 1997.
4. Richard, K.M., “Environmental Impact Assessment - a Methodological Perspective”, Kluwer
Academic publishers, 2002
5. Anji Reddy Mareddy, Anil Shah, Naresh, “Environmental Impact Assessment: Theory and
Practice”, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2017

CLEANER PRODUCTION AND SUSTAINABLE L T P C

18CE3046
DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the importance and different approaches of cleaner production in industries
2. To impart knowledge on the process of pollution prevention and reduction along with operating
costs reduction.
3. To give exposure to methodology of cleaner production projects, methods of their implementing
into industrial establishment.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Apply different approaches in clean production
2. Understand and choose the different principles of sustainable development
3. Implement green building concepts and conduct material balance studies
4. Comment on the evolution of corporate environmental management strategies
5. Describe cleaner production measures
6. Conduct energy and waste audit

Module 1: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT: Indicators of sustainability – industrialization and

sustainable development – cleaner production in achieving sustainability - regulations to encourage
pollution prevention and cleaner production – regulatory versus market based approaches.

Civil Engineering
Module 2: POLLUTION PREVENTION: Historical evolution – importance of pollution prevention –
role of industry, government and institutions - environmental management hierarchy – source reduction
techniques.
Module 3: PRINCIPLES OF CLEANER PRODUCTION: Benefits, promotion and barriers –
environmental management hierarchy – relation of CP and EMS – integrated prevention and pollution
limitation – best available technology concept (BAT).
Module 4: CLEANER PRODUCTION PROJECT DEVELOPMENT: Assessment steps and skills -
information gathering and process flow diagram - material balance - CP option generation technical and
environmental feasibility analysis - economic valuation of alternatives - total cost analysis - CP financing-
organizing a program - preparing a program plan - measuring progress - pollution prevention and cleaner
production awareness plan - waste audit.
Module 5: SUPPORT INSTRUMENTS OF PREVENTION METHODS: Life cycle analysis – eco
labelling – International environmental standards – ISO 14001 – Green building and green energy concepts
and management.
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Industrial applications of CP, LCA, EMS and Environmental audits - green
energy and green process management.

References:
1. Paul L. Bishop, “Pollution prevention: Fundamentals and Practice”, McGraw Hill International,
2000.
2. Prasad modak C. Visvanathan and Mandarparasnis, “Cleaner Production Audit”, Environmental
System Reviews, No.38, Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok, 1995.
3. World Bank Group, “Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook- Towards Cleaner
Production”, World Bank and UNEP, Washington D.C, 2005.
4. Rajiv Kumar Sinha, Sunil Herat, “Cleaner Production: Greening of Industries for Sustainable
Development”, Pointer Publishers, 2005
5. Kalam Azad, Subhash Sharma, “Clean Energy for Sustainable Development: Comparisons and
Contrasts of New Approaches”, Academic Press, 2012

L T P C
18CE3047 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICIES AND LEGISLATION
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To equip with the skills needed for interpreting laws, policies and judicial decisions.
2. To analyze the legislative and judicial responses to environmental problems.
3. To expose to the administrative system of environment related laws.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Recall different policies and rules framed for the environmental protection.
2. Recognize the formation of boards at different levels
3. Discuss the functions of Central and State Pollution Control Board
4. Know about different duties of pollution control boards
5. Assess about the actions taken by government for the violation of rules
6. Enumerate about the prevention of advanced pollution

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: An introduction to the legal system - concept of laws and policies - origin
of environmental law - introduction to environmental laws and policies in India - Constitutional provisions
- Stockholm conference
Module 2: PRINCIPLES IN ENVIRONMENTAL LAW: Environment and governance - overview of
legislations and basic concepts - Precautionary principle - Polluter pays principle - sustainable development;
public trust doctrine

Civil Engineering
Module 3: REMEDIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION : Common law remedies - remedies
under law of tort – penal remedies – Indian penal code and code of criminal procedure – remedies under
constitutional law – writs – public interest litigation - Public liability insurance act, 1991 – the National
Green Tribunal act 2010
Module 4: ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION LAWS AND LARGE PROJECTS: Legal framework on
environment protection - environment protection act as the framework legislation – strength and
weaknesses – EIA - National Green tribunal.
Module 5: – AIR, WATER AND MARINE LAWS: National Water Policy and some state policies laws
relating to prevention of pollution - access and management of water and institutional mechanism - water
act, 1974 - Water cess act, 1977 – EPA 1986 - Pollution Control Boards - Ground water and law judicial
remedies - procedures - Marine laws of India - coastal zone regulations - legal framework on air pollution
- Air act, 1981
Module 6: INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL LAW: An introduction to International law -
International Humanitarian law and environment - sources of International law - law of treaties – signature
– ratification - evolution of International environmental law - customary principles - common and
differentiated responsibility - Kyoto protocol

References:
1. Divan S. and Rosencranz A, “Environmental Law and Policy in India”, 2nd edition, Oxford, New
Delhi, 2005.
2. Leelakrishnan P, “Environmental Law in India”, 3rd edition, Lexis Nexis, India, 2008.
3. Kaushik C P, AnubhaKaushik, “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, 4th edition, New Age
International Publishers Ltd.-New Delhi, 2006
4. Layzer, J. “The Environmental Case: Translating Values into Policy”, 3rd edition, CQ Press, 2012.
5. Vig, N. J. and Kraft, M. E. “Environmental Policy: New Directions for the Twenty-First Century”,
8th edition, CQ Press, 2013.

NANOTECHNOLOGY IN ENVIRONMENTAL L T P C
18CE3048
ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce nanotechnology and nano-science
2. To demonstrate the various techniques for synthesis of nano-materials
3. To know about the novel developments of nanotechnology in environmental applications.
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Understand the principles of nanotechnology
2. Synthesis different types of nano-particles for various applications
3. Conduct characterization studies of nanomaterial
4. Develop nano-sensors
5. Analyze the impact of nanomaterial on environment
6. Design efficient and effective treatment method

Module 1: INTRODUCTION AND SYNTHESIS OF NANOMATERIALS: History – overview of

existing application of nano-materials in water and wastewater treatment - synthesis of nano-materials -
magnetic nano-particles - carbonaceous nano-particles - nano-composites - clay supported nano-particles –
aerogels - methods of synthesis - sol-gel method - micro-emulsion method - electro-spinning method -
plasma technique - chemical vapour deposition (CVD)
Module 2: METHODS FOR STRUCTURAL AND CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF
NANOMATERIALS: Separation techniques - morphology studies - scanning electron microscopy (SEM)
- surface charge and optical properties of nano-particles: zeta potential - UV-V’s spectrometry - elemental

Civil Engineering
composition of single nano-particles using EDAX - elemental composition of bulk nano-particles-X-ray
diffraction - FTIR
Module 3: MEMBRANE PROCESSES: Overview of membrane technology - membrane filtration types
- microfiltration - ultra filtration - nano-filtration - reverse osmosis – transport principles - membrane
fabrication and characterization - Nano-particle membrane reactor
Module 4: NANOMATERIALS AS ADSORBENTS AND OXIDANTS: Metals oxides (Titanium
oxides, Iron oxides, Copper, Zinc) – Carbon nano-adsorbents: CNTs (single and multi-walled), Fullerenes-
molecularly imprinted polymers for removal of micro pollutants - advanced oxidation process - photo-
catalytic oxidation - Fenton process
Module 5: FATE AND TOXICITY OF NANOPARTICLES AND NANOMATERIALS: Processes
determining the fate of NMs /NPs in environment: aggregation, reaction, adsorption, deposition - eco-
toxicity of NMs/NPs - effect on human health and environment- introduction to nano-sensors
Module 6: CHARACTERIZATION OF NANO PARTICLES: Exposure on nano particle preparation
and interpretation of results

References:
1. Lens P., Virkutyte J., Jegatheesan V., and Al-Abed S., “Nanotechnology for Water and Wastewater
Treatment’, IWA Publishing, 2013
2. Eugene T, Michele De Kwaadsteniest, “Nanotechnology in Water Treatment Applications”,
Caister Academic Press, 2010 4.
3. Edi-Bharat Bhushan, “Handbook of Nanotechnology”, Springer, 2004.
4. Fulekar M. H., Bhawana Pathak, “Environmental Nanotechnology”, CRC Press, 2017
5. Chaudhery Mustansar Hussain, Ajay Kumar Mishra, “Nanotechnology in Environmental Science”,
John Wiley and Sons, 2018

ELECTROCHEMICAL WATER PROCESSING AND L T P C

18CE3049
WATER TREATMENT 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the basic concepts of electrochemistry
2. To help the Student understand the electrochemical methods in wastewater treatment
3. To familiarize the Student with design concepts
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand the basic concepts of electrochemistry
2. Analyze the characteristics of the effluent and sludge produced
3. Design electrochemical reactor
4. Understand the mechanism of electro dialysis for desalination
5. Apply electrochemical methods for heavy metal removal
6. Develop new electrodes for electro coagulation and capacitive deionization

Module 1: BASIC ASPECTS OF ELECTROCHEMISTRY: Chemistry and electricity - electro

neutrality and potential differences at interfaces - electrochemical cells - transport of charge within the cell-
conductivity of electrolyte solutions - cell description conventions - electrodes and electrode reactions-
standard half-cell potentials and reference electrode - Faraday’s laws of electrolysis.
Module 2: ELECTROCHEMICAL REACTORS DESIGN: Costing an electrolytic process- figures of
merit - materials yield-current efficiency - percentage conversion - product quality - energy consumption-
space time yield - electrolysis parameters - principles of cell design - typical cell designs - tank cells and
flow cells - monopolar and bipolor cells.
Module 3: BIOCIDE TECHNOLOGY: Bio-ciding technology - electrolytic production of free halogens-
chlorination process description - bromination process description

Civil Engineering
Module 4: ELECTROCHEMICAL METAL RECOVERY: Metal ion removal and metal recovery -
treatment of liquors containing dissolved chromium - electrolytic method of phase separation - flue gas
desulphurization – electro-dialysis - electrochemical process for the removal of iron in acid baths.
Module 5: ELECTRODIALYSIS (ED): Electro-dialysis - performance characteristics – purpose of
electro-dialysis unit - ED units for specialized application - De-mineralizer - advantages of electro-dialysis
- general characteristics - desalination system.
Module 6: ELECTROCOAGULATION: Electrocoagulation in water treatment - principle of
electrocoagulation - reactions at the electrodes and solutions - electrode passivation and activation -
comparison between electrocoagulation and chemical coagulation - typical designs of the EC Reactors -
factors affecting Electrocoagulation.

References:
1. Ralph Zito, “Electrochemical Water Processing”, Wiley 2011.
2. Derek Pletcher, “Industrial Electrochemistry”, Chapan and Hall Ltd 1982.
3. Allen J Bard, Larry R Faultkner, “Electrochemical methods – Fundamentals and applications”,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2001
4. Comninellis C. and G. Chen, “Electrochemistry for the environment” Springer 2010.
5. Vivek V. Ranade, Vinay M Bhandar, “Industrial Wastewater Treatment, Recycling and Reuse”,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2014

L T P C
18CE3050 NOISE POLLUTION AND CONTROL TECHNIQUES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the fundamental concepts in the field of noise pollution and control.
2. To impart knowledge on the sources, effects and control techniques of air pollutants and noise
pollution.
3. To impart knowledge on measurement and analysis of noise.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify the nature and characteristics of noise pollution
2. Analyze the noise pollution problems
3. Detect the various effects of noise pollution
4. Apply suitable preventive measures and identify the technologies and methods to control of noise
5. Choose suitable noise adsorbent materials
6. Gain knowledge about the various noise pollution regulations

Module 1: SOURCES OF NOISE POLLUTION: Sources of noise pollution, indices, environmental and
industrial noise - types - units and measurements of noise – standards.
Module 2: CHARACTERIZATION OF NOISE POLLUTION: Characterization of noise from
construction, mining, transportation and industrial activities – airport noise- control measures - noise
pollution analyzers.
Module 3: EFFECTS OF NOISE POLLUTION: Introduction - auditory effects - non-auditory effects -
noise menace - psycho - acoustics and noise criteria - annoyance rating schemes.
Module 4: PREVENTION and CONTROL OF NOISE POLLUTION: Fundamental definitions –
prevention and control of noise pollution – outdoor and indoor noise propagation - control of noise -
annoyance rating schemes - sound absorbent materials –auditorium designing – anti noise device.
Module 5: ACOUSTICS OF NOISE: Industrial noise control – special noise environments - noise indices
- Osha noise standards – public education – other non-legislative measures.
Module 6: REGULATORY ASPECTS OF NOISE POLLUTION: Legislation and administrative
function – The Rajasthan noise control act 1963 - Railway act 1890 (Related to noise only) - The Aircraft
Civil Engineering
act 1934 (Related to noise only) - Factories act 1948 (Related to noise only) - The Environmental protection
act 1986 – Noise pollution remedies.

References:
1. Antony Milne, “Noise Pollution: Impact and Counter Measures”, David and Charles PLC, 2009.
2. Singal S. P, “Noise Pollution and Control Strategy”, Alpha Science International, 2005
3. Malcolm J. Crocker, “Noise and Noise Control”, Volume 2, CRC Press, 2018
4. Malcolm J. Crocker, “Handbook of Noise and Vibration Control”, John Wiley and Sons, 2007
5. Peters R J, “Acoustics and Noise Control”, Routledge, 2011

L T P C
18CE3051 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFTEY
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge about the occupational hazards, industrial safety issues, control measures
and emergency procedures.
2. To assist the student in implementing the safe healthy practices in workplace.
3. To enable to review methods and controls in order to evaluate occupational safety and health.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify hazards in workplace
2. Analyze the industrial toxicology
3. Understand the significance of health and safety in the workplace
4. Propose methods to eliminate the hazard
5. Understand the emergency procedures and safety law
6. Implement safe work practices

Module 1: INDUSTRIAL CONTAMINANTS AND HEALTH HAZARDS: Theory of accidents -

industrial atmospheric contaminants – industrial health hazards – asbestos hazards – hazard reorganization
- evaluation and control
Module 2: INDUSTRIAL TOXICOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE SURVEY: Hazards in
workplace modes of entry of toxic substances into the human body - industrial toxicology – cleaning
chemical spills - threshold limit values - industrial hygiene survey – diagnosis – remedial measures –
Occupational Health and Safety Management System (OHSMS) - BSOSHAS18001
Module 3: INDUSTRIAL VENTILATION: Industrial ventilation - general principles of air flow - general
dilution ventilation - comfort ventilation - local exhaust ventilation - principles of hood and duct design -
duct system design - fans.
Module 4: CONTROL MEASURES: Air cleaning devices - relative efficiencies - testing of local exhaust
ventilation systems - industrial noise control - general engineering principles of control standards – rationale
for health and safety training – ergonomics – emergency preparedness.
Module 5: INDUSTRIAL ILLUMINATION AND INDUSTRIAL PLANT SANITATION: Industrial
illumination - glare – types and levels of illumination - industrial plant sanitation - housekeeping - worker
facilities
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Case studies on occupational health and safety

References:
1. Sharon Clarke, “Occupational Health and Safety”, CRC Press, 2016
2. Danuta Koradecka, “Handbook of Occupational Safety and Health”, CRC Press, 2010
3. Friend, Mark A., Kohn, John P, “Fundamentals of Occupational Safety and Health”, 6 th edition,
Bernan Press, 2010

Civil Engineering
 4. Pradeep Chaturvedi, “Occupational Safety, Health and Environment And Sustainable Economic
Development”, Concept Publishing Company, 2007
5. Charles D. Reese, “Occupational Health and Safety Management: A Practical Approach”, 3rd
Edition, CRC Press. 2015

L T P C
18CE3052 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the behavior of groundwater movement
2. To estimate the groundwater modeling parameters
3. To equip the student with analytical techniques to solve groundwater problems
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand the occurrence, distribution and movement of groundwater
2. Enumerate the properties of groundwater
3. Determine the aquifer parameters
4. Resolve groundwater related problems including response of aquifers to pumping wells
5. Develop a basic model for contaminant transport in subsurface media
6. Model and estimate groundwater recharge

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO GROUNDWATER: Groundwater in hydrologic cycle –

occurrence of groundwater – vadose zone water - soil-water relationship - hydrogeology –
hydrometeorology – soil sample analysis - water bearing materials - types of aquifers
Module 2: GROUNDWATER HYDRAULICS: Groundwater movement - Darcy’s law and its
limitations - stream lines and flow net analysis – discharge and draw down for various condition of
groundwater flow - principles of groundwater flow and its equation – dupuit – Forchheimer
assumptions – influent and effluent streams - evaluation of well loss parameters – partial penetration
of wells – interference of wells – collector wells and infiltration galleries.
Module 3: PUMPING TEST ANALYSIS: Determining aquifer parameters for unconfined - leaky
and non-leaky aquifers – steady and transient conditions - slug test – locating hydro geological
boundaries – determination of well characteristics and specific capacity of wells – well characteristics
of large diameter wells.
Module 4: GROUNDWATER TRANSPORT PROCESSES: Mass balance for transport of an ideal
tracer – contaminant transport mechanisms: advection, dispersion and diffusion – 1D, 2D and 3D
solute transport – pulse and step inputs – solutions to advection, dispersion equation.
Module 5: GROUNDWATER RECHARGE: Methods of artificial groundwater recharge –
groundwater assessment and balancing – seawater intrusion in coastal aquifers – land subsidence -
wells in hard rock areas - Geophysical survey – infiltration test – permeability test – drum culture
experiment –
Module 6: GROUNDWATER MODELLING: Groundwater data analysis – Groundwater models –
MODFLOW, MODPATH and MT3D - regional groundwater modeling.

References:
1. Todd D.K., “Groundwater Hydrology”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York, 2011.
2. Raghunath H.M. “Groundwater”, 3rd Edition, Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
3. Fetter C. W., “Applied Hydrogeology”, Merril Publishing Co., Columbus, OH, 2001.
4. Driscoll, “Groundwater and Wells”, Johnson Filtration Systems, Inc., 1986.
5. Ojha, C.S.P, Berndtsson, R and Bhunya, P., “Engineering Hydrology”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi, 2008.

Civil Engineering
 DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC AND CONVEYANCE L T P C
18CE3053
STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge about various types of hydraulic structures
2. To introduce the planning and design concepts of hydraulic structures.
3. To inculcate the importance of basic water supply and drainage systems in society
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand the design criteria for various types of dams
2. Analyze and design various hydraulic structures
3. Design a water supply distribution network
4. Design irrigation channels and cross drainage works
5. Estimate the hydropower potential
6. Design penstocks and surge tanks

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES: Introduction - types of hydraulic

structures: storage, diversion, conveyance and distribution structures, reservoirs - capacity of a reservoir -
reservoir silting
Module 2:DAMS: Types of dams - factors governing selection of type of dam - selection of site for dam
-preliminary and final investigations of dam sites -dam safety - design and construction of gravity and
earth dams - flow-nets.
Module 3: DAM OUTLET WORKS: Principles and classification, design of ogee and open channel
spillways - cavitations in spillway -energy dissipation devices, basins, buckets and gates- canals: types,
components, selection.
Module 4: DESIGN OF IRRIGATION CHANNELS: Theory and design principles - design of canal
sections in alluvial soil and hard rock zones - canal inlets and sluices - gates maintenance problems -
design examples of regulators and canal falls - canal head works- canal masonry works- canal outlets-
maintenance of canals - cross drainage works - flow measuring devices.
Module 5: WATER DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS: Flow through pipes - solving pipe network - flow
problems - use of computer software for network analysis - cross country pipelines - hydraulic transient
analysis.
Module 6: HYDROPOWER STRUCTURES: Hydropower structures types - components of a
hydropower structure: intakes and trash racks, water conductor systems, penstocks, power canals, tunnels,
surge tanks, anchor blanks.

References:
1. Punmia and Pandey, “Irrigation and Water Power Engg.” Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New
Delhi, 2016.
2. Dandekar M.M and Sharma K.N., “Water Power Engineering”, 2nd edition Vikas publishers,
2013.
3. Asawa G.L. “Irrigation and Water Resources engineering” -New Age International (P) Ltd.
Publishers, 1st edition, 2005.
4. Garg S.K, “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures”, Khanna Publishers N.D. 13 th
edition, 2009.
5. Modi, “Irrigation, Water Resources and water power engineering”, P.N. -Standard Book
House, New Delhi, 2nd edition, 2008.

Civil Engineering
 PRINCIPLES OF INTEGRATED WATER RESOURCES L T P C
18CE3054
MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concepts of IWRM and highlight the inter-disciplinary nature
2. To expose to sustainable water resources management, water security and public-private
partnership issues
3. To brief about integrated multi-sectoral and multi-dimensional issues in developing water resource
management plans
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand the concepts of IWRM principles
2. Plan integrated water resources development projects considering sustainability aspects
3. Involve in water management projects from a multi-objective and multi-purpose perspective
4. Develop various water conservation techniques
5. Understand Private Public Partnership (PPP)
6. Analyze the environmental and health issues due to different water issues

Module 1: CONCEPTS, PRINCIPLES AND TERMINOLOGIES: IWRM: definition and principles-

social, economic, environmental and institutional factors in water management - water needs for human
beings and nature - concepts of ‘blue’, ‘green’ and ‘grey’ water - ecosystem approach- Global climate
change - its effect on water resources.
Module 2: SUSTAINABLE WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT: Concept of sustainable
development - Dublin conference and earth summit- National water policy - highlights and limitations
Module 3: RIVER BASIN MANAGEMENT: River basin approach – small watershed management-
environmental flows- minimum water table.
Module 4: WATER RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL AND HEALTH PROBLEMS: Floods –
droughts - soil erosion - reservoir sedimentation - salinity intrusion into surface and groundwater sources-
water logging in command areas - sand mining - Impact of population and anthropogenic activities on water
resources
Module 5: TRADITIONAL AND MODERN TECHNIQUES FOR WATER SECURITY: Role of
water in development - Rainwater harvesting – Artificial recharge – Conjunctive use of surface and
groundwater-Inter basin transfer-Conservation of ‘green’ water – Treatment of ‘grey’ water- Basics of
desalination and water treatment and recycling
Module 6: PPP AND PRIVATE MARKETS: Introduction to water economics- Water pricing - Private
sector involvement in water resources management: PPP objectives, options, process and limitations-PPP
case studies

References:
1. Negi S.S., “Integrated Watershed Management”, Oriental Enterprises, 2001
2. Roberto Lenton, Mike Muller, “Integrated Water Resources Management in Practice: Better Water
Management for development” Routledge, 2012
3. Cech Thomas V., “Principles of Water Resources: History, Development, Management and
Policy”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 2003.
4. Cap-Net, “Tutorial on Basic Principles of Integrated Water Resources Management”, Cap-Net,
IRC, IWMI,HRWallingford, IUCN, WSS, UNDP (www.cap.net.org).
5. Integrated Water Resources Management Plans, Training Manual and Operational Guide, CIDA,
2005.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE3055 HYDRO POWER ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To provide knowledge about the working principles of different power plants
2. To enable to design power canals, silting basin, types of dams
3. To give exposure about transmission system, financial implications etc.,
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Estimate the hydropower potential
2. Analyze the financial implications and maintenance of hydropower systems
3. Design various components of hydropower system
4. Understand the construction details of a hydropower plant
5. Analyze the implication of hydropower plant in water demand and evaluation
6. Design silting basin
Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Development of water power - estimation of hydropower potential -
comparison of hydro, thermal and nuclear power - firm power - secondary power - load and load duration
curves - load factor etc.
Module 2: HYDROPOWER PLANTS: Classification of hydropower plants - run-of-river plants - valley
dam plants - high head diversion plants - diversion canal plants - pumped storage plants - tidal power plants.
Module 3: WATER CONVEYANCE SYSTEM: Power canals – alignment - design of power canals –
flumes - covered conduits and tunnels - drainage and ventilation in tunnels.
Module 4: PENSTOCKS: Alignment - types of penstocks - anchor blocks - spillways: types; spillway
gates - design of stilling basins - types of turbines - their utility
Module 5: POWER HOUSE: Fore bay - intakes - balancing reservoir – escape - surge shafts/ inclined
shafts - underground power stations - general transmission system:
Module 6: POWERPLANT CONSTRUCTION: General introduction - basic principles of design and
construction - financial implications of hydropower plants - maintenance of hydro power plant.

References:
1. Birdie, “Irrigation Engineering (including Water Power Engineering)”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing
Company, New Delhi, 2012.
2. ModiP.N, “Irrigation Water Resources and Water Power Engineering”, Standard Book House-
Rajsons Publication Private Limited, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Santosh Kumar Garg, “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures” 28th Revised Edition,
Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2014.
4. Manual on “Planning and design of small hydroelectric scheme”, publication no. 280, Central
Board of Irrigation and Power, 2001.
5. “Guidelines for Hydraulic Design of Small Hydro Plants”, Alternate Hydro Energy Research
Centre, 2011.

L T P C
18CE3056 RIVER MECHANICS AND SEDIMENT TRANSPORT
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the concepts of flow through rivers and the theoretical and empirical formulation of
energy and momentum principles
2. To demonstrate the sediment transport in terms of first principles
3. To enable the Student understand the causes of river channel change and river training
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify the various types of flow and their profile

Civil Engineering
 2. Analyze the transport of sediments
3. Estimate the sediment load
4. Develop strategies for sediment routing
5. Analyze the impact of erosion, deposition and sedimentation on flow
6. Design a sedimentation basin

Module 1: BASIC CONCEPTS AND EQUATIONS: Basic mathematical concepts - fluid continuum,
fluid element – kinematics and dynamics – continuity equations - equations based on conservation of
momentum and energy - potential energy and kinetic energy
Module 2: VARIED FLOWS: Free surface flow - uniform flow - gradually varied flow - flow profiles –
Prismatic channels energy and momentum principles - flow measurements: weirs, flumes - basic equations
of various flows - velocity of flood wave discharge - flood routing
Module 3: ORIGIN AND PROPERTIES OF SEDIMENTS: Incipient movement of sediments - shields
analysis - bed formation and flow regimes - sampling and measurement techniques of sediment load
Module 4: SEDIMENT ENTRAINMENT: Geo-morphological concepts: load-discharge relations,
sediment yield and denudation rate – forces on sediment particles
Module 5: SEDIMENT TRANSPORT: Forms of sediment transport - estimation of bed load transport -
shield’s diagram - Hjulstrom curves –sediment transport and bed forms - settling, deposition, consolidation,
attrition, erosion, Rouse profile
Module 6: RESERVOIR SEDIMENTATION: Aggradations and degradation - design of stable channels,
river training methods, bank protection - Groynes or spurs, deflectors, cut off - Sedimentation basin

References:
1. Garde, R.J. and Ranga Raju, K.G. “Mechanics of Sediment Transport and Alluvial Stream
Problems”, NewAge International (P) Ltd. Publications, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Subramanya. K, “Open channel flow”, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2010.
3. Yang, C.T. “Sediment transport theory and Practice”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1996.
4. Garde, R.J. “History of Fluvial Hydraulics”, New Age International (P) Ltd. Publishers, New Delhi,
1995.
5. Garde, R.J. “River Morphology”, New Age International (P) Ltd. Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.

FOREST, URBAN AND AGRICULTURAL WATERSHED L T P C

18CE3057 3 0 0 3
MANAGEMENT
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on underlying hydrologic processes associated with the flow of water through
forested watersheds
2. To give exposure about nutrient budget and agricultural management practices
3. To familiarize with water conservation techniques in a watershed
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand the hydrologic principles in forest, urban and agricultural management
2. Apply the techniques for soil erosion control, flood management and storm management
3. Develop an integrated watershed management plan
4. Determine nutrient budget for a watershed
5. Develop storm water management strategy for a watershed
6. Apply water conservation techniques in green buildings

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO WATERSHED: Watershed development - definition and concepts,

objectives and need - integrated and multidisciplinary approach for watershed management- characteristics

Civil Engineering
of watershed: size, shape, physiographic, slope, climate, drainage, land use, vegetation, geology and soils -
Watershed delineation.
Module 2: FOREST WATERSHED MANAGEMENT: Influence of forests on hydrologic processes -
causes of deterioration of watershed – forests and water yield/low flows - forests and peak flows –
deforestation and accelerated erosion – forests and snow.
Module 3: AGRICULTURAL WATERSHED MANAGEMENT: Global agricultural trends –
agricultural impacts on soil and water: non-point source pollution, erosion and sediment, drainage, storage
and irrigation - nutrient budget
Module 4: WATERSHED DEVELOPMENT: Soil and water conservation – watershed development
projects – indicators – monitoring and evaluation.
Module 5: URBAN WATERSHED MANAGEMENT: Impacts of urbanization on hydrology - urban
site design – land use planning and conservation – stormwater management - flooding and floodplain
management – urban water supply – water and green buildings.
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Case study on forest hydrology of Western Ghats – case study on cultivated
watersheds – case study on urban watershed

References:
1. Murthy, J.V.S., “Watershed Management”, New Age International Publishers, 1998.
2. Martin, M.K., Daniel T.R., and Kent, S.M., “Urban Watersheds: Geology, Contamination, and
Sustainable Development”, CRC press, Taylor and Francis Group, 2011.
3. Ghanshyam D., “Hydrology and Soil Conservation Engineering”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
NewDelhi. 2000.
4. Das Madan Mohan and Saikia Mimi Das, “Watershed Management”, PHI publishers, 2012.
5. Kenneth N. Brooks, Peter F.Folliott, Joseph A. Magner, “Hydrology and the Management of
Watershed”, John Wiley and Sons, 2012.

L T P C
18CE3058 WETLAND HYDROLOGY
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on hydrology of wetland ecosystems
2. To introduce about the management and conservation of wetlands
3. To impart the concepts of wise use of wetlands
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand different aspects of wetland management
2. Conduct water balance studies in wetland
3. Apply the hydrological principles in wetland management
4. Estimate the exchange processes in coastal wetlands
5. Model sediment dynamics in wetland conservation
6. Develop suitable wetland management strategy in catchment and coastal hydrology

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO WETLAND: Classification of wetlands - wetlands types according to

Ramsar Bureau - hydrologic features of aquatic ecosystems - terrestrial ecosystems - wetland ecosystem
Module 2: HYDROLOGY OF WETLANDS: Hydro period - signature of a wetland - water balance of
wetland - residence time - turnover time - conceptual model showing relationship between hydrologic,
chemical and biological processes - chemical cycles in wetlands
Module 3: WATER MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION VALUES OF WETLANDS:
recharging - flood containing - water purification – agriculture - aquatic tourism - drinking water - inland
navigation – fisheries - biodiversity

Civil Engineering
Module 4: WISE USE OF WETLANDS: Integrated river basin management in relation to wise use of
wetlands - sustainability concept in relation to wetland management
Module 5: ESTIMATION OF EXCHANGE PROCESSES: Exchange processes in estuaries - modified
tidal prism method - coefficient of eddy diffusivity - flushing time - sediment dynamics
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Impact of man-made structures on downstream wetlands - success stories in
wetland conservation - Chilika and Loktak.

References:
1. William J. Mitsch, James G. Gosselink, “Wetlands”, John Wiley and Sons. Copyright. Inc, 2007.
2. Michael J. Vepraskas, Christopher B, “Wetland Soils: Genesis, Hydrology, Landscapes, and
Classification”, CRC Press, 2016
3. Mitsch W.J, M. Strakraba, S.E. Jorgensen, “Wetland Modelling”, Elsevier Science Publishers B.V,
1988.
4. Deanne Hickey, “The Role of Wetland Hydrology on Vegetative Structure in a Coastal Wetland
Environment”, University of Sydney, 2009.
5. Jos T.A. Verhoeven, Boudewijn Beltman, Roland Bobbink, Dennis F. Whigham., “Wetlands and
Natural Resource Management”, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2006.

IMPACT OF CLIMATE CHANGE ON WATER L T P C

18CE3059
RESOURCES 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the hydrologic cycle with reference to climate
2. To assess the impact on ecosystem services
3. To diagnose the cause of climate related water issues
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Enumerate the characteristics of climate change
2. Assess the impact of climate change
3. Utilize the tools for vulnerability assessment
4. Incorporate the adaptation techniques
5. Plan the mitigation activities
6. Implement the mitigation activities as per the policies

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO CLIMATE :Definitions - climate, climate system, climate change –

drivers of climate change – characteristics of climate system components – large-scale climate - greenhouse
effect – carbon cycle – wind systems - trade winds and the Hadley cell – ozone hole in the stratosphere - el
nino, la nina, enso-regional differences
Module 2: IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE: Global climatology – Indian scenario –observed
changes and projected changes of IPCC – monsoon onsets, withdrawals and breaks –cyclones in India –
Indian rainfall in different seasons – inter annual variability of monsoon -impacts on sectoral vulnerabilities
– SRES – different scenarios
Module 3: TOOLS FOR VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT: Need for vulnerability assessment – steps
for assessment –approaches for assessment – models – quantitative models, economic model, impact matrix
approach - box models - zero-dimensional models -radioactive-convective models - higher-dimension
models - EMICs (Earth-system models of intermediate complexity) - GCMs (global climate models or
general circulation models) – sectoral models
Module 4: CLIMATE CHANGE ADAPTATION AND MITIGATION: Water-related adaptation to
climate change in the fields of ecosystems and biodiversity - agriculture and food security, land use and
forestry, human health, water supply and sanitation, infrastructure and economy (insurance, tourism,
industry and transportation) - adaptation, vulnerability and sustainable development sector

Civil Engineering
Module 5: CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION: Specific mitigation - carbon dioxide capture and
storage (CCS) -land-use change and management, cropland management, afforestation and reforestation -
potential water resource conflicts between adaptation and mitigation - implications for policy and
sustainable development.
Module 6: CASE STUDIES: Water resources assessment case studies – Ganga Damodar Project,
Himalayan glacier studies - Ganga valley project - adaptation strategies in assessment of water resources-
hydrological design practices and dam safety- operation policies for water resources projects - flood
management strategies - drought management strategies - temporal and spatial assessment of water for
irrigation -land use and cropping pattern - coastal zone management strategies.

References:
1. Sangam Shreshta, Mukund S. Babel and Vishnu Prasad Pandey., “Climate Change and Water
Resources”, CRC Press, 2014.
2. Anil Markandya , “Climate Change and Sustainable Development: Prospects for Developing
Countries”, Routledge, 2002
3. UNFCC Technologies for Adaptation to climate change, 2006.
4. Shukla P R, Subobh K Sarma, NH Ravindranath, Amit Garg and Sumana Bhattacharya, “Climate
Change and India: Vulnerability assessment and adaptation”, University Press(India) Pvt Ltd,
Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Dash Sushil Kumar, “Climate Change – An Indian Perspective”, Cambridge University Press India
Pvt. Ltd, 2007
6. Preliminary consolidated Report on “Effect of climate change on Water Resources”, GOI, CWC,
MOWR, 2008.
7. IPCC Report Technical Paper VI – “Climate change and water”, 2008.

L T P C
18CE3060 URBAN WATER HYDROLOGY AND MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize the concepts of urbanization and its impact on the natural water cycle
2. To impart knowledge on the utilization of urban storm water models for better storm water
management
3. To enable to prepare urban storm water master plan
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify factors affecting urban hydrological cycle
2. Estimate urban water demand and storm water quantity
3. Maintain the elements of drainage systems
4. Determine the runoff and peak flow
5. Plan and design storm water control and disposal systems
6. Develop integrated urban water management system

Module 1: URBAN HYDROLOGIC CYCLE: General introduction to urbanization and its effect on
water cycle – urban hydrological cycle – trends in urbanization – effect of urbanization on hydrology- urban
hydrological cycle
Module 2: STORMWATER ANALYSIS: Determination of runoff and peak –time of concentration –
importance of short duration of rainfall and runoff data – methods of estimation of time of concentration
for design of urban drainage systems - design of storm water network systems – water distribution networks.
Module 3: URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT MODELS: Types of models – physically based–
conceptual or unit hydrograph based – urban surface runoff models – various model available for storm
water management - management models for flow rate and volume control rate – quality models

Civil Engineering
Module 4: URBAN STORMWATER MANAGEMENT: Stormwater management practices (structural
and non-structural management measures) – detention and retention concepts –modeling concept – types
of storage – magnitude of storage – hydraulic analysis and design guidelines – flow and storage capacity of
urban components – system tanks.
Module 5: MASTER DRAINAGE PLANS: Master drainage plans – issues to be concentrated upon –
typical content of an urban drainage master plan – interrelation between water resources investigation and
urban planning processes – planning objectives – comprehensive planning –use of models in planning.
Module 6: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE: Elements of drainage systems – open channel–
underground drains – appurtenances – pumping – source control - operation and maintenance of urban
drainage system – interaction between stormwater management and solid waste management

References:
1. Geiger, W.F., Marsalek, F., and Zuidena, F.C., (Ed), “Manual on Drainage in urbanized areas”,
Vol.1 and Vol.II, UNESCO, 1987.
2. Hengeveld, H. and C. De Voch.t (Ed).,“Role of Water in Urban Ecology”, Elsevier, Amsterdam,
1982.
3. Martin, P. Wanelista and Yousef, A. Yousef., “Stormwater Management”, John Wiley and sons,
1993.
4. Stahre, P., and Urbonas, B., “Storm water Detention for Drainage, water quality and CSO
Management”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1990
5. Wanielista, M.P., and Yousef, Y.A., “Stormwater Management”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New
York, 1993

REMOTE SENSING AND GEOGRAPHICAL L T P C

18CE3061
INFORMATION SYSTEM 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize the principles of Remote Sensing and GIS
2. To demonstrate temporal and spatial data acquisition and analysis
3. To impart knowledge in digital image processing
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand the principles and components of Remote Sensing and GIS
2. Analyze and interpret satellite images using digital image processing
3. Create thematic maps for various applications
4. Implement overlay analysis for various environmental and water resources application
5. Create spatial and temporal variation maps
6. Apply GIS and RS tool in environmental and water resources projects

Module 1: REMOTE SENSING : Basic concepts of remote sensing - electromagnetic radiation (EMR) -
interaction of EMR with atmosphere, earth surface, soil, water and vegetation - Remote sensing platforms
– monitoring atmosphere, land and water resources - LANDSAT, SPOT, ERS, IKONOS – scanners,
radiometers - data types and format.
Module 2: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING: Satellite data analysis - image interpretation - multi-
spectral, multi temporal and multi-sensoral – digital image processing – image preprocessing – image
enhancement – image classification – data merging
Module 3: GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM: Definition – components of GIS – map
projections and co-ordinate systems – data structures - raster, vector – spatial relationship – topology –
integrated GIS database - sources of error

Civil Engineering
Module 4: SPATIAL ANALYSIS: Thematic mapping – measurement in GIS: length, perimeter and areas
– query analysis – reclassification – buffering - neighbourhood functions - map overlay: vector and raster
overlay – spatial interpolation
Module 5: ENVIRONMENTAL AND WATER RESOURCES APPLICATIONS: Spatial data sources
– GIS approach for water resources system – thematic maps - rainfall-runoff modeling – groundwater
potential mapping – water quality modeling - flood inundation mapping and modeling
Module 6: SOFTWARE APPLICATION: Introduction to software in GIS and Remote sensing data
analysis and modeling

References:
1. Lillesand T.M. and Kiefer,R.W., “Remote Sensing and Image interpretation”, 6th edition of John
Wiley and Sons, 2000.
2. John R. Jensen, “Introductory Digital Image Processing: A Remote Sensing Perspective”, 2nd
Edition, 1995.
3. John A.Richards, “Remote Sensing Digital Image Analysis”, Springer –Verlag, 1999.
4. Ian Heywood Sarah, Cornelius and Steve Carver, “An Introduction to Geographical Information
Systems”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2002.
5. Victor Mesev, “Integration of GIS and Remote Sensing”, John Wiley and Sons, 2008

L T P C
18CE3062 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS AND FIELD TESTING
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge in excavations and boring techniques
2. To study in-situ soil testing methods
3. To gain knowledge on geophysical methods
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Recall the different methods of soil investigation.
2. Evaluate the properties of soil at different depths.
3. Identify the samplers to collect the disturbed and undisturbed soil
4. Conduct field test for bearing capacity.
5. Design suitable field instrumentation.
6. Prepare subsoil investigation reports.

Module 1: GENERAL: Scopes and objectives of explorations – planning a subsurface exploration – stages
in sub surface exploration – explorations for preliminary and detailed design – spacing and depth of
exploration
Module 2: OPEN EXCAVATION AND BORINGS OF EXPLORATION: Pits and trenches – drifts
and shafts – methods of boring – auger borings – wash borings –rotary drilling –percussion drilling – core
drilling.
Module 3: SOIL SAMPLES AND SAMPLING METHODS: Types of soil samples – disturbed samples
–undisturbed samples – design features affecting the sample disturbance – preservation and handling of
samples.
Module 4: SOIL SAMPLERS: Split spoon samplers – scraper bucket samplers –shell by tubes and thin
walled samplers – piston samplers – Denis samplers.
Module 5: IN-SITU TESTING: Field tests – standard penetration tests – cone penetration tests – in-situ
vane shear test–plate load test – monotonic and cyclic –field permeability tests – in-situ tests using pressure
meter – observation of ground water table - instrumentation in soil engineering, strain gauges, resistance
and inductance type

Civil Engineering
Module6: GEOPHYSICAL METHODS: Geophysical methods – types - seismic methods – electrical
resistivity methods – electrical profiling method – electrical sounding method – seismic refraction method
– sub-soil investigation report.

References:
1. Murthy V.N.S., SaiKripa, “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering Vol 2”, CBS Publishers
& Distributors, 1997.
2. Clayton C.R., Matthews M.C., Simons N.E., “Site Investigation”, Thomas Telford Ltd, 1995.
3. Brahma S.P.., “Foundation Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New
Delhi, 1985.
4. Shamsher Prakash, Gopal Ranjan and Swami Saran, Meerut, “Analysis and Design of
Foundations and Retaining Structures”, Sarita Prakasham, 1979.
5. IS:1892-1979, IS:4453-1980, IS:4464-1967, IS:2132-1986.

L T P C
18CE3063 ADVANCED FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge in selection of foundations.
2. To design the foundation based on bearing capacity and settlement.
3. To study different types of shallow foundation.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify the requirements of good foundation.
2. Select suitable foundation based on bearing capacity.
3. Explain the soil structure interaction.
4. Evaluate the foundation settlement.
5. Design shallow and special foundations
6. Suggest suitable measures for expansive and difficult soils.

Module 1: PLANNING OF SOIL EXPLORATION: Planning of soil exploration for different projects
- methods of subsurface exploration- methods of borings along with various penetration tests.
Module 2: SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS: Requirements for satisfactory performance of foundations -
methods of estimating bearing capacity - settlements of footings and rafts - proportioning of foundations
using field test data - IS codes.
Module 3: PILE FOUNDATIONS: Methods of estimating load transfer of piles- settlements of pile
foundations - pile group capacity and settlement - negative skin friction of piles - laterally loaded piles-
pile load tests - analytical estimation of load- settlement behavior of piles - proportioning of pile
foundations - lateral and uplift capacity of piles.
Module 4: WELL FOUNDATION: IS and IRC codal provisions - elastic theory and ultimate resistance
methods.
Module 5: FOUNDATIONS ON PROBLEMATIC SOILS: Foundations for collapsible and expansive
soil
Module 6: COFFER DAMS: Various types- analysis and design Foundations under uplifting loads.

References:
1. Day, R.W., “Geotechnical and Foundation Engineering, Design and Construction”, McGraw Hill,
2010.
2. Swami Saran, “Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundation”, Galgottia Publications Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2010.
3. Varghese, P.C., “Limit State Design of Reinforced concrete”, Prentice-Hall of India 2009.

Civil Engineering
 4. Bowles, J.E. “Foundation Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill, New York, 2001.
5. Winterkorn, H.F and Fang, Y.F., “Foundation Engineering Handbook”, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
1994.

STRENGTH AND DEFORMATION L T P C

18CE3064
CHARACTERISTICS OF SOILS 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge on stress-strain characteristics of soils.
2. To study the behaviour in the form of stress path.
3. To gain knowledge on the concepts of yield and failure criteria.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Determine the compressibility of soil.
2. Distinguish stress strain behavior between cohesionless and cohesive soil.
3. Illustrate stress path for different conditions.
4. Examine the failure criteria of soils.
5. Design Rheological models and stress paths.
6. Justify Elasto plastic and visco- elastic laws.

Module 1: COMPRESSIBILITY OF SOIL: Consolidation theories - one, two and three dimensional
consolidation theories – consolidation in layered soil – consolidation for time dependent loading –
determination of coefficient of consolidation.
Module 2: SHEAR STRENGTH OF COHESIONLESS SOILS: Shear strength of granular soils – direct
shear – triaxial testing – drained and undrained – stress-strain behaviour – dilatation – contraction and
critical states – liquefaction and liquefaction potential - factors influencing – stress-strain – volume change
behaviour of soils.
Module 3: SHEAR STRENGTH OF COHESIVE SOILS: Shear strength of clays – stress-strain
behaviour – vane shear – UCC – triaxial testing and stress path plotting – pore pressure parameter of
Skempton and Henkel – total stress and effective stress approach – shear strength of partially saturated clay
in terms of stress state variables – drained and undrained – factors influencing stress-strain and shear
strength.
Module 4: YIELD CRITERION: Concepts of yield and failure in soils – yield criteria of Von Mises,
Tresca, Kvikpatriak, Drucker and Prager - their extended form – their applicability to soils – Mohr–
Coulomb failure criterion.
Module 5: STRESS PATH AND STRESS – STRAIN LAWS: Stress path for different cases – stress
path tests – stress-strain laws for soils – hyperbolic law – linear visco-elastic and elasto – plastic laws –
yield functions, hardening law, flow rules and plastic strain computation – Elastic module – cyclic loading
– limitation of linearity elastic model – hyperbolic stress-strain model.
Module 6: CRITICAL STATE SOIL MECHANICS AND RHEOLOGICAL MODELS: Introduction
to critical state soil mechanics –boundary surface – Roscoe and Hvorslev’s – rheological models of Kelvin,
Maxwell and Burger as applied to soils.

References:
1. Braja, M. Das., “Advanced soil mechanics”, McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Atkinson, J.H and Brandsby, P.L., “Introduction to critical state soil mechanics”, Cambridge
University Press, New York, 1990.
3. Hotlz, R.D. and Kovais, W.D., “Introduction of Geotechnical Engineering”, Prentice – Hall, 1981.
4. Lambe, T.W. and Whitman R.V., “Soil Mechanics in S.I. Units” John Wiley, 1979.
5. IS :2720 (Part 15-1986 ,Part 40-1977,Part 41- 1977), IS:2720( Part 10-1973,Part 11- 1971,Part 12-
1981,Part 13-1986)

Civil Engineering
 THEORETICAL SOIL MECHANICS WITH FINITE L T P C
18CE3065
ELEMENT APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge on basic equations of theory of elasticity for linear material.
2. To impart understanding on finite element analysis procedure by solving a simple problem.
3. To give exposure to finite element discritization and analysis of seepage and consolidations
problems and stress analysis of soil structure interaction problems.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. List the basic equations of elasticity.
2. Distinguish between the applications of different types of finite elements.
3. Explain the finite element procedure.
4. Apply the variational and weighted residual principles to formulate element stiffness matrix.
5. Justify linear stress analysis of soil structure interaction problems.
6. Develop the finite element discrimination for seepage, consolidation soil structure interaction
problems.

Module 1: BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY: Concept of continuum - state of stress at a point –

differential equations of equilibrium – stress transformation – principal stresses; state of strain at a point –
strain deformation relations – St. Venant compatibility conditions – strain transformation – principal strains;
Generalized Hook’s law’ - principle of superposition - geotechnical considerations – total stress analysis
pore pressure calculation – effective stress.
Module 2: TWO DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS IN RECTANGULAR AND POLAR
COORDINATES: Plane stress and plane strain problems – basic equations – Airy’s stress functions –
axisymmetric problems - Boussinesq problem and its applications
Module 3: FINITE ELEMENT THEORY FOR LINEAR MATERIAL: Concept of finite element –
concept of shape functions - Finite element procedure – principles of discretization - element stiffness
formulation - direct, variational and weighted residual techniques and displacements approach;
convergence criteria for displacement model - numerical integrations
Module 4: FINITE ELEMENT STRESS ANALYSIS: Displacement formulation for stress analysis:
axial element and beam element for one dimensional problems – Triangular and rectangular elements iso-
parametric quadrilateral for analysis of plane stress and plane strain problems - hexahedral and tetrahedral
elements for 3 dimensional stress analysis – axi-symmetric stress analysis – plate and shell elements
Module 5: FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS OF SEEPAGE AND CONSOLIDATION PROBLEMS:
Settlement analysis - 2-D elastic solutions for homogeneous - isotropic medium - steady seepage analysis:
finite element solutions of Laplace’s equation - consolidation analysis - Terzaghi consolidation problem -
choice of soil properties for finite element analysis
Module 6: FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS OF SOIL STRUCTURE INTERACTION PROBLEMS:
Analysis of foundations – stress in soil - shallow foundations – dam foundation – pile foundation -
underground structures and earth retaining structures – application to geotechnical designs – requirement
of software for analysis of stress in foundation and for stability analysis

References:
1. Andrew Lees., “Geotechnical Finite Element analysis – A Practical Guide”, Thomas Telford Ltd.,
2016.
2. Desai C.S., and Musharaf Zamen., “Advanced Geotechnical Engineering”, CRC Press, 2014.
3. Potts D.M., and Zdramcovic L., “Finite Element Analysis in Geo-technical engineering”, Thomas
Telford, 2001.
4. Rajasekaran S., “Finite Element Analysis in Engineering Design”, Wheeler publishing 1993.

Civil Engineering
 5. Desai C.S., “Elementary Finite Element Method”, Prentice Hall, Inc, 1979.

L T P C
18CE3066 DYNAMICS OF SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To gain knowledge on different types of machine foundation.
2. To understand the dynamic properties of soils.
3. To impart knowledge on exposure on vibration isolation techniques.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Describe the theories of vibration to solve dynamic soil problems.
2. Evaluate the dynamic properties of soil using laboratory and field tests.
3. Analyse the different types of machine foundation.
4. Design of machine foundation.
5. Compare vibration of foundation studies.
6. Implement vibration isolation techniques
Module 1: FUNDAMENTALS OF VIBRATIONS: Single, two and multiple degree of freedom systems
- vibration isolation - vibration absorbers - vibration measuring instruments
Module 2: WAVE PROPAGATION: Elastic continuum medium - semi-infinite elastic continuum
medium - soil behaviour under dynamic loading.
Module 3: LIQUEFACTION OF SOILS: Liquefaction mechanism - factors affecting liquefaction,
studies by dynamic tri-axial testing - oscillatory shear box, shake table and blast tests - assessment of
liquefaction potential.
Module 4: DYNAMIC ELASTIC CONSTANTS OF SOIL: Determination of dynamic elastic constants
- various methods including block resonance tests - cyclic plate load tests - wave propagation tests -
oscillatory shear box test.
Module 5: MACHINE FOUNDATIONS: Design criteria for machine foundations - Elastic
homogeneous half space and lumped parameter solutions - analysis and design of foundations:
reciprocating and impact type machines, turbines - effect of machine foundation on adjoining structures.
Module 6: BEARING CAPACITY OF FOUNDATIONS: Bearing capacity of dynamically loaded
foundations: water towers, chimneys and high rise buildings - response of pile foundations.

References:
1. Steven Kramer., “Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering”, Pearson, 2008.
2. Kameswara Rao, N.S.V., “Vibration analysis and foundation dynamics”, Wheeler Publication Ltd.,
1998.
3. Das, B.M., “Fundamentals of Soil Dynamics”, Elsevier, 1983.
4. Prakash, S., “Soil Dynamics”, McGraw Hill,1981.
5. IS 5249:1977: Method of test for determination of dynamic properties of soil.

L T P C
18CE3067 SOIL MECHANICS LABORATORY - I
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives
1. To attain adequate knowledge in assessing index properties.
2. To gain knowledge on Compaction and Compressibility of soils.
3. To enrich knowledge in field practices.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand the origin of the soil and geological cycle.

Civil Engineering
 2. Perform laboratory experiments to estimate various Atterberg’s limits and evaluate index properties
of soils.
3. Determine the permeability and compaction of soils through various laboratory and field tests.
List of Experiments:
1. Determination of Moisture Content and Specific gravity of soil
2. Grain size distribution using Sieve Analysis
3. Grain size distribution using Hydrometer Analysis
4. Atterberg’s Limits (Liquid Limit, Plastic limit, Shrinkage limit)
5. Visual Classification Tests
6. Free swell Test
7. Vibration test for relative density of sand
8. Standard proctor’s compaction test
9. Modified proctor’s compaction test
10. Falling head permeability test and Constant head permeability test
11. Consolidation test
12. Chemical analysis of soil (Chlorides and Sulphates)
References:
1. Alam Singh and Chowdary, G.R., “Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice (Vol.2) Geotechnical
Testing and Instrumentation”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2006.
2. “Soil Engineering Laboratory Instruction Manual”, Published by the Engineering College
Cooperative Society, Chennai, 1996.
3. Head, K.H., “Manual of Soil Laboratory Testing”, Vol.I and II, Pentech Press, London 1990.
4. Lambe T.W., “Soil Testing for Engineers”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1990.
5. I.S. Code of Practice (2720): Relevant Parts, as amended from time to time.

L T P C
18CE3068 SOIL MECHANICS LABORATORY - II
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives
1. To provide with basic understanding of physical and mechanical properties of soil.
2. To identify factors controlling soil behavior and methods to determine soil properties
3. To interpret the results and write technical reports.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify and classify soils with reference to their characteristics.
2. Determine graphically and analytically the stress state in any plane of the soil mass.
3. Perform various shear strength tests and appreciate the different field conditions which they
simulate.
List of Experiments:
1. California Bearing ratio test
2. Swell Pressure Test
3. Unconfined compression test
4. Direct shear test
5. Tri-axial compression test – UU, CU, CD tests
6. Laboratory vane shear test
References:
1. Alam Singh and Chowdary, G.R., “Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice (Vol.2) Geotechnical
Testing and Instrumentation”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Head, K.H., “Manual of Soil Laboratory Testing Vol.I, II and Vol.III”, Pentech Press, London,
1998.

Civil Engineering
 3. Kameswara Rao, N.S.V., “Dynamics Soil Tests and Applications”, Wheeler Publishing, New
Delhi, 2000.
4. Das, B.M., “Soil Mechanics Laboratory Manual, Engineering”, Press,Austin,1997
5. I.S. Code of Practice (2720): Relevant Parts, as amended from time to time.

L T P C
18CE3069 SUBSOIL EXPLORATION LABORATORY
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives:
1. To gain knowledge in various field investigation
2. To attain adequate knowledge in geophysical methods
3. To adopt appropriate test based on the available conditions.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand various site investigation techniques and their in-situ applications.
2. Specify a strategy for site investigation to identify the soil deposits and determine the depth and
spatial extent within the ground.
3. Prepare a soil investigation report based on borehole log data and various in-situ testslike SPT,
CPT, etc.
List of Experiments:
1. Exploratory borings by different methods including auger boring, wash boring, percussion drilling
and rotary drilling.
2. Standard penetration test
3. Dynamic cone penetration test
4. Static cone penetration test
5. Plate load test
6. Pressure meter test
7. Geophysical exploration tests
References:
1. Murthy V.N.S, SaiKripa.,“Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering Vol 2”, CBS Publishers &
Distributors, 1997.
2. CR Clayton, MC Matthews, NE Simons., “Site Investigation”, Thomas Telford Ltd, 1995.
3. S.P. Brahma., “Foundation Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New
Delhi, 1985.
4. Shamsher Prakash, Gopal Ranjan and Swami Saran, Meerut, “Analysis and Design of Foundations
and Retaining Structures” Sarita Prakasham, 1979.
5. IS : 1892-1979 , IS : 1888-1982 ,IS:2131 -1981,IS:4434-1978.

L T P C
18CE3070 GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN STUDIO
0 0 4 2
Course Objectives
1. To introduce the application of FEM in Software Packages.
2. To analyze and design various structural elements using software packages.
3. To impart knowledge on computer application in civil engineering.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Recall the appropriate loading as per the standards.
2. Estimate the design stresses.
3. Evaluate foundation settlement.
List of Experiments:
1. Stability Analysis
Civil Engineering
 2. Excavation Design
3. Walls and Gabions
4. Shallow foundations
5. Deep foundations
6. Settlement analysis
7. Tunnels and shafts
References:
1. ANSYS 17.1 - Analysis Reference Manual, 2016.
2. STAAD Pro 2007 V8i Analysis Reference Manual, 2015.
3. Plaxis 2d Reference Manual, 2018.
4. https://www.finesoftware.eu/geotechnical-software

L T P C
18CE3071 GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge to identify weak soils.
2. To suggest suitable improvement methods.
3. To be familiar with equipment used for improvements.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Define the parameters of weak soil.
2. Describe field compaction methods
3. Apply drainage techniques in soil improvements
4. Analyze the reinforcement techniques in soil.
5. Design load carrying capacity of stone columns.
6. Adopt suitable ground improvement techniques.

Module1: INTRODUCTION: Introduction to dewatering – scope and necessity of ground improvement

– new technologies – basic concepts – drainage methods – ground water lowering by well points – deep
well, vacuum and electro – osmosis methods.
Module2:COMPACTION AND SAND DRAINS: In-situ compaction of cohesionless and cohesive soils
– Shallow and deep compaction – Vibration methods – vibro-compaction, blasting, vibrating probe,
vibratory rollers, vibro-displacement compaction, vibroflotation – concept - factors influencing compaction
– heavy tamping – vertical drains – preloading with sand drains, fabric drains, wick drains – design of sand
drains – relative merits of different methods – limitations.
Module3:STONE COLUMN AND CONSOLIDATION: Precompression and consolidation – dynamic
consolidation – electro-osmotic consolidation – stone column – functions – methods of installation – design
estimation of load carrying capacity of stone column – settlement of stone column – lime piles – earth
reinforcement – soil nailing – types of reinforcement material – applications.
Module4:STABILIZATION: Introduction – stabilization methods – mechanical, cement, lime, bitumen,
chemical stabilization – electrical stabilization – stabilization by thermal and freezing techniques – ground
improvement by excavating and replacing – stabilization of expansive clays – prewetting – special methods
–introduction to geopolymer, nano and bio stabilization.
Module5:GROUTING: Functions – characteristics of grouts – types of grout – suspension and solution
grouts – basic requirements of grout – displacement – compaction grouting, displacement – soil fracture
grouting, jet – displacement grouting, permeation grouting – grouting equipment – injection methods –
grout monitoring.
Module6: APPLICATIONS: Applications of compaction - sand drains - applications of stone column -
consolidation - applications of grouting - applications of soil reinforcement.

Civil Engineering
References:
1. Shroff, A.V., “Grouting Technology in Tunneling and Dam”, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
2. Purushothama Raj, P., “Ground Improvement Techniques”, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New
Delhi, 2005.
3. Koerner, R.M., “Designing with Geosynthetics” (fourth edition), Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1999.
4. Moseley M.D., “Ground Treatment”, Blackie Academic and Professional, 1998.
5. IS:4558:1983,IS:4721-1968,IS:5050-1968,IS:4999-1968.

L T P C
18CE3072 PAVEMENT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To gain knowledge on stress assessment.
2. To design Flexible and rigid pavements.
3. To impart knowledge on different rehabilitation techniques.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify the properties of various road materials.
2. Indicate the factors affecting the pavements.
3. Examine the distress in pavements for stability.
4. Design the pavements as per Indian standards
5. Suggest stabilization techniques for soft soils.
6. Compare causes remedial measures for rehabilitation.

Module1: BASIC CONCEPTS: Pavement- types – historical developments – approaches to pavement

design – vehicle and traffic considerations – behaviour of road materials under repeated loading – stresses
and deflections in layered systems.
Module 2: FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT: Factors affecting flexible pavements – material characterization
for analytical pavement design – CBR and stabilometer tests – resilient modulus – fatigue subsystem –
failure criteria for bituminous pavements – IRC design guidelines
Module3: RIGID PAVEMENT: Factors affecting rigid pavements – design procedures for rigid pavement
– IRC guidelines – airfield pavements - Highway pavement – CRC pavements
Module 4: PAVEMENT EVALUATION AND REHABILITATION: Pavement evaluation and
rehabilitation, condition and evaluation surveys – causes and types of distress in flexible and rigid
pavements – PSI models – serviceability index of rural roads – pavements maintenance management and
construction.
Module 5: STABILIZATION OF SOILS FOR ROAD CONSTRUCTIONS: Need for a stabilized soil
– design criteria and choice of stabilizers – testing and field control – stabilization for rural roads – use of
geofabrics in road construction – case studies.
Module 6: MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION AND DRAINAGE: Material characterization –
failure criteria - reliability - comparison of different pavement design approaches – design overlays -
drainage system.

References:
1. Wright, P.H., “Highway Engineers”, Johwiley and Sons, Inc. New York, 2009.
2. Kadiyali, L.R., “Transport planning and Traffic Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, 2008.
3. Design and specification of Rural Roads (Manual), Ministry of rural roads, Government of India,
New Delhi, 2001.
4. Yoder, R.J and Witchak, M.W., “Principles of Pavment Design”, John wiley, 2000.
5. IRC: 37 – 2001, IRC: 58 – 1998, The Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE3073 ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
1. To acquire knowledge on the geotechnical engineering problems associated with soil
contamination.
2. To study various methods of safe disposal of waste, stabilization of waste and transportation of
contaminant.
3. To suggest site remediation techniques.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify the causes of soil pollution and suggest suitable methods of remediation for the
contaminated sites.
2. Classify the various techniques of waste disposal.
3. Illustrate the contaminant transport and the transformation processes.
4. Evaluate the beam capacity of compacted fills.
5. Explain the case studies on utilization of solid waste and soil improvement.
6. Implement suitable methods of remediation for contaminated sites.

Module 1: SOIL AS A MULTIPHASE SYSTEM: Soil- environment interaction – properties of water in

relation to porous media – water cycle with special reference to soil medium.
Module 2: SOIL – POLLUTANT INTERACTION: Introduction to Geo-environmental engineering –
environmental cycle – sources, production and classification of waste – causes of soil pollution – factors
governing soil – pollutant interaction – failures of foundations due to pollutants – case studies.
Module 3:SITE SELECTION AND SAFE DISPOSAL OF WASTE: Safe disposal of waste – site
selection for landfills – characterization of landfill sites– risk assessment – stability of landfills – current
practice of waste disposal – monitoring facilities – passive containment system – application of
geosynthetics in solid waste management – rigid and flexible liners.
Module 4:TRANSPORT OF CONTAMINANTS: Contaminant transport in subsurface – advection –
diffusion – dispersion – governing equations – contaminant transformation – sorption – biodegradation –
ion exchange – precipitation – hydrological consideration in landfill design – groundwater pollution –
bearing capacity of compacted fills – foundation for waste fill ground – pollution of aquifers by mixing of
liquid waste – protection of aquifers.
Module 5:WASTE STABILIZATION AND DISPOSAL: Hazardous waste control and storage system
– stabilization/solidification of wastes – micro and macro encapsulation – absorption, adsorption,
precipitation – detoxification – mechanism of stabilization – organic and inorganic stabilization – utilization
of solid waste for soil improvement – case studies.
Module 6:REMEDIATION OF CONTAMINATED SOILS: Rational approach to evaluate and
remediate contaminated sites – monitored natural attenuation – ex-situ and in-situ remediation –
solidification, bio – remediation, incineration, soil washing, electro kinetics, soil heating, vitrification, bio-
venting – ground water remediation – pump and treat, air sparging, reactive well – case studies.

References:
1. Lagrega, M.D., Buckingham, P.L., and Evans, J.C., “Hazardous Waste Management”, McGraw
Hill, Inc. Singapore, 1994.
2. Daniel, B.E., “Geotechnical Practice for waste disposal”, Chapman and Hall, London, 1993.
3. Proceedings of the International symposium of “Environmental Geotechnology” (Vol. I and II),
Environmental Publishing Company, 1986 and 1989.
4. Ott, W.R., “Environmental Indices - Theory and Practice”, Ann. Arbor, 1978.
5. Fried, J.J., “Ground Water Pollution”, Elsevier, 1975.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE3074 MECHANICS OF UNSATURATED SOILS
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge on the study of the soil water system.
2. To interpret the results of direct shear and triaxial test.
3. To learn development of hydraulic conductivity models.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify the physical properties of air and water.
2. Explain the interdisciplinary nature of unsaturated soil.
3. Estimate the effective stress state variable and shear strength parameters.
4. Prepare suction and moisture profile.
5. Develop hydraulic conductivity models.
6. Interpret soil water characteristic curves.

Module 1: STATE OF UNSATURATED SOIL: Definition – interdisciplinary nature of unsaturated soil

– soil classification – nature and practice – stress profiles, stress state variables - material variables –
constitutive law – suction potential of soil water
Module 2: SOIL SUCTION: Soil suction - nature of water in clays, repulsive potential, repulsive pressure,
capillary action, matric suction, osmotic suction, soil water characteristic curve (SWCC)
Module 3: PHYSICS OF SOIL WATER SYSTEM: Physical properties of air and water – partial
pressure and relative humidity density of moist air – surface tension – cavitation of water - solubility of air
in water – air – water solid interface – vapour pressure lowering – soil water characteristic-curve - capillary
tube model – contacting sphere model - Young laplace equation – height of capillary rise – rate of capillary
rise – capillary pore size distribution – theoretical basis – determination – laboratory method
Module 4: STRESS STATE VARIABLES AND SHEAR STRENGTH: Effective-stress – stress
between two spherical particles – hysteresis in SWCC – stress parameter, stress tensor – stress control by
axis translation - analytical representation of stress –volume change characteristics - extended Mohr
Coulomb’s criterion – shear strength parameters–interpretation of direct shear test results and tri axial test
results – unified representation of failure envelope – influence of suction in earth pressure distribution.
Module 5: STEADY AND TRANSIENT FLOWS: Driving mechanism – permeability and hydraulic
conductivity – capillary barriers – steady infiltration and evaporation – vapor flow – air diffusion in water
- principles for pore liquid flow – rate of infiltration, transient suction and moisture profiles - principles for
pore gas flow barometric pumping analysis.
Module 6: MATERIAL VARIABLE MEASUREMENT AND MODELLING: Measurement of total
suction – psychrometers – filter paper measurement of matric suction – high air entry disks – direct
measurements – tensiometers – air-translation technique – indirect measurements – thermal conductivity
sensors – measurement of osmotic suction – squeezing technique – soil water characteristic curves and
hydraulic conductivity models.

References:
1. Ng Charles, W.W., Menzies Bruce, “Advanced unsaturated Soil Mechanism and Engineering”,
Taylor and Francis Group, 2007.
2. Ning Lu and William, J. Likes, “Unsaturated Soil Mechanics”, John Wiley and sons, INC. New
Jersey, 2004
3. Fredlund, D.G. and Rahardjo, H. “Soil Mechanics for unsaturated soils”, John Wiley and Sons,
INC, New York.2003.
4. Geoffrey E Blight., “Unsaturated Soil Mechanics in Geotechnical Practice”, 1985.
5. Ning Lu, Laureano R. Hoyes and Lakshmi Reddi, “Advances in unsaturated soil, seepage and
Environmental Geotechnics”, ASCE, Geotechnical special publication No.148.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE3075 ROCK MECHANICS IN ENGINEERING PRACTICE
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To understand the properties of rock and pattern of failure.
2. To inculcate the evaluation of stresses.
3. To enable to interpret the stability considerations of rock masses.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Recall the formation and classification of rocks in India.
2. Explain the strength parameters of rocks.
3. Evaluate the in-situ stresses developed and methods of measurement.
4. Analyze slope stability.
5. Summarize the design aspects in rocks.
6. Select the appropriate reinforcement of rocks.

Module 1: CLASSIFICATION OF ROCKS: Rocks of peninsular India and the Himalayas – index
properties and classification of rock masses, competent and incompetent rock – value of RMR and ratings
in field estimations.
Module 2: STRENGTH CRITERIA OF ROCKS: Behaviour of rock under hydrostatic compression and
deviatoric loading – Modes of rock failure – planes of weakness and joint characteristics – Joint testing,
Mohr – Coulomb failure criterion and tension cut-off, Hoek and Brown strength criteria for rocks with
discontinuity sets.
Module 3: DESIGN ASPECTS IN ROCKS: Insitu stresses and their measurements, flat jack - over and
under coring methods – stress around underground excavations – design aspects of openings in rocks – case
studies.
Module 4: SLOPE STABILITY OF ROCKS: Rock slopes – role of discontinuities in slope failure, slope
analysis and factor of safety – Remedial measures for critical slopes – case studies.
Module 5: REINFORCEMENT OF ROCKS: Reinforcement of fractured and jointed rocks – shotcreting
– bolting – anchoring – installation methods – case studies.
Module 6: APPLICATION OF ROCK MECHANICS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING: Rock tunneling -
rock slope stability - bolting, blasting, grouting and rock foundation design - Modern modelling techniques
- analyses in rocks.

References:
1. John A Hudson, John P Harrison., “Engineering Rock Mechanics: An Introduction to the
Principles”, Pergamon Press Ltd, 2005
2. Goodman, R.E., “Introduction to Rock Mechanics”, John Wiley and Sons, 1989.
3. Bazant, Z.P., “Mechanics of Geomaterials Rocks, Concrete and Soil”, John Wiley and Sons,
Chichester, 1985.
4. Hool, E and Bray, J., “Rock Slope Engineering”, Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, U.K. 1981.
5. Hoek, E and Brown, E.T., “Underground Excavations in Rock”, Institute of Mining and
Metallurgy, U.K. 1981.
6. Obvert, L. and Duvall, W., “Rock Mechanics and the Design of Structures in Rock”, John Wiley,
1967.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE3076 EARTH RETAINING STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on earth pressure theories.
2. To inculcate the design of retaining walls with and without geosynthetic reinforcements.
3. To study sheet pile walls with and without geosynthetic reinforcements.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Define various classical earth pressure theories.
2. Classify different types of earth retaining structures.
3. Demonstrate braced excavation with practical examples.
4. Evaluate forces on the structures under different conditions.
5. Design earth retaining structures based on stability considerations.
6. Adopt appropriate retaining structures based on field observations.

Module 1:EARTH PRESSURE THEORIES: Introduction – state of stress in retained soil mass –
classical earth pressure theories – active and passive earth pressures – earth pressure at rest- earth pressure
due to external loads – empirical methods – wall movements and complex geometry – graphical method of
computing earth pressure – Rehbann’s and Culmann’s approach.
Module 2: COMPACTION, DRAINAGE AND STABILITY OF RETAINING STRUCTURES:
Retaining structure – selection of soil parameters - lateral pressure: compaction, strain softening, wall
flexibility, drainage arrangements - its influence – stability analysis of retaining structure for regular and
earthquake forces.
Module 3 RETAINING WALLS: Retaining walls – uses and types – forces on retaining walls – design
of retaining walls by limit state method – general principles – design and construction details – Design of
solid gravity walls, Semi – gravity walls, cantilever walls, counterfort walls – Stability of retaining walls –
Drainage arrangements and its influence
Module 4: SHEET PILE WALLS: Earth retaining structures – selection of soil parameters – analysis and
design of cantilever and anchored sheet pile walls – Deadman and continuous anchor – diaphragm and
bored pile walls – design requirements.
Module 5:BRACED EXCAVATION: Braced cuts in sand and clay – lateral pressure on sheeting in
braced excavation – stability against piping and bottom heaving – computation of lateral earth pressure for
braced cuts and flexible bulk heads – soil anchors – soil nailing – soil pinning – methods of design.
Module 6: REINFORCED EARTH RETAINING WALL: Reinforced earth retaining wall – general
principles - concepts and mechanism of reinforced earth – design consideration of reinforced earth –
Geotextile, geogrids, metal strips and facing elements – construction – selection of type of retaining
structures – construction practice – field observations.

References:
1. McCarthy D.F., “Essentials of soil Mechanics and foundations; Basic Geotechnics” (sixth Edition)
Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Rowe R.K., “Geotechnical and Geo environmental Engineering Hand Book”, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, 2001.
3. Winterkorn H.F. and Fang H.Y., “Foundation Engineering Hand book”, Galgotia Book-source,
2000.
4. Militisky .J and Woods R., “Earth and earth retaining structures”, CRC Press, 1992.
5. IS 14458 (Part 2): Retaining Wall for Hill Area--Guidelines, Part 2: Design of Retaining/Breast
Walls

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE3077 REINFORCED SOIL STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge on geosynthetics.
2. To study the design principles and mechanism of reinforced soil and soil nailing.
3. To enlighten the applications in dams, embankments, pavements and foundation structures.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Recall the soil reinforcement interaction mechanism.
2. Classify the materials used in reinforced soil structure.
3. Demonstrate various testing and prevention methods.
4. Design various soil reinforcement structures.
5. Summarize the concepts of geosynthetics in earth reinforcement.
6. Judge the performance of reinforced structures.

Module 1: PRINCIPLES AND MECHANISMS OF SOIL REINFORCEMENT: Historical

background – initial and recent developments – principles – concepts and mechanisms of reinforced soil –
factors affecting behaviour and performance of soil – reinforcement interactions
Module 2: MATERIALS AND MATERIAL PROPERTIES: Materials used in reinforced soil
structures: fill materials, reinforcing materials, metal strips, Geotextile, Geogrids, Geomembranes,
Geocomposites, Geojutes, Geofoam, natural fibres, coir Geotextiles – bamboo – timber – facing elements
– properties – methods of testing – advantages and disadvantages – preservation methods.
Module 3: DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS: Design aspects of reinforced soil – soil
reinforcement function – separator, filtration, drainage, barrier function – design and applications of
reinforced soil of various structures – retaining walls – foundations - embankments and slopes.
Module 4: GEOSYNTHETICS AND APPLICATIONS: Introduction – historical background –
applications - design criteria – geosynthetics in roads – design – Giroud and Noiray approach –
Geosynthetics in landfills – Geosynthetic clay liner – design of landfills – barrier walls.
Module 5: SOIL NAILING AND CASE HISTORIES: Soil nailing – overview – soil – nail interaction
– behaviour – design procedure – behaviour in seismic conditions - performance studies of reinforced dams,
embankments, pavements, railroads, foundations - case studies.
Module 6: DURABILITY OFREINFORCEMENTMATERIALS: Measurement of corrosion factors,
resistivity - redox potential - water content – pH - electrochemical corrosion - bacterial corrosion – influence
of environmental factors on the performance of Geosynthetic materials.

References:
1. Hoe I. Ling, Guido Gottardi , Daniele Cazzuffi ., “Design and Practice of Geosynthetic-Reinforced
Soil Structures”,2013.
2. Ramanatha Ayyar, T.S., Ramachandran Nair, C.G. and Balakrishna Nair, N., “Comprehensive
Reference Book on Coir Geotextile”, Centre for Development for Coir Technology, 2002.
3. Koerner, R.M., “Designing with Geosynthetics”, (Third Edition), Prentice Hall, 1997.
4. Jewell, R.A., “Soil Reinforcement with Geotextile”, CIRIA, London, 1996.
5. Gray, D.H., and Sotir, R.B., “Biotechnical and Soil Engineering Slope Stabilization”. A Practical
Guide for Erosion Control, John Wiley and Son Inc., New York, 1996.
6. Colin J F P Jones., “Earth Reinforcement and Soil Structures”, Butterworths & Co. Ltd., 1988.
7. John, N.W.M., “Geotextiles”, John Blackie and Sons Ltd., London, 1987.
8. IS 14715: IRC, SP 102.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE3078 GEOLOGY IN GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To enable to understand the microscopic study of rocks.
2. To impart knowledge on geophysical exploration of ground water and structural geology.
3. To familiarize the causes and preventing measures of landslides.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify mineral content, texture and structural behaviour of rocks using microscopic study.
2. Classify different faults in rocks.
3. Demonstrate various geophysical investigations.
4. Analyze the causes of landslides.
5. Explain the scope of ground water investigations in civil Engineering.
6. Interpret the causes of faults based on field recognition of unconformity.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Soil formation – survey – soils of India – texture and structure of igneous,
sedimentary and metamorphic rocks - microscopic study – microscopic study of rocks with particular
reference to texture – microscopic study of unconsolidated sediments with reference to their grain size and
mineral content
Module 2: GEOPHYSICAL INVESTIGATION: Geophysical methods of exploration – electrical,
magnetic, gravitational, seismic, radioactive and geochemical methods – influence of structure and texture
of rocks, engineering properties, foundation problems in igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks
including recent sediments- case histories - investigations for foundation of dams and reservoirs – problem
encountered and treatment - case studies – investigation of canals and deep cuts – case studies.
Module 3: BOREHOLE LOGGING AND CORE SAMPLING TECHNIQUES: Bore logging
techniques – Resistivity log, Neutron log, sonic log, gamma log etc. - Bore logging methods, interpretation
- drilled core sections – rocks and soil sampling methods - core logging.
Module 4: LAND SLIDES: Landslides – causes – preventive and control measures – engineering
problems related to earthquakes - case studies.
Module 5: GROUND WATER: Ground water problems – location of water tables, composition of ground
water – groundwater surveys – conservation of groundwater – scope of ground water investigation in civil
engineering.
Module 6: STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY: Altitude of beds – dip and strike –characteristics –folds types -
causes and mechanism of folding –faults classification -causes and mechanism of faults- field evidences
and recognition of faults - joint systems – classification and its types - difference between faults and joints
– definition - importance and field recognition of unconformity.

References:
1. Parbin Singh, “Engineering and General Geology”, Katson Publication House, 2009.
2. Legget, “Geology and Engineering”, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1998.
3. Krynine and Judd, “Principles of Engineering Geology and Geo techniques”, CBS Publishers and
Distributors 1998.
4. Robert S. Yeats, Robert S. Yeats, Kerry Sieh, Kerry E. Sieh., “The Geology of Earthquakes”,
Oxford University Press, 1997.
5. Blyth, “Geology for Engineering”, ELBS 1995.

Civil Engineering
 L T P C
18CE3079 SLOPE STABILITY AND LANDSLIDES
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on investigation of slopes
2. To study stabilization techniques of slopes
3. To gain knowledge on analysis and design of slopes
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify the purpose of computing slope stability.
2. Classify irregular slopes with different approaches.
3. Evaluate pore water pressure.
4. Analyze the stability of slopes.
5. Interpret the failures of case studies.
6. Execute suitable ground improvement techniques in the field.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Introduction – importance – characteristics - types of failures – causes of

failures – purpose of stability computation – investigation of failures – procedure – case studies.
Module 2: STABILITY ANALYSIS: Stability analysis – method of slices – friction circle method – soils
with cohesion – soils with cohesion and angle of internal friction - critical states for design of embankments
– stability computations – evaluation of pore water pressure.
Module 3: IRREGULAR SLOPES: Non-uniform soils – Janbu’s analysis – Taylor’s analysis – Bishop’s
analysis – total stress and effective stress approaches – composite surfaces of sliding – block sliding.
Module 4: LAND SLIDES: General characteristics - sources–stability of hill side slopes – open cuts –
engineering problems involving the stability of slopes – cuts in sand – cuts in loess – homogeneous and
soft clay slopes – sudden spreading of clay slopes – clay flows - clays containing pockets and sand masses
– slides in stiff clay slopes on shale – slopes on weathered rock; talus slopes, slopes on over consolidated
clays – slides along coastal areas and tropically weathered residual soils – long term stability of clay slopes.
Module 5: FIELD OBSERVATIONS: Field instrumentation – observation studies during construction –
post construction - piezometers – settlement plates – inclinometer – case histories.
Module 6: SLOPE STABILIZATION: Compaction of new embankments – compaction of natural masses
of soil and existing fills – compaction of deep deposits of sand – vibroflotation – compaction of
compressible soils – drainage as a means of stabilization –soil reinforcement– soil nailing.

References:
1. Robin Chowdhury, Phil Flentje, Gautam.,“Geotechnical Slope Analysis”, CRC Press, 2009.
2. Mahanti, N.C. Samal, S.K. Datta, P. Nag.N.K., “Diaster Management”, Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi, India, 2006.
3. Lee W. Abramson, Thomas S. Lee, Sunil Sharma, “Slope Stability and Stabilization Methods”,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2002.
4. Winterkorn, H.F. and Fang, H.Y., “Foundation Engineering Handbook”, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
1994.
5. Anderson, M.G., and Richards, K.S., “Slope Stability”, John Wiley, 1987.

L T P C
18CE3080 GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives
1. To understand the dynamics of earth and its response, effect on earth structure and measures to
mitigate the effects.
2. To enable to develop the design ground motion for a site by suitable response analysis
Civil Engineering
 3. To impart knowledge to prepare a hazard and risk map.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Apply the principles of earthquake loading.
2. Quantify earthquake intensity and ground motion.
3. Estimate seismic soil design parameters.
4. Analyze and design seismic resistant foundation for buildings.
5. Prepare soil risk and micro zonation maps.
6. Assess the hazard resistance to maintain and modify the soil sample.

Module 1: ELEMENTS OF EARTHQUAKE SEISMOLOGY AND DYNAMICS: Mechanism of

earthquakes - causes of earthquake - earthquake fault sources - elastic rebound theory - seismic wave in
earthquake shaking - definition of earthquake terms - locating an earthquake - quantification of earthquakes.
Module2: GROUND MOTION CHARACTERISTICS: Strong motion records -characteristics of
ground motion - factors influencing ground motion - estimation of frequency content parameters - seismic
site investigations - evaluation of dynamic soil properties.
Module 3: GROUND RESPONSE ANALYSIS - LOCAL SITE EFFECTS AND DESIGN
GROUND MOTION: Wave propagation analysis - site amplification - ground response analysis - method
of analysis - one dimensional analysis - equivalent linear analysis – shear beam analysis - site effects -
design ground motion - developing design ground motion - application of software package - codal
recommendations
Module 4: LIQUEFACTION AND LATERAL SPREADING: Liquefaction related phenomena -
liquefaction susceptibility: historical, geological, compositional and state criteria - evaluation of
liquefaction by cyclic stress and cyclic strain approaches - lateral deformation and spreading - criteria for
mapping liquefaction hazard zones.
Module 5: SEISMIC STABILITY ANALYSIS: Earthquake resistant design of building foundation -
design considerations - geotechnical - architectural - structural - capacity design - seismic analysis.
earthquake response of slopes - evaluation of slope stability - pseudostatic analysis - Newmark's study of
block analysis - dynamic analysis - earth pressure due to ground shaking valuation - lateral deformation -
codal provisions.
Module 6: EARTHQUAKE HAZARD MITIGATION: Seismic risk vulnerability and hazard - risk
mapping - scale – changing percept of risk – vulnerability atlas of India - hazard assessment - maintenance
and modifications to improve hazard resistance - seismic microzonation – methodology – scale of mapping
- different type of foundation and its impact on safety.

References:
1. Krammer S.L., “Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering”, Prentice Hall, International Series,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
2. McGuire, R.K. “Seismic Hazard and Risk Analysis”, Earthquake Engineering Research Institute,
2004.
3. Wai-Fah Chen and Charles Scawthem, “Earthquake Engineering Hand book”, Caspress, 2003.
4. Robert W. Day, “Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Hand book”, McGraw Hill, 2002.
5. Kameswara Rao, N.S.V., “Dynamics soil tests and applications”, Wheeler Publishing - New Delhi,
2000.

Civil Engineering
 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES IN DESIGN OF L T P C
18CE3081 GEOTECHNICAL STRUCTURES
3 0 0 3
(Industry run course)
Course Objectives
1. To gain knowledge on practical aspects of design relating to substructure elements using software.
2. To impart knowledge on Geotechnical construction practices.
3. To apply knowledge on field execution.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Identify the various field practices in Geotechnical engineering.
2. Indicate the various safety and quality control aspects in site.
3. Apply the various design aspects in earthquake resistant structures.
4. Design foundations for special structures using software.
5. Evaluate dynamic properties of soil.
6. Choose the appropriate finite element analysis software applied to Geotechnical Engineering.

Module 1: CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES: Geotechnical engineering practices – soil profile – bore

log report review and preparation – geotechnical plant and machinery – safety aspects at site.
Module 2: RETAINING STRUCTURES: Design of retaining wall – design of culvert – design of deep
excavations – sheet pile – diaphragm walls – shoring system – design of caisson.
Module 3: SUBSTRUCTURES: Design of tower foundation – design of floating foundation – design of
pile and pile group – design of under-reamed pile – design of abutment – design of pier – design of mat
foundation – design of piled raft foundation.
Module 4: DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF FOUNDATIONS: Soil behaviour – dynamic properties of soil
– seismic performance analysis – seismic load in foundation – design procedure for earthquake resistant
foundation – soil structure interaction – retrofitting.
Module 5: FINITE ANALYSES AND SOFTWARE APPLICATION: Finite element analysis applied
to geotechnical engineering – ANSYS – modelling – applications – PLAXIS.
Module 6: CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT: Project planning – construction management – quality
control – quality management – Geosynthetics – Geomembrane.

References:
1. George Paaswell, “Retaining Walls: Design and Construction”, Biblibazaar, 2009.
2. Murthy V.N.S, “Advanced Foundation Engineering”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2007.
3. Michael John Tomlinson, R.Boorman., “Foundation Design and Construction”, Prentice Hall PTR,
2001.
4. Helmsley, “Design Applications of Raft Foundations”, Thomas Telford, 2000.
5. Davies and Poulos., “Analysis and Design of Pile foundation”, John wiley and sons, 1980.

L T P C
18CE3082 OFFSHORE ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge on offshore environment.
2. To enlighten knowledge on behavior of soils subjected to repeated loading.
3. To study the numerical modeling of marine foundations.
Course Outcomes
Student will be able to
1. Understand the importance of marine ecosystem and its viable environment.
2. Assess the behavior of soil and select necessary design parameters.
3. Formulate and solve problems of marine soil subjected to repeated loading.
Civil Engineering
 4. Execute investigation program for marine soil deposits.
5. Design suitable marine foundation as per project requirement.
6. Develop numerical model for response of marine foundation for offshore conditions.

Module 1: INTRODUCTION TO OFFSHORE ENGINEERING: Offshore environment – marine

ecosystem – types of soil in marine environment – fundamental design of offshore structures.
Module 2: MARINE SOIL DEPOSITS: Offshore structures and foundations – specific problems related
to marine soil deposits– physical and engineering properties of marine soils
Module 3: BEHAVIOR OF SOILS SUBJECTED TO REPEATED LOADING: Effect of wave
loading on offshore foundations – behavior of sands and clays under cyclic loading – laboratory
experiments including repeated loading– cyclic behavior of soils based on fundamental theory of
mechanics– approximate engineering methods which can be used for practical cases
Module 4: SITE INVESTIGATION IN THE CASE OF MARINE SOIL DEPOSITS: Challenges of
site investigation in marine environment – different site investigation techniques – sampling techniques–
geophysical methods – recent advancements in site investigation and sampling used for marine soil
deposits
Module 5: FOUNDATIONS IN MARINE SOIL DEPOSITS: Different offshore and near shore
foundations– gravity platforms– jack-up rigs – pile foundations – cassions, spudcans
Module 6: NUMERICAL MODELING OF MARINE FOUNDATIONS SUBJECTED TO WAVE
LOADING: Numerical modeling of cyclic behavior of soils – empirical models – elastic-plastic models
– FEM analysis of marine foundations subjected to wave loading.

References:
1. Mohamed A. El-Reedy., “Offshore Structures: Design, Construction and Maintenance”, Gulf
Professional Publishing, 2012.
2. Thomson Dand BeasleyD. J., “Handbook of Marine Geotechnical Engineering”, US Navy, 2012.
3. Reddy D. V. and M. Arockiasamy., “Offshore Structures”, Volume: 1, R.E. Kreiger Pub and Co.,
1991.
4. PoulosH. G., “Marine Geotechnics”, Unwin Hyman Ltd, London, UK, 1988.
5. IS:4651 (Part I-1974,Part II -1969,Part III-1974,Part IV-1979)

L T P C
18CE3083 DISASTER MANAGEMENT
2 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
1. To demonstrate a critical understanding of key concepts in disaster risk reduction
2. To evaluate disaster risk reduction and humanitarian response policy
3. To impart knowledge on the strengths and weaknesses of disaster management approaches
Course Outcomes:
Student will be able to
1. Identify the man-made and natural disaster
2. Evaluate different disasters and its out breaks
3. Examine the areas prone to disasters
4. Create preparedness risk management
5. Analyses the risks involved during disasters
6. Apply emerging trends in mitigations

Module 1: INTRODUCTION: Disaster - factors and significance - difference between hazard and
disaster - natural and manmade disasters – differences: nature - types and magnitude
Module 2: REPERCUSSIONS OF DISASTERS AND HAZARDS: Economic damage - loss of human
and animal life - destruction of ecosystem - natural disasters: earthquakes, volcanisms, cyclones, tsunamis,
Civil Engineering
floods, droughts and famines - landslides and avalanches, man-made disaster: nuclear reactor meltdown,
industrial accidents, oil slicks and spills - outbreaks of disease and epidemics -war and conflicts
Module 3: DISASTER PRONE AREAS IN INDIA: Study of seismic zones - areas prone to floods and
droughts - landslides and avalanches - areas prone to cyclonic and coastal hazards – tsunami - post-disaster
diseases and epidemics
Module 4: DISASTER PREPAREDNESS AND MANAGEMENT: Preparedness: monitoring of
phenomena triggering a disaster or hazard - evaluation of risk - application of remote sensing -
meteorological data and other agencies - media reports - Governmental and community preparedness.
Module 5: RISK ASSESSMENT: Disaster risk: concept – elements - disaster risk reduction - global and
national disaster risk situation - techniques of risk assessment - global cooperation in risk assessment and
warning - people’s participation in risk assessment - strategies for survival
Module 6: DISASTER MITIGATION: Concept - strategies of disaster mitigation - emerging trends in
mitigation - structural mitigation and non-structural mitigation - programs of disaster mitigation in India.

References:
1. Dave R. K., “Disaster Management in India: Challenges and Strategies”, Prowess Publishing,
2018
2. Goel S. L., “Disaster Administration and Management Text and Case Studies”, Deep and Deep
Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
3. Pardeep Sahni, Alka Dhameja, Uma Medury., “Disaster Mitigation: Experiences and
Reflections”, Phi Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2001
4. Larry R. Collins., “Disaster Management and Preparedness”, CRC Press, 2000
5. Brebbia C. A, Alain J. Kassab, E. Div., “Disaster Management and Human Health Risk II:
Reducing Risk, Improving Outcomes”, WIT Press, 2011

Civil Engineering
 LIST OF COURSES

Sl. No. Course Code Name Of The Course Credits

1 16CE3021 Geopolymer and Its Application in Civil Engineering 3:0:0
2 16CE3022 Soil Chemistry and Behaviour 3:0:0
3 16CE3023 Advanced Environmental Microbiology 3:0:0
4 16CE3024 Ground Improvement Techniques 3:0:0
5 16CE3025 Soil Structure Interactions 3:0:0
6 16CE3026 Environmental Geotechnology 3:0:0
7 16CE3027 Basic of MR Damper for Civil Engineering Applications 3:0:0
8 16CE3028 Seismic Response Control of Structures 3:0:0
9 17CE1001 Surveying and Levelling 1:0:1

KITS
10 17CE1002 Basic Civil Engineering 3:0:0
11 17CE2001 Building Materials and Geology 3:0:0
12 17CE2002 Surveying 3:0:0
13 17CE2003 Strength of Materials – I 3:1:0
14 17CE2004 Mechanics of Fluids 3:1:0
15 17CE2005 Applied Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery 3:0:0
16 17CE2006 Strength of Materials - II 3:1:0
17 17CE2007 Soil Mechanics 3:0:0
18 17CE2008 Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering 3:0:0
19 17CE2009 Design of Reinforced Concrete Elements 3:0:0
20 17CE2010 Structural Analysis – I 3:1:0
21 17CE2011 Structural Analysis – II 3:1:0
22 17CE2012 Construction Practices 3:0:0
23 17CE2013 Foundation Engineering 3:0:0
24 17CE2014 Design of Steel Structures 3:0:0
25 17CE2015 Transportation Engineering 3:0:0
27 17CE2016 Concrete Technology 3:0:0
28 17CE2017 Estimation and Costing 3:1:0
29 17CE2018 Strength of Materials Laboratory 0:0:2
30 17CE2019 Computer Aided Building Drawing 0:0:2
31 17CE2020 Civil Engineering Practices Laboratory 0:0:1
32 17CE2021 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Laboratory 0:0:2
33 17CE2022 Surveying Laboratory 0:0:2
34 17CE2023 Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory 0:0:2
35 17CE2024 Environmental Engineering Laboratory 0:0:2
36 17CE2025 Concrete and Highway Laboratory 0:0:2
37 17CE2026 Computer Application Laboratory 0:0:2
38 17CE2027 Design and Drawing (RCC & Steel) 0:0:2
39 17CE2028 Design and Drawing (Irrigation and Environment) 0:0:2
40 17CE2029 Irrigation Engineering 3:0:0
41 17CE2030 Reinforced Concrete Structures 3:0:0
42 17CE2031 Pre-stressed Concrete 3:0:0
43 17CE2032 Prefabricated Structures 3:0:0
44 17CE2033 Construction Management 3:0:0
45 17CE2034 Structural Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering 3:0:0
46 17CE2035 Building Services 3:0:0
47 17CE2036 Sustainable Building Concepts and Design 3:0:0
48 17CE2037 Intelligent Buildings 3:0:0
49 17CE2038 Smart Materials and Structures 3:0:0
50 17CE2039 Building Acoustics 3:0:0
51 17CE2040 Industrial Waste Treatment and Disposal 3:0:0
52 17CE2041 Municipal Solid Waste Management 3:0:0

2017 Civil Engineering

 53 17CE2042 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment 3:0:0
54 17CE2043 Energy and Environmental Engineering 3:0:0
55 17CE2044 Ecology and Environment 3:0:0
56 17CE2045 Air Pollution Management 3:0:0
57 17CE2046 Global Climate Change and Its Impact 3:0:0
58 17CE2047 Environmental Management 3:0:0
59 17CE2048 Hydraulic Structures 3:0:0
60 17CE2049 Participatory Irrigation Management 3:0:0
61 17CE2050 Remote Sensing and GIS in Civil Engineering 3:0:0
62 17CE2051 Geoinformatics Application for Civil Engineers 3:0:0
63 17CE2052 Advanced Surveying Techniques 3:0:0
64 17CE2053 Digital Cadastre 3:0:0

KITS
65 17CE2054 Surface Hydrology 3:0:0
66 17CE2055 Groundwater Engineering 3:0:0
67 17CE2056 Subsurface Investigation and Instrumentation 3:0:0
68 17CE2057 Pavement Design 3:0:0
69 17CE2058 Airport, Harbour and Dock Engineering 3:0:0
70 17CE2059 Transportation Systems Planning 3:0:0
71 17CE2060 Traffic Engineering and Management 3:0:0
72 17CE2061 Intelligent Transportation Systems 3:0:0
73 17CE2062 Fundamentals of Coastal Processes 3:0:0
74 17CE2063 Operations Research Techniques in Civil Engineering 3:0:0
75 17CE2064 Disaster Management and Mitigation 3:0:0
76 17CE2065 Water Resources Systems and Operation 3:0:0
77 17CE2066 Remote Sensing and GIS Laboratory 0:0:2
78 17CE3001 Advanced Concrete Structures 3:0:0
79 17CE3002 Structural Dynamics 3:0:0
80 17CE3003 Applied Elasticity and Plasticity 3:0:0
81 17CE3004 Pre-stressed Concrete Structures 3:0:0
82 17CE3005 Finite Element Analysis of Structures 3:0:0
83 17CE3006 Design of Bridges 3:0:0
84 17CE3007 Advanced Steel Structures 3:0:0
85 17CE3008 Seismic Analysis and Design of Structures 3:0:0
86 17CE3009 Stability of Structures 3:0:0
87 17CE3010 Experimental Techniques and Instrumentation 3:0:0
88 17CE3011 Advanced Structural Engineering Laboratory 0:0:1
89 17CE3012 Computer Aided Design Laboratory 0:0:1
90 17CE3013 Advanced Concrete Technology 3:0:0
91 17CE3014 Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings 3:0:0
92 17CE3015 Off-Shore Structures 3:0:0
93 17CE3016 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering 3:0:0
94 17CE3017 Structural Optimization 3:0:0
95 17CE3018 Design of Substructures 3:0:0
96 17CE3019 Space Structures 3:0:0
97 17CE3020 Design of Steel Concrete Composite Structures 3:0:0
98 17CE3021 Industrial Structures 3:0:0
99 17CE3022 Nonlinear Analysis of Structures 3:0:0
100 17CE3023 Analysis and Design of Precast Concrete Structures 3:0:0
101 17CE3024 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells 3:0:0
102 17CE3025 Wind and Cyclone Effects on Structures 3:0:0
103 17CE3026 Energy Efficient Buildings 3:0:0
104 17CE3027 Design and Safety of Structures Under Fire 3:0:0
105 17CE3028 Forensic Engineering 3:0:0

2017 Civil Engineering

106 17CE3029 Cement and Concrete Chemistry 3:0:0
107 17CE3030 Maintenance and Rehabilitation of Structures 3:0:0
108 17CE3031 Structural Health Monitoring 3:0:0
109 17CE3032 Design of Shells and Spatial Structures 3:0:0
110 17CE3033 Soil Structure Interaction 3:0:0
111 17CE3034 Shallow Foundations 3:0:0
112 17CE3035 Strength and Deformation Characteristics of Soils 3:0:0
113 17CE3036 Experimental Geomechanics 3:0:0
114 17CE3037 Slope Stability and Landslides 3:0:0
115 17CE3038 Theoretical Soil Mechanics 3:0:0
116 17CE3039 Deep Foundations 3:0:0
117 17CE3040 Finite Element Methods for Geotechnical Engineering 3:0:0

KITS
118 17CE3041 Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundations 3:0:0
119 17CE3042 Ground Improvement Techniques 3:0:0
120 17CE3043 Pavement Engineering 3:0:0
121 17CE3044 Advanced Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory 0:0:1
122 17CE3045 Advanced Computer Aided Geotechnical Laboratory 0:0:1
123 17CE3046 Earth Retaining Structures 3:0:0
124 17CE3047 Geology in Geotechnical Engineering 3:0:0
125 17CE3048 Reinforced Soil Structures 3:0:0
126 17CE3049 Mechanics of Unsaturated Soils 3:0:0
127 17CE3050 Professional Practices in Design of Geotechnical Structures 3:0:0
128 17CE3051 Rock Mechanics in Engineering Practice 3:0:0
129 17CE3052 Environmental Geotechnology 3:0:0
130 17CE3053 Applied Environmental Chemistry and Microbiology 3:0:0
131 17CE3054 Water and Wastewater Treatment 3:0:0
132 17CE3055 Atmospheric Environmental Pollution and Control 3:0:0
133 17CE3056 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management 3:0:0
134 17CE3057 Environmental Impact Assessment 3:0:0
135 17CE3058 Elements of Hydrology 3:0:0
136 17CE3059 Design of Hydraulic and Conveyance Structures 3:0:0
137 17CE3060 Water Resources Planning and Systems Engineering 3:0:0
138 17CE3061 Principles of Integrated Water Resources Management 3:0:0
139 17CE3062 Hydrology Laboratory 0:0:2
140 17CE3063 Advanced Environmental Engineering Laboratory 0:0:1
141 17CE3064 GIS and Computational Laboratory 0:0:2
142 17CE3065 Remote Sensing and GIS 3:0:0
143 17CE3066 Fundamentals of Matlab Programming 3:0:0
144 17CE3067 Cleaner Production and Sustainable Development 3:0:0
145 17CE3068 Electrochemical Water Processing and Water Treatment 3:0:0
146 17CE3052 Environmental Geotechnology 3:0:0
147 17CE3069 Environmental Policies and Legislation 3:0:0
148 17CE3070 Noise Pollution and Control Techniques 3:0:0
149 17CE3071 Occupational Health and Safety 3:0:0
150 17CE3072 Environmental Nanotechnology 3:0:0
151 17CE3073 Isotope Hydrology 3:0:0
152 17CE3074 Hydro Power Engineering 3:0:0
153 17CE3075 River Mechanics and Sediment Transport 3:0:0
154 17CE3076 Fundamentals of Coastal Engineering 3:0:0
155 17CE3077 Forest, Urban and Agricultural Watershed Management 3:0:0
156 17CE3078 Wetland Hydrology 3:0:0

2017 Civil Engineering

 16CE3021 GEOPOLYMER AND ITS APPLICATION IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objective:
 To impart knowledge on the Chemistry in Geopolymer and its applications in Civil Engineering
Course Outcomes:
 Students are able to understand the Chemistry of Geopolymer and various geotechnical application.

Synthesis of Alumino-silicate mineral geopolymer – Chemistry of geopolymer based binder – properties of

geopolymer cement, mortar and cement – flyash based geopolymer for structure application and soil improvement –
kaolinite based geopolymer – Application of geopolymer for soil stabilization and slope stability.

KITS
References:
1. Joseph Davidovits, “Geopolymer Chemistry and Applications” Geopolymer Institute, France, 4th Edition,
2015
2. Hand Book of Alkali-Activated Cement, mortar and Concrete, Wood Head Publishing, U.K.,2015

16CE3022 SOIL CHEMISTRY AND BEHAVIOUR

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective:
 To impart knowledge on the various factors governing the Engineering behavior of soils and the suitability
of soils for various Geotechnical Engineering applications.
Course Outcomes:
 Students are able to select suitable soils for various geotechnical applications based on the factors
governing the Engineering behavior of soils.

Formation of soils – Genesis of clay minerals – specific surface area – Physical and Physico chemical behavior of
soils – effect of ion concentration – dielectric consent – attractive and repulsive forces in clays – swelling and
shrinkage behavior of soils – swell potential – soil fabric and measurement – soil compaction – Compressibility,
shear strength and permeability behavior of fine and coarse grained soils – liquefaction potential – Conduction in
soils – hydraulic, electrical, chemical and thermal flows in soils – Electro-kinetic process – thermo osmosis – electro
osmosis.

References:
1. Mitchell, J.K., “Fundamentals of Soil Behaviour”, John Wiley, New York, 1993
2. Yong, R.N. and Warkentin, B.P., “Introduction to Soil Behaviour”, Macmillan, Limited, London, 1979
3. Coduto, D.P., “Geotechnical Engineering – Principles and practices”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2002.
4. Perloff, W.H. and Baron, W, “Soil Mechanics”, The Ronal Press Company, 1976.
5. Van Olphen, H., “Clay colloid Chemistry”, John Wiley, 1996
6. Grim, R.E., “Applied Clay Mineralogy”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1966.
7. Lambe, T.W. & Whitman, R.V. “Soil Mechanics”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1979.
8. Das, B.M., “Principles of Geotechnical Engineering”, PWS Publishing Comp, Boston, 1998
9. McCarthy D.F., “Essentials of Soil Mechanics & Foundations”, Prentice-Hall, 2002
10. Robert D. Holtz and William D. Kovacs, “An Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering”, Prentice Hall
(UK) International, London, 1981.

2017 Civil Engineering

 16CE3023 ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective:
 To provide basic knowledge on microbiology and to enable the students to identity and enumerate bacteria
from samples
Course Outcomes:
 The candidate will have a basic understanding of microbiology and posses the knowledge to analyse the
samples for the presence of various microbes.

Classification of microorganisms - Culture of micro-organisms - media preparation – sterilization - pure culture -

maintenance of cultures - Growth curve-factors affecting growth, nutritional requirements of micro-organisms,
Micro-organisms in Air, water and soil, Aerobic and anaerobic microbiology - Structure and morphology of

KITS
bacterial-Gram staining - microscopy - Differential and selective medium - Differentiation of faecal & non-faecal
coliforms - tests for the presence of coliform organisms-presumptive - confirmed and completed test - MPN index -
use of Millipore filter technique, tests for faecal streptococci and clostridium welchi-their sanitary significance -
standards for bacteriological quality - Bioremediation & Biodegradation - Biological process for soil improvement.

References:
1. Pelczar Jr. M.J., Chan, E.C.S, Krieg. R. Noel, and pelczar MernaFoss, “Microbiology”, 5 th Edition, Tata
Mc Graw-Hill company Ltd, New Delhi, 2006
2. Joanne Willey and Linda Sherwood and hristopher J. Woolverton, Prescott’s “Microbiology”, 10 th Tata
Edition, Mc Graw-Hill company Ltd, New Delhi, 2006
3. S.C. Bhatia, “Hand Book of Environmental Microbiology”, 3rd Edition, Atlantic Publishers and
Distributors, 2008.
4. Ian L. Pepper, Charles P. Gerba, Terry Gentry and Raina M. Maier, “Environmental Microbiology”, 3 rd
Edition, Academic Press, 2014
5. S.V.S. Rana, “Essentials of Ecology & Environmental Science”, 5th Edition, PHI Learning press, 2013

16CE3024 GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 Students will be exposed to various problems associated with soil deposits and methods to evaluate them.
The different techniques will be taught to them to improve the characteristics of difficult soils as well as
design techniques required to implement various ground improvement methods.
Course Outcomes:
 Based on the knowledge gained student will be in a position to identify and evaluate the deficiencies if any
in the deposits of the given project area and capable of providing alternative methods to improve its quality
so that the structures built on it will be stable and serve the intended purpose.

Dewatering, vacuum and electro-osmotic methods - Stabilization by thermal and freezing techniques - Compaction
and Sand Drains - design, Blasting and dynamic consolidation-Preloading with sand drains - Theories of sand drain -
lime piles - Root piles and soil nailing - Design and Applications - Earth reinforcement - basic mechanism of
reinforced earth - Synthetic and natural fiber based Geotextiles and their applications - Suspension and solution
grouts - injection methods - Stablization with cement - lime-Stabilization of expansive clays - Recent Development
for soil improvement: Application of geopolymer, biological processing of soil improvement.

References:
1. Pappala, A.J. Huang. J, Han, J, and Hoyos, L.R, “Ground Improvement and Geosynthetics”, Geotechnical
special publication No. 207, Geo Institute, ASCE,2010
2. Cox, B.R and Grifiths S.C, “Practical Recommendation for Evaluation and mitigation of soil liquefaction”
in Arkansas (Project Report), 2010
3. Day, R.W, “Foundation Engineering handbook”, McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 2006
4. Rowe, R.K, “Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering Hand book”, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
2001
5. Das, B.M, “Principles of Foundation Engineering”, Fourth Edition, PWS Publishing, 1999

2017 Civil Engineering

 6. Moseley, M.P, “Ground Treatment”, Blackie Academic and Professionals, 1998
7. Koerner, R.M, “Designing with Geosynthetics”, Third Edition, Prentice Hall 1997
8. Hehn, R.W, “Practical Guide to Grouting of Underground Structures”, ASCE, 1996
9. Jewell, R.A, “Soil Reinforcement with Geotextiles”, CIRIA, London, 1996.
10. Koerner, R.M. and Welsh, J.P, “Construction and Geotechnical Engineering using Synthetic Fabrics”, John
Wiley, 1990
11. Jones, J.E.P, “Earth Reinforcement and Soil Structure”, Butterworths, 1985
12. Anantharaman R and Jayaram Paniker C.K, “Text book of Microbiology” 6 th Edition 2001, Orient
Longman P. Ltd, Hyderabad
13. Murtala Uman, Khairal Annar Kassim, Kenny Tony Punjchiet, “Biological process of soil improvement in
Civil Engineerng” A review, Journal of Rock Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering, 2016, pp 767-774.

16CE3025 SOIL STRUCTURE INTERACTION

KITS
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objectives:
 Focus is on idealization of soil response to closely represent continuum behavior and interaction analysis
between the soil-structure with reference to relative stiffness of beams, slabs and piles under different
loading conditions.
Course Outcomes:
 At the end of this course, students will have the capacity to idealize soil response in order to analyze and
design foundation elements subjected to different loadings.

Foundation interaction problems, soil response models, Elastic-plastic behavior, solution of the elastic line-
concentrated and distributed loads on beams-solutions by general method, finite difference and application
packages, elastic continuum, Winkler, Two parameters, Thin and thick plates, simple solution, ACI method,
Numerical analysis of finite plates, Methods of analysis for settlement of pile, settlement of pile groups, Effect of
pile cap, pile raft system, solutions through influence charts and Application packages.

References:
1. Salgado. R, “The Engineering of Foundations”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi,
2011.
2. Murthy, V.N.S, “Advanced Foundation Engineering”, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 2007
3. Saran. S, “Analysis and Design of Substructures”, Taylor & Francis Publishers, 2006
4. McCarthy, D.F. “Essentials of Soil Mechanics and Foundations”, Basic Geotechnics, Sixth Edition,
Prenticce Hall, 2002
5. Hemsley, J.A, “Elastic Analysis of Raft Foundations”, Thomas Telford, 1998
6. ACI 336,”Suggested Analysis and Design Procedures for Combined Footings and Mats”, American
Concrete Institute, Dehit, 1988
7. Scott, R.F, “Foundation Analysis”, Prentice Hall, 1981
8. Poulos, H.G, and Davis, E.H, “Pile Foundation Analysis and Design”, John Wiley, 1980
9. Selvadurai, A.P.S, “Elastic Analysis of Soil Foundation Intraction”, Elsevier 1979
10. Kurien, N.P, “Design of Foundation Systems, Principles and Practices Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi, 1999.

2017 Civil Engineering

 16CE3026 ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNOLOGY
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge about soil physics, soil chemistry, hydrogeology, and biological processes along with
the principles of soil mechanics.
Course Outcomes:
 Students are able to select appropriate preventive and remedial measures against soil contamination.

Scope of geoenvironmental engineering - multiphase behavior of soil – role of soil in geoenvironmental applications
– importance of soil physics, soil chemistry, hydrogeology, biological process – sources and type of ground
contamination – impact of ground contamination on geoenvironment - Soil-water-contaminant interactions and its
implications – Factors affecting retention and transport of contaminants -introduction to geotechnical centrifuge

KITS
modeling

References:
1. Rowe R.K.,"Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering Handbook" Kluwer Academic Publications,
London, 2000.
2. Reddi L.N. and Inyang, H. I.,"Geoenvironmental Engineering,Principles and Applications" Marcel Dekker
Inc. New York, 2000.
3. Yong, R. N.,"Geoenvironmental Engineering, Contaminated Soils,Pollutant Fate, and Mitigation" CRC
Press, New York, 2001.
4. Sharma H.D. and Reddy K.R.,"Geoenvironmental Engineering: Site Remediation, Waste Containment, and
Emerging Waste Management Technologies" John Wiley & Sons, Inc., USA, 2004.
5. Fredlund D.G. and Rahardjo, H., “Soil Mechanics for Unsaturated Soils”, Wiley- Interscience, USA, 1993.
6. Mitchell, J.K., “Fundamentals of Soil Behavior”, Wiley, 2005.
7. Hillel D., “Introduction to Environmental Soil Physics”, Academic Press, New York, 2003.

16CE3027 BASICS OF MR DAMPER FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basics of rheology of fluids
 Study the concepts of MR damper
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able to
 Choose suitable materials for MR damper
 Analyse the various parameters affecting the Damping force
 Design MR dampers to suite Civil engineering applications

Ferrous alloys and their applications- Rheology – Newtonian and Non-Newtonian flow behaviour -
Magnetorheological fluids-Properties of MR fluid affecting the damping force-applications of MR fluid- Modes of
operation-Mathematical models for MR dampers- Bio-savart law, Magnetic field intensity, Stokes theorem,
Magnetic flux and magnetic flux density, Faraday’s law for electromagnetic induction.

References:
1. Siginer. D A, De Kee.D, Chhabra. R.P, “Advances in the flow and rheology of non-newtonian fluids Part-
B”, Elsevier Publications, 1999.
2. Fridtjov Irgens, “Rheology and non-Newtonian fluids”, springer publications, 2013.
3. Janusz Goldasz, Bogdan Sapinski, “Insight into magnetorheological shock absorbers”, Springer
publications, 2014.
4. Kunquan Lu, Rong Shen, Jixing Liu, “Electrorheological Fluids and Magnetorheological Suspensions
(ERMR 2004)”, World Scientific publication.2004.
5. John Dixon “The Shock Absorber Handbook”, Wiley Publications, 2008

2017 Civil Engineering

 16CE3028 SEISMIC RESPONSE CONTROL OF STRUCTURES
Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the seismic design philosophy
 To study the various control strategies
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able to
 Design structures to resist seismic forces
 Adopt suitable vibration control strategy
 Design retrofitting technique for the requirement

KITS
Seismic Design philosophy as per codal provisions- Capacity spectrum method- Seismic testing and performance
evaluation methods- Vibration control- Passive control strategy- semi-active control strategy- Control algorithm-
active control strategy-control algorithms- case studies on existing control systems-retrofitting techniques for
seismic damage control - Smart Materials.

References:
1. T.T Soong, M.C Constantinou, Passive and Active Structural Vibration Control in Civil Engineering”
“Springer publications, 2014
2. Zhao- Dong Xu, ying-qing Guo, Jun-Tao Zhu, Fei-hong Xu, ”Intelligent Vibration Control in Civil
Engineering Structures” Zhejlang university Press, 2016
3. Peter Hagedorn, Gottfried Spelsberg, korspeter,Äctive and passive Vibration Control of Structures”
Springer publication, 2014.
4. Sathish kuma k, Rama Rao, G V, Bharathi Priya, Seismic Response Control and damage mitigation
methodologies for buildings and structures”” CSIR, Sigma publications, 2014.

17CE1001 SURVEYING AND LEVELLING

Credit: 1:0:1

Course Objectives:
 To give hands-on training on the use of chains and leveling instruments
 To familiarize the students with basic surveying procedures.
 To make the students to leveling concepts
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the principles of surveying equipments
 select methods to measure distances
 schedule field surveying operations
 examine the implementation of surveying procedures for contour surveying
 appraise the usage of equipments and methods in leveling procedures
 formulate the surveying methods and executions

Unit I - CHAIN SURVEYING: Introduction and Chain Surveying Definition, principle and classification of
surveying – conventional signs – equipments used in chain survey – ranging and chaining – setting perpendiculars –
offsets – cross staff and optical square – traversing
Unit II - LEVELLING: Levelling - Type of levels and staves – sensitivity of bubble – bench marks – temporary
and permanent adjustments – fly, check, profile and block levelling – booking - reduction – arithmetic checks –
Precise levelling
Unit III - ERRORS AND MEASUREMENTS: Accuracy and errors - Errors in chaining – corrections due to sag,
slope, curvature, temperature, pressure – difficulties and errors in levelling
Unit IV - CONTOURING: Contouring, Areas and Volumes Contouring – characteristics and uses of contours –
calculation of areas from field notes and plan – graphical and instrumental methods – enlarging and reducing the
size of figures – volume of earth work

2017 Civil Engineering

Unit V - SURVEY PRACTICES:
1. Measuring the distance between two stations using a chain
2. Overcoming obstacles in chaining and ranging
3. Observations and plotting the salient features in an area by chain survey.
4. Measurement of bearing of survey lines by prismatic compass.
5. Running a closed compass traverse – plotting and adjustments.
6. Plotting the salient features in an area by plane table survey

Text Books:
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and levelling parts 1 and 2, pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan,
2010.
2. Bhavikatti SS, “Surveying and leveling”, I.K.International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 2008
Reference Books:

KITS
1. Rangwala S. C., “Surveying and Levelling”, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Limited, 2011
2. Basak, N, “Surveying and Levelling”, McGrawHill & Co, 2014

17CE1002 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To give the various aspects construction practices.
 To impart knowledge on the various materials
 To appraise on the scope of infrastructure development
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 illustrate the fundamental aspects of civil engineering
 plan and set out a building
 demonstrate the uses of various building materials, method of construction
 discuss about various services in a building
 discover the technology of the civil engineering construction
 formulate technology for present and future construction

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: General introduction to Civil Engineering - Introduction to types of buildings,

Components of a residential building, Introduction to industrial buildings. Role of civil engineering in infrastructure
and natural resources development and conservation – Dependence of other sectors on civil engineering – Socio-
economic considerations in civil engineering works – Introduction to environmental impact assessment.
Unit II - PLANNING OF A BUILDING: Introduction to planning of residential buildings - Simple building plans;
Introduction to the various building area terms; Setting out of a building.
Unit III - MATERIALS: Bricks, cement blocks, Cement, Cement mortar, Steel; Building components –
Foundations, Brick masonry, Roofs, Floors, Decorative finishes, Plastering, Paints and Painting.
Unit IV - MODES OF CONVEYANCE: Roads - classification, alignment of roads, Railways – cross sections,
gauges, coning of wheels, Airports – components, markings and aids, Harbours – components, types. (Theory only)
Unit V - CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES IN THE PRESENT SCENARIO: Pre-engineered buildings, fast
track construction, Automation in buildings, Green concepts in buildings – Health, safety and environment in
construction practices, Intelligent Buildings.

Text Books
1. Bhavikatti SS, “Basics of Civil Engineering”, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 2010.
2. Rangwala .S.C, “Engineering Materials”, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2012.
References
1. Chudley, R. and Greeno, R., “Building Construction Handbook”, Addison Wesley, Longman Group,
England, 1990
2. Gopi, S., “Basic Civil Engineering”, Pearson Publishers, 2009.
3. Kandya, A. A., “Elements of Civil Engineering”, Charotar Publishing house, 2015.

2017 Civil Engineering

 4. Mamlouk, M. S., and Zaniewski, J. P., “Materials for Civil and Construction Engineering”, Pearson
Publishers, 2016

17CE2001 BUILDING MATERIALS AND GEOLOGY

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To acquire knowledge about the formation of rocks and properties of minerals
 To realize the importance of geological conditions for major projects
 To understand the properties of building materials
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 classify the geologic processes related to the formation of rocks

KITS
 define the physical and mechanical properties of earth materials
 identify the work of rivers, wind and sea
 carry out geophysical methods of investigations
 select the building materials for construction.
 adopt modern materials in construction

Unit I - GENERAL GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY: Geology in Civil Engineering – branches of geology –
Earth structure and composition – continental drift and plate tectonics - Earth processes – weathering - work of
rivers, wind and sea and their Engineering importance –symmetry elements of important crystallographic systems –
physical properties of minerals – rock forming minerals – Quartz family, felspar family, hornblende, calcite, garnet
– Properties - behaviour - engineering significance of clay minerals
Unit II - PETROLOGY: Classification of rocks – Igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks - Description,
Occurrence and Engineering properties - uses of Granite, Dolerite, Basalt, Sandstone, Limestone, Laterite, Shale,
Quartzite, Marble, Slate, Gneiss and Schist
Unit III - STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY: Geological maps – Attitude of beds – outcrops - study of structures –
folds, faults and joints – their bearing on Engineering investigations – Geological conditions necessary for
construction of dams and Tunnels - Geophysical methods – Seismic and electrical methods for subsurface
investigations
Unit IV - BUILDING MATERIALS: Stones - characteristics of stones – material property – Bricks – brick
manufacture – classification - Properties of clay bricks - material test – Timber - Classification and identification of
timber - Defects in timber, seasoning and preservation of timber - Cement and Concrete – raw material –
manufacture methods – types and properties of cement - Steel– alloy steels – plain and deformed bars –Aluminium –
Glass.
Unit V- MODERN MATERIALS: Glass – Ceramics – Sealants for joints – Rubber – Plastics - Fibre glass
reinforced plastic – Clay products – Refractories – Composite materials – Types – Applications of laminar
composites – Fibre textiles – Geomembranes and Geotextiles for earth reinforcement - colour coated sheets,
insulated wall panels

Text Books:
1. Parbin Singh, “Engineering and general Geology”, Katson publication House, 2010.
2. Varghese P.C., “Building materials”, Prentice Hall, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. Gokhale K.V.G.K. “Principles of Engineering Geology”, BS Publications, 2010
2. Bell F G., “Fundamentals of Engineering Geology”, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2007
3. Chenna Kesavulu., “Textbook of Engineering Geology” 2nd Edition, Macmillan Publishers India Ltd. 2009
4. Rangwala, S.C., “Engineering Materials”, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2008.
5. Surendra Singh, “Building Materials”, Vikas Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1996.

2017 Civil Engineering

 17CE2002 SURVEYING
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 Introduce the principle of surveying methods
 Teach different methods of surveying
 Learn the surveying applications in Civil Engineering
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the principles of surveying equipments
 select methods to measure angles and distances
 schedule field surveying operatins

KITS
 examine the implementation of surveying procedures for setting out curves
 appraise the usage of equipments and methods in traiangulation survet
 formulate the surveying methods and executions

Unit I - INTRODUCTION AND LEVELLING: Surveying- basic concepts- ranging – chain surveying -
compass surveying- principles and practices – levelling-Instruments – bench marks - fly, check, profile and block
levelling -Temporary and permanent adjustments – Booking – Reduction- arithmetic checks – longitudinal and cross
sectioning – Curvature and Refraction correction – Reciprocal levelling – Contouring-characteristics and uses
Unit II - THEODOLITE SURVEYING: Theodolite–Principle and practices –Types- Temporary and permanent
adjustments- Horizontal and vertical angles – repetition and reiteration methods – Traversing - Closing error and
distribution-Bowditch’s and Transit rule – Omitted measurements -Heights and distances-Single plane-Double plane
method
Unit III - TACHEOMETRIC SURVEYING: Tacheometric surveying - Principle of stadia method – Distance and
elevation formulae for staff held vertical – Instrumental constants - Anallactic lens -Tangential method- Substense
bar.
Unit IV - CURVES: Curve Surveying: Types of curves - Elements of simple curves – Setting out simple curves by
linear and angular methods – Introduction to transition curve: requirements and functions.
Unit V - TRIANGULATION AND MODERN INSTRUMENTS: Classification of triangulation systems -
Intervisibility and height of stations - Signals and towers – Base line corrections: temperature, pull, sag and slope -
Satellite stations: reduction to centre.Introduction to total station- Basic Principle – Classifications - Sources of
Error, Infrared and Laser Total Station instruments- EDM, and Ariel photographic survey

Text Books:
1. Basak, N., “Surveying and Levelling”, McGrawHill & Co., New Delhi 2015.
2. Bhavikatti. S.S., “Surveying: Theory and Practice”, IK International Publishing House Pvt Ltd, 2016
Reference Books:
1. Arthur Bannister, Stanley Raymond, Raymond Baker, “Surveying”, Pearson, 2009.
2. Duggal, S.K., “Surveying”, Volume I and 2, McGraw Hill & Co., Third Edition, 2009

17CE2003 STENGTH OF MATERIALS – I

Credits: 3:1:0

Course Objectives:
 To learn fundamental concepts of stress, strain and deformation of solids with applications to bars, beams
and trusses.
 To know the mechanism of load transfer in beams, the induced stress resultants and deformations.
 To understand the effect of torsion on shafts and springs.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 define the fundamental concepts of stresses and strains in one dimensional and two dimensional states
 sketch shear force and bending moment diagram for determinate beams
 interpret the stresses acting on plain trusses
 calculate deflection for determinate beams under standard loading condition

2017 Civil Engineering

  evaluate the power required for the shaft
 predict springs for its maximum energy storage capacities

Unit I - STRESS, STRAIN AND DEFORMATION OF SOLIDS: Rigid and deformable bodies – Stability,
strength and stiffness - Axial and Shear Stresses – Deformation of simple and compound bars- Stress strain behavior
of ductile and brittle material in uniaxial state of stress – Biaxial state of stress- Thermal stresses – Elastic Constants
and its relations - Principal planes and principal stresses and its determination using Mohr’s circle.
Unit II - ANALYSIS OF PLANE TRUSSES: Stability and equilibrium of plane frames – Types of frames-
Assumptions-Types of Trusses – Analysis of forces in truss members – Method of joints – Method of tension co-
efficient – Method of sections
Unit III - BENDING OF BEAMS: Beams – Types and transverse loading on beams – Shear force and bending
moment in beams – Cantilever beams – Simply supported beams and over-hanging beams - Theory of simple
bending – Bending stress distribution – Load carrying capacity – Proportioning of sections – Leaf springs – Flitched

KITS
beams – Shear stress distribution.
Unit IV - TORSION: Theory of simple torsion - Stresses and deformation in circular and hollow shafts – Stepped
shafts – Shafts fixed at both ends – Stresses and deflection in helical springs- introduction to torsion of rectangular
sections-warping
Unit V - DEFLECTION OF BEAMS: Double Integration method – Macaulay’s method – Area moment method –
Conjugate beam method for computation of slopes and deflections in determinate beams- deflection due to shear.

Text Books
1. Bansal R.K “Strength of Materials”, Laxmi Publications, 2004.
2. Rajput.R.K. “Strength of Materials”, S.Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi 2014.
Reference Books
1. Egor.P.Popo v, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2001
2. Vazirani.V.N, Ratwani.M.M, Duggal .S.K “Analysis of Structures: Analysis, Design and Detailing of
Structures-Vol.1”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 2014.
3. Timoshenko.S.P. and Young .D.H., “Elements of Strength of Materials”, V Edition, Affiliated East-West
Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
4. Beer. F.P. & Johnston.E.R.“Mechanics of Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2010.
5. Subramaniam.R., “Strength of Materials”, Oxford university Press, 2005
6. Prakash Rao.D, “Strength of Materials”, University Press, 2002

17CE2004 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS

Credits: 3:1:0

Course Objectives:
 Introduction of fundamental concepts of fluid statics, kinematics and dynamics
 Application of the concepts of flow measurements and analysis of flow through pipes
 To introduce the concepts of boundary layer theory and flow around submerged objects
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the behaviour of fluids under static condition, measure pressure changes and estimate total pressure
on plane surfaces
 explain the flow pattern and the transport of mass, momentum and energy
 demonstrate flow measurement methods
 differentiate laminar and turbulent flows
 select method to design pipe flows including losses
 formulate and solve boundary layer problems

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Fluid Properties – Newton’s law of Viscosity – Classification of Fluids Fluid Statics
Pressure – Pascal’s law – Atmospheric, Absolute, Gauge and Vacuum pressures – Pressure measurement -
Hydrostatics: Forces on plane and curved surfaces-Total pressure and Centre of pressure – Buoyancy and
Metacentric height (Theory only)

2017 Civil Engineering

Unit II - FLUID KINEMATICS: Types of flow – Stream line – Path line – Streak line – Stream tube – Control
volume – Continuity equation – one dimensional and three dimensional flow – velocity potential and stream
function free – and forced vortex flow Equations of Motion Euler’s equation in one dimensional form – Bernoulli’s
equation
Unit III - FLOW MEASUREMENTS: Venturimeter – Orifice meter – Pitot tube – Mouthpiece and Orifice –
Weirs and Notches – Rectangle, Triangular, Broad crested, Narrow Crested Laminar and Turbulent flows:
Definition – Reynold’s Experiment – Reynold’s Number – Hagen Poiseuille equation for a circular pipe Turbulent
flow Definition – Darcy Weisbach’s equation – Moody’s diagram – Friction factor for Laminar and Turbulent flow
– for smooth and rough pipes
Unit IV - FLOW THROUGH PIPES: Loss of energy in pipes – Hydraulic Gradient, Energy Gradient – Major
energy loss – Minor energy losses – Pipes in series and parallel –Equivalent pipe – Power transmission through
pipes – Syphon – Water hammer (Definition)
Unit V - BOUNDARY LAYER FLOW: Boundary layer and its definition - Displacement thickness - Momentum

KITS
thickness - Energy thickness - Laminar and turbulent boundary layers – Forces on submerged bodies.

Text Books
1. Modi, P.N. & Seth, S.M., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Standard Book
House, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Rajput, R.K., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines” , S.Chand and Co., New Delhi,
2008.
Reference Books
1. Bansal, R.K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Som S.R, & Biswas, “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. Subramanya, K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, McGraw Hill India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2011
4. Yunus A.Cengel., “Fluid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw Hill India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

17CE2005 APPLIED HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To learn the fundamentals on flow in open channels
 To introduce the concepts of boundary layer theory and flow around submerged objects
 To impart the knowledge on pumps and turbines
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 define the uniform flow conditions for channels
 recognize the non - uniform flow conditions for channels
 demonstrate the application of hydraulic jumps
 relate the physical parameters using dimensional analysis
 experiment on the impact of forces exerted by the jet on inclined, curved and stationary bodies
 investigate the selection and operation turbines and pumps

Unit I - UNIFORM FLOW: Definition and differences between pipe flow and open channel flow - Types of Flow,
Properties of open channel - Fundamental equations - Velocity distribution in open channel - Steady uniform flow:
Chezy equation, Manning equation - Best hydraulic sections for uniform flow - Computation in Uniform Flow -
Specific energy and specific force - Critical depth and velocity.
Unit II - NON UNIFORM FLOW: Gradually Varied Flow: Dynamic equations of gradually varied flow - Water
surface flow profile classifications: Hydraulic Slope and Hydraulic Curve - Hydraulic Slope and Hydraulic Curve.
Rapidly Varied Flow: Application of the energy equation for RVF - Critical depth and velocity - Critical, Sub-
critical and Super-critical flow - Application of the momentum equation for RVF - Hydraulic jumps - Energy
dissipation.
Unit III - DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND SIMILITUDE: Fundamental and secondary dimensions –
Dimensional Homogeneity – Rayleigh and Buckingham Pi methods – Similitude – Significance of Dimensionless
Numbers – Classification of hydraulic models – Scale effect

2017 Civil Engineering

Unit IV - TURBINES: Impact of Jet on vanes, Turbines - Layout and Components of Hydro-electric project -
Reaction turbines - Francis turbine - Kaplan turbines - Draft tube - Performance of turbine, Headlosses and
efficiency, Specific speed, Runway speed
Unit V - PUMPS: Centrifugal pumps - Minimum speed to start the pump - Reciprocating pumps - Classification
and Working principle of reciprocating pumps - Comparison between centrifugal and reciprocating pumps.

Text Books
1. Rajput, R.K., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, S. Chand and Co., New Delhi,
2006.
2. Bansal, R.K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, Edition 9.
2011.
Reference Books
1. Modi, P.N. & Seth, S.M., “A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Standard Book

KITS
House, New Delhi, 19th Edition, 2011
2. Jagadeesh Lal J, “Hydraulic Machines Including Fluidics”, Metropolitan Book Co.Pvt Ltd.-New Delhi,
2016
3. Som, S.R, & Biswas, “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, 3 rd
Edition, 2014
4. Hubert Chanson, “Hydraulics of Open Channel flow’, Butterworth-Heineman Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2004.

17CE2006 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS - II

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objectives:
 To learn the computation of deflection of beams and trusses using energy principles and to know the
concept of analysis of indeterminate beams.
 To estimate the load carrying capacity of columns and analysis of three dimensional state of stress.
 To understand the concept of theories of failure of materials, unsymmetrical bending, shear center and
fracture of materials.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 find the slope and deflections of beams by energy principles
 sketch shear force and bending moment diagram for indeterminate beams
 calculate the crippling load of a column under different end conditions
 categorize failure of material
 evaluate thin, thick and compound cylinders
 explain the concepts of stress in three dimension

Unit I - ENERGY PRINCIPLES: Strain energy and strain energy density – Strain energy in axial force - Shear,
flexure and torsion – Castigliano’s and Engessor’s theorems – Principle of virtual work – Application of energy
theorems for computing deflections in beams – Maxwell’s reciprocal theorem.
Unit II - INDETERMINATE BEAMS; Propped Cantilever and Fixed Beams – Fixed end moments reactions,
slope and deflection for standard cases of loading –– Continuous beams – support reactions and moments – Theorem
of three moments – Shear Force and Bending Moment Diagrams.
Unit III - COLUMNS: Behaviour of short and long columns - Euler’s theory of long columns – Critical loads for
prismatic columns with different end conditions - Rankine-Gordon Formula - Eccentrically loaded long columns -
Eccentrically loaded short columns - middle third rule – Core of section.
Unit IV - STATE OF STRESS IN THREE DIMENSIONS: Determination of principal stresses and principal
planes – Volumetric strain – Theories of failure – Principal stress, principal strain, shear stress, strain energy and
distortion energy theories – Application in analysis of stress, load carrying capacity and design of members.
Interaction problems - Interaction curves.
Unit V - ADVANCED TOPICS: Unsymmetrical bending of beams - symmetrical and unsymmetrical sections,
shear centre – stresses on curved beams for simple solid sections – Winkler Bach Formula –Thin cylinders- Thick
cylinders – Compound cylinders - residual stresses, stress concentration, fatigue - torsion of thin walled sections

2017 Civil Engineering

Text Books
1. Bansal R.K “Strength of Materials”, Laxmi Publications, 2004.
2. Rajput.R.K. “Strength of Materials”, S.Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi 2014.
Reference Books
1. Egor.P.Popo v, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2001
2. Vazirani.V.N, Ratwani.M.M, Duggal .S.K, “Analysis of Structures: Analysis, Design and Detailing of
Structures-Vol.1”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 2014.
3. Timoshenko.S.P. and Young .D.H., “Elements of Strength of Materials”, V Edition, Affiliated East-West
Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
4. Beer. F.P. & Johnston.E.R., “Mechanics of Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2010.
5. Subramaniam.R., “Strength of Materials”, Oxford university Press, 2005
6. Prakash Rao.D, “Strength of Materials”, University Press, 2002

KITS
17CE2007 SOIL MECHANICS
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge to classify the soil based on index properties and to assess their engineering
properties based on the classification.
 To familiarize the students on compaction, stress transformation, consolidation and shear strength of soils.
 To impart knowledge of design of both finite and infinite slopes.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students will able to
 examine three phase system in soil properties estimated using three phase system
 evaluate the index and engineering properties of soil
 predict the flow through soil
 estimate the magnitude of settlement due to consolidation process
 determine shear strength parameters and stress changes in soil
 assess both physical and engineering behaviour with stability analysis of slopes

Unit I - SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND COMPACTION: Soil description – Soil structure – Phase relation –
Index properties – Particle size distribution – Atterberg’s limits – Indices - BIS classification – Compaction of soils
–Laboratory tests – Field Compaction methods – Factors influencing compaction of soils
Unit II - EFFECTIVE STRESS AND PERMEABILITY: Soil - water – Static pressure in water - Effective stress
concepts in soils – Capillary phenomena– Two dimension flow – Darcy’s law – Permeability - Laboratory methods
- Constant head - falling head methods – Stratified Strata - Factors influencing permeability of soils – Seepage -
Laplace’s equation – Quick sand – Liquefaction - Flow nets.
Unit III - STRESS DISTRIBUTION AND SETTLEMENT: Stress distribution in homogeneous and isotropic
medium – Boussinesq theory – Point load, Line load and udl – Westergaard’s solution - Use of New marks influence
chart – Components of settlement –– Immediate and consolidation settlement – Terzaghi’s one dimensional
consolidation theory – Computation of rate of settlement. - √t and log t methods – e-log p relationship.
Unit IV - SHEAR STRENGTH: Shear strength of cohesive and cohesion less soils – Mohr-Coulomb failure theory
– Measurement of shear strength - Direct shear, Triaxial compression, UCC and Vane shear tests – Pore pressure
parameters
Unit V - SLOPE STABILITY: Stability Analysis - Infinite slopes and finite slopes – Total stress analysis - Friction
circle method – Use of stability number – Method of slices – Fellenious and Bishop’s method –Stability number -
Slope protection measures.

Text Books
1. Arora, K.R., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers and Distributors, New
Delhi, 2011.
2. Murthy, V.N.S., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, CBS Publishers Distribution Ltd., New
Delhi. 2015
Reference Books
1. McCarthy, D.F., “Essentials of Soil Mechanics and Foundations”. Prentice-Hall, 2006.

2017 Civil Engineering

 2. Coduto, D.P., “Geotechnical Engineering – Principles and Practices”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.Ltd. New
Delhi, 2010.
3. Das, B.M., “Principles of Geotechnical Engineering”. Brooks / Coles / Thompson Learning Singapore, 8th
Edition, 2013.
4. Gopal Ranjan and Rao, A.S.R., “Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”, New Age Ltd., International
Publisher New Delhi (India) 2006.
5. Karl Terzaghi, “Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice”, Read Books, 2010.

17CE2008 WATER SUPPLY AND WASTEWATER ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To learn the fundamentals on water supply and distribution

KITS
 To introduce the concepts of wastewater treatment and disposal
 To design water and wastewater treatment units.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 select appropriate sources for water supply
 learn the characterization and testing of water and wastewater
 estimate the quantity and demand of water
 calculate the quantity of flow of wastewater
 design water and wastewater treatment units
 make use of available standards

Unit I - SOURCES, QUALITY AND DEMAND OF WATER: Sources – Types of demand - Population forecast
- Computation of quantity – Design period – Physical Chemical and Biological characteristics - Tests – Water
quality standards.
Unit II - TREATMENT OF WATER: Layout of water treatment plant – Theory and design principles of water
treatment units – Sedimentation, Coagulation and flocculation, Filtration, Disinfection.
Unit III - CONVEYANCE AND DISTRIBUTION OF WATER: Types of pipes - Pipe joints – Laying and
testing – Distribution – Methods, Systems and Layouts – Pipe appurtenances.
Unit IV - WASTEWATER ESTIMATION AND CHARACTERISTICS: Collection systems – Estimation of
quantity – Sewer: section, materials, joints and hydraulics – Laying and testing of sewer – Appurtenances - Physical
Chemical and Biological characteristics
Unit V - WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL:
Layout of wastewater treatment plant – Theory and design principles of wastewater treatment units – Preliminary,
primary, secondary and tertiary treatment methods - Disposal methods and standards

Text Books
1. S.K Garg, “Environmental Engineering (I & II)”, 28 th edition, Khanna Publication, 2010.
2. B.C.Punmia, “Water Supply Engineering”, Laxmi Publications, 2012
Reference Books
1. Metcalf and Eddy, Inc., “Wastewater Engineering – Treatment, Disposal and Reuse”, 3rd Edition, McGraw
Hill Book Co, N.Y. 1985
2. Raju, B.S.N., “Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Co., New Delhi, 1995.
3. Steel.E.W.and McGhee, T.J., “Water Supply and Sewerage”, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill International
Editions, New York, 1988

2017 Civil Engineering

 17CE2009 DESIGN OF REINFRORCED CONCRETE ELEMENTS
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the design philosophies of RCC elements
 To design the structural elements as per IS 456:2000
 To detail the reinforcement as per the design
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 examine the design philosophies for rcc elements
 demonstrate the behaviour of elements for load calculations
 illustrate the lsm for estimating stress resultants

KITS
 select sections based on stress resultants
 design the reinforcement for the structural elements
 estimate the safety of the designed sections
 develop suitable detailing diagrams

Unit I - DESIGN PHILOSOPHY: Design Concept of Working stress method, ultimate load method and limit
state method – Design codes and specification – Limit state of collapse & serviceability, partial safety factors for
material & loading. Stress-strain characteristics of concrete & reinforcing steel, Type of section-under reinforced,
over reinforced & balance section- Design of sections for flexure using working stress method.
Unit II - LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF SLABS: Analysis and design of one way, two way and continuous slabs
and cantilever slabs subjected to various boundary conditions
Unit III - LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF BEAMS: Analysis and design of singly, doubly reinforced rectangular and
flanged beams – Design for bond & anchorage, deflection and torsion.
Unit IV - LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF COLUMNS: Introduction to types of columns – Braced and unbraced
columns -Design of short column - axially loaded, uniaxial bending, biaxial bending, long column.
Unit V - LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF FOOTING: Design of wall footing – Design of axially and eccentrically
loaded rectangular and sloped footings – Design of combined rectangular footing for two columns only.

Text Books
1. Unnikrishna Pillai and Devdass Menon, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd., 2003
2. Ashok, Kumar Jain, “Limit state design of Reinforced Concrete”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2007
Reference Books
1. Sinha. S.N. “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
2. Purushothaman. P, “Reinforced Concrete Structural Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
2006
3. Krishna Raju. N, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi 2005
4. IS 456-2000, “Indian Standard Code of practice for Plain and Reinforced concrete Structures”, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi.
5. SP 16-1980, “Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.

17CE2010 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS I

Credit: 3:1:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the methodology of analysis
 To know the different techniques available for the analysis of structures
 To identify the best suitable method of analysis
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 choose strain energy methods for solving various structural elements
 distinguish determinate and indeterminate structures for determining moments
 identify the method of solving determinate and indeterminate structures

2017 Civil Engineering

  compare the force method and deflection method
 analyze the moving loads using influence diagram
 predict failure of structure using plastic hinge analysis

Unit I - STRAIN ENERGY METHOD: Static indeterminancy - Strain energy method - analysis of indeterminate
structures, beams, pin jointed and rigid jointed structures - temperature effect - bending moment and shear force
diagram.
Unit II - SLOPE DEFLECTION METHOD: Kinematic indeterminancy - Slope deflection method - analysis of
continuous beams and portals - bending moment and shear force diagram.
Unit III - MOMENT DISTRIBUTION METHOD: Moment distribution method - analysis of continuous beams
and portals –Sway and non sway analysis- bending moment and shear force diagram
Unit IV - INFLUENCE LINES: Influence line - influence lines for bending moment and shear force- Maxwell’s
reciprocal theorem-Muller Breaslau’s - principle, determinate and indeterminate beams

KITS
Unit V - PLASTIC ANALYSIS: Statically indeterminate structures – Beams in pure bending – Plastic moment of
resistance – Plastic modulus – Shape factor – Load factor – Plastic hinge and mechanism - Static and kinematic
methods – Upper and lower bound theorems -Plastic analysis of indeterminate beams and frames.

Text Books
1. Vazirani & Ratwani, Analysis of Structures, Vol. 1 & II , Khanna publishers, 2003.
2. Bhavikatti, S., “Structural Analysis”, Vol.1 & 2, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011
Reference Books
1. Vaidyanathan, R. and Perumal, P., “Structural Analysis”, Vol.1 & 2, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2014
2. S.Ramamrutham, “Theory of structures”, Dhanpat Rai publications, 2004
3. C.S.Reddy, “Structural Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
4. L.S.Negi, “Structural Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill Co., 2003
5. Rajasekharan & Sankarasubramaiam, “Computational Structural Mechanics”, Prentice-Hall of India. 2000

17CE2011 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS 1I

Credit: 3:1:0
Course Objectives:
 To develop analytic and critical skills through mathematical and visual study of structures
 To differentiate between rigid and deformable structures.
 To understand the principle of force and displacement methods
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the fundamental concepts of structural analysis
 choose structural matrices method for analyse the structure
 analyse typical structures such as three hinged and two hinged arches
 analyze of cables and suspension bridges
 execute analysis of trusses, continuous beams and rigid frames using matrix force method
 determine responses of the structures

Unit I - ARCHES: Three hinged arch – Two hinged arch – parabolic and semi-circular arches – Concentrated loads
– Uniform loads – Temperature effects – Determination of Reaction, Normal Thrust, Radial shear and Bending
Moment – Influence line for Stress Resultants in two hinged and three hinged arches – load position for maximum
values.
Unit II - SUSPENSION CABLES AND BRIDGES: Cables and suspension bridges with three hinged stiffening
girders
Unit III - SPACE FRAMES: Three Dimensional Frames (Determinate) Analysis of pin jointed Space frames –
forces in various members – Analysis of Rigid jointed space frames – Determination of stress resultants –
Application to Simple problems -Use of Analysis Software for application to space trusses.
Unit IV - CHARACTERISTICS OF FLEXIBILITY AND STIFFNESS MATRICES -FLEXIBILITY
METHOD: Definition - Application of Principle of Superposition - Properties - Application to Two Degree of
Freedom systems - Structure and element co-ordinates - Transformation of force and displacement - Structure
flexibility in terms of element flexibility - Structure stiffness in terms of element stiffness. Forces not acting at co-

2017 Civil Engineering

ordinates - Formulation of Structure Flexibility matrix - Determination of Displacements - Application to
determinate and indeterminate trusses, beams, frames - Effect of Temperature, lack of fit
Unit V - STIFFNESS METHOD: Forces not acting at co-ordinates _ Formulation of Structure Stiffness matrix -
Determination of Displacements - Application to determinate and indeterminate trusses, beams, frames - Effect of
Temperature, lack of fit - Static Condensation Technique. - Use of analysis software for application to the analysis
of plane trusses and frames.

Text Books
1. Reddy C S, “Basic Structural Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 2010.
2. Rajasekaran,S., Sankarasubramanian,G., “Computational Structural Mechanics”, Prentice Hall of India,
2004
Reference Books
1. Mukhopadhyay M, “Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis”, Oxford & IBH, 2002.

KITS
2. McGuire W and Gallagher R H, “Matrix Structural Analysis”, John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
3. Devdas Menon, “Advanced Structural Analysis”, Alpha Science Publications 2009
4. Igor A. Karnovsky and Olga I. Lebed, “Advanced Methods of Structural Analysis”, springer, 2010

17CE2012 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES

Credit: 3: 0: 0
Course Objectives:
 Acquire knowledge about site planning and construction of foundations
 Adopt various methods of constructions and service requirements
 Selection and usage of equipments for construction
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 identify suitable materials required for construction
 explain construction methodology for different types of construction
 demonstrate the temporary construction methods
 categorize the service requirements for the construction
 examine the distress in the construction
 adapt the safety in the construction site.

Unit I - FIELD PRACTICES: Building Planning - Foundations – Shallow and Deep Foundations – setting out -
Stone masonry – Brick masonry – Composite masonry – Plastering and Pointing - Flooring - Roofs and roof
covering - Damp proofing – Termite proofing
Unit II - CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Construction sequence - Reinforced Concrete framed structures -
Construction of R.C.C. slabs, Beams and Columns – Construction methods: Pre-cast and cast-in-situ concrete, steel
– load bearing structures – underwater construction
Unit III - FORMWORK AND SCAFFOLDING: Formwork – Centering and Shuttering – Sheet piles – Slip and
moving forms –– Joints in Concrete –– Shoring – Scaffolding– Underpinning
Unit IV - CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT: Selection of equipment for earthwork, concreting, material handling
and erection of structures – Dewatering and pumping equipments- RMC–transit mixers - placement techniques -
pumping of concrete
Unit V - CONSTRUCTION SAFETY: Quality and Safety Concerns in Construction - Accidents and their Causes
– Human Factors in Construction Safety - Costs of Construction Injuries – Occupational and Safety Hazard
Assessment – safety design

Text Books
1. Varghese, P. C., “Building Constructions”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi 2007.
2. Bhavikatti S, “Building Constructions”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi 2007.
Reference Books
1. Arora, S. P. and Bindra S. P., “Building Construction”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 1997.
2. Punmia, B. C., “Building Construction”, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.
3. Peurifoy, R. L., “Form work for Concrete Structures”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1999.

2017 Civil Engineering

 4. Richard J. Coble, Jimmie Hinze and Theo C. Haupt, “Construction Safety and Health Management”,
Prentice Hall Inc., 2001

17CE2013 FOUNDATION ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge on site investigation programme.
 To select geotechnical design parameters and type of foundations.
 To familiarize the geotechnical design of different type of foundations and retaining walls.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 interpret soil investigations

KITS
 examine the bearing capacity of soils and foundation settlements
 identify the suitable foundation for construction
 design the foundation system for shallow depth
 analyses earth retaining structures for different soil mediums
 estimate pile and pile group capacity

Unit I - SITE INVESTIGATION AND SELECTION OF FOUNDATION: Scope and objectives – Methods of
exploration – Auguring and boring – Wash boring and rotary drilling – Depth and spacing of bore holes – Bore log
report - Soil samples – Representative and undisturbed – Sampling methods – Split spoon sampler, Thin wall
sampler, Stationary piston sampler – Penetration tests (SPT and SCPT) – Data interpretation - Selection of
foundation based on soil condition
Unit II - BEARING CAPACITY: Introduction – Location and depth of foundation – Codal provisions – Bearing
capacity of shallow foundation on homogeneous deposits – Terzaghi’s formula and BIS formula – Factors affecting
bearing capacity – Bearing capacity from in-situ tests (SPT, SCPT and plate load) – Allowable bearing pressure –
Seismic considerations in bearing capacity evaluation. Determination of Settlement of foundations on granular and
clay deposits from plate load test – Total and differential settlement – Allowable settlements – Codal provision –
Methods of minimizing total and differential settlements – ground improvement techniques
Unit III - SHALLOW FOUNDATION: Isolated footing - Combined footing - Mat foundation – Contact pressure
and settlement distribution – Proportioning of foundations – Structural design of isolated and combined footing -
Floating foundation.
Unit IV - PILE FOUNDATION: Types of piles and their functions – Factors influencing the selection of pile –
Carrying capacity of single pile in granular and cohesive soil – Static formula – Dynamic formulae - Engineering
news and Hileys– Capacity from insitu tests -SPT and SCPT – Negative skin friction – Uplift capacity- Group
capacity by different methods - Feld’s rule, Converse – Labarra formula and block failure criterion – Settlement of
pile groups – Interpretation of pile load test -Under reamed piles
Unit V - RETAINING WALLS: Plastic equilibrium in soils – Active and passive states – Rankine’s theory –
Cohesionless and cohesive soil – Coulomb’s wedge theory – Condition for critical failure plane – Earth pressure on
retaining walls of simple configurations – Culmann Graphical method – Pressure on the wall due to line load –
Stability analysis of retaining walls – Codal provision.

TextBooks
1. Arora, K.R. “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers and Distributors, New
Delhi, 2011.
2. Varghese, P.C., “Foundation Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, NewDelhi, 2005.
Reference Books
1. Murthy, V.N.S., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, CBS Publishers and Distributers Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2015.
2. GopalRanjan and Rao A.S.R. “Basic and Applied soil mechanics”, New Age International (P) Ltd, New
Delhi, 2006.
3. Das, B.M. “Principles of Foundation Engineering” (Eigth edition), Thompson Asia Pvt. Ltd., Singapore,
2013.

2017 Civil Engineering

 4. Kaniraj, S.R. “Design aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing
company Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
5. Punmia, B.C., “Soil Mechanics and Foundations”, Laxmi Publications Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 2005.
6. Venkatramaiah, C., “Geotechnical Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
7. Karl Terzaghi, “Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice”, Read Books, 2010.

17CE2014 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 Acquire knowledge on limit state design of steel structural elements
 Ability to explain and design bolted and welded connection
 Design the structural systems such as roof trusses, gantry girders as per provisions of current code (IS 800

KITS
2007) of practice.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students will be able to
 classify different types of steel connections
 recommend suitable type of connection
 assess the strength of steel connections
 explain the behaviour of steel structural elements
 design steel structural elements
 differentiate the types of roof trusses.

Unit I - INTRODUCTION TO STEEL CONNECTIONS: Properties of structural steel – Classification of steel

sections – Limit State Design Concepts – Loads and load combination – Connections - welding, bolting – Design of
bolted and welded joints – Eccentric connections - Efficiency of joints.
Unit II - DESIGN OF TENSION MEMBERS: Types of sections – Net area – Net effective sections for angles
and Tee in tension – Design of Connections in tension members – Lug angles – Design of tension splice – Concept
of shear lag.
Unit III - DESIGN OF COMPRESSION MEMBERS: Types of compression members – Theory of columns –
Compression member design – Slenderness ratio – Design of single section and compound section compression
members – Design of laced and battened type columns – Design of column bases – Gusseted base.
Unit IV - DESIGN OF BEAMS: Design of laterally supported and unsupported beams – Built up beams – Beams
subjected to Uniaxial and biaxial bending – Design of welded plate girders - Intermediate and bearing stiffeners
Unit V - DESIGN OF ROOF TRUSSES: Roof trusses – Types - Loading - Roof and side coverings – Design of
purlin and elements of truss; end bearing –Design of gantry girder.

TextBooks
1. L.S Jayagopal & D.Tensing, “Design of Steel Structures” Vikas Publications , 2015
2. Duggal. S.K, “Limit State Design of Steel Structures”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2014
Reference Books
1. Gambhir. M.L., “Fundamentals of Structural Steel Design”, McGraw Hill Education IndiaPvt. Ltd., 2013
2. Shiyekar. M.R., “Limit State Design in Structural Steel”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, Learning Pvt.
Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2013.
3. Bhavikatti.S.S, “Design of Steel Structures by Limit State Method as per IS:800–2007”, IK International
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2014
4. Shah.V.L. andVeena Gore, “Limit State Design of Steel Structures”, IS 800–2007Structures Publications,
2009.
5. Subramanian.N, “Design of Steel Structures”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.
6. IS 800 :2007, General Construction in Steel - Code of Practice, (Third Revision), Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi, 2007

2017 Civil Engineering

 17CE2015 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the importance of transportation and characteristics of different modes of transportation
 To study about the geometric design of highways
 To impart knowledge in planning, geometric design, construction, operation and maintenance of Highways,
Railways, Airports and Harbours
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 understand the concepts of highway planning, design and project formulation
 carry out surveys involved in planning and highway alignment

KITS
 design cross section elements, sight distance, horizontal and vertical alignment
 describe different types of highwaypavements
 recognize the importance of different elements of permanent way in railways
 generalize the constituents and basic design concepts of airports and harbours

Unit I - HIGHWAY DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING: Different modes of transportation – characteristics -

historical Development of road construction- Highway Development in India –Classification of roads-Road
patterns- Planning Surveys – Highway planning in India- Highway alignment - Engineering Surveys for Highway
Locations – Highway project – Built operate and transfer (BOT)
Unit II - GEOMETRIC DESIGN OF HIGHWAYS: Highway crosses sectional elements- Sight Distance –
Design of horizontal alignment - Super elevation- Extra-widening of Pavements on horizontal curves- Transition
Curves- Set-back Distance- Design of Vertical alignment – Gradients- summit and Valley Curves
Unit III - HIGHWAY MAINTENANCE AND DRAINAGE: Pavement Failures –Flexible and Rigid Pavement –
Maintenance of Highways –Pavement Evaluation -Importance of highway drainage - Surface Drainage- Subsurface
drainage - Road construction in water logged areas– maintenance of various roads - Road side development and
arboriculture - Problems on Hill Roads
Unit IV - RAILWAY ENGINEERING: Railway Transportation and its development – Elements of permanent
way – Rails, Sleepers, Ballast, rail fixtures and fastenings, Subgrade and Embankment – Track Alignment – Survey
for track alignment – Points and crossing – Track Junctions – Station and Yards – Signalling & control System
Unit V - AIRPORTS AND HARBOURS: Airport Planning-Airport Components –Apron, Terminal Building,
Passenger facilities &Services, Hangers , Runway, Parking Area - Airport Obstructions- Runway Orientation –
Wind rose Diagram – Runway design- Harbours – History of water transportation – Modern trends in water
transportation- components of harbour –Requirements of Harbour- Classification of harbours – Site Selection and
Planning oh harbours - ports and docks – Navigational Aids

Text Books
1. Khanna .S.K, Justo .C.E.G, “Highway Engineering,” Nemchand & Bros, 2001.
2. Partha Chakroborty and Animesh Das, “Principles of Transportation Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books
1. Kadiyali.L.R. “Principles and Practice of Highway Engineering”, Khanna Technical Publications, 8th
edition Delhi, 2013.
2. Rangwala, “Railway Engineering”, Charotar Publishing House, 2013.
3. Mundrey J.S. “A course in Railway Track Engineering”. Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
4. Rangwala, “Airport Engineering”, Charotar Publishing House, 2013.
5. Rangwala, “Harbor Engineering”, Charotar Publishing House, 2013.
6. Oza.H.P. and Oza.G.H. “A course in Docks & Harbour Engineering”. Charotar Publishing Co., 2013
7. Saxena Subhash C and Satyapal Arora, “A Course in Railway Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi,
2003
8. Satish Chandra and Agarwal M.M, “Railway Engineering”, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi, 2013.
9. Khanna .S. K, Arora .M, G Jain .S.S, “Airport Planning and Design” Nemchand and Bros, Roorkee, 2005.
10. Bindra .S.P. A “Course in Docks and Harbors Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 2001.

2017 Civil Engineering

 17CE2016 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
Credit: 3:0:0
Course Objectives:
 To acquire knowledge on constituents of concrete materials
 To study the properties of fresh and hardened concrete
 To design the concrete mixes
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 identify the functional role of ingredients of concrete
 predict the properties of fresh and hardened concrete
 illustrate the durability of concrete
 demonstrate techniques of non destructive testing of concrete structures

KITS
 appraise innovative materials for use in concrete
 design a concrete mix based on various parameters

Unit I - CONCRETE MATERIALS: Cement: Composition and properties of Portland cement - tests on material
properties - cement types - composition - properties - uses under different constructional and weather conditions - IS
code specifications - Water: Requirements of water for concrete making - IS Code specifications - Aggregates:
Classification - Mechanical Properties - deleterious substances in aggregates - Bulking of sand - Alkali Aggregate
reaction - Grading requirements - IS Code specifications - Admixtures: Admixtures and Construction chemicals
Unit II - FRESH CONCRETE AND HARDENING OF CONCRETE: Fresh Concrete: Workability - Factors
affecting workability - Tests for workability - Segregation - Bleeding - Process of manufacture of concrete - creep
and shrinkage - Maturity of concrete - Micro cracking - autogeneous healing - Evolution of heat and expansion -
effect due to chemical, temperature - Hardened Concrete: Strength Test: Compression test – Split Tension test -
Flexure Test - Test for Bond strength– Determination of modulus of elasticity - IS Code provisions - Accelerated
strength tests - non-destructive strength evaluation -In site strength determination - Factors affecting strength test
results – concrete quality check.
Unit III - DURABILITY : Strength and durability relationship –Impact of W/C ratio on strength and durability -
Permeability – Chloride penetrability – impact strength-Acid attack: mineral and organic acids – corrosion of steel-
Thermal expansion and shrinkage – Freezing and Thawing – Carbonation attack - Sulphate attack - Fire resistance -
Resistance to Abrasion, erosion and Cavitation - Acoustic properties - creep of concrete - factors influences it -
Marine atmosphere - Methods to improve durability
Unit IV - MIX DESIGN: Concept - basic consideration- mix design methods - BIS method, American concrete
institute method, and British codal method of mix design - mix design for concrete with flyash
Unit V - SPECIAL CONCRETES: Light weight concrete- Aerated concrete – no fines concrete – high density
concrete – Sulphur infiltrated concrete – fiber reinforced concrete – prepacked concrete – shotcrete – vaccum
concrete – ferrocement – self compacting concrete – bacterial concrete – Geo polymer concrete - behavior of
concrete with rice husk, nano materials like silicafume

Text Books
1. A.R. Santhakumar, “Concrete Technology” Oxford University press, Jai Singh road, Delhi, 2006
2. Shetty, M.S., “Concrete Technology”, S.Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2005
Reference Books
1. Gambhir, M.L., “Concrete Technology’, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company limited, New Delhi,
2004
2. Neville, A.M, “Properties of Concrete”, Longman Scientific & Technical, England, 1995
3. Neville, A.M., “Concrete Technology”, Longman Scientific & Technical, 1990.

17CE2017 ESTIMATION AND COSTING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the types of estimates
 To identify the methods used for different structural components
 To understand rate analysis and process of preparation of bills

2017 Civil Engineering

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 list the detailed specification for different types of structures
 explain valuation reports and cost quality control
 plan the rate analysis of civil engineering works
 determine the rates of various items of civil works
 justify estimated cost of civil construction projects
 evaluate the actual value of any property

Unit I - INTRODUCTION TO ESTIMATES AND SPECIFICATIONS; General introduction to Quantity

surveying–purpose of estimates - Types of estimates - various items to be included in estimates - Principles in
selecting units of measurement for items, various units and modes of measurement for different trades - I.S. 1200,

KITS
Specifications – purpose and basic principles of general and detailed specifications: detailed specifications for
various items of work.
Unit II - ANALYSIS OF RATES: Rate analysis & preparation of bills – Data analysis of rates for various items of
works – abstract estimates for Building projects
Unit III - QUANTITY ESTIMATION FOR BUILDING AND SANITARY: Estimation of building – Method of
estimate, estimate of walls, Estimate of masonry platform - estimate of single room building with verandah -
estimate of two roomed building - Sanitary - Estimation of a septic tank and soak pit
Unit IV - QUANTITY ESTIMATION FOR RCC WORKS AND STRUCTURES AND ROADS: Estimate of
R.C.C and Steel works - RCC Slab – RCC beam – RCC column with foundation, RCC framed building. Road- RCC
slab culvert Detailed estimate for WBM, Bituminous road.
Unit V - VALUATION: Valuation- rent fixation, Gross income, Net income, Depreciation, different methods of
calculating depreciation–straight line method, declining balance method, sinking fund method, plinth area required
for residential building

Text Books
1. Dutta.B.N, “Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering Theory and Practice,” 2002.
2. Birdie.G.S, “A Text Book on Estimating and Costing”, DhanpatRai and Sons, New Delhi, 2000.
Reference Books
1. Jogleka.P.T, “Practical Information for Quantity Surveyors”, Institution of Surveyors, 1978.
2. Rangwala.S.C, “Elements of Estimating and Costing”, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 1987.
3. Rangwala .S.C, “Valuation of Real Properties”,Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 1984.
4. Jagannathan.G, “Getting More at Less Cost“,-The Value Engineering Way, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
1992.

17CE2018 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY

Credits: 0: 0: 2

Course Objectives:
 To apply the theory of mechanics of solids on real specimens
 To expose the students to the testing of different materials under the action of various forces and
determination of their characteristics experimentally
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 demonstrate the application of theories
 evaluate the quality of the materials
 identify the behavior of structural materials.
 categories the material based on their property
 examine the material behaviour
 suggest the quality materials for constructions
List of experiments:
1. Tension test on mild steel rod
2. Double shear test on metal
3. Brinell Hardness Tests

2017 Civil Engineering

 4. Rockwell Hardness Tests
5. Charpy Impact test
6. Izod Impact test
7. Test on Helical Springs open coiled
8. Test on Helical Springs closed coiled
9. Static bending test on wood
10. Deflection Test on Cantilever Beam
11. Torsion test on mild steel rod
12. Compressive strength of Burnt clay
13. Deflection Test – Carriage Spring
14. Torsion test on Mild steel Rod
15. Study on Fatigue test
16. Study on cold Bend Test on Steel

KITS
Reference Books:
1. Jindal, U.C, “Strength of Materials”, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd, 2007.

17CE2019 COMPUTER AIDED BUILDING DRAWING LAB

Credit: 0:0:2

Course Objectives:
 To adopt the principles of building planning bye laws in drawing
 To draft the plan, elevation and section of various structures
 Create architectural drawings using modern softwares.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 define the principles of civil engineering drawing and planning
 perform computer aided drafting of building components and systems
 develop plan, elevation section and site plan of various types of buildings
 build architectural plan and elevation using appropriate software.
 detail interior design in various building drawings
 explain the landscape drawing for various buildings
List of experiments:
1. Introduction to planning and drafting softwares
2. Building Cross section
3. Plan, elevation and section of residential building
4. Plan, elevation and section of school building
5. Plan, elevation and section of auditorium building
6. Plan, elevation and section of hostel building
7. Plan, elevation and section of hospital building
8. Architectural drawing of residential building
9. Architectural drawing of commercial building
10. Architectural drawing of industrial building
11. Architectural drawing of Stadium
12. Architectural drawing of nuclear plant

Reference Books
1. Balagopal Prabhu, T. S., “Building Drawing and Detailing”, Spades Publishing, KDFA Building, Calicut,
2012.
2. Sikka V.B, “A Textbook of Basic Drawing for Architects and Civil Engineers”, S.K. Kataria & Sons; 2015
edition
3. AUTO CAD Tutorials and Manual- Autodesk Work Book on AUTO CAD Level I and II CAD/CAM centre,
Coimbatore.
4. Gurucharan Singh, “Civil Engineering Drawing”, Standard Publications; New Delhi, 2009.

2017 Civil Engineering

 5. IS: 962 – 1967, Code of Practice for Architectural and Building Drawing, Bureau of Indian Standards, New
Delhi
6. IS: 4021 – 1983, Specification for Timber Door, Window and Ventilator Frames, Bureau of Indian Standards,
New Delhi
7. IS: 1003 – 1977, Part I, II Specification for Timber Panelled and Glazed Shutters, Bureau of Indian Standards,
New Delhi

17CE2020 CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICES LABORATORY

Credit: 0:0:1

Course Objectives:
 Introduce the application of civil engineering theory in to practices.
 Analyze and design bar bending schedule and welding joints.

KITS
 Impart knowledge on using modern equipment in civil engineering
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 list electrical and plumbing work for buildings and factories
 outline the foundation marking using modern survey equipment
 select appropriate flooring for building work
 explain the bar bending schedule to supervisors
 measure the strength of welding joints
 construct a brick masonry wall
List of experiments:
1. Foundation Marking Using Total Station
2. Practices in Brick Masonry Construction
3. Practices in Brickwork Plastering
4. Welding Practices in Civil Engineering
5. Preparation of Bar bending Schedule
6. Engineering Practices in Plumbing Services
7. Engineering Practices in Electrical Services

Reference Books
1. Saravanapandian M, Pranitha S, Jeyapoovan T., “Engineering Practices Laboratory Manual”, VRB
Publishers Private Ltd 2009
2. Jeyachandran.K, Natarajan.S and Balasubramanian.S. “A Primer on Engineering Practices Laboratory”,
Anuradha Publications, 2007.
3. Bawa.H.S, “Workshop Practice”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2007.
4. Rajendra Prasad.A and Sarma P.M.M.S., “Workshop Practice”, Sree Sai Publication, 2002.

17CE2021 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY

Credit: 0:0:2

Course Objectives:
 To give hands on training on principle and working of different flow measuring instruments
 To impart knowledge on working of different types of turbines.
 To demonstrate energy losses in pipe connections
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the principles of instruments used in flow related measurements
 describe the flow measurement methods
 demonstrate energy losses in pipe connections
 appraise the flow measurement techniques
 experiment and select turbines and pumps
 investigate the operation of turbines and pumps

2017 Civil Engineering

EXPERIMENTS:
Fluid Mechanics
1. Determination of Darcy’s Friction Factor.
2. Calibration of Flow Meters.
3. Flow over weirs / Notches.
4. Flow through Mouth piece / orifice.
5. Determination of Minor Losses in pipes
6. Determination of Manning’s Co-efficient of Roughness.
7. Calibration of pressure Gauges.
8. Impact of jet on vanes.
9. Reynolds’ Experiment.
Fluid Machinery
1. Performance of Centrifugal Pump

KITS
2. Performance of Submersible Pump
3. Performance of Reciprocating pump
4. Performance of Gear Oil pump
5. Performance of Jet pump
6. Performance of Vertical Turbine pump
7. Load Test on Pelton Wheel.
8. Load Test on Francis Turbine
9. Load Test on Kaplan Turbine
Reference Books
1. Modi, P.N. & Seth, S.M., “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulics Machines”, Standard
Book House, New Delhi, 10th Edition, 2002
2. Rajput, R.K.,” A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, S.Chand and Co., New Delhi,
2008.
3. Bansal, R.K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2010

17CE2022 SURVEYING LAB

Credits: 0:0:2

Course Objectives:
• To train the students to acquire skill in operation of various survey instruments
• To give hands on training on the use of conventional and modern tools of surveying
 To enhance the knowledge of the students to carryout and interpret the field surveying procedures
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 memorize the procedures of usage of surveying instruments
 identify the method for a typical survey
 demonstrate the appropriate methods of surveying
 organize the field operations during surveying
 judge the mistakes during surveying execution
 construct layouts and diagrams as per the field data
EXPERIMENTS:
1. Use of Dumpy level - fly levelling
2. Use of Dumpy level – reciprocal levelling
3. Measurement of horizontal angles by the method of repetition
4. Measurement of horizontal angle by the method of reiteration
5. Single plane method
6. Double plane method
7. Stadia tacheometry and determination of constants of a theodolite
8. Tangential tacheometry
9. Setting out a simple circular curve by ordinates from long chord
10. Setting out a circular curve by Rankine’s method of tangential angles
11. Measurement of area using Total station

2017 Civil Engineering

 12. Measurement of volume using Total station

Reference Books:
1. Kanetkar, T.P. and Kulkarni, S.V., “Surveying and Levelling”, Part 1 & 2, Pune, Vidyarthi Griha
Prakashan, 2011.
2. Basak, N., “Surveying and Levelling”, McGrawHill& Co., 2015.

17CE2023 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY

Credits: 0:0:2

Course Objectives:
 To provide the hands on training in determination of Engineering and index properties of soils, applied in

KITS
field problems.
 To provide the knowledge on the use of experimental results pertaining to foundation problems
 To estimate shear strength of soils by direct shear test, triaxial shear test, vane shear test and unconfined
compressive test
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will able to
 determine the index properties of soil
 determine the insitu density and compaction characteristics of soil
 determine the engineering properties of soil
 calculate the shear strength parameters of the soil
 analyse the settlement of the saturated soil
 determine the optimum moisture content and dry density of the soil
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of moisture content using i) Oven drying method and ii) Infrared moisture balance iii)
Pycnometer
2. Determination of moisture content and specific gravity of soil
3. Determination of relative density of soil
4. Grain size distribution using Sieve Analysis
5. Grain size distribution using Hydrometer Analysis
6. Standard Proctor compaction test
7. Determination of field density using i) Sand replacement method and ii) core cutter method
8. Determination of Liquid limit & Plastic limit
9. Determination of Shrinkage limit
10. Permeability test using i) Constant head method and ii) Variable head method
11. Direct shear test
12. California bearing ratio test
13. Unconfined Compression test
14. Consolidation Test
15. Triaxial Compression test
Reference Books:
1. Saibaba Reddy, E. Ramasastri, K. “Measurement of Engineering Properties of Soils”, New age
International (P) limited publishers, New Delhi, 2008
2. Lambe T.W., “Soil Testing for Engineers”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1951. Digitized 2008.
3. IS Code of Practice (2720) Relevant Parts, as amended from time to time, Bureau of Indian Standards, New
Delhi.
4. G.Venkatappa Rao and Goutham .K. Potable, “Geosynthetics Testing – A laboratory Mannual”, Sai Master
Geoenvironmental Services Pvt. Ltd., 1st Edition 2008.

2017 Civil Engineering

 17CE2024 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Credits: 0: 0: 2

Course Objectives:
 To give hands on training on water quality analysis
 To carry out the quantitative estimation of water quality parameters.
 To interpret the quality of water and wastewater
Course Outcomes
After completion of the course the student will have:
 recall the principles of environmental experiments related to water quality
 select appropriate method to quantify a water quality parameter
 demonstrate the experiments related to bacteriological contamination

KITS
 experiment on air quality parameters appraise statistical analysis and interpret laboratory results
 construct reports on water quality tests and parameters
EXPERIMENTS:
1. (a) Determination of Color.
(b) Determination of Taste and Temperature
2. Determination of (a) Total Suspended and Dissolved Solids.
(b) Organic and Inorganic Solids.
3. (a) Determination of pH and Electrical Conductivity.
(b) Determination of Turbidity.
4. (a) Determination of Acidity.
(b) Determination of Alkalinity.
5. Determination of Hardness
6. (a) Determination of Chlorides.
(b) Determination of Sulphates.
7. (a) Determination of Dissolved Oxygen.
(b) Determination of Residual Chlorine.
8. (a) Determination of Optimum Coagulant Dose.
(b) Determination of MPN Index of water.
9. (a) Ambient Air Quality Monitoring.
(b) Determination of Ambient Noise.

Reference Books:
1. B.Kotaiah & N.Kumara Swamy, “Environmental engineering laboratory manual”, Choraotar Publishing
House.
2. Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater 22nd Ed by APHA

17CE2025 CONCRETE AND HIGHWAY LABORATORY

Credits: 0:0:2

Course Objectives
 Hands on training in testing of concrete materials
 Methods of mix Design
 Examine the highway material properties.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 identify the field condition of materials through experimentation
 evaluate the quality of concrete and the materials used in the construction
 design the concrete mix for the field condition
 identify the materials for highway
 determine the bitumen property
 compile the melting point of Bitumen

2017 Civil Engineering

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
CONCRETE LAB:
Tests on cement:
1. Specific gravity
2. Fineness
3. Consistency
4. Initial and final setting time
5. Soundness Test
6. Compressive strength of cement mortar
Tests on fine aggregate:
1. Tests on particle size distribution and fineness modulus
2. Specific gravity
3. Bulking of sand

KITS
Tests on coarse aggregate:
1. Tests on particle size distribution and fineness modulus
2. Specific gravity
Concrete mix design:
1. IS method for different mixes
Test on fresh concrete:
1. Slump test
2. Compaction factor test
Tests on hardened concrete:
1. Compression test on cubes and cylinder
2. Modulus of rupture test
3. Split tensile strength test
4. Determination of modulus of elasticity
HIGHWAY LAB:
Tests on highway material
1. Flakiness index
2. Elongation index
3. Crushing test
Test on aggregate
1. Impact strength test
2. Attrition test
3. Abrasion resistance test using Deval’s abrasion and Los Angeles Abrasion test.
Test on bitumen
1. Marshall stability test on asphalt
Ductility test for bitumen/tar
1. Penetration of bitumen
Softening point
1. Determination of softening point
2. Flash and fire point of bitumen

Reference Books:
1. Shetty, M. S., “Concrete Technology”, S. Chand and Co., New Delhi, 1998.
2. Khanna, S. K., and Justo, C.E.G., “Highway Engineering”, Nem Chand and Bros., 2005.
3. Gambhir, M.L., “Concrete Technology – Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd, New
Delhi, 2011.
4. IS 2386 – 1963 Part I, III, “Methods of test for aggregate for concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New
Delhi.
5. IS 516 – 1959, “Method of test for strength of concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
6. IS 10262-2009, “IS standard for recommended guidelines for concrete mix design”, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi..

2017 Civil Engineering

 17CE2026 COMPUTER APPLICATION LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:2

Course Objectives:
 To adopt the concepts of spread sheet development for civil engineering applications
 To make the students to analyse and design structural elements using STAAD Pro
 To give hands on training on finite element analysis software.
 To introduce the concepts of project management using Primavera
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 model 2d and 3d building frames using staad
 analyse concrete and steel building frames using software’s
 design different structural elements using software’s

KITS
 evaluate the structural behaviour of building components
 develop the design for the building components
 formulate the construction resource planning
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Structural analysis and design using STAAD pro:
1. Analysis of plane beams
2. Analysis of 2D and 3D Rigid jointed frames using
3. Analysis and design of steel Truss
4. Analysis and design of multi storied buildings for dead and live loads.
5. Analysis and design of multi storied steel frames subjected to lateral loading.
Structural analysis using ANSYS:
1. Analysis of simply supported, cantilever and continuous beams
2. Analysis of plane frames subjected to different types of loads.
Development and implementation of programmes for the following using excel spread sheet:
1. Designing elementary profile of gravity dam.
2. Design of Staircase and retaining wall.
3. Design of one-way and two-way slab.
4. Design of septic tank.
5. Design of water tanks.
Computer application in construction management using primavera (demonstration only):
1. Planning – Scheduling and Resource Analysis

Reference Books
1. Sham Tickoo, “Learning Bentley Staad.Pro V8i for Structural Analysis”, Dreamtech Press; 2015
2. Shah, V.L., “Computer aided design in reinforced concrete”, Structures publication, Pune, 2009.
3. Sarma T S, “STAAD Pro V8i for Beginners: With Indian Examples”, Notion Press; 2014.
4. “Project planning and Management” – Primavera Reference Guide.
5. STAAD Pro 2007 V8i Analysis Reference Manual
6. Divya Zindani, Apurba Kumar Roy, Kaushik Kumar, “Working with ANSYS A Tutorial Approach”, I K
International Publishing House, 2016.
7. Saeed Moaveni, “Finite Element Analysis Theory and Application with ANSYS”, Pearson India; 2008
8. IS 800-2007, Code of practice for general construction in steel, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
9. IS 456- 2000, Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete , Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.

17CE2027 DESIGN AND DRAWING (RCC & STEEL)

Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objectives
 To design and detail RCC structures.
 To design and detail steel structures.
 To prepare detailing in appropriate professional formats.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able to

2017 Civil Engineering

  recall the design procedures of various structures
 estimate the various loads on the structures
 choose the appropriate dimensions and sections
 design the reinforcement for the resultant moments
 prepare the detailing diagram in software
 interpret the detailing diagrams
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Design of Reinforced Concrete structures
1. Building Floor System design
2. Column and Footing design
3. Dog legged Staircase design
4. Cantilever Retaining wall design

KITS
5. Slab Bridge design
6. Circular Water tank design
Design of Steel Structures
1. Tension member design
2. Slab base column and foundation design
3. Gusseted base column and foundation design
4. Welded Plate Girder design
5. Gantry Girder design
6. Roof Truss connection design

Reference Books
1. KrishnaRaju N.., “Structural Design and Drawing”, University Press, 2005.
2. Ramamurtham and Narayanan, “Reinforced concrete structures”, Dhanpat Rai publishers, 2009.
3. Ramchandra, “Limit State Design”, Standard Book House, Delhi-6, 2005.
4. Ramchandra, “Design of Steel Structures”, Standard Book House, Delhi-6, 2004.
5. Sinha.S.N, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd., 2005.
6. Krishna Raju, N and Pranesh, R.N., “Reinforced Concrete Design – IS 456 – 2000 Principles and Practice”,
New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2003.
1. Duggal .S.K, “Design of steel structures”, Tata Mcgraw –Hill Publishing company Ltd, 2009.

17CE2028 DESIGN AND DRAWING (IRRIGATION AND ENVIRONMENT)

Credit: 0:0:2

Course Objectives:
 To design and draw the components of irrigation structures
 To analyse, design and draw various water treatment units
 To maintain and operate irrigation and environmental structures
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 define the basic concepts in the design of structures
 select the methods for design of various structures
 demonstrate the procedure for designing the structural components
 organise the design to develop the system
 judge the operation of the system
 construct the irrigation and treatment structures
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Part : A IRRIGATION WORKS
Design of the following irrigation works are to be worked out and detailed drawings are to be drawn:
1. Earthen Dams - Sections of different types of earth dams, plan showing drainage systems.
2. Tank sluice - wing type
3. Tank surplus weir.
4. Canal Regulator (Head regulator)
5. Canal drop.

2017 Civil Engineering

 6. Syphon aqueducts
Part: B ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING WORKS
Design of the following Environmental Engineering works are to be worked out and detailed drawings are to be
drawn.
1. General layout of water supply scheme.
2. Mixing basin, flocculation and sedimentation tanks.
3. Slow and rapid filters - service and clear water reservoirs.
4. General layout for drainage scheme.
5. Manholes, pumping station, septic tank with dispersion trenches and imhoff tank.
6. Primary and secondary settling tanks - trickling filter and storm water separator.
Reference Books
1. Krishnamoorthy, P., Structural. Design Drawing, CBS Publishers 2001
2. Satyanarayanamurthy, C., Design of Minor Irrigation and Canal Structures, Wiley Eastern Limited, June

KITS
1994.
3. Ellis, W.M., “College of Engineering Manual: Irrigation”, The Textile Institute Publishers, 1955.
4. Gharpure, V.N., “A Text Book of water supply Engineering”, Allied Publishers limited. 2006

17CE2029 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge about surface and ground water irrigation methods
 To acquire ideas about different types of irrigation structures
 To understand the operation of irrigation water management structures
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 state the concepts of duty, crop and crop seasons
 classify the irrigation methods
 demonstrate the irrigation methods
 examine irrigation management techniques
 appraise and design of impounding structures and cross drainage works
 construct the irrigation projects

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Irrigation – Need and mode of irrigation – Merits and demerits of irrigation – Crop and
crop seasons – consumptive use of water – Duty – Factors affecting duty – Irrigation efficiencies – Planning and
Development of irrigation projects.
Unit II - IRRIGATION METHODS: Canal irrigation – Lift irrigation – Tank irrigation – Flooding methods –
Merits and demerits –Sprinkler irrigation – Drip irrigation
Unit III - DIVERSION AND IMPOUNDING STRUCTURES: Weirs – elementary profile of a weir – weirs on
pervious foundations - Types of impounding structures - Percolation ponds – Tanks, Sluices and Weirs – Gravity
dams – Earth dams – Arch dams – Spillways – Factors affecting location and type of dams – Forces on a dam –
Hydraulic design of dams.
Unit IV - CANAL IRRIGATION: Alignment of canals – Classification of canals – Canal drops – Hydraulic design
of drops – Cross drainage works – Hydraulic design of cross drainage works – Canal Head works – Canal regulators
– Aqueducts - River Training works.
Unit V - IRRIGATION WATER MANAGEMENT: Need for optimization of water use – Minimizing irrigation
water losses – water pricing - On farm development works - Participatory irrigation management – Water users
associations – Changing paradigms in water management – Performance evaluation.

Text Books
1. Punima B.C. & Pande B.B .Lal, “Irrigation and Water Power Engineering”, Laxmi Publishing, New Delhi
2007
2. Santhosh Kumar Garg, “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures”, Khanna Publishers, 2016.

2017 Civil Engineering

Reference Books
1. Dilip Kumar Majumdar, “Irrigation Water Management (Principles & Practices)”, Prentice Hall of India
(P), Ltd, 2000
2. Basak, N.N, “Irrigation Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. New Delhi, 1999.
3. Asawa, G.L., “Irrigation Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, 2000

17CE2030 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives
 To study the design of Staircase, retaining walls and water tanks
 To study the design of bridges
 To study the design of miscellaneous structures

KITS
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able to
 identify the behaviour of various structures
 predict the typical failure modes of structures
 estimate the loads on the structures
 apply the principles, procedures and indian code requirements forthe analysis and design
 design & detail rc structures
 develop the reinforcement detailing diagrams as per standard formats

Unit I - STAIRCASE: Definition of technical terms, Requirements of good stair, Types of Stairs, Geometrical
design of RCC Stair stair, Dog legged staircase, Open newel staircase.(Plan and sectional elevation).
Unit II - RETAINING WALLS: Types, behaviour and application of retaining wall, stability criteria, design &
detailing of cantilever & counterfort type retaining wall for various ground conditions - Concepts of shear key.
Unit III - WATER TANKS: Design of circular tanks- flexible and rigid base, rectangular water tanks- tanks resting
on ground, underground and overhead tanks - Classification of water tank and method of analysis, permissible
stresses, codal provisions, Design of circular and rectangular under-ground water tanks using IS code method.
Unit IV - BRIDGES: Introduction to Bridges- Classification of bridges- bridge deck system- IRC Loading class-
Design Consideration-Slab Spanning in one direction-Slab Spanning in two direction- Pigeaud's Chart- T-Beam
deck slab - Courbons Method.
Unit V - MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES: Introduction – Design of Corbel-Modes of failure of Corbel-IS
code recommendations, Design of deep beams - Design aspects in deep beam-IS code recommendations, - domes
types - grid floor and flat slab.

Text Books
1. Punmia B.C Ashok, Kumar Jain, “Limit state design of Reinforced Concrete”, LaxmiPublications, New
Delhi, 2007
2. S. S Bhavikatti, “Advance RCC Design (RCC Vol.II)”, New Age International Publishers, 2016
Reference Books
1. Sinha. S.N. “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
2. Krishna Raju. N, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi 2005
3. IS 456-2000, “Indian Standard Code of practice for Plain and Reinforced concrete Structures”, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi.
4. SP 16-1980, “Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
5. IS 3370 (Part I) - 1975 - Code of Practice for concrete structures for the storage of liquids, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi.
6. IRC 6-2000 – Standard specification and code of practice for road bridges
7. IRC 21 -2000 – Standard specification and code of practice for road bridges
8. IS 3370 (Part I) - 1975 - Code of Practice for concrete structures for the storage of liquids, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi.
9. IRC 6-2000 – Standard specification and code of practice for road bridges
10. IRC 21 -2000 – Standard specification and code of practice for road bridges

2017 Civil Engineering

 17CE2031 PRE-STRESSED CONCRETE
Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 Acquire knowledge on various prestressing methods, types and advantages of prestressing techniques
 Design of prestressed concrete structures subjected to flexure
 Evaluation and estimation of losses of prestressing
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 identify the suitable prestressing techniques
 classify the different types of losses in prestressing
 explain the behaviour of prestressed concrete elements

KITS
 analyse the continuous beams in prestressed concrete
 design prestressed concrete structural elements
 evaluate the strength and deflection of prestressed concrete elements

Unit I - INTRODUCTION – THEORY AND BEHAVIOUR : Basic concepts – Advantages – Materials required
– Systems and methods of prestressing –Analysis of sections – Stress concept – Strength concept – Load balancing
concept – Effect of loading on the tensile stresses in tendons – Effect of tendon profile on deflections – Factors
influencing deflections – Calculation of deflections – Short term and long term deflections – Losses of prestress –
Estimation of crack width.
Unit II - DESIGN FOR FLEXURE: Basic assumptions for calculating flexural stresses – Permissible stresses in
steel and concrete as per I.S.1343 Code – Design of sections of Type I and Type II post-tensioned and pre-tensioned
beams – Check for strength limit based on I.S. 1343 Code – Layout of cables in post-tensioned beams – Location of
wires in pre-tensioned beams – Design for shear based on I.S. 1343 Code.
Unit III - DESIGN OF ANCHORAGE ZONE : Determination of anchorage zone stresses in post-tensioned
beams by Magnel’s method, Guyons’ method and IS1343 code – design of anchorage zone reinforcement – Spalling
tension - Check for transfer bond length in pre-tensioned beams.
Unit IV - COMPOSITE BEAMS AND CONTINUOUS BEAMS: Analysis and design of composite beams –
Methods of achieving continuity in continuous beams –Analysis for secondary moments – Concordant cable and
linear transformation – Calculation of stresses – Principles of design
Unit V - MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES: Design of tension and compression members – Tanks, pipes and
poles – Partial prestressing –Definition, methods of achieving partial prestressing - merits and demerits of partial
prestressing

Text Books
1. Krishna Raju N., “Prestressed concrete”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Company, NewDelhi, 2012
2. Rajagopalan.N, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publishing House, 2014.
Reference Books
1. Dayaratnam.P., “Prestressed Concrete Structures”, Oxford and IBH, 2013
2. Pandit.G.S. and Gupta.S.P., “Prestressed Concrete”, CBS Publishers and Distributers Pvt. Ltd, 2012
3. Lin T.Y. and Ned.H. Burns, “Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures”, Third Edition, Wiley India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
4. IS1343:1980, “Code of Practice for Prestressed Concrete”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi 2012

17CE2032 PREFABRICATED STRUCTURES

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 Acquire knowledge on industrialized construction methods.
 Design of prefabricated elements
 Explain and Recommend suitable types of joint for prefabricated structural connections.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 identify the suitable prefabrication building system

2017 Civil Engineering

  classify the different types of precast construction
 explain the behaviour of prefabricated structures
 examine the behaviour of precast structural connections
 recommend suitable types of joints for prefabricated structures
 design for precast structure against progressive collapse

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Need for prefabrication – Principles – Materials – Modular coordination –

Standarization –Systems – Production – Transportation – Erection.
Unit II - PREFABRICATED COMPONENTS: Behaviour of structural components – Large panel constructions –
Construction of roof and floor slabs – Wall panels – Columns – Shear walls
Unit III - DESIGN PRINCIPLES: Disuniting of structures- Design of cross section based on efficiency of
material used – Problems in design because of joint flexibility – Allowance for joint deformation.

KITS
Unit IV - JOINT IN STRUCTURAL MEMBERS: Joints for different structural connections – Dimensions and
detailing – Design of expansion joints
Unit V - DESIGN FOR ABNORMAL LOADS: Progressive collapse – Code provisions – Equivalent design loads
for considering abnormal effects such as earthquakes, cyclones, etc., - Importance of avoidance of progressive
collapse.

Text Books
1. Kim S Elliott, Colin Jolly., “Multi-Storey Precast Concrete Framed structures”, Wiley, 2013
2. Kim S. Elliott, “Precast Concrete Structures”, Second Edition, CRC Press, 2016
Reference Books
1. IS 15916 (2011): Building Design and Erection Using Prefabricated Concrete - Code of Practice
2. Code of Practice for “Precast concrete construction”, PCI Design hand book, 2003
3. Gerostiza C.Z., Hendrikson C. and Rehat D.R., “Knowledge based process planning for construction and
manufacturing”, Academic Press Inc., 1994
4. CBRI, Building materials and components, India, 1990
5. Koncz T., “Manual of precast concrete construction”, Vol. I, II and III, Bauverlag, GMBH,1997
6. Structural design manual, “Precast concrete connection details”, Society for the studies in the use of precast
concrete, Netherland BetorVerlag, 2009

17CE2033 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
• To introduce the concepts of management, resources and construction planning
• To establish the labour laws, principle of accounting
• To adapt fundamentals and concepts of computer applications in construction management
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 choose the resources and labours in construction
 assess the construction projects
 evaluate the contracts and tenders
 examine the construction schedule
 execute the work as per schedule
 integrate computer application in construction projects

Unit I - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT: Principles of Management Definition - Importance - Functions of

management – construction sector in India - Govt., Quasi Govt. Departments - Private contractors, and contracting
firms – Organisation - Basic Economic concepts - Economic decisions, fixed, variable costs -Break Even Analysis -
probabilistic estimates – project feasibility reports.
Unit II - PLANNING FOR CONSTRUCTION: Planning for construction projects – Objectives, principles,
advantages, limitations, stages – Construction Planning: Collection of field data - preliminary estimates - approval
and sanction of estimates - Budget provision - Construction stages - Resource Planning: Planning for materials,
machines and men -organisation - resource allocation - construction contracts and specification – Tendors and

2017 Civil Engineering

agreement – Construction financing ad control - Labour And Labour Welfare: Relationship between management
and labour – Labour problems - labour legislation - minimum wages act - settlement of disputes - industrial
psychology.
Unit III - SCHEDULING: Definition, uses, advantages, classification, methods -–line of balance technique –
project management through network – events, activities, dummies- network types - Fulkerson’s rule – Program
Evaluation and Review Technique( PERT)- time estimate, slack, critical path, probability of completion of project –
Critical path method(CPM) – time estimate, float, criticality, critical activity- difference between PERT/CPM –
precedence networks – decision network -Resource Oriented Scheduling - Scheduling with Resource Constraints
and Precedences - Use of Advanced Scheduling Techniques - Scheduling with Uncertain Durations
Unit IV - EXECUTION OF WORK: Departmental Works: Procedure - departmental labour - quality control,
inspection and duties of personnel - safety requirements - Departmental procedure and accounting -Accounts and
Stores: Measurements of work - recording - checking - types of bills - mode of payment - budget estimate - revised
estimates - completion reports and certificates - claims and transfer classifications of transactions - ledger accounts -

KITS
Imprest Account - Cash book. Suspense classification - stores - maintenance and inspection- inventories –
Accounting of surplus and of shortage of stores - procedures adopted in P.W.D. and C.P.W.D
Unit V - ECONOMICS OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT: valuation engineering - Introduction to Computer
Application in Construction Management Planning – Scheduling and Resource Analysis - Recording and Operations
– Project Accounting, Costing and Finance – artificial intelligence in construction industry

Text Books:
1. Seetharaman,S., “Construction Engineering and Management”, Umesh Publications, 2007.
2. Sengupta,B., and Guha,H., “Construction Management and Planning”, Tata McGraw-Hill Book cc, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. Rana,V.K., “Construction Management Practice”, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing CO, 2000
2. Chitkara,K.K., “Construction Project Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing COM, 2000.
3. Calin M. Popescu, Chotchai Charoenngam, “Project Planning, Scheduling and Control in Construction:
An Encyclopedia of terms and Applications”, Wiley, New York, 1995.
4. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au, “Project Management for Construction – Fundamental Concepts for
Owners, Engineers, Architects and Builders”, Prentice Hall, Pittsburgh, 2000.
5. Moder, J., C. Phillips and E. Davis, “Project Management with CPM, PERT and Precedence
Diagramming”, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Third Edition, 1983.
6. Willis, E. M., “Scheduling Construction Projects”, John Wiley & Sons, 1986.
7. Halpin, D. W., “Financial and Cost Concepts for Construction Management”, John Wiley & Sons, New
York, 1985.

17CE2034 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS AND EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the principles of dynamics of structures
 To study the behaviour of structures subjected to seismic forces
 To analyse and detail structures as per codal provisions
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 identify the dynamic properties of structures
 estimate the forces on the structures
 assess the response on the structures
 detail the reinforcement for shear resistance
 evaluate the failure of structures
 incorporate suitable remedial measures

Unit I - SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEM: Definition of degree of freedom – Idealization of

structure as SDOF system – Formulation of equation of motion for various SDOF system – D‟ Alemberts Principles
– Effect of damping – Free and forced vibration of damped and undamped structures – Response to harmonic forces
and periodic forces.

2017 Civil Engineering

Unit II - MULTI DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEM: Formulation of equation of motion for multidegree of
freedom (MDOF) system – Evaluation of natural frequencies and modes – Eigen values and Eigen vectors –
Response to free and forced vibration of undamped and damped MDOF systems.
Unit III - INTRODUCTION TO EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING: Elements of Engineering seismology –
Definitions, Introduction to seismic hazard, Earthquake phenomenon – Seismotectonics – Seismic instrumentation –
Characteristics of strong earthquake motion – Estimation of earthquake parameters.
Unit IV - EARTHQUAKE EFFECTS ON STRUCTURES: Effect of earthquake on different types of structures
– Behaviour of RCC, Steel and prestressed Concrete Structures under earthquake loading – Evaluation of
Earthquake forces – IS Code 1893: 2002 – Response Spectra – Lessons learnt from past earthquakes.
Unit V - CONCEPTS OF EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN: Causes of damage – Planning
considerations/Architectural concept (IS 4326–1993) – Guidelines for Earthquake resistant design – Earthquake
resistant design of masonry buildings 67 – Design consideration – Guidelines – Earthquake resistant design of
R.C.C. buildings – Lateral load analysis – Design and detailing (IS 13920:1993)

KITS
Text Books:
1. Damodarasamy S.R, Kavitha.S, “Structural Dynamics and Asiesmic design” , Phi Learning Private Ltd.,
2013.
2. Duggal S.K., “Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures”, OUP India Private Ltd.2013.
Reference Books:
1. Mario Paz, “Structural Dynamics – Theory and Computations”, Third Edition, CBS publishers, 2004
2. Jai Krishna, Chandrasekaran. A.R., and Brijesh Chandra, “Elements of Earthquake Engineering”, South
Asia Publishers, 2009
3. Minoru Wakabayashi, ‘Design of Earthquake Resistant Buildings”, McGraw – Hill Book Company, 2006
4. Humar.J.L, “Dynamics of Structures”, Prentice Hall Inc., 2012.
5. Anil K Chopra, “Dynamics of structures – Theory and applications to Earthquake Engineering”, Prentice
Hall Inc., 2001.
6. Moorthy.C.V.R., “Earthquake Tips”, BMTPC, NICEE, IIT Kanpur, 2005

17CE2035 BUILDING SERVICES

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives
 To understand the need for essential services in buildings- Mechanical, electrical and plumbing services
 To gain knowledge about safety provisions in buildings
 To pioneer the concepts of sustainable and intelligent buildings
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 synchronize the construction activities with installation of building services
 select the suitable electrical as well as mechanical services for particular requirements of buildings
 apply various types of fire services as per requirements of building based on NBC regulations
 plan for rain water harvesting systems for buildings
 provide acoustic and sound insulation to buildings
 understand and apply green and intelligent building technology

Unit I - INTRODUCTION TO BUILDING SERVICES: Objective and uses of services, applications of services
for different types buildings, classification of building services, lighting and ventilation-definition, types, factors for
designing lighting and ventilation systems for different buildings. Air conditioning- definition, principle and types
of air conditioners - Electrical services in the building- distribution of power, earthing, types of wiring and
insulations - Plumbing system for building - internal water supply, sanitary plumbing in buildings, arrangement of
sewerage systems in housing, septic tank and soak pits.
Unit II - FIRE PROTECTION, ACOUSTIC AND SOUND INSULATIONS: Causes of fire and effects of fire-
General Requirements of Fire Resisting building as per IS and NBC 2005 ,Characteristics of fire resisting materials
- Fire Fighting Installations, fire safety measures- NBC provisions . Introduction to building acoustics-requirement
of good acoustics, Factors to be followed for noise control in different types of buildings
Unit III - M UNICIPAL BYE LAWS AND REGULATIONS: Definition, role of building bye laws in planned

2017 Civil Engineering

development, objectives of bye laws, Classification of buildings as per NBC, Basic and important terms- Plinth area,
carpet area, super built up area, FAR, etc. Open space requirements, minimum dimensions required for various
rooms, Building bye laws for various building components.
Unit III - PROVISIONS FOR BARRIER FREE LIVING: Introduction to barrier free planning and designing,
Special features for elderly and physically challenged people in buildings. Vertical transport in buildings - Lifts and
Escalators - Uses of different types of elevators and escalators
Unit IV - MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES: Need and novelty of Rain Water Harvesting Systems (RWHS) -
Types of rain water harvesting systems - Components of RWH systems. Lightning protection systems for building-
role of LPS, components. Physical security systems - Access control systems – types - CCTV’s- types, choice of
selection - Structural health monitoring: definition, importance, components, case study.
Unit V - SUSTAINABLE AND INTELLIGENT BUILDINGS: Concept of green buildings, components of green
building and energy efficiency - LEED rating, Green building rating systems in India- GRIHA, IGBC, BEE.
Intelligent buildings - Building automation - Smart buildings - Building services in high rise buildings - Smart

KITS
materials and systems for artificial intelligence, Case studies on Green and Intelligent buildings.

Text Books
1. David V. Chadderton, “Building Services Engineering”, Routledge; 6th edition, 2013
2. Bajwa G. S., “Practical Handbook on Public Health Engineering”, Deep Publishers, Shimla, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. National Building Code of India – 2005, Bureau of Indian Standards, BIS, New Delhi
2. Jain V.K, “Fire Safety in Buildings”, new age publishers- 2010
3. R. Udaykumar “A text book on Building Services”, Eswar press- 2007
4. Subhash M Patil, “Building Services: Environmenal & Electro Mechanical Services”, Sm Patil- 2014.
5. Gupta R S, “A Handbook of Fire Technology”, Universities Press, 2010
Government of India, “Model Building Bye-Laws”, Young Global Publications; 2016

17CE2036 SUSTAINABLE BUILDING CONCEPTS AND DESIGN

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concept of sustainable development and principles of environmental management
 To develop an understanding in long-term mitigation to promote eco-sustainable developments
 To emphasize the integrative approaches for cleaner production, Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) and
sustainable management.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 sketch the philosophy and art of environmental management systems
 paraphrase the life cycle assessments
 illustrate policy options for addressing the political and economic sources
 discriminate the environmental pollution problems and their sustainable solutions
 recommend systems for comforts in buildings
 adapt the principles for sustainable practices

Unit I - SUSTAINABILITY: Introduction, Need and concept of sustainability- Sustainable development -

Nexus between Technology and Sustainable development - Sustainable wastewater treatment - Zero waste
concept - 3 R concept - Resource degradation - Climate change - Carbon credits and carbon trading - carbon
foot print.
Unit II - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPLICATIONS OF BUILDINGS: Carbon emissions- Building materials:
sources, methods of production and environmental Implications - Transportation Energy for Building Materials
- Maintenance Energy for Buildings.
Unit III - ENERGY OF BUILDINGS: Framed Construction - Masonry Construction - Resources for
Building Materials - Alternative concepts - Recycling of Industrial and Buildings Wastes - Biomass Resources
for buildings.
Unit IV - COMFORTS IN BUILDING: Thermal Comfort in Buildings- Issues; Heat Transfer Characteristic
of Building Materials and Building Techniques - concepts of Solar Passive Cooling and Heating of Buildings.

2017 Civil Engineering

Energy efficient and environment friendly building - Psychometrics – passive heating and cooling systems -
Energy Analysis – Active HVAC systems - Preliminary Investigation – Goals and policies – Energy audit –
Types of Energy audit – Analysis of results – Energy flow diagram – Energy consumption / Unit Production -
Energy efficient design strategies – Contextual factors – Longevity and process Assessment – Advanced
building Technologies – Smart buildings
Unit V - GREEN COMPOSITES FOR BUILDINGS: Concepts of Green Composites - Water Utilisation in
Buildings - Low Energy Approaches to Water Management - Management of Solid Wastes - Management of
Sullage Water and Sewage – Vertical farming - Urban Environment and Green Buildings - Green Cover and
Built Environment.

Text Books
1. K.S.Jagadish, B. U. Venkataramareddy and K. S. Nanjundarao. “Alternative Building Materials and
Technologies”, New Age International, 2007.

KITS
2. Osman Attmann, “Green Architecture advanced technologies and Materials”, McGraw Hill, 2010.
Reference Books
1. Moore F., “Environmental Control system”, Mc Graw Hill, Inc. 1994.
2. T. A. Markus and E. N. “Morris Buildings Climate and Energy”, Pitman, London, 1980.
3. Sustainable Building Design Manual. Vol 1 and 2, Teri, New Delhi, 2004.
4. T N Seshadri; Mela Ram Sharma; Sharafat Ali, “Climatological and Solar Data for India”, CBRI and
Sarita Prakashan, 1969

17CE2037 INTELLIGENT BUILDINGS

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objectives
 To provide knowledge on the underlying concepts of intelligent buildings
 To provide the working principles of building automation systems, office automation systems, and
communication systems
 To get an exposure to air conditioning and fire safety arrangement in Intelligent buildings
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 identify benefits, impacts and driving forces of intelligent buildings, and its subsystems
 describe the principles of construct automated buildings
 illustrate design philosophy of building automation systems
 analyze the intelligent building design concepts
 design hvac, lighting and fire safety systems for intelligent buildings
 adapt sensors, actuators and controllers for the design of thermal comfort control and building automation

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Intelligent buildings - Basic concepts - Building automation system -
Cost analysis of intelligent buildings – Introduction to smart materials- Intelligent Building Management System.
Unit II - HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING: Introduction - Human comfort - Comfort
air-conditioning – Classification - Air conditioning systems - Electrical installations and illumination - Introduction,
terminologies in electrical power engineering - Electrical power transmission to buildings - Electrical power quality
in buildings - Lighting systems in buildings – correlating the systems
Unit III - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS: Introduction - Type of fire service installations - Automatic fire
alarm detection – Sprinklers - Hose reels hydrants - Foam systems -Microprocessor based alarm.
Unit IV - SECURITY AND SAFETY SYSTEMS: Introduction - Designing a security system - Intrusion sensors
and space sensors – access control and intrusion detection systems- Closed circuit television system –selection of
camera- Central alarm systems – Health monitoring systems.
Unit V - BUILDING ELECTRONICS: Introduction - Microprocessor based control - Programmable logic
controller – Communication principles - Telephone systems - Communal aerial broadcasting - Satellite
communication - Fiber optic system

Text Books
1. Shengwei Wang, “Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation”, Spon Press, London, 2009.
2. Derek Clements, Croome Routledge, “Intelligent Buildings: An Introduction”, 2013

2017 Civil Engineering

Reference Books
1. Derek Clements Croome, “Intelligent Building Design, Management and Operations”, Thomas Telford
Publishing, London, 2004.
2. Albert Ting – pat SowaiLok Chan, “Intelligent Building Systems”, Kluwer Academic Publisher, U.S.A,
1999.
3. Ehrlich, C., “Intelligent Building Dictionary: Terminology for Smart, Integrated, Green Building Design,
Construction, and Management” San Francisco, Calif: Hands-on-Guide, 2007.
4. Michael Wigginton, Jude Harris, “Intelligent Skins”, Architectural Press, Burfington, 2003.

17CE2038 SMART MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

Credit: 3:0:0
Course Objectives:
 To familiarize with the structure and physical properties of smart materials

KITS
 To focus on the stability properties and degradation processes
 To acquire knowledge on various smart sensors
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 understand the behaviour of smart materials
 select the smart materials for smart structures
 know the properties of piezo electric sensors
 measure the strain using strain gauges
 design the smart structures using smart materials
 apply the smart materials in structural applications

Unit I - OVERVIEW OF SMART MATERIALS: Introduction to smart materials - Piezoelectricty -

Piezoceramic Materials - Single crystals vs Polycrystalline systems - Piezoelectric Polymers - Principles of
Magnetostriction - Magnetostriction and Magneto-resistance Effect - Electro-active Materials - Electronic Materials
- Electro-active Polymers - Ionic Polymer Matrix Composite - Shape Memory Effect - Shape Memory Alloys -
Polymers, Shape Memory Actuators - Active Vibration Control - Active Shape Control - Passive Vibration Control -
Hybrid Vibration Control Electro-rheological Fluids - Magneto Rhelological Fluids.
Unit II - HIGH-BAND WIDTH, LOW STRAIN SMART SENSORS: Piezeoelctric Strain Sensors - In-plane and
Out-of Plane Sensing - Shear Sensing – Accelerometers - Effect of Electrode Pattern - Active Fibre Sensing -
Magnetostrictive Sensing - Magnetic Delay Line Sensing - Application of Smart Sensors for Structural Health
Monitoring - System Identification using Smart Sensors - Fiber Optics - Fiber characteristics - Fiber optic strain
sensors
Unit III - VIBRATION ABSORBERS AND STRAIN GAUGES: Parallel damped vibration absorber -
Gyroscopic vibration absorber - Active vibration, absorber - Applications - Vibration Characteristics of mistuned
systems - strain Measuring Techniques using Electrical strain gauges - Types – Resistance – Capacitance –
Inductance – Wheatstone bridges – Pressure transducers – Load cells – Temperature Compensation – Strain
Rosettes.
Unit IV - ADVANCES IN SMART STRUCTURES & MATERIALS: Self-Sensing Piezoelectric Transducers,
Energy Harvesting Materials, Autophagous Materials, Self Healing Polymers, Intelligent System Design, Emergent
System Design
Unit V - APPLICATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING: Application of Shape Memory - Alloys in Bridges –
Concept of smart bridges – Application of ER fluids - Application of MR dampers in different structures –
Application of MR dampers in bridges and high rise structures – Structural health monitoring - Application of
optical fibres - Concept of smart concrete.

Text Books
1. Srinivasan, A.V., and Michael McFarland. D., “Smart Structures – Analysis and Design”, Cambridge
University Press, 2001.
2. Brian Culshaw, “Smart Structures and Materials”, Artech House, Boston, 1996.
Reference Books
1. Gandhi, M.V and Thompson, B.S., “Smart Materials and Structures”, Chapman and Hall, 1992.
2. Inman D.J. and Farrar C.R., “Damage Prognosis”, John Wiley and Sons, 2005.

2017 Civil Engineering

 3. Gaudenzi, P., “Smart Structures”, Wiley, 2009 (c) Cady, W. G., Piezoelectricity, Dover Publication, 2009

17CE2039 BUILDING ACOUSTICS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To learn the fundamentals of building acoustics
 To incorporate acoustic design in planning and design of buildings
 To know about the Environmental and Architectural aspects of Acoustics
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 enumerate the principle of acoustic design
 compare materials for design of sound fields in rooms

KITS
 illustrate outdoor and indoor noises for various type of buildings
 analyze speech privacy between in buildings
 evaluate parameters to isolate buildings from highway noise pollution
 design building for environmental and architectural acoustics of buildings

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Acoustics Engineering - Requirements for good acoustics - General principles of
acoustic design - Fundamentals: Noise, Frequency, Sound, Band, Wavelength, Decibel, Reverberation Time
Unit II - SOUND ABSORBERS AND ROOM ACOUSTICS: Sound Absorbers: Introduction - Main categories
of absorber, Porous materials - Sound Transmission, Characterization and properties of single walls and floors -
Room Acoustics: Introduction - Modeling of sound fields in rooms, Room acoustics parameters
Unit III - PLANNING AND DESIGN: Planning and design against outdoor and indoor noise, Residential, Office,
Hospital, Hotels and hostels, laboratories and test house, miscellaneous building.
Unit IV - ENVIRONMENTAL ACOUSTICS: Weighted sound levels speech interference – highway noise –
noise induced hearing loss noise and architectural design specification and measurement of some isolation design of
portions.
Unit V - ARCHITECTURAL ACOUSTICS: Building skin envelope, Inter-space noise control, Interior space
acoustics, Mechanical equipment noise - Sound in enclosure – A simple model for the growth of sound in a room –
reverberation time - Sabine, sound absorption materials – measurement of the acoustic output of sound sources in
live rooms – acoustics factor in architectural design.

Text Books
1. National Building Code-Part VIII Building Services- Section 4, Acoustics, Sound Insulation and Noise
Control- Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 2005
2. M.David Egan, “Architectural Acoustics”, J.Ross Publishing, India, 2008
Reference Books
1. Heinrich Kuttruff, “Acoustics an Introduction”, Taylor and Francis published, NewYork, 2007
2. Marshall Long, “Architectural Acoustics”, Academic Press, December 2005.
3. Marc Asselineau, “Building Acoustics”, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis group, New York London, 2015
4. William Cavanaugh and Joseph.A Wilkes, “Architectural Acoustics Principles and Practice”, John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 1999.
5. IS: 2526 – 1963 (reaffirmed 1996) Code of Practice for Acoustical Design of Auditoriums and Conference
Hall- Ninth reprint December 1998 (incorporating Amendment No: 1) New Delhi

17CE2040 INDUSTRIAL WASTE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To know the sources, characteristics of various industrial waste, effects, and fundamental methods in
Industrial waste treatment
 To impart knowledge about disposal of effluents and the standards for disposal
 To impart knowledge on strategies for pollution prevention and control.

2017 Civil Engineering

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 have an insight into the pollution from major industries including the sources and characteristics of
pollutants.
 discuss about the wastewater characteristics
 design facilities for the processing and reclamation of industrial wastewater.
 plan and minimization of industrial waste.
 gain knowledge in waste management
 acquire skills to undertake major project related to industrial treatment

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Industrial scenario in India – Industrial activity and environment- Sources and
characteristics of various industrial process and waste – Population equivalent – Effects of industrial waste on

KITS
streams, sewer, land, sewage treatment plants and on human health – Environmental legislations and standards
related to prevention and control of industrial pollution and hazardous waste – Toxicity of industrial effluents and
Bioassay tests.
Unit II - CLEANER PRODUCTION: Waste management approach – Waste audit – Volume reduction – Strength
reduction – Material and process modification – Recycle, reuse and byproduct recovery – Waste Minimization- Cost
benefit analysis – Pay back period – Implementing and promoting Pollution Prevention Programs in Industries.
Unit III - INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT: Flow and load equalization – Neutralization-
Removal of suspended, floating and dissolved organic solids – Removal of fats, oil and grease- Removal of
inorganic constituents – Precipitation, Nitrogen and phosphorous removal, Adsorption, Ion exchange, Eletrodialysis-
Removal of Organic constituents- Biological treatment process, Chemical oxidation processes-Advanced oxidation
processes.
Unit IV - POLLUTION FROM MAJOR INDUSTRIES: Industrial manufacturing process description,
wastewater characteristics, source reduction options and waste treatment flow sheet for selected industries such as –
Textiles, Tanneries, Pharmaceuticals – Pulp and paper – Diary- Sugar – Distilleries- Steel plants – Oil Refining –
Fertilizer- Thermal power plants – Wastewater reclamation and reuse concepts.
Unit V - EFFLUENT STANDARDS AND LEGISLATIONS: Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) -
Environmental Auditing, ISO-14000 - Polluter Pays Principle - Environmental Protection Act - Air Act - Water Act
- Wetland Regulatory Notification and Coastal Zone Regulation.

Text Books
1. Rao, M.N. and Dutta, “Waste Water Treatment”, Oxford and IBH Publishing Ltd., Calcutta, 2012.
2. Eckenfelder, W.W., “Industrial Water Pollution Control”, McGraw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 1999.
Reference Books
1. Shen T.T., “Industrial Pollution Prevention”, Springer, 1999.
2. Stephenson R.L and .Blackburn J.B, Jr.,“Industrial Wastewater Systems Hand book”, Lewis Publisher,
New York, 1998
3. Freeman H.M., “Industrial Pollution Prevention Hand Book”, McGraw Hill Inc., New Delhi, 1995.
4. Bishop P.L., “Pollution Prevention: Fundamental & Practice”, McGraw Hill, 2000.
5. Pandey, “Environmental Management” Vikas Publications, 2010.
6. “Industrial Wastewater Management, Treatment and Disposal”, WEF Manual of practice - FD3, McGraw
Hill, 2008.

17CE2041 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives
 To impart knowledge and skills with different aspects of the types, sources, generation, storage, collection,
transport, processing and disposal of solid waste.
 To impart knowledge on various recycling options available for the solid waste.
 To educate the engineering principles, design criteria, methods and equipments available to manage the
solid waste.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

2017 Civil Engineering

  analyze the nature and characteristics of municipal solid wastes
 sort out the functional elements for solid waste management
 apply the techniques and methods used in transformation, conservation and recovery of materials from
solid waste
 identify and design waste containment systems
 gain knowledge in regulatory requirements regarding municipal solid waste management
 apply the basic scientific principles for solving practical waste management challenges

Unit I - SOURCES AND TYPES: Types and Sources of municipal solid waste – Need for solid and hazardous
waste management- characteristics – methods of sampling and characterization; Effects of improper disposal of
solid wastes-Public health and environmental effects-Elements of integrated waste management and roles of
stakeholders – Social and financial aspects- Municipal solid waste (M&H Rules)- Public awareness; Role of NGO’s

KITS
Unit II - WASTE CHARACTERISATION AND SOURCE REDUCTION: Waste generation rates and variation
– Factors affecting generation- Composition, physical, chemical and biological properties of solid wastes –
Hazardous characteristics – TCLP tests – Waste sampling and characterization plan - Source reduction of wastes –
Waste exchange – Reduction, recycling and reuse.
Unit III - ONSITE STORAGE AND PROCESSING: Handling and segregation of wastes at source -Onsite
storage methods- Analysis of collection systems- Need for transfer and transport- Public health and economic
aspects of open storage- Compatibility, storage, labeling and handling of hazardous wastes – waste segregation and
storage-case studies under Indian conditions- Hazardous waste manifests and transport.
Unit IV - OFF-SITE PROCESSING: Objectives of waste processing – Physical processing techniques and
equipments – Chemical conversion technologies– Resource recovery from solid waste composting and
biomethanation – – Methods and controls of Composting -Solidification and stabilization of hazardous wastes –
Case studies under Indian conditions-Treatment of biomedical wastes.
Unit V - DISPOSAL: Land disposal of solid waste; Sanitary landfills- site selection, design and operation of
sanitary landfills – Landfill liners – Management of leachate and landfill gas- Landfill bioreactor– Dumpsite
Rehabilitation.

Text Books
1. Bhide A.D. and Sundaresan, B.B, “Solid Waste Management Collection”, Processing and Disposal, 2001
2. Paul T Willams, “Waste Treatment and Disposal”, John Wiley and Sons, 2000
Reference Books
1. Tchobanoglous.G. Theisen, H. M., and Eliassen, R. “Solid. Wastes: Engineering Principles and
Management Issues”. New York: McGraw Hill, 1977.
2. Manual on “Municipal Solid Waste Management”, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development,
Government of India, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Vesilind, P.A. and Rimer, A.E., “Unit Operations in Resource Recovery Engineering”,Prentice Hall, Inc.,
1981
4. Manser A.G.R. and Keeling A.A, “Practical Handbook of Processing and Recycling of Municipal solid
Wastes”, Lewis Publishers, CRC Press, 1996
5. George Tchobanoglous and FrankKreith, Handbook of “Solid waste Management”, McGraw Hill, New
York, 2002

17CE2042 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To expose the students to the need, methodology, documentation and usefulness of environmental and
social impact assessment
 To develop the skill to prepare environmental management plan.
 To provide knowledge related to the broad field of environmental risk assessment, important processes that
control contaminant transport and tools that can be used in predicting and managing human health risks.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 understand the importance of impact assessment

2017 Civil Engineering

  outline the impacts and risks caused by development activities
 list process and different stages of analysis
 classify methodologies of assessment
 compose detailed report of impact assessment
 explore the legal requirements of environmental and risk assessment for the projects

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: EIA in Project Cycle. Legal and Regulatory aspects in India – Types and
limitations of EIA –.EIA process- screening – scoping - setting – analysis – mitigation. Cross sectoral issues
and terms of reference in EIA – Public Participation in EIA-EIA Consultant Accreditation.
Unit II - IMPACT INDENTIFICATION AND PREDICTION: Matrices – Networks – Checklists –Cost
benefit analysis – Analysis of alternatives – Software packages for EIA – Expert systems in EIA. Prediction
tools for EIA – Mathematical modeling for impact prediction – Assessment of impacts – air – water – soil –

KITS
noise – biological –– Cumulative.
Unit III - SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND EIA DOCUMENTATION: Social impact assessment -
Relationship between social impacts and change in community and institutional arrangements. Individual and
family level impacts. Communities in transition Documentation of EIA findings – planning – organization of
information and visual display materials
Unit IV - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN: EIA Report preparation. Environmental
Management Plan - preparation, implementation and review – Mitigation and Rehabilitation Plans – Policy and
guidelines for planning and monitoring programmes – Post project audit – Ethical and Quality aspects of
Environmental Impact Assessment- Case Studies
Unit V - ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT:
Environmental risk assessment framework-Hazard identification -Dose Response Evaluation – Exposure
Assessment – Exposure Factors, Tools for Environmental Risk Assessment– HAZOP and FEMA methods – Event
tree and fault tree analysis – Multimedia and multipath way exposure modeling of contaminant- Risk
Characterization Risk communication - Emergency Preparedness Plans –Design of risk management programs.

Text Books
1. Lawrence, D.P., “Environmental Impact Assessment – Practical solutions to recurrent problems”, Wiley-
Interscience, New Jersey. 2003
2. Canter, L.W., “Environmental Impact Assessment”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1996
Reference Books
1. World Bank –Source book on EIA 4. Cutter, S.L., “Environmental Risk and Hazards”, Prentice-Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.
2. Kolluru Rao, Bartell Steven, Pitblado R and Stricoff, “Risk Assessment and Management Hand book”,
McGraw Hill Inc., New York, 1996.
3. K. V. Raghavan and A. A. Khan, “Methodologies in Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment”, Manual
by CLRI, 1990.
4. Sam Mannan, “Lees' Loss Prevention in the Process Industries, Hazard Identification, Assessment and
Control”, 4th Edition, Butterworth Heineman, 2012.

17CE2043 ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To provide an idea of the challenges in the field of energy engineering,
 To provide a perspective on energy technology, systems dimensions of the energy problem, Historical
perspective on energy technology and system development.
 To provide an idea about pollution arising due to energy generation and their control methods
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 understand about different energy resources
 apply technology for energy generation
 know about the pollution resulted from the energy generation
 solve the pollution issues by using engineering technology

2017 Civil Engineering

  know about global standard and issues regarding energy
 can know about law and regulations of the country

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: energy past, present and future, definition, origin, forms of energy, energy supply and
demand, energy and the environment classification of energy resources and their availability,
Unit II - RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES: Wind energy- wind rose, wind power, wind turbine, design
considerations, Hydro energy: hydroelectric energy, tidal energy, power generation, Geothermal energy: resources,
heat pumps, Solar energy: the sun, electric power generation, solar thermal power stations, OTEC, solar ponds,
photo voltaic cells
Unit III - NONRENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES: Thermal energy: heat and temperature thermo dynamics,
thermal devices,, Biomass energy: photo synthesis, power generation by biomass, Fossil fuels; petroleum, coal
Nuclear energy: fission and fusion ,

KITS
Unit IV - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: open access and tragedy of commons, efficiency standards, pollution,
safety standards, benefits of environmental protection, cost- benefit analysis, economic impacts, environmental
legislation and global issues
Unit V - ENERGY SCENARIO IN INDIA: Availability of conventional and nonconventional energy resources
and future energy demand; Indian reserves and resources of natural oil and gas, coal and nuclear minerals; potential
of hydroelectric power, solar energy, thermal, nuclear, wind, tidal wave and biomass based power in India;
Introduction to hydrogen energy and fuel cells.

Text Books
1. Reza Toossi, “Energy and the Environment: Sources, Technologies, and Impacts”, VerVe Publishers.
Inc.2005
2. Wen-Pei Sung, ‎Jimmy‎C.M. Kao, Ram Chen, “Frontiers of Energy and Environmental engineering”, CRC
Press, 2012
Reference Books
1. Chuck Lancaster , “Energy and Environmental Engineering”, Callisto Reference, 2015
2. Smriti Srivastava, “Energy Environment Ecology and Society”, S.K. Kataria & Sons, 2011
3. Barrow, C. J, “Environmental Management and Development”, Taylor and Francis Group, London, New
York. 2005
4. Chremisinoff, N.P, “Environmental management systems handbook for refineries”, Gulf Publishing
Company, Houston, Texas. 2006

17CE2044 ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objectives:
 To Impart basic knowledge about the environment and its allied problem
 To apply knowledge in Economic development without destroying the environment
 To have knowledge on renewable energy and non-renewable energy sources
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 understand the processes, chains and systems of ecology and environment
 impart knowledge on climate changes occurring on earth
 classify pollutions and their causes
 evaluate effects of pollution on human and species
 learn about the solution and legislations for maintaining environment
 apply knowledge for the solutions of environmental pollution problems

Unit I - ECOLOGY: Introduction – definition - environment and its components -functions of an Ecosystem - types
Unit II - BIODIVERSITY: Indian Biodiversity - Animal diversity and Plant diversity in India - endangered and
vulnerable flora and fauna - Protected area network, Conservation efforts,
Unit III - CLIMATE CHANGE: introduction, global warming, acid rains, ozone layer depletion and heat island
effects, Impact of climate change- India, Mitigation strategies,
Unit IV - ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION: air pollution, water pollution, soil pollution, noise pollution,
thermal pollution, nuclear pollution and light pollution, causes, effects and measures against pollutions.

2017 Civil Engineering

Unit V - LEGISLATION: Climate change organizations - Acts and policies - Institutions and measures -
Environmental organizations - International environmental conventions - Environmental issues and Health effects

Text Books
1. Majid Husain, “Environment and Ecology: Biodiversity, Climate Change and Disaster Management”,
access publishing, 2014
2. P.D.Sharma, “Ecology and environment”, Rastogi Publications, 2011
Reference Books
1. Singh, J.S., Singh S.P. and Gupta S.R.. “Ecology, Environment and Resource Conservation”, Anamaya
Publishers, New Delhi. 2006
2. Singh K.P. and. Singh J.S. “Tropical Ecosystems: Ecology and Management”, Wiley Eastern Limited,
Lucknow, India, 1992.
3. Anuj Kumar Purwar, “Environment and Ecology”, I K International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd; First

KITS
Edition, 2012
4. Townsend, C.R., Begon, M. and Harper, J.L. “Essentials of Ecology”, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, 2003

17CE2045 AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To imparts knowledge on the causes and effects of air pollution.
 To evaluate behavior of air pollutants.
 To apply appropriate control measures of air pollution.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 understand causes of air pollution
 analyze different types of air pollutants
 impart knowledge on different atmospheric components
 evaluate air pollutant behaviour in the atmosphere
 choose appropriate control technology for air pollution
 develop air pollution reduction techniques

Unit I - POLLUTION SOURCES AND EMISSION INVENTORIES: Anthropogenic and natural sources.
Particulates, Carbon monoxide, sulphur oxide, Nitrogen oxide, Hydrocarbons, Oxidants, Emission factors. Sampling
train – stack sampling – Phytomonitoring of air quality.
Unit II - EFFECTS OF AIR POLLUTANTS: Effects of different air pollutants on human beings, animals, plants
and materials.
Unit III - PLUME DISPERSION AND PLUME RISE: wind roses, mixing depths, inversions, plume behaviour.
The Gaussian Model , Diffusion coefficients, Box model, Inversion effects.
Unit IV - AIR POLLUTION CONTROL: Zoning – Town planning – Control of particulate matter – Settling
chambers, cyclons, bag –filter, electrostatic precipitators – Removal of gaseous matter – SO2, NOX, VOCs and CO.
Unit V - AIR POLLUTION AND LEGISLATION: Legislation – Air Act, 1981, and Environment (Protection)
Act, 1986.

Text Books
1. Rao M N and Rao HVN, “Air pollution”, TMH Publications, 2007
2. Garg S K, “Sewage Disposal & Air Pollution Engineering”, Khanna Publications, 2011
Reference Books
1. Thod Godesh, “Air Quality, Lewis India Edition, 2013.
2. Peavy S.W., Rowe D.R. and Tchobanoglous G. “Environmental Engineering”, McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
1985.
3. Mark Z. Jacobson, “Atmospheric Pollution: History, Science, and Regulation”, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, 2002.
4. Daniel Vallero, “Fundamentals of Air Pollution”, 4th Edition, Academic Press, Burlington, 2008.

2017 Civil Engineering

 5. ISO 14001/14004: “Environmental management systems – Requirements and Guidelines”, International
Organisation for Standardisation, 2004
6. ISO 19011: 2002, “Guidelines for quality and/or Environmental Management System auditing, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi, 2002.

17CE2046 GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE AND ITS IMPACT

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge on global climate
 To understand the principle of global climate changes
 To choose appropriate climate model for impact control measures

KITS
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 understand the fundamentals of climate science
 provide knowledge on climate and weather
 expose elements and process related to climate change
 evaluate impacts of global climate change
 develop climate mitigation and adaption models
 apply the knowledge in global climate change and its control measures

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Ancient Earth - Climate and Chemical Histories, Paleo-indicators of climate, Global
energy balance, Concern about Climate Change, Climate Change and Sustainable development.
Unit II - CLIMATE AND WEATHER: Factors affecting global, regional and local climates - Tropical, Monsoon,
Polar, Desert, Mid-latitude climates and their role in global climate change - Antarctica, Greenland and the North
Pole case studies.
Unit III - ELEMENTS AND PROCESSES RELATED TO CLIMATE CHANGE: Structure and driving forces
of the earth. Earth’s carbon reservoirs- marine and terrestrial carbon cycles - The Atmosphere - Radiation budget,
Circulation, Stability, Chemistry of Atmosphere - Global wind systems, weather maps - Importance of water, Global
Ocean Circulation - Industrialization and urbanization - Greenhouse gases, lifestyle changes.
Unit IV - IMPACTS OF GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE: The Greenhouse effect – Ecosystems and species
interactions, global warming, sea level rise, ozone problem, El Nino and southern oscillation, storms, thunderstorms,
tornadoes, changes in agricultural production, droughts, spread of epidemics, wildfires and other extreme weather
events - Nuclear winter.
Unit V - CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION / ADAPTATION: Climate change and the political realm.
Mission of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change - International agreements and protocols - Future use of
energy and fossil fuels - Role of Governments, industries, and individuals - Concept of CDM and carbon finance

Text Books
1. Lee, R. Kump, Kasting, F. James and Robert, C. Crane, “The Earth System”, 2 nd Edition, Prentice Hall,
2004.
2. Houghton, J.T., “Climate Change 2001: The Scientific Basis”, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,
U.K., 2001.
Reference Books
1. Ruddiman, W.F., “Earth's Climate: Past and Future”, W.H. Freeman and Company, 2001
2. Henson R., “The Rough Guide to Climate Change”, 3rd edition, Rough Guides Ltd., London, 2011
3. IPCC. 2007. “Climate Change- Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change” (IPCC)’s Fourth Assessment
Report, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K. 2007
4. Maslin, Mark, “Climate Change: A Very Short Introduction”, 3 rd Edition. Oxford UP, 2014.

2017 Civil Engineering

 17CE2047 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To impart knowledge on Environmental Management
 To understand different environmental standards
 To develop skills on pollution prevention
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able to
 understand different environmental standards
 appreciate the elements of Corporate Environmental Management systems complying to international
environmental management system standards

KITS
 lead pollution prevention assessment team and implement waste minimization options
 develop, Implement, maintain and Audit Environmental Management systems for Organizations
 impart knowledge in environmental management audit
 evaluate and success environmental management system for different industries

Unit I - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT STANDARDS: Unique Characteristics of Environmental

Problems - Classification of Environmental Impact Reduction Efforts – Evolution of Environmental Stewardship –
Environmental Management Principles - National policies on environment, abatement of pollution and conservation
of resources - Environmental quality objectives – Rationale of Environmental standards.
Unit II - PREVENTIVE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT : Pollution control Vs Pollution Prevention -
Opportunities and Barriers – Four Stages and nine approaches of Pollution Prevention - Getting Analysis of Process
Steps – Material balance – Preventive Environmental Management over Product cycle.
Unit III - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : EMAS, ISO 14000 - EMS as per ISO 14001–
environmental policy– legal and other requirements- environmental management programs – structure and
responsibility – training awareness and competence- communication – documentation and document control –
operational control –monitoring and measurement – management review.
Unit IV - ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT: Roles and qualifications of auditors - Environmental performance
indicators and their evaluation –Corrective and preventive actions -compliance audits – waste audits and waste
minimization planning – Environmental statement - Due diligence audit
Unit V - APPLICATIONS: Applications of EMS - Waste Audits and Pollution Prevention opportunities in Textile,
Sugar, Pulp & Paper – Electroplating - Tanning industry – Dairy – Cement - Chemical industries, etc

Text Books
1. Mike Russo., “Environmental Management: Readings and Cases”, 2nd Edition, Sage Publications, 2008.
2. Canter, W Larry., “Environmental Impact Assessment”, McGraw-Hill Inc., 1996
Reference Books
1. Christopher Sheldon and Mark Yoxon, “Installing Environmental management Systems – a step by step
guide”, Earthscan Publications Ltd, London, 1999.
2. ISO 14001/14004: “Environmental management systems – Requirements and Guidelines”, International
Organisation for Standardisation, 2004
3. ISO 19011: 2002, “Guidelines for quality and/or Environmental Management System auditing, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi, 2002.
4. Jain, R.K., Urban, L.V., Stacey, G.S. and Balbach, H.E., “Environmental Assessment”,
McGraw-Hill, 1993.
5. Rau, J.G and Wooten, D.C., “Environmental Impact Analysis Handbook”, McGraw-Hill, 1980.
6. Jain, R.K., Urban, L.V., Stacey, G.S. and Balbach, H.E., “Environmental Assessment”, McGraw-Hill,
1993.
7. UNEP/IED Technical Report Serial No.2., “Environmental Auditing”, 1990

2017 Civil Engineering

 17CE2048 HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES
Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To integrate the hydraulics and water resources background in the design of hydraulic structures
 To solve multi‐variable hydraulic design problems in an open‐ended solution space.
 To develop understanding of the basic principles and concepts of analysis and design of hydraulic
structures.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the concepts of storage structures
 describe the forces acting on the dams

KITS
 operate the system component in the dam site
 distinguish the functions of the components of dams
 appraise the execution the water resource projects
 investigate the construction of dams and structures

Unit I - MULTIPLE-STEP DESIGN: Internal stresses in gravity dams - stress distribution around openings -
stress distribution around a circular hole in an infinite plate due to a normal stress on the plate - stress distribution
around a horse shoe shaped gallery using phillips and zanger’s tables - design of reinforcement around galleries in
dams
Unit II - DAMS: Arch Dams: Economic central angle of an arch dam - constant radius method - constant angle
method- variable radius and variable angle design of arch dams -trial load method of analysis of arch dams - Earth
Dams: Seepage analysis - stability analysis of infinite slopes with and without seepage - stability analysis of finite
slopes – friction circle method - method of slices - ordinary method of slices - simplified Bishop method of slices -
spencer’s method.
Unit III - SPILLWAYS: Design of reinforcement in the crest region of an ogee spillway - hydraulic design of chute
spillways - morning glory spillways - side channel spillways. Intake structures - Trash Racks.
Unit IV - WATER CONDUCTOR SYSTEM: Economic analysis for determination of sizes of water conductors -
analysis and design of lined pressure tunnels - water hammer analysis - analysis and design of surge tanks of various
types - design of anchor blocks for penstocks - design of penstock junctions – design of scroll cases and draft tubes.
Unit V - GATES AND VALVES
Vertical lift gates - tainter gates - cylindrical gates - butterfly valves - Howell – Bunger valves - needle valves - flow
induced forces on vertical lift gates - flow induced vibration of vertical lift gates - Layout of Power Houses.

Text Books
1. S K Garg, “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic structures”, Khanna Publishers, 2014
2. Vischer, D.L and Hager, W. H. “Dam Hydraulics”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1998.
Reference Books
1. Yanmaz A. M. “Applied Water Resources Engineering”, METU press, 2001.
2. Roberson, J.A., Cassidy, J.J. and Chaudhry, M.N. “Hydraulic Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons, New
York, 1998.
3. Mays, L.W. “Hydraulic Design Handbook”, McGraw‐Hill Professional; 1st edition, 1999.

17CE2049 PARTICIPATORY WATER MANAGEMENT

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives
 To introduce the students to the concept of farmer involvement in water management.
 To highlight the value of participatory approach for better performance of the irrigation systems
 To provide other facilities to the water users through organized associations.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the concepts of system approach
 discuss the application of socio-economical concepts in the operation of water resources system

2017 Civil Engineering

  solve water resource problems using linear and dynamic programming techniques
 organizethe concepts of integrated planning in water resources projects
 appraise the pros and cons in the execution of water resources projects
 formulate the problems and solve using Simulation techniques

Unit I - FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIOLOGY: Sociology as a science: basic concept – Perspectives of sociology

– Social system – Early sociological thought
Unit II - CONCEPT OF PARTICIPATION: Introduction – Dublin statement – Irrigation as a socio-
technical process – System management by agencies and users – Farmers organization and participation: need, and
contribution to irrigation management (greater productivity, improved water distribution, conflict management,
greater resources mobilization and sustained system performance).
Unit III - WATER USER ASSOCIATION: Kinds of participation – Activities in irrigation management – Water

KITS
users Association – Types and levels of operation and organization in irrigation systems – User roles in irrigation
management – Role of community organizers – The context of participation: factors in the environment -
Organizational structure for watershed management - Role of SHGs and NGOs- Participatory planning and
implementation of watershed projects
Unit IV - SUPPORTING FARMERS ORGANIZATION AND PARTICIPATION: Policy consideration –
Support – Experimentation, phasing and flexibility – Bottom-up approach – Existing organizations – Ownership –
Non-political associations – Bureaucratic reorientation – Compatibility of objectives – Choices in organizational
design – Scope of activity – Size and structure – Membership and decision making – Leadership and responsibilities
– Legal basis – Development strategy – Channels for implementation.
Unit V - IMPROVING AGENCY RELATION WITH FARMERS: Agency incentives – Technical cooperation
– Special roles and style of agency –Agency organization – Irrigation management transfer

Text Books
1. S.S. Kalamkar & A Narayanamoorthy, “Participatory Irrigation Management: Evolution, Perception and
Impact”, Gyan Publishing House 2011
2. David Groenfeldt & Mark Svendsen, “Case Studies in Participatory Irrigation Management”, world bank
publicaion, 2000
Reference Books
1. Abraham Mark, “Social Research Methods”, Prentice. Hall Inc. Eaglewood Cliffs, N.J. 1993.
2. Chambers R., “Managing Canal Irrigation”, Oxford IBM Publishing Co., New Delhi. 1988.

17CE2050 REMOTE SENSING AND GIS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the basic concepts and principles of various components of remote sensing.
 To understand the satellite image analysis and interpretation
 To provide an exposure to GIS and its practical applications in civil engineering.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the principles of remote sensing and gis
 describe the analysis methods RS and GIS data
 interpret the data for modeling applications
 distinguish sensors and satellites datas for specific applications
 appraise the usage of data models
 formulate methods to solve issues related to environment using RS and GIS techniques

Unit I - EMR AND ITS INTERACTION WITH ATMOSPHERE & EARTH MATERIAL: Definition of
remote sensing and its components – Electromagnetic spectrum – wavelength regions important to remote sensing –
Wave theory, Particle theory, Stefan-Boltzman and Wein’s
Displacement Law – Atmospheric scattering, absorption – Atmospheric windows – spectral signature concepts –
typical spectral reflective characteristics of water, vegetation and soil.

2017 Civil Engineering

Unit II - PLATFORMS AND SENSORS: Types of platforms – orbit types, Sun-synchronous and
Geosynchronous – Passive and Active sensors – resolution concept – Pay load description of important Earth
Resources and Meteorological satellites – Airborne and spaceborne TIR and microwave sensors.
Unit III - IMAGE INTERPRETATION AND ANALYSIS : Types of Data Products – types of image
interpretation – basic elements of image interpretation - visual interpretation keys – Digital Image Processing – Pre-
processing – image enhancement techniques – multispectral image classification – Supervised and unsupervised.
Unit IV - GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM: Introduction – Maps – Definitions – Map projections –
types of map projections – map analysis – GIS definition – basic components of GIS – standard GIS softwares –
Data type – Spatial and non-spatial (attribute) data – measurement scales – Data Base Management Systems
(DBMS)
Unit V - DATA ENTRY, STORAGE AND ANALYSIS: Data models – vector and raster data – data compression
– data input by digitization and scanning – attribute data analysis – integrated data analysis – Modeling in GIS
Highway alignment studies – Land Information System.

KITS
Text Books:
1. Lillesand T.M., Kiefer, R.W. and J.W.Chipman. “Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation” 5 th Edition,
John Willey and Sons Asia Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Anji Reddy, M. “Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information System” 2 nd edition. BS
Publications, Hyderabad, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Lo.C.P.and A.K.W.Yeung, “Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems”, Prentice Hall
of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002
2. Peter A. Burrough, Rachael A. McDonnell, “Principles of GIS”, Oxford University Press, 2000
3. Ian Heywood “An Introduction to GIS”, Pearson Education Asia, 2000

17CE2051 GEOINFORMATICS APPLICATIONS FOR CIVIL ENGINEERS

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the applications of geoinformatics technique for resources Management
 To impart knowledge about measurement of structural changes
 To provide an exposure to applications of geoinformatics in infrastructure management
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 repeat different surveying procedures which includes total station, gps, topographic and bathymetric
surveys
 identify deformaton in structural aspects
 execute the applications of remote sensing techniques
 organize intelligent transportation systems
 appraise the application of modeling tools for water resources planning and management
 formulate and solve civil engineering problems using geoinformatic applications

Unit I - LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Total Station and GPS Surveys – Topographic and Bathymetric
Surveys – Cadastral Information – Soil and Land Use Surveys - Land Information System (LIS) – Real Estate
Information System
Unit II - STRUCTURAL STUDIES: Deformation studies of deflection - Dam deformation - structural movement -
Pavement yield - shifting sand-bank and shoreline – Landslide Risk Analysis
Unit III - SOIL CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT: Soil survey interpretation and mapping - impact of
agricultural and industrial activity on soil properties - soil erosion - factors influencing soil erosion - soil
contamination using Hyper spectral Remote Sensing - mining pollution- EMR responses with contaminated soil -
modeling soil characteristics using satellite data - soil degradation assessment using Remote Sensing and GIS - Land
reclamation studies
Unit IV - URBAN AND TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT: Monitoring Urban Growth through Remote
Sensing - Geo-demographic Analysis – Property Market Analysis Urban Renewal - traffic analysis - accident
analysis - site suitability analysis for transport infrastructure –transportation databases: creation and maintenance -
Vehicle routing – Highway maintenance system – Intelligent Transportation System

2017 Civil Engineering

Unit V - WATER RESOURCES PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT: Location of storage/diversion works –
capacity curve generation – sediment yield - modelling of catchments – Delineation of watershed - Watershed
modelling for sustainable development - Rainfall – Runoff modelling –LiDAR Mapping for Urban area –Water
quality mapping and monitoring – Flood Risk Zoning - Flood damage assessment – Flood Modelling - Assessment
of droughts and mitigation

Text Books:
1. Basudeb Bhatta, “Remote Sensing and GIS”, 2nd edition, Oxford University Press 2011.
2. C.P.Lo.Albert K.W.Yeung, “Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems”, 2 nd edition,
PHI Learning Private Limited, Delhi, 2014.
Reference Books:
1. Andrew N. Rencz, “Manual of Remote Sensing: Remote Sensing for Natural Resource Management and
Environmental Monitoring”, John Wiley & Sons Inc, April 2004

KITS
2. Rashed, Tarek; Jürgens, Carsten (Eds.), “Remote Sensing of Urban and Suburban Areas”, Springer, 1st
Edition. 2010.
3. Harvey J. Miller, Shih-Lung Shaw, “Geographic Information Systems for Transportation – Principles and
Applications”, Oxford University Press, 2001.
4. Gert A. Schulitz Edwin T. Engman, “Remote Sensing in hydrology and Water Management”, Springer -
verlag Berlin Heidelberg, Germany, 2000.

17CE2052 ADVANCED SURVEYING TECHNIQUE

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To introduce advanced surveying techniques
 To give an understanding of linear and angular measurements
 To explain surveying methods and procedures
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the principles of surveying &levelling
 describe the preparation of contour and topographic maps
 implement surveying effectively to minimize the errors
 distinguish the astronomical objects
 appraise the appropriate usage of instruments for measurements
 develop methods to solve problems using photogrammetric methods

Unit I - GPS – PRINCIPLES: EDM – Principle, sources and error, GPS – Principles, Errors, Differential GPS,
Instruments and Setting out of tunnel, bridge.
Unit II - MAP PROJECTION: Fundamental properties of Map projection – Classification of Map projection-
Principles of selecting map projection - Surveying and map projection.
Unit III - BASICS OF PHOTOGRAMMETRY: Principles of photography – instruments – photographic
measurements – vertical photographs – stereoscopic viewing and parallax - Photomaps & Mosaics – Tilted
photographs – Oblique and panoramic photographs – Terrestrial photogrammetry – around controls – photographic
interpretations.
Unit IV - ASTRONOMICAL SURVEYING: Field Astronomy - measurement of time - determination of Azimuth
- Latitude and longitude.
Unit V - MISCELLANEOUS RECONNAISSANCE: Route surveys for highways, railways and waterways –
Hydrographic survey: Tides – MSL – Sounding methods – Three point problem – River surveys – Measurement of
current and discharge – Mine surveying Equipment – Weisbach triangle – Tunnel alignment and setting out.

Text Books
1. Bannister, A., Raymond, S., Baker, R., “Surveying”, Pearson Education, 2006
2. Punmia P.C., “Surveying” volume 3, Lakmi publications, 2004
Reference Books
1. Chandra, A.M., “Higher Surveying”, New Age International Publishers, 2002

2017 Civil Engineering

 2. Wolf, P.R., “Elements of Photogrammetry”, Mc.Graw – Hill International Book Company, 1998

17CE2053 DIGITAL CADASTRE

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the students to the cadastral survey methods and its application
 To develop an understanding about inventory of land areas, land use and determine land tax
 To familiarize about land rights
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 define the principles of cadastral system, records and taxation
 classify the various methods used for cadastral surveying,

KITS
 interpret from cadastral maps and maintain cadastral records
 distinguish within the photogrammetric methods
 support the systematically recording of land rights
 develop the digital cadaster and land information system

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: History of cadastral survey - Types of survey - Tax - Real Property – Legal cadastre -
Graphical and Numerical Cadastre, Legal Characteristics of Records, Torrens System
Unit II - METHODS OF SURVEYING: Cadastral Survey Methods - Steps in survey of a village - Instruments
used for cadastral survey & mapping - Orthogonal, Polar survey methods - Boundary survey - Rectangulation -
Calculation of area of Land- GPS and Total Station in Cadastral survey.
Unit III - MAINTENANCE AND MEASUREMENTS: Cadastral survey maintenance - Resurveys -
Measurement of sub-division - Measurement of obstructed lines - Survey of urban areas - Control requirement for
Urban survey use of Satellite Imagery in boundary fixing.
Unit IV - PHOTOGRAMMETRIC METHODS: Photogrammetry for cadastral surveying and mapping -
Orthophoto map – Quality control measures - Organisation of cadastral offices – international scenario
Unit V - MAPPING PROCEDURES AND LIS: projection for cadastral maps – Conventional symbols -map -
reproduction processes - Automated cadastral map, Management of Digital Cadastral - Creation of Land Information
System - Integrating LIS – Land administration

Text Books:
1. James, M. Anderson and Edward N. Mikhail, “Introduction to Surveying”, McGraw Hill Book Co, 1985
2. Kazi Humayun Kabir, “An Investigation into Geospatial Tools for a Multipurpose Cadastre”, Laambart
Academic Publishing, 2011
Reference Books:
1. Alias Abdul Rahman, Siyka Zlatanova,Volker Coors, “Innovations in 3D geo information systems”,
2006
2. Kahmen&Faig, “Surveying”, Walter de Gruyter, Berlin, 1993.
3. Peter F. Dall, John D. MeLauglin, “Land information management”, Oxford Press.1988

17CE2054 SURFACE HYDROLOGY

Credit: 3:0:0
Course Objectives:
 To understand the main processes involved in water flow above the surface
 To learn the various measurement techniques
 To execute the models for runoff estimation.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the system concepts, water budget equation and hydrologic cycle
 describe energy, momentum and continuity principles
 solve the problems related to atmospheric hydrology
 distinguish the modeling tools to optimize hydrographs
 appraise the application of statistical tools to manage hydrology related problems

2017 Civil Engineering

  investigate channel flow and catchment storage problems

Unit I - INTRODUCTION: Hydrologic cycle, water budget equation, world water quantities, residence time,
systems concept, transfer function operators, hydrologic model classification
Hydrologic processes: Reynold's Transport Theorem - continuity equation - momentum equation - energy equation
- discrete time continuity.
Unit II - ATMOSPHERIC HYDROLOGY: Atmospheric circulation - water vapor - formation of rainfall - types
and forms of precipitation - precipitable water - monsoon characteristics in India - rainfall measurement - density
and adequacy of rain gauges; Thunderstorm Cell model - IDF relationships - spatial averaging methods of rainfall -
Factors affecting evaporation - estimation and measurement of evaporation - energy balance method, aerodynamic
method - Priestly-Taylor method and pan evaporation.
Unit III - SURFACE WATER: Catchment storage concept, Hortonian and saturation overland flow - streamflow

KITS
hydrographs - base-flow separation. Phi-index - ERH & DRH - algorithm for abstraction using Green-Ampt
equation - SCS method - overland and channel flow modeling - time area concepts and stream networks.
Unit IV - UNIT HYDROGRAPH: General hydrologic system model - response functions of a linear hydrologic
systems and their inter-relationships - convolution equation; definition and limitations of a UH - UH derivation from
single and complex storms - UH optimization using regression - matrix and LP methods - Synthetic unit hydrograph,
S-Curve, IUH.
Unit V - HYDROLOGIC STATISTICS: Probability concepts - random variables - laws of probability - PDFs &
CDFs; Normal and Binomial distributions - Statistical parameters: expected value - variance, skewness, and
peakedness - Fitting of a probability distribution, methods of moments and maximum likelihood: Testing the
goodness of fit - Chi-square test -
Frequency analysis: return period - probability plotting - Extreme value distributions - frequency factors - Log-
Pearson distribution - confidence limits.

Text Books:
1. Ven T. Chow, David R. Maidment, and Larry W Mays, “Applied Hydrology”, McGraw Hill International
Editions, 2013
2. K. Subramanya “Engineering Hydrology”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2013
Reference Books:
1. Larry W. Mays, “Ground and surface water hydrology”, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2011
2. SK Garg, “Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering”, Khanna Publisher, New Delhi, 2005

17CE2055 GROUNDWATER ENGINEERING

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the principles of Groundwater governing Equations
 To identify the characteristics of different aquifers
 To understand the techniques of development and management of groundwater.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 recall the aquifer properties and its dynamics
 identify the practical problems of groundwater aquifers
 solve the problems related to well hydraulics
 organize the mathematical modelling to solve problems in groundwater management
 select methods to solve groundwater quality issues
 investigate the groundwater conservation & artificial recharge techniques

Unit I - HYDROGEOLOGICAL PARAMETERS: Introduction – Water bearing Properties of Rock – Type of

aquifers - Aquifer properties – permeability, specific yield, transmissivity and storage coefficient – Methods of
Estimation– Ground water table fluctuation and its interpretations – Groundwater development and Potential in
India – GEC norms.

2017 Civil Engineering

Unit II - WELL HYDRAULICS: Objectives of Groundwater hydraulics – Darcy’s Law - Groundwater equation –
steady state flow - Dupuit Forchheimer assumption - Unsteady state flow - Theis method - Jacob method -Slug tests
- Image well theory – Partial penetrations of wells.
Unit III - GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT: Need for Management Model – Database for groundwater
management –groundwater balance study – Introduction to Mathematical model – Conjunctive use – Collector well
and Infiltration gallery.
Unit IV - GROUNDWATER QUALITY: Ground water chemistry - Origin, movement and quality - Water quality
standards – Health and aesthetic aspects of water quality - Saline intrusion – Environmental concern and Regulatory
requirements
Unit V - GROUNDWATER CONSERVATION: Artificial recharge techniques – Remediation of Saline
intrusion– Ground water management studies – Protection zone delineation - Contamination source inventory -
remediation schemes - Ground water Pollution and legislation.

KITS
Text Books
1. Raghunath H.M., “Ground Water Hydrology”, New Age International (P) Limited, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Todd D.K., “Ground Water Hydrology”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2000.
Reference Books
1. Fitts R Charles, “Groundwater Science”, Elsevier, Academic Press, 2002.
2. Ramakrishnan S, “Ground Water”, K.J. Graph arts, Chennai, 1998.

17CE2056 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION AND INSTRUMENTATION

Credits: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand the importance of site investigation and planning of sub soil investigation.
 Interpretation of investigated data to design suitable foundation system.
 Importance of site investigation, planning of sub soil investigation, interpretation of investigated data to
design suitable foundation system.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will able to
 understand the procedure, applicability and limitations of various methods of geotechnical investigation as
well as the field tests to be conducted
 plan and execute the sub soil investigation programme
 determine the basic properties of disturbed and undisturbed soil samples
 demonstrate the basic properties of the soil
 interpret the investigated data and design suitable foundation system
 select suitable soils for various geotechnical applications based on the factors governing the Engineering
behaviour of soils.

Unit I - PLANNING OF EXPLORATION AND GEOPHYSICAL METHODS: Scope and objectives, planning
an exploration program - methods of exploration - exploration for preliminary and detailed design, spacing and
depth of bores, data presentation - Geophysical exploration and interpretation, seismic and electrical methods, cross
bore hole, single bore hole – up hole - down hole methods.
Unit II - EXPLORATION TECHNIQUES: Methods of boring and drilling - non-displacement and displacement
methods - drilling in difficult subsoil conditions - limitations of various drilling techniques - stabilization of
boreholes - bore logs.
Unit III - SOIL SAMPLING: Sampling Techniques – quality of samples – factors influencing sample quality -
disturbed and undisturbed soil sampling advanced sampling techniques - offshore sampling - shallow penetration
samplers - preservation and handling of samples.
Unit IV - FIELD TESTING IN SOIL EXPLORATION: Field tests, penetration tests, Field vane shear, Insitu
shear and bore hole shear test, pressure meter test, dilatometer test - plate load test–monotonic and cyclic; field
permeability tests – block vibration test - Procedure, limitations, correction and data interpretation of all methods
Unit V - INSTRUMENTATION: Instrumentation in soil engineering, strain gauges - resistance and inductance
type - load cells - earth pressure cells - settlement and heave gauges - pore pressure measurements - slope indicators
- sensing units, case studies.

2017 Civil Engineering

Text Books
1. Hunt R.E., “Geotechnical Engineering Investigation Manual”, McGraw Hill, 2005.
2. Alam Singh and Chowdhary, G.R., “Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice Volume-2, Geotechnical
testing and instrumentation”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Winterkorn, H.F. and Fang, H.Y., “Foundation Engineering Hand Book”, a Nostrand Reinhold 2013.
2. Nair, R.J. and Wood, P.M., “Pressuremeter Testing Methods and Interpretation”, Butter-worths, 1987.
3. Dunnicliff J and Green, G.E., “Geotechnical Instrumentation for Monitoring Field Performance”, John
Wiley, 1993.
4. Hanna, T.H., “Field Instrumentation in Geotechnical Engineering”, Trans Tech., 1985.
5. Day, R.N., “Geotechnical and Foundation Engineering”, Design and Construction, McGraw-Hill, 1999.
6. Bowles, J.E., “Foundation Analysis and Design”, 5th Edition, The McGraw-Hill companies, Inc., New
York, 1995.

KITS
17CE2057 PAVEMENT DESIGN
Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To gains knowledge on various IRC guidelines for designing rigid and flexible pavements.
 To assess quality and serviceability conditions of roads.
 To relate the performance evaluation and maintenance of pavements
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 identify the different pavement materials for flexible and rigid pavements
 infer pavement construction procedures and its equipment’s
 analyse and design flexible and rigid pavements based on irc guidelines
 practice the pavement evaluation and overlay design
 understand the methods of pavement stabilization
 experiment the field control stabilisation on roads

Unit I - PAVEMENT MATERIALS: Basic road construction materials such as soils, aggregates, bitumen and
Portland cement - types, sources, functions, requirements, properties, tests and specifications for use in various
layers of road. Properties of subgrade layers in flexible/rigid pavement construction,
Unit II - TYPES OF PAVEMENT: Types and component parts of pavements – Flexible, Rigid, Semi-rigid
&Composite - Functions & desirable characteristics of pavements –Comparison of Rigid & Flexible Pavements -
Highway and airport pavements - Factors affecting design and performance of pavements
Unit III - DESIGN OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT: Stresses and strains in flexible pavements: Boussinesq's
equations - Burmister's two layer and three layer theories, Wheel load stresses, various factors in traffic wheel loads,
Equivalent single wheel load of multiple wheels. Repeated loads and EWL factors–Flexible pavement design
methods for highways - Empirical, semi empirical and theoretical approaches in IRC method of pavement design –
Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORT) specifications
Unit IV - DESIGN OF RIGID PAVEMENT: Stresses in rigid pavements - Westergaard's equations for
calculation of stresses in rigid pavement - rigid pavement analysis, EWL - factors influencing design of rigid
pavements – Design procedure as per IRC guidelines– Design of Joints
Unit V - PERFORMANCE EVALUATION & MAINTENANCE AND STABILIZATION OF PAVEMENTS:
Pavement Evaluation – causes of distress in rigid and flexible pavements – Evaluation based on Surface
Appearance, Cracks, Patches and Pot Holes, Undulations, Ravelling, Roughness, Skid Resistance. Structural
Evaluation by Deflection Measurements – Pavement Serviceability index – Pavement maintenance (IRC
Recommendations only) - Design of overlays - Stabilization of Pavements - Choice of stabilizers – Testing and field
control Stabilisation for rural roads in India – use of Geosynthetics in roads.

Text Books
1. Yang H Huang, “Pavement Analysis and Design”, Pearson, Paperback, 2008
2. Khanna, S.K., Justo C.E.G. and Veeraragavan. A., “Highway Engineering”, Nem Chand and Brothers, 10th
Edition, Roorkee, 2014.

2017 Civil Engineering

Reference Books
1. Yoder, R.J. and Witchak M.W. “Principles of Pavement Design”, John Wiley 2000.
2. IRC-37–001, “The Indian roads Congress, Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements”, New Delhi,
2001
3. IRC 58-1998, “The Indian Road Congress, Guideline for the Design of Rigid Pavements for Highways”,
New Delhi, 1991
4. Rajib B.Mallick, Tahar El-Korchi, “Pavement Engineering: Principles and Practice”, 2 nd Edition, CRC
Press, 2013.
5. Wright P.H. “Highway Engineers”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1996.
6. Kadiyali, L.R. “Principles and Practice of Highway Engineering”, Khanna tech. Publications, New Delhi,
1989.

17CE2058 AIRPORT, HARBOUR AND DOCK ENGINEERING

KITS
Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To understand about the Railway planning, construction and maintenance
 To learn about the aircraft characteristics, planning and components of airport.
 To study about the types and components of docks and harbours.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 develop and design the elements of permanent way
 generalize the concepts of signalling & interlocking in railways
 understand the concepts of air transport growth and planning
 design the runway, taxiway, and airfield pavements as per guidelines
 recognize the importance of water transport with proper planning and designing of harbour and docks
 construct the layout and facilities of Harbour and Docks

Unit I - RAILWAY PLANNING: Significance of Road, Rail, Air and Water transports – Coordination of all
modes to achieve sustainability – Elements of permanent way: Rails, Sleepers, Ballast, rail fixtures and fastenings, –
Track Stress, coning of wheels, creep in rails, defects in rails – Route alignment surveys - conventional and modern
methods – Soil suitability analysis – Geometric design of railways – gradient - super elevation - widening of gauge
on curves- Points and Crossings - Signalling & Interlocking
Unit II - RAILWAY CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE: Earthwork – Stabilization of track on poor soil
– Tunnelling Methods, drainage and ventilation – Calculation of Materials required for track laying – Construction
and maintenance of tracks –Modern methods of construction & maintenance – Railway stations and yards and
passenger amenities- Urban rail – Infrastructure for Metro, Mono and underground railways.
Unit III - AIRPORT PLANNING: Air transport characteristics-airport classification-airport planning: objectives,
components, layout characteristics, socio-economic characteristics of the Catchment area, criteria for airport site
selection and ICAO stipulations, typical airport layouts, Case studies, parking and circulation area.
Unit IV - AIRPORT DESIGN: Runway Design- Orientation, Wind Rose Diagram – Runway length – Problems on
basic and Actual Length, Geometric design of runways, Configuration and Pavement Design Principles – Elements
of Taxiway Design – Airport Zones – Passenger Facilities and Services – Runway and Taxiway Markings and
lighting.
Unit V - HARBOUR ENGINEERING: Definition of Basic Terms: Harbour, Port, Satellite Port, Docks, Waves
and Tides – Planning and Design of Harbours: Requirements, Classification, Location and Design Principles –
Harbour Layout and Terminal Facilities – Coastal Structures: Piers, Break waters, Wharves, Jetties, Quays, Spring
Fenders, Dolphins and Floating Landing Stage – Inland Water Transport – Wave action on Coastal Structures and
Coastal Protection Works

Text Books
1. Khanna S K, Arora M G and Jain S S, "Airport Planning and Design", Nemchand and Brothers, Roorkee,
2012.
2. K.P.Subramanian, “Railways, Airports and Harbour Engineering”, SCITECH Publications (India) Pvt Ltd,
2016

2017 Civil Engineering

Reference Books
1. Rangwala, “Airport Engineering”, Charotar Publishing House, 2013.
2. Rangwala, “Harbor Engineering”, Charotar Publishing House, 2013.
3. Oza.H.P. and Oza.G.H. “A course in Docks & Harbour Engineering”. Charotar Publishing Co., 2013
4. Srinivasan R. Harbour, “Dock and Tunnel Engineering", 26th Edition 2013
5. Bindra S P, “A Course in Docks and Harbour Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 2013

17CE2059 TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS PLANNING

Credit: 3:0:0
Course Objectives:
 To know about the process and concepts of transportation planning
 To impart knowledge in the rudiments and advancements in Transportation Planning and Travel Demand

KITS
Forecasting
 To identify the suitable Landuse and public transportation system for developing countries
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 relate the principles of the transportation planning process and demand estimation
 analyse the trip production and trip attraction models
 practice the growth factor, gravity and opportunity models
 infer the mode choice behaviour and mode split models
 evaluate the shortest path models for route assignment
 recognize the Land use and public transportation system

Unit I - URBANISATION PROCESS: Urban Transportation System Planning - Goals and objectives -
Hierarchical levels of transportation System planning - Forecast - Implementation – Constraints - UTP survey -
Urban growth mechanism – Urban morphology - Urbanisation & travel demand - Urban development planning
policy – NUTP - Urban transport projects - Urban transport problems in India
Unit II - TRAVEL DEMAND ESTIMATE: Urban travel patterns - Study area delineation- Zoning - Planning
surveys - Urban activity system- Sustainable urban transport - Systems approach - Trip based and activity based
approach - Four stage travel demand modelling - Data needs and outputs - Quick response techniques - Survey
designs.
Unit III - TRIP GENERATION & TRIP DISTRIBUTION: Productions & Attractions - Influential factors –Trip
rate analysis-Category analysis- Simple & Multiple linear regression models – FHWA method -Interchange matrix –
Growth factor methods – Synthetic methods – Calibration of Gravity model
Unit IV - MODAL SPLIT & TRIP ASSIGNMENT: Influential factors – FHWA Procedure – Diversion curves &
surfaces- Discrete choice models, Concept, Types, BL,MNL & HL models - Trip Assignment procedure –
Diversion curves- BPR model - All or Nothing assignment - Multipath assignment - Capacity restraint assignment –
User equilibrium and system equilibrium approach - Stochastic assignment approach
Unit V - LAND USE TRANSPORT SYSTEM & PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION: Urban system components -
Urban spatial structure – Accessibility - Location theory - Land use models - Land use transport models, Lowry &
Garin – Lowry models. Urban growth and public transport needs - Transit mode classifications - Transit
characteristics - Fleet size and capacity estimation - Multiple regression models - Category analysis - Trip
production models - Trip distribution models - Linear programming approach. Modal split models - Behavioural
models - Probabilistic models - Utility functions - logit models - Two stage model

Text Books
1. Papacostas C.S., Prevedouros, “Transportation Engineering and Planning”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 2008
2. Konstadinos G. Goulias “Transportation Systems Planning: Methods and Applications” CRC Press,
Taylors and Frances Group, 2008.
Reference Books
1. John D.Edwards (Edr.), “Transportation Planning Hand Book”, 2nd Edition, Institute of Transportation
Engineers, Prentice Hall Inc.,, Washington DC, USA, 1999
2. Ennio Cascetta “Transportation Systems Analysis: Models and Applications” 2 nd Edition, Springer New
York.

2017 Civil Engineering

 3. John Khisty C, Kent Lall B, “Transportation Engineering – An Introduction”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 2002
4. Chennai Metropolitan Development authority (CMDA), Chennai Metropolitan Area – Second Master Plan,
Chennai, 2006
5. Chennai Metropolitan Development authority (CMDA) Chennai Comprehensive Transportation study 2008

17CE2060 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT

Credit: 3:0:0

Course Objectives:
 To illustrate the fundamentals of traffic engineering
 To identify the different theories of traffic flow
 To impart the importance of traffic safety and management

KITS
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 impart the fundamental of traffic engineering
 carry out different traffic studies
 design channels, intersections, signals, roundabouts and parking arrangements
 express the application of traffic flow theory
 enhance safety and environment in all design aspects
 develop Traffic management Systems

Unit I - FUNDAMENTALS OF TRAFFIC ENGINEERING: Scope of Traffic Engineering - Elements of Traffic

Engineering - road user, vehicle and road way. Road Characteristics – Road user characteristics – PIEV theory –
Vehicle characteristics - IRC standards - Design speed, volume – Performance characteristics – Fundamentals of
Traffic Flow – Urban Traffic problems in India –
Unit II - TRAFFIC SURVEYS AND LEVEL OF SERVICE:TRAFFIC SURVEYS – Speed, journey time and
delay surveys – Vehicles Volume Survey including non-motorized transports – Methods and interpretation – Origin
Destination Survey – Methods and presentation – Parking Survey – Accident analyses -Methods, interpretation and
presentation – Statistical applications in traffic studies and traffic forecasting - Level of service – Concept,
applications and significance - Highway capacity - Capacity of urban and rural roads - PCU concept and its
limitations – Road user facilities - Parking facilities - Cycle tracks and cycle ways - Pedestrian facilities – Traffic
Flow theory
Unit III - TRAFFIC DESIGN AND VISUAL AIDS: Design of at-grade intersections – Principles of design –
Channelization - Design of rotaries - Traffic signals - pre-timed and traffic actuated - Design of signal setting - phase
diagrams - timing diagram – Signal co-ordination – Roundabouts - Grade separated intersections - Geometric
elements for divided and access controlled highways and expressways
Unit IV - TRAFFIC SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT: Road furniture - Street lighting -Traffic signs including
Variable Message Sign and road markings – Significant roles of traffic control personnel – Networking pedestrian
facilities & cycle tracks - Traffic regulation and control Traffic Safety – Principles and Practices – Road Safety
Audit – Traffic and environment hazards – Air and Noise Pollution, causes, abatement measures – Promotion and
integration of public transportation – Promotion of non-motorized transport
Unit V - TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT: Area Traffic Management System – Traffic System Management (TSM)
with IRC standards – Traffic Regulatory Measures-Travel Demand Management (TDM) – Direct and indirect
methods – Congestion and parking pricing – All segregation methods- Coordination among different agencies –
Intelligent Transport System for traffic management, enforcement and education – Car pooling

Text Books
1. Kadiyali.L.R. “Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2013
2. Salter. R.I and Hounsell N.B, “Highway Traffic Analysis and design”, Macmillan Press Ltd.1996
Reference Books
1. Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn and Walter P.Kilareski, “Principles of Highway E